PaleOMG Uncensored http://paleomg.com Real Food. Real Life. Real Simple. Tue, 18 Sep 2018 13:00:35 +0000 en-US hourly 1 Juli Bauer is the creator of paleomg.com where she shares her recipes, thoughts, fashion, workouts, travel and really whatever the hell else she wants to. Wait. Am I suppose to talk in the third person in this podcast description? That's weird.<br /> <br /> I'm not here to give you the science behind Paleo or a history lesson. That's boring. Go somewhere else for that. I'm literally here to talk about whatever pops into my mind. Curse words and all. My French bulldog tends to snore in episodes, I'm easily distracted and completely unqualified to have my own podcast, but hey, that's the world we live in. So let's chat about stuff while I snack and slurp on some food. Keeping it professional, just for you guys! PaleOMG Uncensored yes PaleOMG Uncensored julibauer88@gmail.com julibauer88@gmail.com (PaleOMG Uncensored) Juli Bauer Says It All PaleOMG Uncensored http://media.paleomg.com/powerpress/paleomgpodcastcover2.jpg http://paleomg.com Dear Diary Part 2 – Episode 102: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/dear-diary-part-2-episode-102-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 15 Sep 2018 13:50:20 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=38826 http://paleomg.com/dear-diary-part-2-episode-102-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/dear-diary-part-2-episode-102-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 42 Sharing details about what’s been happening in life lately. Weddings, cooking videos, new favorite podcasts and new workouts I’ve been lovely. Pretty much just sharing details from my diary…that is if I had a diary.  ____________ Big thank you to […] Sharing details about what’s been happening in life lately. Weddings, cooking videos, new favorite podcasts and new workouts I’ve been lovely. Pretty much just sharing details from my diary…that is if I had a diary.

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 102 Transcription Coming Soon

]]>
Sharing details about what’s been happening in life lately. Weddings, cooking videos, new favorite podcasts and new workouts I’ve been lovely. Pretty much just sharing details from my diary…that is if I had a diary.  ____________ Big thank you to […] Sharing details about what’s been happening in life lately. Weddings, cooking videos, new favorite podcasts and new workouts I’ve been lovely. Pretty much just sharing details from my diary…that is if I had a diary.  ____________ Big thank you to […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 48:31
Favorite Things – Episode 101: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/favorite-things-episode-101-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 08 Sep 2018 13:44:18 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=38566 http://paleomg.com/favorite-things-episode-101-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/favorite-things-episode-101-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 5 Today I’m sharing my favorite things from Aveda hair products to a new podcast, boxing class, new dining room chairs and Jack Ryan. Plus I’m sharing things I’m not into. Like Colton being the next Bachelor and women talking about […] Today I’m sharing my favorite things from Aveda hair products to a new podcast, boxing class, new dining room chairs and Jack Ryan. Plus I’m sharing things I’m not into. Like Colton being the next Bachelor and women talking about their bushes.

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 101 Transcription Coming Soon

]]>
Today I’m sharing my favorite things from Aveda hair products to a new podcast, boxing class, new dining room chairs and Jack Ryan. Plus I’m sharing things I’m not into. Like Colton being the next Bachelor and women talking about […] Today I’m sharing my favorite things from Aveda hair products to a new podcast, boxing class, new dining room chairs and Jack Ryan. Plus I’m sharing things I’m not into. Like Colton being the next Bachelor and women talking about […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 59:04
Co-Host Carra – Episode 100: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/co-host-carra-episode-100-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 01 Sep 2018 13:14:25 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=38384 http://paleomg.com/co-host-carra-episode-100-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/co-host-carra-episode-100-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 8 Carra is back to talk about her new job, boyfriend and a man peeing on an airplane in his seat. The normal conversation.  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes […] Carra is back to talk about her new job, boyfriend and a man peeing on an airplane in his seat. The normal conversation.

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 100 Transcription Coming Soon

]]>
Carra is back to talk about her new job, boyfriend and a man peeing on an airplane in his seat. The normal conversation.  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes […] Carra is back to talk about her new job, boyfriend and a man peeing on an airplane in his seat. The normal conversation.  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:02:35
Listener Questions – Episode 99: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-99-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 25 Aug 2018 13:11:20 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=38180 http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-99-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-99-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 3 Today on the podcast I’m answering your questions from instagram stories!  ____________ Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread […] Today on the podcast I’m answering your questions from instagram stories!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 99 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Today on the podcast I’m answering your questions from instagram stories!  ____________ Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, Today on the podcast I’m answering your questions from instagram stories!  ____________ Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:34:50
Dear Diary – Episode 98: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/dear-diary-episode-98-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 18 Aug 2018 10:24:08 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=37960 http://paleomg.com/dear-diary-episode-98-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/dear-diary-episode-98-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 1 Today on the podcast, I’m recording from Montreal and taking you through a week in my diary. That is if I had a diary.  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious […] Today on the podcast, I’m recording from Montreal and taking you through a week in my diary. That is if I had a diary.

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 98 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m recording from Montreal and taking you through a week in my diary. That is if I had a diary.  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious […] Today on the podcast, I’m recording from Montreal and taking you through a week in my diary. That is if I had a diary.  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 44:45
Chats with Single Sara(h) – Episode 97: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/chats-with-single-sarah-episode-97-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 11 Aug 2018 15:00:23 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=37764 http://paleomg.com/chats-with-single-sarah-episode-97-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/chats-with-single-sarah-episode-97-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 7 My girlfriend Sara (formerly known as Sarah) is coming on the podcast to share her experience with being single in Denver, dating apps, hook ups and everly lovely and awkward story in between. Sara is a ball of energy and […] My girlfriend Sara (formerly known as Sarah) is coming on the podcast to share her experience with being single in Denver, dating apps, hook ups and everly lovely and awkward story in between. Sara is a ball of energy and sarcasm. You’re gonna love her!

____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 97 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
My girlfriend Sara (formerly known as Sarah) is coming on the podcast to share her experience with being single in Denver, dating apps, hook ups and everly lovely and awkward story in between. Sara is a ball of energy and […] My girlfriend Sara (formerly known as Sarah) is coming on the podcast to share her experience with being single in Denver, dating apps, hook ups and everly lovely and awkward story in between. Sara is a ball of energy and […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 57:40
Our Recent Vacation to Cabo – Episode 96: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/our-recent-vacation-to-cabo-episode-96-paleoomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 04 Aug 2018 12:11:40 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=37528 http://paleomg.com/our-recent-vacation-to-cabo-episode-96-paleoomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/our-recent-vacation-to-cabo-episode-96-paleoomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 25 Today on the podcast, I’m talking about our recent vacation to Cabo, chatting about why the CF Games stress me out, AND I’m announcing a little secret here on the podcast FIRST!!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! […] Today on the podcast, I’m talking about our recent vacation to Cabo, chatting about why the CF Games stress me out, AND I’m announcing a little secret here on the podcast FIRST!!

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 95 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m talking about our recent vacation to Cabo, chatting about why the CF Games stress me out, AND I’m announcing a little secret here on the podcast FIRST!!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! […] Today on the podcast, I’m talking about our recent vacation to Cabo, chatting about why the CF Games stress me out, AND I’m announcing a little secret here on the podcast FIRST!!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 54:26
Listener Questions – Episode 95: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-95-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 28 Jul 2018 12:41:21 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=37348 http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-95-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-95-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 4 This week on the podcast, I mixed it up with asking a question through instagram stories and I’m answering them all here in the podcast. The main question was if I even had a husband. Totally fair. I do, though. […] This week on the podcast, I mixed it up with asking a question through instagram stories and I’m answering them all here in the podcast. The main question was if I even had a husband. Totally fair. I do, though. I’m actually in Mexico with him at the moment. Can’t prove it but I would never lie to you!

____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling—Aaptiv is ready to go along with you! All you have to do is plug in your headphones! It’s like having a personal trainer in your pocket. And they have different workouts for everyone! Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, or even meditation, Aaptiv has a workout for you. And with more than 2,500 workouts available on the platform and 30+ new classes added each week, there’s always a new workout to try! Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now, new members get 30% off an annual membership, which is just $69.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. Click here to get this amazing discount!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 95 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
This week on the podcast, I mixed it up with asking a question through instagram stories and I’m answering them all here in the podcast. The main question was if I even had a husband. Totally fair. I do, though. […] This week on the podcast, I mixed it up with asking a question through instagram stories and I’m answering them all here in the podcast. The main question was if I even had a husband. Totally fair. I do, though. […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:25:24
Carra is Back!! – Episode 94: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/carra-is-back-episode-94-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 21 Jul 2018 12:50:14 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=37173 http://paleomg.com/carra-is-back-episode-94-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/carra-is-back-episode-94-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 3 My sister-in-law Carra is back to talk about our weird ass weeks, things we wished we would have learned when we were younger, and why Carra hates this season of the Bachelorette.  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! […] My sister-in-law Carra is back to talk about our weird ass weeks, things we wished we would have learned when we were younger, and why Carra hates this season of the Bachelorette.

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 94 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
My sister-in-law Carra is back to talk about our weird ass weeks, things we wished we would have learned when we were younger, and why Carra hates this season of the Bachelorette.  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! […] My sister-in-law Carra is back to talk about our weird ass weeks, things we wished we would have learned when we were younger, and why Carra hates this season of the Bachelorette.  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 59:46
Random Weekend Thoughts – Episode 93: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/random-weekend-thoughts-episode-93-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 14 Jul 2018 12:47:22 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=36962 http://paleomg.com/random-weekend-thoughts-episode-93-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/random-weekend-thoughts-episode-93-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 6 Talking about a whole lot of random stufffffff today. New favorite podcast, creepy bugs, the Bachelorette, and anything else in this weird brain of mine! ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified […] Talking about a whole lot of random stufffffff today. New favorite podcast, creepy bugs, the Bachelorette, and anything else in this weird brain of mine!

____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling—Aaptiv is ready to go along with you! All you have to do is plug in your headphones! It’s like having a personal trainer in your pocket. And they have different workouts for everyone! Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, or even meditation, Aaptiv has a workout for you. And with more than 2,500 workouts available on the platform and 30+ new classes added each week, there’s always a new workout to try! Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now, new members get 30% off an annual membership, which is just $69.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. Click here to get this amazing discount!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 93 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Talking about a whole lot of random stufffffff today. New favorite podcast, creepy bugs, the Bachelorette, and anything else in this weird brain of mine! ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created b... Talking about a whole lot of random stufffffff today. New favorite podcast, creepy bugs, the Bachelorette, and anything else in this weird brain of mine! ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 50:03
Getting Back on Track – Episode 92: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/getting-back-on-track-episode-92-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 07 Jul 2018 13:16:39 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=36772 http://paleomg.com/getting-back-on-track-episode-92-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/getting-back-on-track-episode-92-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 10 Today on the podcast, I’m sharing how I’ve finally gotten to a place in my life where I can get back on track after a week of indulging without feeling guilty about those choices I made on vacation. It’s a […] Today on the podcast, I’m sharing how I’ve finally gotten to a place in my life where I can get back on track after a week of indulging without feeling guilty about those choices I made on vacation. It’s a really freeing feeling.

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 92 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m sharing how I’ve finally gotten to a place in my life where I can get back on track after a week of indulging without feeling guilty about those choices I made on vacation. It’s a […] Today on the podcast, I’m sharing how I’ve finally gotten to a place in my life where I can get back on track after a week of indulging without feeling guilty about those choices I made on vacation. It’s a […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 50:21
Cassy Joy is Back! – Episode 91: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/cassy-joy-is-back-episode-91-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 30 Jun 2018 13:25:25 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=36576 http://paleomg.com/cassy-joy-is-back-episode-91-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/cassy-joy-is-back-episode-91-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 8 Cassy of Fed and Fit is back talking about what it’s like to be a mammal and milk a child for the first time, the hardest part of being a mom so far, and what her favorite drunk food in college […] Cassy of Fed and Fit is back talking about what it’s like to be a mammal and milk a child for the first time, the hardest part of being a mom so far, and what her favorite drunk food in college was. We were a bit delirious from a late night and barely any sleep so we covered a brought amount of topics in this episode!

____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling—Aaptiv is ready to go along with you! All you have to do is plug in your headphones! It’s like having a personal trainer in your pocket. And they have different workouts for everyone! Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, or even meditation, Aaptiv has a workout for you. And with more than 2,500 workouts available on the platform and 30+ new classes added each week, there’s always a new workout to try! Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now, new members get 30% off an annual membership, which is just $69.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. Click here to get this amazing discount!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 91 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Cassy of Fed and Fit is back talking about what it’s like to be a mammal and milk a child for the first time, the hardest part of being a mom so far, and what her favorite drunk food in college […] Cassy of Fed and Fit is back talking about what it’s like to be a mammal and milk a child for the first time, the hardest part of being a mom so far, and what her favorite drunk food in college […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:03:47
Myrtle the Turtle – Episode 90: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/myrtle-the-turtle-episode-90-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 23 Jun 2018 12:32:38 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=36355 http://paleomg.com/myrtle-the-turtle-episode-90-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/myrtle-the-turtle-episode-90-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 13 Today on the podcast, I’m talking about my recent travels with my SIL, Ariana Grande and her latest engagement, and why Pete Davidson doesn’t deserve to have hands.  ____________ Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please […] Today on the podcast, I’m talking about my recent travels with my SIL, Ariana Grande and her latest engagement, and why Pete Davidson doesn’t deserve to have hands.

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 90 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m talking about my recent travels with my SIL, Ariana Grande and her latest engagement, and why Pete Davidson doesn’t deserve to have hands.  ____________ Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please... Today on the podcast, I’m talking about my recent travels with my SIL, Ariana Grande and her latest engagement, and why Pete Davidson doesn’t deserve to have hands.  ____________ Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:03:48
Listener Questions – Episode 89: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-89-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 16 Jun 2018 11:15:23 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=36132 http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-89-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-89-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 10 This week on the podcast, I’m changing up my normal listener questions episode with my sister-in-law partaking and asking the questions!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! FabFitFun is a seasonal subscription box with fullsize beauty, fitness, fashion […] This week on the podcast, I’m changing up my normal listener questions episode with my sister-in-law partaking and asking the questions!

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

FabFitFun is a seasonal subscription box with fullsize beauty, fitness, fashion and lifestyle products. There are so many cool items in this summer box including a huge yumi kim makeup bag perfect for your traveling, the tarte pro glow powder and cream set that makes contouring and highlighting super easy, plus  some skincare products like Elemis papaya enzyme peel and vasanti brightenup face rejuvenator. And they have even more goodies in the box that you are going to absolutely love! It retails for $49.99 but always has a value over $200.
 But when you use coupon code “PALEOMG” you’ll receive $10 off your first box, which means you will get this box for only $39.99! Click here to get your discount on this summer’s FabFitFun box!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 89 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
This week on the podcast, I’m changing up my normal listener questions episode with my sister-in-law partaking and asking the questions!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! FabFitFun is a seasonal subscription box with fullsize beauty,... This week on the podcast, I’m changing up my normal listener questions episode with my sister-in-law partaking and asking the questions!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! FabFitFun is a seasonal subscription box with fullsize beauty, fitness, fashion […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:13:47
Aruba & Travel Pet Peeves – Episode 88: PaleOMG Uncensored http://paleomg.com/aruba-travel-pet-peeves-episode-88-paleomg-uncensored/ Sat, 09 Jun 2018 12:17:33 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=35960 http://paleomg.com/aruba-travel-pet-peeves-episode-88-paleomg-uncensored/#comments http://paleomg.com/aruba-travel-pet-peeves-episode-88-paleomg-uncensored/feed/ 9 Today on the podcast, my sister-in-law and I are talking about our recent trip to Aruba, our hard time getting back home, and our travel pet peeves. Plus we have a quick bachelorette recap since this season is goooooood.  ____________ […] Today on the podcast, my sister-in-law and I are talking about our recent trip to Aruba, our hard time getting back home, and our travel pet peeves. Plus we have a quick bachelorette recap since this season is goooooood.

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling—Aaptiv is ready to go along with you! All you have to do is plug in your headphones! It’s like having a personal trainer in your pocket. And they have different workouts for everyone! Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, or even meditation, Aaptiv has a workout for you. And with more than 2,500 workouts available on the platform and 30+ new classes added each week, there’s always a new workout to try! Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now, new members get 30% off an annual membership, which is just $69.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. Click here to get this amazing discount!

FabFitFun is a seasonal subscription box with fullsize beauty, fitness, fashion and lifestyle products. There are so many cool items in this summer box including a huge yumi kim makeup bag perfect for your traveling, the tarte pro glow powder and cream set that makes contouring and highlighting super easy, plus  some skincare products like Elemis papaya enzyme peel and vasanti brightenup face rejuvenator. And they have even more goodies in the box that you are going to absolutely love! It retails for $49.99 but always has a value over $200.
 But when you use coupon code “PALEOMG” you’ll receive $10 off your first box, which means you will get this box for only $39.99! Click here to get your discount on this summer’s FabFitFun box!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 88 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Today on the podcast, my sister-in-law and I are talking about our recent trip to Aruba, our hard time getting back home, and our travel pet peeves. Plus we have a quick bachelorette recap since this season is goooooood.  ____________ […] Today on the podcast, my sister-in-law and I are talking about our recent trip to Aruba, our hard time getting back home, and our travel pet peeves. Plus we have a quick bachelorette recap since this season is goooooood.  ____________ […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:15:55
Favorites & Least Favorites w/ My SIL – Episode 87: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/favorites-least-favorites-w-my-sil-episode-87-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 02 Jun 2018 10:32:08 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=35767 http://paleomg.com/favorites-least-favorites-w-my-sil-episode-87-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/favorites-least-favorites-w-my-sil-episode-87-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 21 Today on the podcast, the one and only Carra Roth is back on to co-host with me to talk about our favorites, least favorites, my mouse situation, my new obsession with Taylor Swift and what we think of the new […] Today on the podcast, the one and only Carra Roth is back on to co-host with me to talk about our favorites, least favorites, my mouse situation, my new obsession with Taylor Swift and what we think of the new season of the Bachelorette!

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling—Aaptiv is ready to go along with you! All you have to do is plug in your headphones! It’s like having a personal trainer in your pocket. And they have different workouts for everyone! Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, or even meditation, Aaptiv has a workout for you. And with more than 2,500 workouts available on the platform and 30+ new classes added each week, there’s always a new workout to try! Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now, new members get 30% off an annual membership, which is just $69.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. Click here to get this amazing discount!

FabFitFun is a seasonal subscription box with fullsize beauty, fitness, fashion and lifestyle products. There are so many cool items in this summer box including a huge yumi kim makeup bag perfect for your traveling, the tarte pro glow powder and cream set that makes contouring and highlighting super easy, plus  some skincare products like Elemis papaya enzyme peel and vasanti brightenup face rejuvenator. And they have even more goodies in the box that you are going to absolutely love! It retails for $49.99 but always has a value over $200.
 But when you use coupon code “PALEOMG” you’ll receive $10 off your first box, which means you will get this box for only $39.99! Click here to get your discount on this summer’s FabFitFun box!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

EverlyWell offers health testing in the comfort of your own home. When you check out the EverlyWell website, you’ll find a ton of different tests that they offer. You can test food sensitivity, heavy metals, sleep and stress, STDs, thyroid, metabolism, and a ton of others. Once you decide on the test you would like to take and place your order, you will be sent a package in the mail with the test kit. Each kit includes detailed instructions, collection tools, secure sample container, and a pre-paid shipping package to return your kit in after you’ve collected the sample. Once you send your kit back, you’ll receive results in about 5 business days. And right now, EverlyWell is offering PaleOMG Uncensored listeners a special discount to try out their kits in the convenience of their own home! Click here and use code PALEOMG at checkout, you’ll get 15% off your test order!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 87 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Today on the podcast, the one and only Carra Roth is back on to co-host with me to talk about our favorites, least favorites, my mouse situation, my new obsession with Taylor Swift and what we think of the new […] Today on the podcast, the one and only Carra Roth is back on to co-host with me to talk about our favorites, least favorites, my mouse situation, my new obsession with Taylor Swift and what we think of the new […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:24:48
Deep Chats w/ My SIL – Episode 86: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/deep-chats-w-my-sil-episode-86-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 26 May 2018 12:59:09 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=35613 http://paleomg.com/deep-chats-w-my-sil-episode-86-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/deep-chats-w-my-sil-episode-86-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 24 I’m PUMPED about this podcast! I’ve wanted to bring my sister-in-law on the podcast for a while now and it finally happened! We talk all things pop culture like the Royal Wedding, Jersey Shore, John Cena and Nikki Bella break-up […] I’m PUMPED about this podcast! I’ve wanted to bring my sister-in-law on the podcast for a while now and it finally happened! We talk all things pop culture like the Royal Wedding, Jersey Shore, John Cena and Nikki Bella break-up and make-up, then we talk about first meeting each other, things we are loving right now plus the things that aren’t working for us. Excited to hear what you guys this of having her on and if forcing her on the podcast should be a regular occurrence! Enjoy!

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling—Aaptiv is ready to go along with you! All you have to do is plug in your headphones! It’s like having a personal trainer in your pocket. And they have different workouts for everyone! Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, or even meditation, Aaptiv has a workout for you. And with more than 2,500 workouts available on the platform and 30+ new classes added each week, there’s always a new workout to try! Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now, new members get 30% off an annual membership, which is just $69.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. Click here to get this amazing discount!

FabFitFun is a seasonal subscription box with fullsize beauty, fitness, fashion and lifestyle products. There are so many cool items in this summer box including a huge yumi kim makeup bag perfect for your traveling, the tarte pro glow powder and cream set that makes contouring and highlighting super easy, plus  some skincare products like Elemis papaya enzyme peel and vasanti brightenup face rejuvenator. And they have even more goodies in the box that you are going to absolutely love! It retails for $49.99 but always has a value over $200.
 But when you use coupon code “PALEOMG” you’ll receive $10 off your first box, which means you will get this box for only $39.99! Click here to get your discount on this summer’s FabFitFun box!

____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 86 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
I’m PUMPED about this podcast! I’ve wanted to bring my sister-in-law on the podcast for a while now and it finally happened! We talk all things pop culture like the Royal Wedding, Jersey Shore, John Cena and Nikki Bella break-up […] I’m PUMPED about this podcast! I’ve wanted to bring my sister-in-law on the podcast for a while now and it finally happened! We talk all things pop culture like the Royal Wedding, Jersey Shore, John Cena and Nikki Bella break-up […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:14:09
Listener Questions – Episode 85: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-85-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 19 May 2018 13:13:16 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=35386 http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-85-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-85-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 16 Today on the podcast, I’m answering your questions from beauty to fitness to food and everything in between! ____________ Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is […] Today on the podcast, I’m answering your questions from beauty to fitness to food and everything in between!

____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 85 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m answering your questions from beauty to fitness to food and everything in between! ____________ Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is […] Today on the podcast, I’m answering your questions from beauty to fitness to food and everything in between! ____________ Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:27:20
Why I Went Back to CrossFit Full-Time – Episode 84: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/why-i-went-back-to-crossfit-full-time-episode-84-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 12 May 2018 12:52:21 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=35157 http://paleomg.com/why-i-went-back-to-crossfit-full-time-episode-84-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/why-i-went-back-to-crossfit-full-time-episode-84-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 12 Today on the podcast, I’m talking all about how my workout changes over the last 6 months messed with my hormones and body, how I noticed some adrenal fatigue to be setting in, and why I went back to CrossFit […] Today on the podcast, I’m talking all about how my workout changes over the last 6 months messed with my hormones and body, how I noticed some adrenal fatigue to be setting in, and why I went back to CrossFit full-tie to heal not only my body, but also my mind!

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling—Aaptiv is ready to go along with you! All you have to do is plug in your headphones! It’s like having a personal trainer in your pocket. And they have different workouts for everyone! Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, or even meditation, Aaptiv has a workout for you. And with more than 2,500 workouts available on the platform and 30+ new classes added each week, there’s always a new workout to try! Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now, new members get 30% off an annual membership, which is just $69.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. Click here to get this amazing discount!

____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 84 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m talking all about how my workout changes over the last 6 months messed with my hormones and body, how I noticed some adrenal fatigue to be setting in, and why I went back to CrossFit […] Today on the podcast, I’m talking all about how my workout changes over the last 6 months messed with my hormones and body, how I noticed some adrenal fatigue to be setting in, and why I went back to CrossFit […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 38:43
Traveling to Guadeloupe with TradeWinds – Episode 83: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/traveling-to-guadeloupe-with-tradewinds-episode-83-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 05 May 2018 12:19:24 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=34905 http://paleomg.com/traveling-to-guadeloupe-with-tradewinds-episode-83-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/traveling-to-guadeloupe-with-tradewinds-episode-83-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 6 Today on the podcast, I’m chatting about my recent trip to Guadeloupe for my 30th birthday with TradeWinds. You can see all the photos from my trip here!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! Sun Basket delivers organic, […] Today on the podcast, I’m chatting about my recent trip to Guadeloupe for my 30th birthday with TradeWinds. You can see all the photos from my trip here!

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling—Aaptiv is ready to go along with you! All you have to do is plug in your headphones! It’s like having a personal trainer in your pocket. And they have different workouts for everyone! Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, or even meditation, Aaptiv has a workout for you. And with more than 2,500 workouts available on the platform and 30+ new classes added each week, there’s always a new workout to try! Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now, new members get 30% off an annual membership, which is just $69.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. Click here to get this amazing discount!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 83 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m chatting about my recent trip to Guadeloupe for my 30th birthday with TradeWinds. You can see all the photos from my trip here!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! Sun Basket delivers organic, […] Today on the podcast, I’m chatting about my recent trip to Guadeloupe for my 30th birthday with TradeWinds. You can see all the photos from my trip here!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsors! Sun Basket delivers organic, […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 56:34
Favorite (and least favorite) Things Right Now – Episode 82: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/favorite-and-least-favorite-things-right-now-episode-82-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 28 Apr 2018 17:00:38 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=34476 http://paleomg.com/favorite-and-least-favorite-things-right-now-episode-82-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/favorite-and-least-favorite-things-right-now-episode-82-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 6 Today on the podcast, I’m sharing my favorite things that I can’t get enough of right now! Plus I’m sharing things that I pretty much can’t stand at the moment. Sharing it allllll.  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s […] Today on the podcast, I’m sharing my favorite things that I can’t get enough of right now! Plus I’m sharing things that I pretty much can’t stand at the moment. Sharing it allllll.

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsor!

Siete is a healthy Mexican-American food brand that makes grain free and paleo-friendly tortillas and tortilla chips, and they are a brand I talk about weekly because I love them so much. Siete has three different kinds of grain-free tortilla chips including sea salt, lime and nacho and the chips are made simply with simple ingredients like cassava flour, avocado oil, coconut flour, ground chia seed, sea salt, and citric acid. And their bags are puffed to perfection so even the last chip you have at the bottom of the bag is still a full chip, instead of a crumbled mess like most chips. And their tortillas are just as delicious. They offer almond flour tortillas, cassava & chia tortillas, and my favorite – cassava and coconut tortillas. And right now, Siete would like to offer PaleOMG Uncensored listeners 10% off at sietefoods.com if they use the promo code PALEOMG. Just go to sietefoods.com and use promo code PALEOMG for 10% off right now!

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 82 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m sharing my favorite things that I can’t get enough of right now! Plus I’m sharing things that I pretty much can’t stand at the moment. Sharing it allllll.  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s […] Today on the podcast, I’m sharing my favorite things that I can’t get enough of right now! Plus I’m sharing things that I pretty much can’t stand at the moment. Sharing it allllll.  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 51:30
Surprise Birthday Party & Denver Meet-Up: Episode 81 – PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/surprise-birthday-party-denver-meet-up-episode-81-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 21 Apr 2018 12:58:18 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=34336 http://paleomg.com/surprise-birthday-party-denver-meet-up-episode-81-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#respond http://paleomg.com/surprise-birthday-party-denver-meet-up-episode-81-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 0 Today on the podcast I’m sharing my first surprise birthday party that was so freaking fun! And I’m also sharing my first Denver meet-up I hosted with Tula! It was the best!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsor! Sun […] Today on the podcast I’m sharing my first surprise birthday party that was so freaking fun! And I’m also sharing my first Denver meet-up I hosted with Tula! It was the best!

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsor!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 81 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Today on the podcast I’m sharing my first surprise birthday party that was so freaking fun! And I’m also sharing my first Denver meet-up I hosted with Tula! It was the best!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsor! Sun […] Today on the podcast I’m sharing my first surprise birthday party that was so freaking fun! And I’m also sharing my first Denver meet-up I hosted with Tula! It was the best!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s sponsor! Sun […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 26:26
Listener Questions – Episode 80: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-80-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 14 Apr 2018 12:15:09 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=34237 http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-80-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#respond http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-80-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 0 Today on the podcast, I’m answering your awesome questions! Talking about date nights, where Jackson sleeps, my favorite bikinis, makeup I’m loving, colonics, dealing with negative self image, and everything else in between!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s […] Today on the podcast, I’m answering your awesome questions! Talking about date nights, where Jackson sleeps, my favorite bikinis, makeup I’m loving, colonics, dealing with negative self image, and everything else in between!

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsor!

Siete is a healthy Mexican-American food brand that makes grain free and paleo-friendly tortillas and tortilla chips, and they are a brand I talk about weekly because I love them so much. Siete has three different kinds of grain-free tortilla chips including sea salt, lime and nacho and the chips are made simply with simple ingredients like cassava flour, avocado oil, coconut flour, ground chia seed, sea salt, and citric acid. And their bags are puffed to perfection so even the last chip you have at the bottom of the bag is still a full chip, instead of a crumbled mess like most chips. And their tortillas are just as delicious. They offer almond flour tortillas, cassava & chia tortillas, and my favorite – cassava and coconut tortillas. And right now, Siete would like to offer PaleOMG Uncensored listeners 10% off at sietefoods.com if they use the promo code PALEOMG. Just go to sietefoods.com and use promo code PALEOMG for 10% off right now!

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 80 Transcription Coming Soon!

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m answering your awesome questions! Talking about date nights, where Jackson sleeps, my favorite bikinis, makeup I’m loving, colonics, dealing with negative self image, and everything else in between! Today on the podcast, I’m answering your awesome questions! Talking about date nights, where Jackson sleeps, my favorite bikinis, makeup I’m loving, colonics, dealing with negative self image, and everything else in between!  ____________ Big thank you to this week’s […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:30:42
Steamboat Recap, Workout Change and Class Pass – Episode 79: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/steamboat-recap-workout-change-and-class-pass-episode-79-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 07 Apr 2018 12:47:25 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=34003 http://paleomg.com/steamboat-recap-workout-change-and-class-pass-episode-79-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/steamboat-recap-workout-change-and-class-pass-episode-79-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 6 This week on the podcast, I’m talking about my recent weekend trip to Steamboat Springs, changing up my workout routine, and trying out Class Pass for the first time! And don’t forget, my Denver meet-up is on April 15th at […] This week on the podcast, I’m talking about my recent weekend trip to Steamboat Springs, changing up my workout routine, and trying out Class Pass for the first time! And don’t forget, my Denver meet-up is on April 15th at Just Be Kitchen at 3pm and 6pm. The 3pm session has already SOLD OUT so be sure to get your ticker for the 6pm slot today!! Get tickets for the event here!

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsor!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 79 Transcription!

Today’s podcast is brought to you by Sun Basket. You guys; summer is almost here. I am so freaking excited. Are you prepped and ready? If you’re still trying to manage everything going on with your life. With vacations coming up, and work, and kids, and whatever else. And you’re still having a hard time getting healthy meals on the table, no prob, Bob. Sun Basket has you covered.

Sun Basket delivers organic and clean ingredients with 18 healthy options to choose from every week. They work with the best farms and suppliers to bring you fresh, organic produce and responsibly raised meats and seafood. And everything is premeasured and easy to prep. You can get healthy and delicious meals on the table in under 30 minutes. Seriously, it’s so fast.

Everything I’ve made for myself has been under 30 minutes, and it’s so good, and so clean, and so delicious. It just is so freaking easy. I love it. And Sun Basket offers paleo, gluten free, lean and clean, vegan, Mediterranean, family options, and more to suit any lifestyle. Some of the items I found in my box this week included the sesame crusted salmon with orange and roasted carrot salad. So bomb. And you’ll also find options like Spanish paella, Texas steak chili, and Yucatan pulled pork tacos. How amazing does all of that sound?

Don’t let your busy life get in the way of your healthy goals. Summer is coming; you want to feel good in shorts, and T-shirts, and tank tops, and swim suits, and whatever else. Sun Basket will help you make that happen. They make it convenient, easy, and I promise you, your whole family is going to love what you put on the table.

Just go to SunBasket.com/PaleOMG today to learn more, and get $35 off your first order.

This is Juli Bauer from PaleOMG and you are listening to PaleOMG Uncensored.

Juli Bauer: Good morning. It’s actually the afternoon at the moment, and Colorado is about the sh*t the bed. Because it’s about to snow. It’s getting chilly. It’s nothing like what the East Coast is getting bombarded with. If I were in the East Coast, I would have moved a long time ago.

Ok, can we talk about; where did the word nor’easter come from? Because this year, that’s all they say. Is; “oh, there’s another nor’easter coming in.” I’m like; you made up that word! That word didn’t exist. So stop using it like it’s a real word. And I’m sure someone will come at me and give me proof that it is. But in my book, it’s not. Because I don’t live in the north eastern part of the US. So the word nor’easter does not apply to me. It’s a made up word.

Man, I don’t know how you guys over on the east coast are doing it. No thank you. B*tch, bye. Me; I’m enjoying these 50, 60-degree days we’re getting in Colorado. I got a sunburn just a little bit ago, because it decided to be 70 degrees on us. And now we’re about to get snow. It will melt in like 46 seconds, and I’ll complain the entire time. I got Jackson one last walk, because I’m not going out in that. No. No.

So anyway. It was weird, though, going up to the mountains. Where it does not snow anymore. I would be so sad if I was a mountain person, and wanted to be surrounded by cold weather at all times, and then there was not an ounce of snow on the ground. It’s so weird driving in Colorado, deep in the mountains, and there’s no snow until you actually get to the slope. And it’s pretty much man-made snow. It’s so weird.

But anywho. We went to Steamboat over the weekend. Just my sister-in-law and I. She moved to Colorado 3 years ago, so she’s still super into doing outdoorsy stuff. She’s all outdoorsy. Not super outdoorsy, but she likes to explore new places. See new faces. So sometimes I go with her. I mostly like to take her on trips with me to other states, because I don’t want to go to the mountains, because it’s cold. But, we were supposed to have a trip to Vancouver coming up; she was going to come with me. But that trip got moved to the summer. Fingers crossed. A lot of these trips that happen don’t always happen. That didn’t make sense. But a lot of these trips that start to get planned out don’t actually come through sometimes.

So, Vancouver has been put on hold. Hopefully I get to go there. Because I really want to go to Vancouver. But anyway, we were supposed to go there. She was going to take a week off of work to go with me. And then that got changed, and so I told her; why don’t’ we go to Steamboat? You’ve wanted to go to Steamboat. I’ve never been to Steamboat, in the 30 years I’ve lived here. Let’s see what all the fuss is about. Because people love Steamboat. In Colorado, people are always like; “Oh my god, Steamboat is my favorite town. I love Steamboat. I could live in Steamboat.” Then why don’t you? Why? Come on.

Anyway. We drove to Steamboat. The drive there is so much easier than Crested Butte. And I say that probably because I came back from Crested Butte in a snow storm and almost got in a car accident and almost went off a cliff and hate driving in the snow. And had PTSD really bad. So the drive was much more enjoyable this time around. No snow.

I don’t know why I’m yawning. I apologize. I’m sitting upright. It’s probably because it’s so cloudy here. I don’t know how people in Seattle and Portland do it. I would go insane.

So we drove to Steamboat. It was a super easy drive. We pretty much spent most of the weekend eating. And I don’t know what other people do on vacation, but that’s all I really have interest in. But my sister-in-law is more of a doer. She likes to do stuff. And food is an afterthought. I plan my whole day around what I’m going to eat and when, what time, where, how many drinks, how many appetizers. I’ve got to get it all in, and if you’re only going for the weekend, you’ve got to really plan around that. But I also don’t want to be that annoying b*tch.

Because my husband has to put up with it; but my sister-in-law doesn’t have to hang out with me. She doesn’t have to be friends with me. So I have to pull the reins back a little bit, when I’m like; Hey, do you want to go eat at 76 places in two days? And she’s like; yeah, no. Because my sister-in-law is just not obsessed with food like me. She likes food, but she’s just not obsessed. My husband and his sister, they just eat when they’re hungry. I eat all the time. If I could be eating right now, I would. But, people; what’s that called? Not mesothelioma. That’s from asbestos poisoning. Something that you hate when people chew, or slurp, or make out like Ari on the Bachelor. That just reminded me of something.

That wasn’t a yawn! Yeah, it totally was. {laughs} Hold on, I’m going to write it down, because I want to come back to it. But I keep getting off topic. We’re on the Steamboat recap.

So we drive to town. Super easy drive. It’s 3 hours. A breeze. We listen to podcasts. And I need to find out her name, because my sister-in-law introduced me to this woman who has a podcast. She used to be on Sirius XM. Sorry if you heard that slurp. Got to get my water in. She used to be on Sirius XM. I know her name is Taylor. I think her show is the Taylor show or something. Or her full name. And she got fired from Sirius XM. She used to be married to a super rich guy, and was part of the rich and famous in LA. I think it’s LA. And then she got fired from Sirius XM. She divorced her husband, and she became a lesbian. Fell in love with her best friend, who is also named Taylor.

So she just has these crazy stories of just celebrities and parties with super rich people, and how rich people are just f*cking insane, because they’re so bored, because they have so much money. She just has the best stories. And she talks so f*cking fast. And I love people who talk fast, and can get all their information out in an incredibly short amount of time with a very, high pitched, screeching voice. I just appreciate those kinds of people. I flutter towards them.

Kind of like Girl with no Job. I’m forgetting her name. But she has a YouTube channel and maybe a podcast. But she’s the same way. She kind of has a Jersey girl accent, but she talks really fast, and she’s super blunt, and she just says whatever the f*ck she wants. She’s the best.

Anyway, these girls are awesome. We listen to a bunch of podcasts going up. Laughed our asses off. We get to Steamboat, and it was 3, and so of course we’re starving because we haven’t had lunch. We went to a restaurant called Backdoor Grill that a friend recommended. It’s totally a hole in the wall, dive bar feeling. But the burgers were awesome there. They wrap it in a sh*t ton of lettuce. And I love when it’s iceberg lettuce stacked super high. I hate it when it’s; I don’t know. Gross, soft lettuce. Does anybody like soft lettuce? I don’t know. But they just had bomb ass burgers and fries. It was so good.

After we had lunch, we checked into our hotel. I think I mentioned this last week on the podcast. But when we were looking at places to stay. And of course, we checked out VRBO. Because I always look a VRBO or; what is the other one called that’s the same thing? I don’t care. So we looked at that. And there were all these cool condos downtown. But; say it was like $130 a night. The fee was like $230; the management fee. So to stay for 2 days, it was going to be like $700. And b*tch please, I don’t even want to be in the f*cking mountains. I’m not paying $700 for two nights. Go away.

So, we looked up Hotel Bristol, and it was the same price. $130 a night; without the stupid management fees. So did that. Got one of the hotel rooms that has a living room too. Just because; you need space for your sh*t. If you’ve got a suit case, where are you supposed to put it in one small room? In many places. It’s called a closet, but whatever. That’s beside the point.

So we check into this hotel, and oh my god. This hotel is cute, quaint. It’s super old. It’s been there forever. They really need to renovate it and make it super cool inside. But it’s a mountain town, so that will never happen. That’s not true, it’s a nice mountain town.

So we kind of check around, and they’re like; the hot tub is upstairs. So we go to check out the hot tub, and it is the sketchiest hot tub on earth. Hopefully you follow me on Instagram stories. Because you could see this hot tub. It was a blue hot tub, but there was just a ring of almost plaque. You know when you haven’t been to the dentist in a while, you get that plaque on your teeth. Or maybe you don’t notice because you haven’t been to the dentist in so long, and you just think those hard spots are your teeth. It’s not, it’s f*cking plaque. Go to the dentist.

That’s what this hot tub had. It had a ring of plaque. It was just so gross. I was like; who would ever go in this hot tub, in their right mind? Who? So we’re just thinking how nasty this is. And then the natural strawberry hot springs are literally 20 minutes away. Why would you ever go in this hot tub? We’ll get back to that.

So anyway; here’s the thing about mountain towns. There’s nothing really to do. If you’re not skiing or snowboarding; and anyway, that only lasts till like 4. So then, what else do you do? You drink. And that’s all people do in mountain towns, is drink. I’m speaking; this is a big, I don’t know what I’m trying to say. But whatever. That’s all they do. And at least that’s all we were going to do. So what do we do? We go straight to a bar for happy hour. Because we just at lunch, but what else are we going to do?

We first walked around the stores in downtown Steamboat and it’s totally your mom and pop stores. Some boutiques; not a fan of the clothing; no offense to those clothing boutiques there. Not a big fan. I was not their go-to population they’re trying to sell to, I guess.

But there are all these mom and pop stores where it’s just gift shops of random sh*t. They have the normal Steamboat T-shirt shops. And some; (it’s starting to snow. God dammit.) And they have those stores that are winter apparel. And I’m like; ok, literally everything is made of sleeping bags here. You have scarfs made of sleeping bag material. Is this selling? Obviously it is.

And then you have these mom and pop stores. Where it’s nick knacks to no end. It’s things like; I’m like, how do you keep inventory on a store like this. When you’re literally selling vases for one flower. Imagine a vase for a mouse. And how do you keep this inventory? There’re cups, and there’s t-shirts. And there’s this random; it was like a hoarder’s sanctuary. This is how many of these shops felt.

I’m like; how do you guys sell sh*t here? And how do you make sure people don’t steal things? Because a vase for a mouse is very easy to stick in your pocket. I don’t know why the f*ck you would want to steal that, but Wynona Ryder stole random clothes when she was a millionaire. So people just like to steal if they like to steal. And if you make it easy, they’ll do it. I don’t speak from experience. I only stuck a diamond ring in my diaper when I was a baby. Who doesn’t want to find a lump of gold, mom! You’re welcome!

Anyway. We also went to this one boutique, and it had maybe three really cute dresses that I was impressed with. So it was something related to butterflies. And they have a butterfly “sanctuary”. And literally it’s filled with dead butterflies. They have this case of dead butterflies. And then there’s one still trying to survive, crawling up the side like, “Save me!” I’m like; what are you guys doing? Where’s PETA when you need it? So f*cking weird. This is so weird.

So the cute thing about Steamboat, other than dead butterflies, is it has a nice downtown area to walk in. Stores, and shops, and restaurants, and ice cream, and candy stores. And then a street over is the river and it has more restaurants on it. In the summer, it must be so cute because you can sit out on the patio, and the river is flowing. Everybody is happy because it’s summer, and they’re not drowning in snow anymore. Even though people obviously love being in the snow. I don’t know. I don’t get it.

So we start off with this one restaurant. I think it was called; I don’t know how to pronounce it, honestly. It was called Aurum. But it’s right on the river. And we got an appetizer there. We got brussels sprouts. Because when can you ever turn down fried Brussel sprouts? It’s just something you shouldn’t turn down.

Let’s talk about this. When people on Instagram talk about their bowel movements. Or, “you must have been farting up a storm.” When I post about Brussel sprouts or cauliflower; I’m like, ok. I don’t eat food that makes me fart up a storm. If I’m eating that food on a regular basis, and I’m making the world unhappy with my farts, I’m not going to eat it anymore. So obviously Brussel sprouts; they don’t give me the farts.

And then when someone is talking about how they get the farts from it; I’m like, you know you’re putting this out on the entire internet for people to look at your profile and know that you get the farts from Brussel sprouts. It grosses me out. Keep your bowel movements to yourself. You’re creeping me out, man.

Anyway. We had fried Brussel sprouts. I did not get the farts, because luckily, I do not have that in my genetics. I can eat all the Brussel sprouts I want. Gross. And then we had cocktails. And they had this; I think it was called smoke and fire cocktail. And it was blood orange, and it had a jalapeno, tequila or vodka or something. It was so freaking good.

I love blood orange. I wish blood orange was in season at all points, at all times of the year. I wish I could ever find blood orange. I feel like whenever I’m craving it, I never can find it. It’s like, you get one blood orange, and it’s not ripe, and it tastes like sh*t. It’s like; oh, cool. That was not what I wanted. One of my favorite cocktails in Colorado; in Denver, is a blood orange cocktail.

But anyway, we ended up having two cocktails there, it was so freaking good. I just wanted to drink it forever and ever, amen. And then we moved to another restaurant, which is called Table 7, which is kind of on the other side of town. Which means 20 feet away. So we went to that restaurant for another cocktail. Had a spicy margarita. It was delicious; or maybe classic. I don’t know. I don’t care. I was buzzed at that point. And that was a really cute restaurant. Unfriendly bartender.

Oh, by the way. Aurum had really friendly, helpful bartenders. Table 79, unfriendly. No thank you. Deuces. So we only had one cocktail. If you are a friendly bartender, I’m going to give you more of my money, because I’m buzzed. Ok? I’ll say yes to one more cocktail if you’re friendly. But he wasn’t.

So we moved on to then dinner. So this restaurant was recommended by many people. It’s called the Laundry. And it’s kind of on the end of town there. And I am obsessed with this restaurant.

The woman was like; “Do you have a reservation?” And they had reservations for the entire night. So we were just going to have to sit at the bar. Which I don’t care. I love sitting at the bar, especially when I travel by myself. You just sit at the bar. You end up talking to people. The bartender talks to you; hopefully. Or they’re assholes and you move on.

So we put our name in. She was like; it will probably be 30 minutes. But there’s a bunch of restaurants nearby that you can grab a drink at. So we walk over to a whiskey bar. But they have other cocktails there, like vodka and gin or whatever. And we’re about to sit down, and we get a call. So it had literally been three minutes {laughs} and we get a call. Walk back over. Sit down at the bar. Looking at the menu.

This is how much; I remember my entire life based around food. I don’t remember what I did yesterday, but I remember what I ate. That is how my life is. So we sit down. I order the fiery margarita or something like that. I don’t know. It was so spicy. And the spicier the cocktail, the better, in my opinion. I want it to burn. I want to experience my cocktail. I don’t want to just sip it! No thanks. I want to experience it. I want to not have lungs or esophagus anymore. I don’t know why I wouldn’t have lungs. But esophagus. You see what I’m saying.

So, we sit down. After we order our cocktails. We’re looking at the menu. And this guy is sitting next to me; this older gentleman. And he’s like; “Do you guys need recommendations? I come here all the time.” And we’re like, f*ck yeah. We’re buzzed. We’re ready to talk. So he gives us recommendations. We put in the order. The staff is so friendly there. That’s a huge piece, in my book. If you don’t have friendly staff, I don’t want to go back there. Even if your food is super good. Go away.

So, we start talking to this gentleman. His name is Michael. And he lives in Steamboat. He’s lived there for years now. He has one son, who is in LA at this point trying to become a photographer. And he had lost his wife of 35 years, which is so sad and so devastating. So now he is back on the market. And he’s been hanging out with one of his lady friends. And he’s just telling us these stories. His work stories, and life stories. And my sister-in-law and I didn’t talk a minute, because we just talked to Michael the entire time, and got to know him. He was just such a little gem. I just love older, nice, nonpervert men.

I feel like they’re sometimes hard to come by. Maybe because I just run into them on the streets when I’m taking photos, and they’re just so rude and disgusting. But this guy was just a gentleman. Nice, kind. And he was talking about how dating is hard. And my sister-in-law is single. And she was talking about how she would never get on Tinder. Never do the dating apps; that’s not her cup of tea. And he was talking about how he has done it. I forget which one. He did like Hinge? Maybe I made that up. I feel like I’ve been hearing about Hinge lately.

But he’s been doing some of the dating apps. But it’s just harder today, especially when you get older. Dating just sucks now a days. I’m so glad I have my husband, and I hope we stay together forever, and I don’t have to date again. Because dating is the worst. And people are worse than the worst.

But he’s having a great old time. He gets drinks with his lady friend. Goes out to dinner. And then he works down in Denver. So he makes the drive, which I think is bananas. No thank you. I’d like to drive that once a year, three hours once a year. No thanks. So I don’t know how he does that weekly. But we really got to know Michael. We really found a friendship. He was great.

So after that we went to bed. Because we ate a Brussel sprout hash; because duh. More Brussel sprouts. No, I didn’t have the farts, you sickos. And it had these big chunks of bacon in it that was so bomb. And then we had shoe string potatoes; because duh, when are you not going to have fries. And then we ordered the brisket.

And it comes on a piece of bread with some cheese sauce on it. And I just took off the bread. I wasn’t paying attention to what I was ordering, and I wasn’t going to ask for changes. Because I hate explaining that when you’re sitting next to a person. So I just make up for it. Take the bread off. Eat the brisket. It was so bomb. And I didn’t even have room for desserts. And I’m a big dessert person.

So then we went to sleep early. Because, yeah, duh. We were so full. So the next morning, when we were at the laundry the night before I saw Creekside Café. I saw that next door, so we went to breakfast at this little quaint spot, and it was so good. I love when you can go to a place, and they have a vegetable hash that isn’t just peppers and mushrooms.

It’s like; ok, work harder for your vegetable hash. Give it some love. Respect it! If you’re going to respect French toast with 5 gallons of whipped cream, and maple syrup; respect god damn vegetables too! And this place does that. So I had a vegetable hash, and that was so good. It came with hollandaise, and it was so bomb. So we ate there.

And then we decided we wanted to go check out Strawberry hot springs. So we went there around 10 or 11. It opens at 10, and it was already so busy. And I wish; going back now, I wish we would have waited until the evening and gone at night. Because; well, number one it becomes nude. A nude option, because children aren’t allowed, number one. Which is like; ok. That’s why I should have gone. Because children aren’t allowed. And children are, whatever, great. I just don’t want to be around them, especially on vacation. Which is why I go to adult only hotels when I travel most of the time.

So there were a lot of children around. They’re very loud. Children are very loud. They have a lot of energy. More energy than me, and I feel like I’m on cocaine most of the time, ok. And I am drug free. Most of the time.

Anyway. There’s a lot of kids there. It’s pretty busy. And I don’t think it was that busy, because we got a parking space right away, and when we were leaving, there was a huge line of people waiting to just park. So I think it wasn’t super crazy.

But the hot springs were awesome. You’re just in a natural hot tub. How can you complain about that? And it’s like; it’s just a natural hot tub. It’s really cool. It’s really pretty. You can get massages there. I don’t know what else you can do. You can stay in cabins there, I think. It’s a big enough park that they have cabins and that sort of stuff. So I thought that was cute. I thought about doing that, but I wanted to be in walking distance to town and cocktails. Because, you know, cocktails.

So anyway. We stayed there for like an hour. But then it was like; ok. I’m hot, and I don’t want to do this anymore. Especially because it was a 50-degree day. So when are you like; “Oh, I can’t wait to get in the hot tub on the 50-degree day.” Rarely. And I have a hot tub in our backyard. I know that. We also thought we were going to pass out.

So we get in our car, we go back, and shower up, get ready to go. Because we are trying to figure out things to do. And my sister-in-law ran across dinner. You could get dinner at the top of the mountain at a restaurant there. So you take the gondola, and you have dinner at sunset at the top of the mountain. So it’s absolutely beautiful.

So we’re super pumped for this. We drive; and we don’t know where to drive. We just know to take the gondola up. So we drive, and we’re like; “Oh, there’s the gondola. Park here.” And then we take the gondola up, and it ends at the bottom of the mountain. At the base. Where everybody is in their ski gear, and just being ski bum style.

So we’re like; oh sh*t. Because we look; and the bottom gondola closes at 6. And our dinner doesn’t even start until 7. So we ask, and the woman at the front desk says; “Oh, you’ll be fine. Just ask the bus to take you down to your car.” So we’re like, ok, whatever.

So we hang out at the base of the mountain with all the ski bums. We’re like, totes cool in our jeans. And we go to a restaurant called Truffle Pig to get some cocktails, because we’re not hungry at all. I forget; didn’t we eat somewhere? I don’t remember. I don’t care.

We went to Truffle Pig and got a couple of cocktails. And I ran into this woman who follows me from Dallas; her name was Becca. She has four kids, and she was there with her husband. And they were so cute. They put their kids in daycare, or ski school, and then they get to go ski by themselves and have a great time. I’m like; this is how couples need to do it.

I saw some mom shaming on a blog recently, and I f*cking almost lost it on this woman. Because I’m like; mom shaming is the worst. It’s just the worst. I couldn’t believe this woman; what she was saying about this other mother. I wanted to cut a b*tch. I almost called her a c*nt. But I didn’t. Ok, I didn’t. I’m not a good person, but I didn’t call her that. I was very rude to her.

Anyways. I meet this woman named Becca. She follows my blog. She’s from Dallas. Love her. She was a ray of sunshine. Her child; one of her children, was adorable. The other ones were being quiet. Her youngest one was just being crazy, running around, happy as can be. Just wants to be best friends with everybody, and doesn’t care. I hate when children are super shy, and you’re being super nice to them. And you’re like, “Hi, it’s nice to meet you.” And they’re like, “oh, I don’t want to talk to you.”

I hate when kids do that. I know I did it; every kid does it. But her kid; nope. He’s like, “hey, I’ll sit on your lap if you want me to.” He was so rad. But it was so cool to see a reader. And, at the laundry, another reader of PaleOMG introduced herself. How freaking cool is that? The world is so small.

But I talked to her for a while. She was the gemmiest gem, and had the prettiest wedding ring. I just wanted to be like; can I wear your ring for a second? Because it’s just stunning. But that would be weird.

So anyway, we then take the second gondola up to dinner. And we’re so pumped for this. And it was funny, because we were thinking the gondola ride is like 10-15 minutes, so it takes a little bit. We were like; people probably have sex in here all the time. They’re like; oh, let’s just get our freak on. And I’m guessing it happens. And I’m sitting in someone’s liquids. So gross. I can’t believe I just said that.

But it’s funny because my friend Rachel texted me the next day, and she’s like; “I saw your Instagram story in the gondola. When we were taking a ride to go up to dinner, we saw people getting it on in there.” Like, eww! It’s so gross. But awesome. Do you.

So we take this gondola ride up. And it sucks, because it was pretty cloudy that night, so the sunset wasn’t as stunning. We get there; and you know, it’s just so funny when you get there and nobody is there. And they’re like; your table is not available yet. And it’s like; ok. I’m here on time. And nobody is in here. So how is it not available? But I shouldn’t talk. Because I worked in a restaurant. And I get it.

So we wait for our table. And it’s funny, because our server; you know if something is not available on the menu you should tell them? Just a heads up, here’s our menu but this isn’t available. So I put in my order, and then my sister-in-law puts in her order. And she’s like, “oh that’s no longer available tonight.” And she’s like, ok can I get this instead? And she’s like, “That’s no longer available, either.”

It’s like; ok, why didn’t you tell us? Duh. So she was not kind. She was just not a good server. She was just obviously there for the pow-pow. To shred the nar. You know? I get it. But this meal was super expensive for not that good. I don’t think I posted anything on my actual Instagram, because I’m like; this meal kind of sucked. And it was so f*cking expensive. It was a really expensive meal.

The restaurant was called Hazies. And we didn’t even get drinks. And the meal was super expensive. I’m like; how is this possible? So that was kind of a bummer. And then they put us right in the spot where there’s a tree in front of the sunset. So we couldn’t even see the full sunset! {laughs} I was like, this sucks.

So anyway. We were kind of bummed, a little down after that. So we take it down, and we go to the bus stop. And we asked the bus driver; we’re like; can you take us to our car? We explained the situation. And he’s like; yeah, no problem. So we get in, and he’s talking nonstop to us. He loves to talk; the bus driver.

So he talks to us; and I’m like; dude. We’re going into downtown. We are complete opposite of our car. And he’s dropping people off. And I’m like; maybe he’s just going to wrap back around. So he keeps talking to us and he’s like; “Hey, aren’t you staying at hotel Bristol? Do you want to hop out here?” And we’re like, no. We want to get back to our car that you said you were going to drop us off at. And he was like, “oh yeah! I totally forgot.”

I’m like, well it’s ok. We can wrap back around when you’re going back. And he’s like; yeah, this bus is going out of service. We’re like; ok. So is there another bus going back? He’s like, yeah just cross the street and wait for the bus there. I was like; dude! Don’t tell us you’re going to take us somewhere, and don’t! That’s a dick move. So whatever his name out there, do you job! Whatever. So that was kind of annoying.

That was kind of a bummer night. We were both kind of sad. Because then we had to go back to our car. And the other bus driver didn’t want to drop us off near our car, so we had to walk quite a ways to get to our car. {laughs} We were like; what is going on?! {laughs} So weird.

Anyway. We get back to our car, and then we just go back to the hotel and pout. You know, just do the use pout. Because we had spent so much money on a sh*tty dinner, we’re like; now we don’t even want to get cocktails anywhere. It was kind of a bummer. Dumb.

Anyway. So then the next morning, it was a really quick morning, because we just went to Winona’s for breakfast. Grabbed some food. They have giant f*cking cinnamon rolls there. No, they’re not gluten free. No, they are not paleo. They were the sh*t, bad for you cinnamon rolls. But they were big as dinner plates, and they set them out, and they were huge, and I wanted one so bad! But I ate vegetables instead. You know? Nobody wants to feel like sh*t on a Sunday. I don’t.

So we drove back to Colorado; meaning Denver. So my husband; I think I talked about it in my podcast. But when people were finishing up our house; our house was a fix and flip. And the contractor just totally skipped over some things. Because they were just rushing to get this sh*t done. And on a couple of our recessed lights, when they were cutting a hole, they cut the hole too big. So they caulked the recessed light into the ceiling. And they didn’t even caulk it with the same color; f*cking assholes. It was like a yellow color, instead of white. Suck a dick move.

Anyway. With that recessed lighting, since it was caulked over, it overheated. And a light that was supposed to last 120 years, lasted 2. So we had to fix this light, and nothing fits because; well, the hole is too big! So my poor husband has been working on this for like four weeks. I’m like; dude. Just let me call somebody. Let me just get someone in here so you don’t have to deal with it, and you’re not freaking the f*ck out. Maybe we need to get new lights.

And he; it’s just more out of principle to prove this guy is just an asshole. But he just is. Why did you have to do that to the light? He also installed wood; we have a bench in our bathroom. And he installed a wood bench into our shower. Do you know what happens to wood when it is bombarded by water daily, and just soaks up? It warps. And then mold grows underneath it. So I finally pulled this wood board off the seat, and it is just covered with mold underneath. Think about what you’re doing. Think about it. It’s so f*cking annoying.

Anyway. I come home on Sunday, and my husband has one of his close friends, who is super handy, in the kitchen. And I think my husband was bummed that I got home early. Because maybe he wanted it to seem like he did it? Because he looked at me like; oh, you’re home early! But his friend, and him, fixed the light. And when I was gone, my husband installed those cute little lights that you see in restaurants and everybody’s back yard. He installed those all throughout our patio. So it looks all pretty. It’s ready for summer. Isn’t that cute? I’m like, I should leave town more often. Because you always do stuff. You always get stuff done.

Anyway. That was Steamboat. I can’t decide if I like Steamboat or Crested Butte. I like how Steamboat is just much closer. It’s just so easy to get to.

Anywho. I am now getting prepped and ready for my Caribbean trip. My birthday; what day is it? The 5th? The 6th? My birthday is in 16 days, I think. Ish. I turn 30 in 16 days. And in 16 days, I will be in the Caribbean, on a boat, with the company Trade Winds. Cannot wait. I went on a Trade Winds trip; hopefully you listened to that previous podcast. Because that was the best trip of my life, and I wanted it to happen so bad, again, because I loved it so freaking much.

So I am getting all prepped and ready. I have purchased all new swimsuits. Because duh! So unneeded, but part of my job, as well. And oh my god. A bird just slammed into the ground. What a dummy. He’s alive. Don’t worry.

So I’ve purchased swimsuits, coverups, some shorts, need a couple of sandals. But I’m also getting all my posts ready to go and done for the week that I’m gone. Just because I never know when I’m going to have internet access, and Wi-Fi, and everything. So I always get my stuff done ahead of time so I can have someone just post my blog post, and just keep that up to date while I’m gone for the week.

So I’m getting all my recipes done, all written up, photographed, everything all ready to go. And getting everything done ahead of time. Because that trip; I’m going to be gone for 8 days, and that’s a good chunk of time to be gone. And yeah, just so freaking ready for this trip. I want to explore with my husband. I want to make out with him.

Our wedding anniversary is next week, as well. So it’s kind of like we’re celebrating our wedding anniversary and my birthday together. That’s how it will always be, forever, for him. Haha.

Anyway. I don’t think we’re doing anything next week, because we just have a lot of sh*t going on. But yeah, we’ll be celebrating in the Caribbean. I’m just so excited.

And speaking about a lot of things going on; I have my upcoming Denver meet up coming up. That sounded weird. My Denver meetup coming up. So in case you missed it on any of my social media channels. (That reminds me of something.)

Anyway. I have a Denver meetup coming up on April 15th. There are two sessions; this is on a Sunday, at 3 p.m. and 6 p.m. and the 3 p.m. has already sold out, which I’m so pumped about. And for the 6 p.m., I think there’s about 30 or 35 tickets left for those spots. So we’re trying to make sure you get your ticket before that session sells out, as well. Hopefully sells out. I don’t want to be cocky here. Hope it sells out, because I want people to come. Because I always fear; it’s like, when I leave a post on Instagram. And I’m afraid nobody is going to say anything. Or if I ask a question, nobody is going to write me back. It’s the same thing. I’m like is nobody going to come to this meet up? Gotta have more confidence, JuJu.

So this event is going to be a question/answer session. I’m going to be talking about health, and beauty, and everything that encompasses that. There’s going to be Tula skin consultations, and there’s going to be grab bags full of goodie bags. So anyway, there are 30-35 tickets or so left, depending on when you’re listening to this, too. So if you want to meet with me, and come to my meet up, and hang out and get free stuff, and get free product, because duh. Then just head to my blog. Or head to my Instagram, because I have a link through my Instagram. Or I’ll probably have it in the show notes, if I remember here. Duh.

But come out. That would be so cool! If you’re in Denver on the 15th and want to hang out. That would be so sweet!

Anyway. Speaking of social media, I’m so pumped because I got my Facebook fixed! My hackers are not in my Facebook anymore. After I sent out my newsletter last week, complaining about my Facebook being hacked and having no contacts, and nobody writes you back, and it’s just a never ending circle. A woman who follows my newsletter; she works for Facebook, and reached out, and had it fixed by Monday or Tuesday. So that was pretty rad. So I have my Facebook back.

But the thing about Facebook; if you have two-step authentication on. I don’t know if it’s on Instagram or on Facebook. But if you have that on, you can’t link your Instagram to Facebook. So now I have to go in and post directly on Facebook as well. So if I post on Instagram, post on Facebook. So now I haven’t been posting anything on Facebook. Nobody ever sees it, anyway. So I haven’t been posting much on Facebook. But we’ll see if that changes.

But how great is that? A woman actually helped and made a difference. She’s the best. I need to send her free swag. Free stuff. Thank her. Thank you, Kristen.

I’ve been talking so fast. Now I want to talk about some kind of workout changes I’ve been doing. I was going through kind of a hard time last week trying to figure out this new rhythm. Doing competitive CrossFit years ago and not in a smart way. I had no knowledge of really how to train as an athlete. And no background, and no coach to tell me how to do that responsibly. I’ve done some damage to my body, and it’s starting to kind of catch up with me, those years of competition.

So I’ve been going to see Apollo Soft Tissue. I’ve been going to see Dr. John, and working with him. He’s in Cherry Creek in Denver. And he’s been working. I was getting constant headaches, so he was working on my traps and my neck. And I decided after the Open I needed to take a week off of CrossFit. Because I was so f*cking over CrossFit. I was sick of going heavier on workouts. And I needed to take a week away. And when I took a week off, my headaches and my pain in my neck completely went away.

So working with him, and taking time off of CrossFit has been incredibly beneficial for my body. So now I’m like; where am I going to go from here? Because when I’m doing my butt workouts three times a week, and doing CrossFit on top of that, my legs are getting too big for my comfort level, and I just don’t feel comfortable in my body. So I’m trying to find the balance that I’m working my body in different ways and strengthening my muscles without hurting my body and still being able to wear the clothes I want to wear and feel comfortable in my skin and confident.

So this past week, I did only two times of CrossFit. And felt great. I felt destroyed after a CrossFit workout, and had to end up taking a day off. Even when I walked in the gym; I was like, I can’t be here. And had to leave. Because I was just too sore. So now I feel I’m going from five days of CrossFit; I was going three to four. And now I think I’m going to be doing two times a week. I’m messing around with that.

And then I decided to get Class Pass. I guess this is a plug for Class Pass. But I’m also talking about the bad side about it, as well. That I didn’t know until I signed up. And then I was like; what the f*ck? You just got me to sign up, you f*ck sticks.

So what I was so pumped about is I started going to Core Power, and I really loved their sculpt class. And have so much fun in it. And I like their C2 class, as well, for more deep stretching. But the sculpt class is so fun, and you get so sweaty, and it’s so challenging, and I loved it.

I wanted to do that. So I had planned to do a yoga sculpt class tonight. So I’m like; oh, I’ll just sign up for Class Pass. They give you your first week free, and then you start going to regular stuff. So I signed up, and I’m like; oh, I guess I need to sign up for classes. And then I go, and then there’s only certain classes available that day. Because you have to reserve your spot. And I didn’t know this beforehand. And I just thought it was unlimited. Because you just walk into yoga sculpt; you don’t even have to sign up for a class. So I just thought it was unlimited with how many people can be in there. But that is not the case.

So you have to plan out ahead of time. And I’m just not used to that. Because I don’t have to sign up for CrossFit. I don’t have to sign up for yoga classes. I just walk in. Or my other gym membership; I just walk in when I want to. So I’m just not used to having to sign up for classes. And I didn’t know that you would have to do that, and that classes numbers would be limited. I wasn’t aware of that. Maybe I’m just dumb. But they didn’t make that totally clear on their website.

So anyway. I go to sign up for the yoga sculpt class tonight that I already told my girlfriend that I was going to with her, and planned my whole day around it, and it’s not available. There’s nothing available for that. So now I’m going to have to pay the $25 drop in fee, because I really want to go to this class, and I told my girlfriend I would go to it with her. So that’s kind of a bummer.

But what’s so cool about Class Pass is there are so many classes available. And they have, here, they have Core Power. Our CrossFit gym has fit classes, like bootcamp style. So they have Fit classes. They have Fierce 45. They have Transform. They have Rebel Workout. They have kickboxing. They have so many different classes you can try out that I think that’s so appealing as I’m trying to figure out what I want to do. And not pay for just one gym membership.

Because Core Power is pretty damn expensive. And if that’s going to be your only gym, I get it. But if you want to go do other stuff, Class Pass is more affordable. You just have to plan ahead. And that’s the annoying thing that it might fill up and you’re like; oh. That’s the only class I wanted to go to. What the f*ck.

So, that’s the only kind of downside about it. But it’s pretty affordable. And I think you can go to other states, and you can use your Class Pass in other states, so that’s pretty cool.

So at this point, this next week I’m going to try Transform. Because it’s like LaGree style Pilates or whatever. And I’m going to do yoga sculpt. And I’m going to do my butt workout, and then go to a couple of CrossFit. So I’m just trying to find a new balance that I don’t feel like total sh*t. That I’m still getting a good workout. That I’m toning my muscles, I’m still able to keep a more muscular build, because I personally like that look.

It’s so funny, because my sister-in-law, she does fit 36 here in Denver. And she’s like; “I don’t know if I should do more fit 36 because I don’t want my shoulders to get bigger.” And to me, now I’m worried that I’m doing CrossFit less, I’m going to have less big shoulders. I love the look of muscular shoulders and muscular arms. It’s just funny how we see bodies differently. I don’t think she things I have an ugly physique, and I don’t think she has an ugly physique by any means. She is stunning. But it’s funny how we see things.

I want to be more muscular, and I don’t want to lose that muscle tone. And even after some time of doing less CrossFit, my abs are less defined. So it’s weird those tradeoffs and how your body changes pretty quickly. But at this point in my life, I don’t want to feel like sh*t. I don’t want to have headaches. I don’t want to be doing detrimental things to my body. And I have to listen a little bit more than I did when I was 23 years old and my body bounced back.

So now, I’m going to try these things and I’ll keep you guys updated of what I’m liking. This is not putting CrossFit down, by any means. These were my competitive days when I was not doing it in a responsible way. Doing CrossFit a couple of times a week, or even five times a week, when you’re just doing average workouts at average weights, and you’re listening to your body and not putting it through sh*t you shouldn’t like losing your form and going with it. You’re not going to have these same issues I’m having.

It was crazy, because Dr. John is like; have you ever been in a bad car accident? And I was like, no, knock on wood, I’ve never been in any sort of bad car accident. He’s like; you have insane scar tissue in your lower back. Which is often from car accidents. And yeah, I got that from competing and putting my body through a tremendous amount of stress. And I don’t want to do that anymore. I just want to be happy and content and work hard and feel empowered from the gym and not be in physical pain all the time. But that’s just me. There’s a difference between putting yourself through some pain and mental pain without destroying your body, in my opinion.

So, that’s what’s new in my life. I’m excited to try this new stuff and try different workouts. There’s a kickboxing gym here that I wanted to try. And there are so many different things. Denver is so cool, and I’m sure a lot of cities are like this. But Denver, we have so many gyms to choose from. So much food to choose from. We have so many things we can do, so Class Pass just makes it optional to do it all over the place. So I’m excited to try it. I just gotta plan ahead, which is the pits.

Ok, before I let you go, there is some big news. The Jersey Shore reboot. Actually, I’m going to turn the TV on right now, because it was last night. I’m recording this on Friday, and it was on last night, and I forgot to record it. Devastated. But I’m sure it’s playing reruns like crazy. I’m so pumped.

My poor husband, because Tuesdays used to be our family night where my sister-in-law would come over. We would make dinner together, and then we would watch the Bachelor. Meaning my husband would often go in the basement, or we would be forced to go in the basement. Sometimes he would watch it, but he would mostly just take my computer and watch something else. And he really just could not get into the Bachelor. I know some guys can, but he just wouldn’t dedicate himself to it.

But I get it; because I will never watch football. I’ll watch golf, which he’s obsessed with. Down with that. He stopped watching football altogether and I kind of love him more now. So we just watch golf instead, and I don’t know how I stand it. I stand it way better; way more than football. But, now, he thought he was in the clear. No, no. Jersey Shore has started up their reboot. Their family vacation, or whatever. And it started last night.

And I just turned on the TV, looked, of course it’s replaying in an hour. So now I can record all the episodes. So now my husband is going to be forced to watch the reboot of Jersey Shore! F*cking loved that show. I love me some trash TV. And I don’t watch enough of it nowadays. Because I mostly just have on the Office, or the cooking channel or food network channel. Don’t really watch much else. It’s too distracting when I need to get sh*t done. But I love me some Total Divas. I love me some Kardashians. And now I love me some Jersey Shore family vacation.

Oh, and the Bachelor. Duh. Like, duh. So I can’t wait for this. So sad Sammy’s not back. What a bummer, Sammy. We’ll miss you. Not really, you didn’t say much on the first billion seasons. But we’ll miss you.

I’m going to end on that note. Don’t forget; if you’re in Denver, come to my event. I hope to get to meet you. We’re going to have so much fun. I hope it’s fun. I’m so excited.

And it’s snowing like f*cking crazy here now. So I’m going to go mope around the house.

Also; I don’t know what else I’m going to tell you. I don’t know what else. I’m just getting kind of hungry. I’ve been getting hungry at 11 lately. I need to eat a bigger breakfast or something. But I’m hungry, it’s 11. It’s time for lunch, I guess.

I hope you guys have a wonderful day. I hope you do big things. I hope you make a better impact on the world, and you never mom-shame. Because mom shaming is the worst. And yeah, that’s about that. I’ll talk to you next time guys. Have a lovely, lovely day. Bye-bye.

]]>
This week on the podcast, I’m talking about my recent weekend trip to Steamboat Springs, changing up my workout routine, and trying out Class Pass for the first time! And don’t forget, my Denver meet-up is on April 15th at […] This week on the podcast, I’m talking about my recent weekend trip to Steamboat Springs, changing up my workout routine, and trying out Class Pass for the first time! And don’t forget, my Denver meet-up is on April 15th at […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 56:05
Getting Hacked, the CrossFit Open, & My Upcoming Event – Episode 78: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/getting-hacked-the-crossfit-open-my-upcoming-event-episode-78-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 31 Mar 2018 19:30:22 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=33730 http://paleomg.com/getting-hacked-the-crossfit-open-my-upcoming-event-episode-78-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/getting-hacked-the-crossfit-open-my-upcoming-event-episode-78-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 4 This week on the podcast, I’m talking about the CrossFit Open coming to an end, trying yoga for the first time, balancing a new workout routine, my Facebook getting hacked and my upcoming Denver meet-up on April 15th at Just […] This week on the podcast, I’m talking about the CrossFit Open coming to an end, trying yoga for the first time, balancing a new workout routine, my Facebook getting hacked and my upcoming Denver meet-up on April 15th at Just Be Kitchen at 3pm and 6pm. Get tickets for the even today!

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsor!

Siete is a healthy Mexican-American food brand that makes grain free and paleo-friendly tortillas and tortilla chips, and they are a brand I talk about weekly because I love them so much. Siete has three different kinds of grain-free tortilla chips including sea salt, lime and nacho and the chips are made simply with simple ingredients like cassava flour, avocado oil, coconut flour, ground chia seed, sea salt, and citric acid. And their bags are puffed to perfection so even the last chip you have at the bottom of the bag is still a full chip, instead of a crumbled mess like most chips. And their tortillas are just as delicious. They offer almond flour tortillas, cassava & chia tortillas, and my favorite – cassava and coconut tortillas. And right now, Siete would like to offer PaleOMG Uncensored listeners 10% off at sietefoods.com if they use the promo code PALEOMG. Just go to sietefoods.com and use promo code PALEOMG for 10% off right now!

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 78 Transcription Coming Soon!

This week’s podcast is brought to you by Siete. Siete is a healthy Mexican-American food brand that makes grain free and paleo friendly tortillas and tortilla chips. And they’re a brand I talk about every single week on my blog and on Instagram, because I love them so freaking much.

The Garza family is made up; yup, you guessed it. Seven people. Siete. I don’t know a whole lot of Spanish, but I know Siete from four years of Spanish class in high school, so I’m obviously crushing it. When Veronica, one of the five kids who I actually interviewed on the podcast back on episode 60, when she was diagnosed with multiple autoimmune conditions she began cooking with new ingredients, and the family came together to support her new diet and lifestyle.

The more they loved and enjoyed her creations, the more they knew they needed to share this with the world. And that’s how the Siete brand came to be. Siete has different kinds of grain free tortilla chips, including sea salt, lime, and nacho. And the chips are made from cassava flour, avocado oil, coconut flour, ground chia seeds, sea salt, citric acid, and lime oil. That is it. Well; lime oil for the lime ones.

And the bags are puffed to perfection. So even the last chip at the bottom of the bag is actually a full chip instead of just a crumbled mess. I hate that in chips, and you never get that with Siete. I think about that every time I eat an entire bag.

And their tortillas are just as delicious. They offer almond flour, cassava and chia, and my favorite, the cassava and coconut flour tortillas. Which I use every week. I place mine on the gas stovetop to heat them through about 10 seconds per side, and then they are soft and ready for loading up.

And it’s honestly not surprising how amazing their products are, because everyone on the Siete team is seriously so fantastic. I’ve been to their office. I know the whole team. I love them all. Follow them on Instagram stories, and you’ll quickly see how much fun they have every day at their office. They’re just the best.

And right now, Siete would like to offer PaleOMG Uncensored listeners 10% off at Sietefoods.com if they use the promo code PaleOMG. That means you can take back taco Tuesday and celebrate, all for 10% off. Just go to Sietefoods.com and use the promo code PaleOMG. And don’t forget to follow them on Instagram, because they will simply brighten your day with their Instagram stories, and their beautiful concoctions that their chef and other people create with their tortilla chips and their tortillas. I just love them so much! So go to Sietefoods.com. And don’t forget to use promo code PaleOMG for 10% off your order.

This is Juli Bauer from PaleOMG and you are listening to PaleOMG Uncensored.

Juli Bauer: Hello. How are you? It’s just little old me today. Just me, myself, and I. Sitting on the couch with the dog. You’ll probably hear him snore at some point. Or bark at nothing. Because he’s really into that lately. I don’t know what’s come over him. I don’t know where this came from. But he loves barking.

Like, this morning. The TV is on. A commercial for dog; I don’t know, animated movie comes on. What does he do? He barks. It’s like; dude. The dogs aren’t even real. Can’t you tell the difference? You dummy.

But. I don’t know where I was going with that. I love him anyways. He can do no wrong. He’s the perfect dog in the entire world.

I hope everybody is having a wonderful week. I am not. {laughing} Let’s just talk about; well, I guess I’ll get into that. I’ll talk about Facebook getting hacked. We can talk all about Facebook. Because it’s just such funny timing that my Facebook got hacked while Facebook is in the news every single day just being a sh*t storm of a company. We’ll get into that later.

Can we all celebrate now; I know not everybody feels this way. Or even does CrossFit, so if you don’t give a f*ck about this. But I’m still going to talk about it. The CrossFit Open being done. Let’s all take a second and celebrate. I’m so over the CrossFit Open. To me, I used to love the CrossFit Open. Because it was the competition that lead up to Regionals, and I was trying to make it to Regionals every year. So I used to love it. It was the time of my life. I lived for it. That’s all I did.

But now, I don’t give a f*ck. And I don’t want to do a workout RX ever. Ever. Unless it’s body weight. Maybe. Maybe I’ll do it RX. (RX means prescribed, if you don’t know stupid CrossFit lingo. Sorry to be that person.)

So anyway. The CrossFit Open was like a 5-week long competition; online competition. People get so f*cking serious about it. People get hurt from it because they let their ego get in the way, and push harder than they ever would. And at our gym, our owner and head coach is really persistent about form, and will say; “No. Take that weight off there.” Or knows when people can push it farther.

So, he doesn’t let people’s form deteriorate during a workout. He will make you fix it. He will make you pull weight off. He will make you do body weight, whatever he needs to do. But during the Open, it’s totally different. Because you’re doing a workout as prescribed. And if that means a 205-pound deadlift; or for males, 315-pound deadlift. Some people will be doing that. And I was included in that 205-pound deadlift that I did not want to f*cking do. And I picked it up 9 times. And I had no business picking it up. So my back was flaring up. I’ve been going to a chiropractor here in town that has been helping with that.

But after the Open finished; I said deuces CrossFit, I’m f*cking annoyed with you. I’m not into you right now. We’re in a fight. And I’m taking the week off of CrossFit. I just needed to take a step back. Because as I get older, and all these 8 years of CrossFit accumulate. Especially competition days, where I was working out two to three times a day. And lifting so much heavier than I do now. My body has taken a turn for the worst. So yeah, I’m not feeling great.

But this week has been awesome. Because I started trying different workouts. So on Tuesday this past week, I went to Core Power. And I did; it’s like a C2 class. I don’t know. But you’re flowing into movements. I don’t know all the; when I say all, I don’t know any yoga terms. The only thing I could understand what she was saying; this woman kept saying yogis. And I was like; stop calling us yogis. It creeps me out. It’s like Yogi Bear. Creepy.

So I did this C2 class. Loved it. So hot. You leave drenched. From head to toe, you are completely soaked in sweat. And I just don’t get that with CrossFit very often, because we’re just doing sprint workouts. We’re not doing a long hour 110-degree room. I don’t know how hot it was, but it was hot as f*ck. So you’re just sweating everywhere, and you just leave feeling so good.

So today, as I’m recording this, I’m going to try a yoga sculpt class out, and do the damn thing with that. Because everybody has recommended it. And my friend loves it. So I’m going with my girlfriend, who has a membership there. She’s another CrossFit girl, too.

But it’s funny. Because seriously 6 of us went to yoga class. The other day; we were just all over CrossFit for the day. And these are all girls who love CrossFit just as much s me. But we’re just all over it. So now I’m finding this new rhythm. And trying to figure out what kind of workouts I want to do. And I think I’m going through a hard time of insecurities, and not feeling comfortable in my skin. My weight goes up and down every single day. I work around food every single day. So sometimes I’m overeating, or just snacking all day long, because I’m cooking multiple things.

And, our bodies are honestly constantly changing. Every single day, your body is a little bit different. So to expect it to look like it did a couple of months ago, when things are changing and stressors are changing and whatever else. It’s just; I just start doing the comparison game to other people and to myself. And I just go into rabbit hole of sadness.

So I’ve bee feeling not great in my workouts when I’m doing CrossFit. Meaning, physically I don’t feel good. This doesn’t feel right. I shouldn’t feel like this. And that makes me want to take a step back. But then I worry; am I going to gain weight? Is my body going to change in a different way that I don’t like? Am I doing enough cardio? Am I doing too much cardio? I just go into this tailspin that I don’t always feel on a regular basis. Most of the time, I just go in for my workout. I do it. And then I leave.

I don’t know what’s totally changed. But I’ve just been hard on myself, and I’m trying to not do that. And be a happier person, no matter how my body changes. Because I have a healthy, happy body. And I should be respectful of that. And it’s hard to be sometimes.

So I was thinking about it today; because I really want to see this movie. I want to see the movie I Feel Pretty, with Amy Schumer. If you haven’t seen the previews; I forget. I think she’s on a spin bike, and she’s trying to workout so hard. And she goes flying off of it, and hits her head. And she sees herself differently now. Now she sees herself as a complete model. And she’s confident as f*ck. I keep saying like; I don’t know where that’s coming from.

But she’s sees herself as a model. So now she walks with her head held high, and starts crushing life. And is so confident, and I think starts crushing work and dating and whatever else. So I’ve only seen the previews for it, and I really want to see this movie. But I just want to be like that. I just want to be confident as f*ck. Because whenever you see a person; for me, if I see a person who is so confident, and happy, and content in their skin, and they just glow. I don’t ever think about their weight. It’s just; they look amazing because they are so confident. So I just want to be more like Amy Schumer in I Feel Pretty.

Isn’t she the best? That girl can do no wrong. Her jokes; oh my god, I said like again. What is wrong with me today? Jeeze. Jeeze. She, in her Netflix standup routine. She’s so dirty. I love it! Nowadays, more women are starting to do that. But so many women are talked down to, because they have a dirty mouth or whatever. It’s so f*cking weird. But she just crushes it.

I remember; I heard this thing that when her Netflix show came out, I think she was anti-Trump. So a bunch of people rated it one star and gave her a terrible rating on Netflix. And then I heard Netflix took off the rating abilities because of that. Isn’t that the worst, when people rate because they don’t agree with your opinion? Way to be an adult, you f*ck.

So anyways. I’m just trying to find the balance of what workouts I want to do, what makes me feel best. And I’m just; I’m still having a hard time with it. I just can’t figure it out. But I’ve been loving doing these glute workouts. And I kind of talked about it on the podcast, but I’ve been talking about it a lot on the blog. So more than anything, I just wanted to grow my butt a little bit more. Get a rounder, more taut butt. More perky butt. Because you know gravity is always pulling its way down. And CrossFit isn’t great for your butt. There are some wonderful butts out there in CrossFit, but it’s not great for this bubble butt. The peach emoji butt.

So I started adding in my glute workouts. And I’ve definitely seen a difference. It’s been since late December that I started doing them. I definitely see the difference. I didn’t take any measurements. I did one photo; before photo. But I don’t think I would ever share that. I just; in a thong in my room. No. I’m not one to share thong photos on the internet. Bikini, sure, but thong just feels a little. Like when you’re in slippers in a thong. It just feels too invasive. But who am I to say?

I can definitely see a difference in my butt. And even my legs, as well. So I feel like that’s a hard balance I’m trying to find. Finding that comfortable place that you’re confident in how your body is changing, while knowing it’s going to change. So I say that; what I mean when I say that is my thighs have gotten bigger, and sometimes I feel a little uncomfortable with that. But legs have a hard time getting these toned beautiful legs that you see all over the internet. And I have a hard time building that. I’m just trying to find the balance of building a bigger butt with still;

I don’t know. I don’t know what I’m trying to do. I sound so narcissistic right now. It’s ridiculous. I’m just trying to share that honest story of how I feel and how I try to get out of those feelings. Because I’m not going to live in a time of unhappiness when I have a trip to Guadeloupe and summer is coming. I don’t like being unhappy. So, I need to be Amy Schumer.

Anyway. Let’s do a little update on; because this podcast is going to be a little bit short today because I leave out of town tomorrow, and I’m trying to mass cook recipes and get my post done for tomorrow, and this podcast done for Saturday and get a couple of recipes done. So it’s going to be a little bit on the shorter side.

Especially because I have been dealing with motherf*cking Facebook. So, if you haven’t seen the news; if you don’t watch the news, maybe you don’t know about it. But Mark Zuckerberg, the inventor of Facebook. And Facebook is under fire at this point because they took the information of something like 50 million users. I don’t know if they sold it; I don’t know. They’re doing some creepy stuff. But at the same time; that’s what websites do. They capture your information. And then they use it to whatever; sell you the Nordstrom dress you were looking at, to sell it to you on another website you’re looking at. They take your information, and they use it to their benefit.

So I don’t know what exactly, but it’s like when you sign the terms and conditions. I was watching this Today show little part the other day. And if you print those off, it’s like 35 pages worth of terms and conditions on a single app you have on your phone. I think it was Candy Crush, they had, and it was literally 35 pages of terms and conditions. Telling you how they can pretty much give your information away. And then they’ll capture the information of your friends as well. So if you add somebody on there, they can take your friend’s information. It was crazy.

So we live in that world now that the internet is trying to capture as much information as quickly as possible all the time so they can make your experience and their experience both beneficial. So Facebook is in trouble for selling 50 million users information. And I think Mark Zuckerberg has to testify. And he was saying if he was the best person to testify, he would.

It made me kind of think of the movie; whatever Facebook. Whatever that movie is about Facebook. You’re probably yelling the name to me right now. But whatever that movie is. Mark Zuckerberg totally f*cked over the guy; (hi doggie.) He totally f*cked over the guy that he started Facebook with. And I think; I forget how much money he got in the settlement, but he didn’t get much money. But he must be laughing his ass off now, because Mark Zuckerberg is f*cked. Hopefully. {laughs}

Didn’t they; they lost something like $80 billion in stocks or something f*cking crazy like that. Like, how does that money even make sense? So yeah. He’s having a hard time. And Russians had to do with our election, and he’s selling off information. Facebook has just kind of been in the shitter for a while.

And then as this is all going down; I’m watching this on the news. My Facebook gets hacked. And I thought this was really super interesting. I was listening to; I think her name is Chalene. I think Chalene Johnson. A reader sent me her podcast. And it had her story of getting hacked back in 2015. And all of her social media was hacked. And they were really f*cking with her. Sending her images of inside her social media and stuff; just total assholes.

So as I was listening to that, she talks about how they don’t have to crack your password, they just have to crack your answers. So whatever those questions are. Like; your prom date. Your first car. Your high school. All these different things. And a lot of times, people play those games on social media. Which I think are f*cking stupid, and I probably did them in college. But it’s like; “What’s your stripper name?” And you put your first animal, and the first street you lived on. And that’s your stripper name.

All this information is on the internet. If they do enough research about you; which is pretty easy to get ahold of those type of surveys that you put right there on your social media page. When they want to go crack your password and can’t get your password, they can crack what was your first animal’s name. And what was your first street name, because of this little survey stupid bullsh*t game you played on the internet.

So I thought that was really interesting; I just wanted to put that one out there, because we don’t always think about that. That everything we do is being tracked on the internet. And hackers love this f*cking sh*t. I don’t know who the f*ck hackers are, and what they do. And if they just sit in their basement and just ruin people’s lives. So weird.

So my own story. I totally f*cked myself over. And I always was like; I can’t believe people actually do this. But it happened to me. So I was talking to a friend who works with a brand that I work with regularly. And she was talking about how you can do; if you ever see on Instagram those shopping tags. It will be a little white dot, and you click it, and it says the brand and price and you can click right there and it brings you to the link. Instead of Like to Know it, where you have to screenshot or go to the app or get the email or whatever it is. This brings you directly to it.

So, you have to set your page up to be branded content to be able to do this. So I was trying to figure out the steps, because there’s not a ton of information out there. I was trying to figure out the steps to do this, and you have to pretty much; I don’t know. You have to add this thing to your Facebook. And Facebook has to accept you as a person who will have branded content. So I’m waiting to hear back from Facebook. And then the very next day, I get an email that says there’s copyright infringement on your Facebook. And I’m looking at the email, and the email looks perfect. The email looks perfect; it looks like a legitimate Facebook email. Everything. There’s no weird spelling errors.

Because I’ve had one from Instagram; a few from Instagram that says, “We want to make you,” whatever that is when you get your checkmark. “We want to give that to you. Just click here.” And on Instagram, it looked like an L instead of an I, so there were easy mistakes with that. And I’ve never heard of Instagram reaching out to people. But if you don’t know better, whatever. So I ignored those, erased them.

So then I get this Facebook email. Everything looks right, and I’m like; oh my god, what does it mean there’s copyright infringement? Did I f*ck something up when I was trying to add this branded content to my Facebook page? So of course, clicked the link. Hackers come in, totally f*ck me over. They go in. They are in my Facebook right away. They lock me out of administrative role of my page. And now I’m an editor on my page, and they have administrative rights.

Of course, right away I knew I had done something wrong. I knew that I was the idiot that I couldn’t believe people actually clicked links. Because always, if you ever get an email. Go into your Facebook, or go into your Instagram. I don’t know about Instagram, but Facebook you can check inbox and see if anything has been sent to you, and you’ll have that information there.

So I knew I was f*cked. I changed my password right away. And I’ve changed my password 3 different times now. Does not matter. I still do not have administrative role over my page. I’m still just an editor. I can’t see who has administrative roles. I can’t see anything. And then what they started to do was spam all of my PaleOMG readers. And not spam my page itself. They’re not putting anything on my actual timeline. They are putting it in; it’s on my timeline, but they hide it from my timeline. But it’s spammed to any of my readers newsfeeds.

So you’ll see PaleOMG shared this link. And it’s the most f*cked up links ever. I mean, it’s from f*cked up, to what are you talking about, to creepy. There was one for reusable toilet paper. There’s ones about spiders crawling everywhere. There’s ones about celebrities, like Kim Kardashian. And they start spamming these links, one a minute. I should seriously log back onto my computer right now and see what they’ve been doing.

And I don’t know how it happens that I changed my password, and still I’m completely f*cked. They’re still in. These spam links are going up one a minute for days. There are thousands of links. Thousands. So as soon as this happens; the second it happens, my phone is blowing up. And it’s; I think you got hacked. I think you got hacked. Message, message. Email, email. Text, text. Person at the gym. Another person at the gym. So they’re just going f*cking crazy telling me, just trying to help me out. Telling me. And there’s nothing I can do.

And then; people are so f*cking dumb. They think I’m sharing these links. When I have; for the past 8 years the only thing I’ve ever shared is recipes, my dog, my outfits, my fitness, and all of these link back to my Instagram and my PaleOMG page. And suddenly I’m talking about Kim Kardashian’s ass and linking to reusable toilet paper. Are you f*cking serious? You think that’s me? Do you have any sort of brain?

So I’m getting these rude emails too, that are like, “I can’t believe you would share this kind of content. I hope this isn’t you. How could you?” And then they’re sending me screen shots of the people who are leaving me terrible comments on these hidden links that I can’t even see. I don’t even see them. And I don’t see people’s comments. But then of course I’m getting screen shots of people who are like, “I can’t believe this woman doesn’t understand that your Facebook was hacked” and she’s just telling me what a disgusting, terrible human being I am.

I’m like; how dumb are you? Do you live under a f*cking rock? Have you never heard of anybody getting hacked before? I don’t understand it, and I can’t believe you would think that was real. So obviously these people don’t follow. They just clicked a link and said; “I’ll follow this page.” At some point. I don’t’ get it.

So this was on Friday last week. I’m just getting so many emails, so many messages. I’m losing it. F*cking losing it. I’m changing my passwords. I’m doing all the reporting. And it’s looking through my page, and it’s saying that everything is fine. There’s no abusive content on my page. And people are reporting links. And if Facebook, I don’t know if you’ve ever tried to reach out to Facebook, but it’s literally f*cking impossible.

So, Facebook is one of the biggest companies in the world. Their product is f*cking humans. And they have no humans that you can talk to. Before people; everyone wanted to work at Facebook, right? It was the biggest place to work at. And to have that on your resume; how amazing would that be. Now they’re probably embarrassed to say they work at Facebook because of all the sh*t that’s going down at this point.

So when your product is people; how do you not have any people to talk to? So I reach out to every single email I can find. People are sending me emails that they use when they had an issue with Facebook. People are telling me when their Facebook got hacked, it didn’t get fixed for 5 months. So I had a meltdown. Because, my business is online. So when a business comes to me; I say, here are my numbers. Here are how many hits I get on my website every day. Here are my number of followers on Facebook. On Instagram. On Twitter. On Pinterest. On YouTube. And I give them all of this information in one total number.

And they say; “OK. We’d love you to share this post and share it on Facebook.” And then I say; oh, my Facebook is being hacked and spammed. And of course I just don’t know what that looks like to an outside brand. And how they feel about that.

So I have a meltdown. I went to the mall, and my husband called me right as I was pulling up to the mall. And you know when someone that you really wanted to talk to finally calls you, and it’s just like, you let it all out? So I’m having the panic attack where you can’t catch your breath. And I’m trying to explain this story to him, but I can’t get the words out. And I’m just; I’m totally helpless. I can’t do anything. I literally can’t do anything at this point.

Friends have reached out who have said, “I have a contact at Facebook.” None of those Facebook contacts will write back. I even got someone at Facebook who follows me on Instagram, and she said that she did everything she can, and it’s saying the ticket that she filed is saying that there’s nothing wrong with my Facebook.

{laughs} So, it’s just this never-ending cycle. I’ve reported everything and it sends me in the same f*cking stupid circle. They have a phone line you can call, and it’s like, “Hey we don’t have anybody for you to go talk to. So go f*ck yourself! Go to Facebook.com/support.” It’s ridiculous.

And it’s so sad, because I love Instagram. But Instagram is owned by Facebook. So it’s like, if you hate one you’re really hating both. But to me, now I’m like; ok. I have access into my Facebook. And because I changed my password multiple times, I can get in. Obviously, this guy, whoever these hackers are are still getting in, because they’re sending spam links constantly still. Everybody’s reporting them. And then Facebook comes back that this isn’t abusive content, so you can’t even report it. It’s like; you suck at your job, Facebook. You have one job! You have a lot of jobs. But you have one job. Whatever.

Anyway. I have been thinking about taking my Facebook down altogether. And huge companies have done this. I forget what companies. I know the Chive did it. I know Tesla did it. They just took their Facebook down altogether and pulled out. Here’s the thing. I’m not Tesla. I’m not the Chive, obviously. I’m a very small fish in a very big pond.

And to me, I want to erase my personal Facebook. I don’t ever get on my personal Facebook. I don’t give a f*ck about what’s happening on other people’s Facebook. Because people are just posting all this terrible sh*t. It’s like; you go onto your newsfeed and it’s terrible stuff about Trump. It’s terrible stuff that’s happening in the news. Puppy mills. Awful, awful stuff that just gets bombarded on Facebook. And I don’t want my personal Facebook. I don’t care about looking at other people’s. I don’t care about what someone from my high school is doing. I do not give a sh*t. If I did, I would be friends with them, and I would be texting them.

So I want to get rid of my Facebook altogether. So I’m wondering if I delete my personal Facebook, if that will deactivate my PaleOMG page, as well. But at the same time, brands come to me and they want to work together because of the following I’ve built up over the past 8 years of working on this blog. And it’s organically grew. So now I’m between this rock and this hard place of not being able to change it. My Facebook is overrun by a person who is not me. And I can’t do anything about it. And I can’t contact to do anything about it.

My web developer; that’s when I knew it was bad when my web developer said that I needed to get in contact with Facebook immediately. So I’m just kind of f*cked. And I don’t know what to do. Do I erase it? Do I just keep it up as this page that’s just spam that I can’t really add to? I can add random sh*t to, but it doesn’t matter because nobody sees it in the first place, because I don’t pay thousands upon thousands of dollars to a terrible company every single day. Or do I take it down and not have those numbers anymore? And then people still don’t see it because they didn’t see it in the first place.

Do you see what I’m saying? I’m between a rock and a hard place. Squishing it. I need my namaste right now. Namaste in bed, you know what I’m saying?

So anyway. If you see any links, because I’m not sharing any f*cking links. If it doesn’t go to www.PaleOMG.com, if it doesn’t go to an outfit, it is not mine. I did not link about lesbian survivors out of a cult. What are you talking about?

Speaking of cults, did you guys see Wild, Wild Country? It’s pretty slow. It’s a little bit boring. But it’s pretty f*cking crazy. It’s just about pretty much a cult. They call it a different religion, but I’m like; ok, you’re a cult. You’re crazy. But I think that about a lot. I’ll shut my mouth.

But, they start this religion. And you can only wear red, or maroon. So they get this; watch it on Netflix. This new religion that was started in, I think India. They come to the US. They buy land in Oregon. Which I had no idea about this story. Probably because I wasn’t born yet. But they buy land in Oregon. And they create this compound. And it’s like, just pretty much this religion is just have sex with everybody. That’s what their religion is. No marriage. But everybody should marry.

It gets crazy. They try to kill people. And it’s bananas. It’s a very interesting religion. I’m like, no wonder people wanted to be in it. You get to have sex with everybody. It’s like yoga where you’re throwing your body around. They have this one part where they would have therapy sessions, and they would all sit naked in a room together; men and women. And they’re screaming, and then they just run into each other, and fight each other. Flap around like they’re having a seizure. It’s f*cking so weird.

My husband fell asleep 47 times, and he would wake up thinking big things happened, and nothing had happened.

And there were children in this compound. Parents would decide that they wanted to change to this insane religion. They would go to this compound, and take their children with them. I’m like; can we have the children’s stories? I wanted to see what they grew up to be. Because who gives a f*ck about you. Let’s talk about how you just ruined your children’s life. That’s what I want to know about. They need another documentary about children cult survivors. They do.

But watch that. It’s a good documentary. It’s very well done. It’s slow. Believe me. But it’s like the most right and left people. You have; it will be like, “I don’t like any people having sex outside of marriage.” And then, I forget, Rajnish people, are humping across the street. And they said you go into the compound, and there were people just having sex all over, and screaming as loud as possible. And you would hear people having sex at night, screaming. Jesus. It’s quite interesting.

Ok. This is an easy transition. (Not at all.) But if you’re in Denver, I have an event coming up. It’s always weird to talk about events on a podcast. Because think about how many times you’ve listened to a podcast; 20 years later, and sorry if you’re listening to this 20 years later.

But I have an event coming up. I’m very excited about it. Transition from sex on a compound to Denver event. There will be no sex at this event. Just forewarning, ok. Just letting you know.

So I teamed up with Tula. It’s a skin brand. I’ve talked about it on the blog a million times. So I use their products almost; totally daily. I use products in the morning and at night. And I love them so much. Their probiotic skincare line. They’re just the best. And the people behind it are even cooler.

They wanted to put on an event. I’m sure they’re going to start doing this in multiple places. I don’t know if we’re the first one they’re doing. But they’re coming to Colorado. They’re doing one in Boulder with an amazing blogger. And then they’re doing one in Denver with me.

So on April 15th; that is a Sunday. That’s about 2 weeks from right now. A little over two weeks. It’s going to be at 3 p.m. and 6 p.m. There are going to two different timed events, so you choose whatever you want. And it’s going to be at Just Be Kitchen. I’ll put this in the show notes if I remember. Sunday April 15th, 3 p.m. and 6 p.m. at Just Be Kitchen.

So if you haven’t seen me talk about Just Be Kitchen, I don’t know where you’ve been. It’s one of my favorite places in Denver. It’s a paleo restaurant. The owner, Jennifer, is amazing. And I’m so lucky to have her letting us do our event. Because they just opened for dinner, as well. So we’re cutting off their dinner spot to host this event. So it’s so nice of her to let us come in.

This event is going to be super fun. First of all, grab bags with a ton of different products that I love. We were able to source some products that I absolutely love and get them for these grab bags. So you’re going to get a free bag of goodies once you buy a ticket. And then there’s going to be snacks from Just Be Kitchen. There’s going to be skin consultations with Tula. So they’re going to talk to you about your skin. And then there’s going to be question and answer session with me. And I’m just going to do a little talk about my own health journey. Through fitness, and beauty, and food, and how really food changed my life. And it changed my skin as well.

I’m going to talk about all of that. And I hope people come with questions. Because it’s always awkward when you have a question and answer session and you’re sitting there silent. Totes fun.

So please come if you’re in Denver, on April 15th. I would love to have you. There are going to be event tickets on Tula.com/PaleOMG and it will lead you right there. I’ll put that in the show notes, if I remember.

It’s going to be a super fun event with cool people. Hopefully it’s helpful information to you and you just enjoy yourself. That’s what we want more than anything.

People have always asked if I was going; and I hate when people say that. All these people ask me to do this meet up; it’s been like three people. They’re like; Hey, are you ever going to do a meet up in Denver? Three. So whenever I say “these people” I mean three people. So narcissistic.

So, when these three people asked me if I’d ever do a meetup, I just didn’t know how that would look and how I would put it together. And Tula is making this happen, which is so cool that I can actually host my first meet up thanks to them. And make it way more fun than just me being like, “Hi. I’m here. Ok bye.” This is an actual cool event to be at. So I hope you guys come. And show your pretty little faces. And we can meet up and do the damn thing.

And this is the weekend before I go on my trip to Guadeloupe. I’ve mentioned it I think already on the podcast. I’m so freaking excited about it. I did a podcast, I think, about my Caribbean trip. It was back in august. So coming up; I don’t know, what is that? I don’t know. 8 months or so that I did this trip.

I was on this trip with my friend Vanessa. I took my sister-in-law with me because my husband couldn’t come. So Tradewinds is this catamaran company that sails all over the place. Excuse me. I’m burping Greek meatballs and loaded fries. I just ate, ok. That’s disgusting. I know you think I’m gross, because I am.

So Tradewinds is this catamaran company, and they sail all over the place. So you rent out your cabin, and you can be part of their program where I think you get a certain amount of points. It’s a point system. But I’m just renting out a cabin. We’re going with 8 other strangers, plus the first mate and the cabin.

Oh my gosh, doggie! I hope you guys just heard that.

So, I wanted to go somewhere fun for my 30th birthday. And in about 20 or so days, I turn 30. I’m 30, flirty, and thriving. And I will turn 30 on a Tradewinds boat in the Caribbean waters right outside Guadeloupe. If you haven’t heard of it, it’s just this Caribbean island; French Caribbean island. They take Euros there. There’s a fun fact that I learned when I was looking it up. Because I need to get Euros beforehand, and I should start planning this early. Because it is going to be madness leading up to it. Just scrambling, getting everything done with the blog so my blog can kind of keep going as I am sailing.

My hackers can just keep hacking away. Like, just little f*cks they are!

I’m so excited to go on this trip. This last Tradewinds trip I went on was through the Caribbean. We went to three different islands, but 12 different stops. (I’m starting to yawn, because Jackson is too.) We went to 12 different stops, and it was the best trip of my life. I loved it so freaking much, and wanted to go back instantly as soon as we were getting off the boat. I just wanted to be back on the boat. It was just the trip of a lifetime. So I’m so excited to get to go back.

And last time, I didn’t know everybody but I knew a few people on the boat and everybody else was friends. So even though we didn’t know each other, we knew we’d get along. And this one is going to be with complete strangers. So they could be from all over the world. They could be young, they could be old. They could not speak English. I don’t know. But it will be so interesting. I’m so excited for this adventure.

I was watching; I love following this one girl on Instagram. Her name is Dress up Buttercup. How cute is that? She is the cutest thing in the entire world. I want to put her in my pocket. I want to hold her like a little doll. She’s so adorable. And I was watching her Instagram story. I need to go back to it, because she is 26 years old, and her mom. I think; her mom is a flight attendant. So gets buddy passes or something. I don’t know if they get cut off when she’s 26, or something. Or free flights, something like that.

So her and her husband just decided to hop on a flight. When they got to the airport, they didn’t know where they were going to go. They just wanted to fly on a certain kind of plane, and fly first class. And they were on this gigantic crazy airplane with, I don’t know if it was gigantic. I just imagine it gigantic, because it was the craziest first class. Where you have your own little tiny cabin inside of a plane.

I totally want to fly first class! I want to fly on a personal private jet, and I want to fly first class. Some day in my life! Some day!

So anyway. They went to the airport not knowing where they were going to go. And then they were going to Germany. They were like; ok, it looks like we’re going to Germany. But we don’t want to stay in Germany, so I don’t know where they were going after that. But it was so fun to follow her little adventure.

So I’m hoping to get to share my adventure more. I’m going to try to do video of this trip, and document it even more on the blog. So if you ever think of anything that you love to see when people go on trips, let me know. Because I want to try to make it happen. I’m trying to do more video on my blog. Cooking videos, maybe workout videos soon. We will see. Hopefully I get some of my confidence back, because that’s no fun. That’s no fun filming videos with a sh*tty confident person. Not confident person.

Anyway. I have to go clean my f*ck storm of a kitchen, because I just made these Greek loaded fries. And it’s a complete mess. And then I have to pack, because my sister-in-law and I are driving to Steamboat Springs tomorrow. And we’re going for the weekend.

Which; ok, let me say something real quick. I always try to find a VRBO before; like an AirBNB. Aren’t they owned by the same company? I always try to book one of those before a hotel whenever I’m traveling somewhere. Because I feel like you can find the cutest places for the same price or way cheaper.

So we look up all these VRBO places, and it’s like $134 a night. And we’re like; ok, that’s not bad at all. Let’s do that. We can make that work. So we’re booking for two nights, and then I look. And I’m like; wait. How did the price get to $700?

So I view the details. And the management fee was $300. It was almost as much as booking the; no I guess that was a little bit less. It was more than booking the two nights. The management fee was more. How does that make any sense? I don’t know or understand that kind of stuff, but I know I did not purchase that place. I was not going to spend $700 on two nights in a sh*tty condo. What? So we’re staying in a hotel.

Isn’t that weird? I haven’t ever seen that. Management fees that are that expensive. If anybody can explain that to me, that would be wonderful. Because I don’t want to Google it. Because I don’t care that much. But if you want to explain it to me; cool. That’d be neat. That’d be nice. That’d be great.

I know I can count on hearing from you guys before I can hear from Facebook.

So, if you also have a way. If you’re a hacker. And you’re like; I just love listening to Juli. And I’m a hacker, but I’m a good hacker, and you want to help me out, let me know. That would be awesome. Because Facebook is a joke. Good luck, Mark Zuckerberg. Good luck. You have a great wife, it seems like. I feel bad talking sh*t about him, because I bet he’s a nice human being. But I hate him.

Ok. So I’m going to go do the damn thing. I’m going to go to yoga sculpt. And I’ve got to get my blog post ready for tomorrow. I will talk to you soon. Thanks so much for coming over here today to listen to me talk about random sh*t. Don’t forget to do the two-step authentication on your Instagram, on your Facebook. And do not click any links ever that you get into your email. Just erase.

If someone really wants to get ahold of you, they’ll f*cking call you. Right? And leave a voicemail, too. That’s how you know they really want to talk to you. If they leave a f*cking voice mail. But don’t answer your phone. Do the two-steps on all of your different social medias. And change your passwords regularly. And you know what? Lie when they ask what high school did you go to. Lie. Say the Phantom of the Opera. That was my high school. Who was your first date? Oscar the grouch. Whatever. Say what you need to say. Lie. Just remember those lies. Or else you’ll f*ck yourself over.

That part’s hard. Remembering lies is hard in general. But don’t forget to never click a link. I always judge people so hard, and then I did it. So trust no one. At the end of the day, here’s what you learned from this podcast. Trust absolutely no one. Because they will f*ck you. Ok?

Happy day. That’s so sad. You can trust one person, I’ll give you that. Ok? That’s all you get.

Ok, go have a great day. Don’t forget to go to the blog. Because I have; I shared three recipes this week. I shared a coconut cake collage shake. I shared a blueberry protein smoothie ball. And then I shared pad Thai shrimp lettuce cups. And then I talk about why I love collagen. I share my weekly workouts. And I’m sharing maxi dresses on the blog. So I have all kinds of new content for you.

Don’t forget that if you want to sign up for my event that’s going on in Denver, go to Tula.com/PaleOMG. And the tickets will be there. I’ll try to put that in the show notes, if I remember. If not, say you’re the worst Juli. And I’ll say; you are correct.

Ok, I have to go. I love you long time. Bye-bye.

]]>
This week on the podcast, I’m talking about the CrossFit Open coming to an end, trying yoga for the first time, balancing a new workout routine, my Facebook getting hacked and my upcoming Denver meet-up on April 15th at Just […] This week on the podcast, I’m talking about the CrossFit Open coming to an end, trying yoga for the first time, balancing a new workout routine, my Facebook getting hacked and my upcoming Denver meet-up on April 15th at Just […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 54:13
Interview w/ Real Food With Dana – Episode 77: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/interview-w-real-food-with-dana-episode-77-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 24 Mar 2018 12:42:05 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=33496 http://paleomg.com/interview-w-real-food-with-dana-episode-77-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/interview-w-real-food-with-dana-episode-77-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 6 Today on the podcast, I’m chatting with Dana from Real Food with Dana. This woman does it all while inspiring women to take control of their lives and their health. She lifts, she eats, she coaches, she podcasts, and she […] Today on the podcast, I’m chatting with Dana from Real Food with Dana. This woman does it all while inspiring women to take control of their lives and their health. She lifts, she eats, she coaches, she podcasts, and she cooked! She’s the best!

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsor!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 75 Transcription!

Today’s podcast is sponsored by Sun Basket. If you’ve ever felt like cooking healthy meals was close to impossible during the week, Sun Basket is here to show you that you can have a healthy meal on the table in under 30 minutes. There’s no compromising with your own health goals when easy to cook, delicious meals are delivered right to your doorstep.

It’s true. You are what you eat. And yes, abs are made in the kitchen. So if you’re constantly eating fast food and not knowing where your food is coming from, well. You’re going to not feel your best, that’s for sure. I’ve been telling everyone at the gym that for years. I’ve been cooking and eating Sun Basket meals for a few months now, and I’ve absolutely loved every meal I’ve tasted, and been telling all my friends about it.

Sun Basket delivers organic and clean ingredients with 18 healthy options to choose from every week. They work with the best farms and suppliers to bring you fresh, organic produce and responsibly raised meats and seafood. And everything is premeasured and easy to prep. You can get a healthy and delicious meal on the table in under 30 minutes. It’s amazing.

Everything I’ve made for myself and my husband has taken about 30 minutes, and clean up is a breeze because everything is already premeasured. Sun Basket has a ton of different options you can pick, from paleo to gluten free. Lean and clean, vegan, Mediterranean. Family options, and more to suit anyone’s lifestyle out there.

I recently tried the sole with red pepper vinaigrette and loved it. Every time I try something new with Sun Basket, I get excited to try new things in the kitchen. Like cooking sole more often. I never even think about picking that up at the grocery store.

Don’t let your busy life get in the way of your healthy goals. Just because it’s March, doesn’t mean you have to put your health aside. Sun Basket is so convenient, and they will make healthy eating in your household easier than ever. Everyone is going to be so happy with what you put on the table.

Go to www.SunBasket.com/PaleOMG today to learn more, and get $35 off your first order. Now, let’s talk a little bit with Dana.

This is Juli Bauer from PaleOMG and you are listening to PaleOMG Uncensored.

Juli Bauer: Ok. Well thank you so much for coming on today.

Dana: Yeah, thanks for having me.

Juli Bauer: I was thinking about; how did we even first really, and I guess we haven’t officially met. But how did we first online meet each other? I think it has to be when you guest posted, right?

Dana: Yeah. I think so. That was a while ago. God, when was that?

Juli Bauer: It was so long ago. Actually I even looked up the recipe today to see when it was. Let’s see when it was. I have it here on my computer. That was April 2016!

Dana: Oh dang! Ok. {laughs} Almost two years ago.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. It feels like it’s been longer than that. So you did a guest post for dark chocolate sorbet with olive oil and sea salt. I don’t know if you remember that.

Dana: Yeah. That was really good. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: It looks so good! So, let’s kind of just talk about you a little bit, and go into background for anybody who hasn’t seen your blog. It’s Real Food with Dana. So you’re a clinical nutritionist. You’re a Whole30 certified coach. You have your own podcast. Obviously, your own blog. You talk about skincare on your blog, Olympic lifting. You kind of have it all.

Can you first touch on your background about clinical nutritionist, and what that was like? I feel like there are so many people now who talk about different certifications and degrees they have with nutrition. There are so many different ones that you can go through. So what is your background with being a clinical nutritionist?

Dana: Definitely. To be a clinical nutritionist, you have to have a Master’s degree in nutrition. And then you have to do 1000 clinical hours of supervised experience of working with people and working in the field of nutrition. And you also have to take a national board exam.

Juli Bauer: Geeze! That’s crazy.

Dana: Yeah, it’s a f*cking lot of sh*t to do, to be honest.

Juli Bauer: How old are you?

Dana: I’m 27. I’ll be 28 this year.

Juli Bauer: Ok.

Dana: Yeah. So it’s been a while. I actually just finished my master’s degree in August of 2017. So I did my undergrad in poli-sci and French. So totally unrelated to what I’m doing now. And then I actually got a certificate from the Institute for Integrative Nutrition while I was working in politics. So that was my first venture into the health and nutrition field, I guess. But after I did that, it wasn’t really enough for me. I wanted to do more on the nutrition side, rather than just coaching.

The other thing is; to legally be covered. It’s different state by state. But where I live in Maryland, you have to be either a registered dietician, or a licensed clinical nutritionist in order to practice any kind of nutrition. So kind of to cover my ass, I went back to grad school. Because I didn’t know if I was going to stay in Maryland or move somewhere else where you could just be a health coach and practice nutrition.

I really, really liked my program. It went into a lot more of the science than I thought it was going to be. And I hated science in all of high school and college and stuff and I avoided it like the plague. But I found that it’s really important to have a solid understanding of nutrition science in terms of how the body works and what foods you need to beating. Not only just to maintain health, but to maintain performance if you’re an athlete. If you’re healing from certain health conditions, or stuff like that. So that was kind of the first big part of becoming a nutritionist.

This past year, I also became a Whole30 certified coach. Which just means you go through the Whole30 certification program. You’ve had to do the Whole30 a couple of times. You create some resources for them. And then you have the ability to coach people through the Whole30 program, which is also pretty cool.

And just this past weekend, in terms of the most recent certification that I have, I just got my CrossFit L1. So that’s been cool, too.

Juli Bauer: Fun. So with your clinical nutritionist background, when you’re going through school like that. Having your understanding of paleo and gluten free and what foods we really should be eating, what is that like going through school? Because I’m guessing they don’t press that. Just based on school that I went through years and years ago.

Do they teach kind of USDA guideline information, and you take your own background and understanding of human nutrition by yourself? What is that really like?

Dana: That was really interesting, because that was definitely a big factor into the program that I chose. I went to Maryland University of Integrative Health; which is a much more holistic and real food focused way of teaching people how to eat and how to heal and thrive with real food. Which now is what I say that I do.

So it was great, because it went over a bunch of different dietary modalities. Yes, we went over vegetarian and vegan. And then we talk about how Standard American Diet, and even the government recommendations are what is making our country sick. So we’re teaching people to go away from that, rather than just being like, “Yeah, low fat everything is the way to go. It’s ok to use refined sugar and eat 8-11 servings of grains every single day to be healthy.” Because clearly, if you’re listening to this podcast, you know that’s not healthy.

Juli Bauer: I hope so! {laughs}

Dana: Exactly. We would hope so. We focus more on the real food aspect, and then we touched on paleo. They even talked about keto for certain health conditions. And all different kinds of healing diets. Whether it’s autoimmune protocol, or it’s the GAPS diet. Specific things that you would need to heal certain health conditions. And why on a biological level, it’s so important to incorporate certain kinds of foods. Or why some people need to remove grains, or remove dairy. Elimination diets, and all of that.

So I think it was really lucky in that I didn’t have to kind of weed through the bullsh*t. Which is what I feel like a lot of dieticians have to do when they’re going through their training. Because as far as I know; and I’ve heard this from a lot of my friends that are dieticians. Maybe they’re changing the curriculum, I’m not really sure.

But when you go through your dietetics program, it is mostly the government dietary recommendations. And so as long as you have a background in paleo or whole food or whatever it is, you can view that with a grain of salt and know that that’s not the optimal way of teaching people how to eat. But I was really grateful that I didn’t have to, basically weed through the bullsh*t and feel like I was wasting my money on classes that were teaching me, “Low fat and lots of grains is the way to go.”

Juli Bauer: Yeah. Because how long have you been eating paleo? Or gluten-free. However. Whatever your diet looks like at this moment.

Dana: Yeah, it’s a mix of a lot of things. So I have celiac, so I always have to be gluten free. And I found that out; well, I didn’t find out I had celiac. But I found out I had to be gluten free, because it just made me feel like sh*t, in 2010 I want to say. And then I discovered paleo through some of my friends my senior year in college and started experimenting with it after I read Robb Wolf’s book in 2012. So it’s been a while. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: So what kind of health issues were you dealing with before you really figured that out?

Dana: So I was a pretty standard case, I guess you could say, of somebody that was having all these weird symptoms of nausea and digestive symptoms. My energy was sh*t, and I also was an athlete in college, so that wasn’t great. I was having so much nausea that I could barely eat anything. So my training was then suffering because I was losing a lot of weight and muscle mass, and I didn’t know what was happening.

So I went to a bunch of doctors and nobody could figure out what was wrong. They even did an endoscopy to see if I had celiac, and the thing was. They told me at the time that I didn’t have it. But I didn’t find out until later when I was in nutrition school that you actually need to have 60% damage to your villi in your small intestines before they’ll diagnose you with celiac.

Which later I got a genetic test, and they were like, “Surprise! You have celiac!” I’m like, great. Thanks. So years ago when I got this done and you told me I didn’t. At that point, I was lucky because I knew if I ate gluten, I felt like sh*t. So I was like; there’s no point in me eating this anymore.

But it was a lot of that. So I started playing around with a lot of different diets. I figured out that soy made me feel like sh*t. Dairy made me feel like sh*t. So all of that stuff. And then I was also in college dealing with a pretty severe eating disorder. I just wasn’t eating enough food and getting all of the nutrients that I needed in general. All of that, down the line, led to having a lot of thyroid problems. Adrenal problems. And I know you’ve talked about that before. Just the general over-exercising, having a lot of inflammation and undereating so you’re not healing kind of led me to wanting to learn more about nutrition when I figured that I could heal myself with food for all of that stuff.

Juli Bauer: Now are you working with clients on a regular basis, as well?

Dana: Yeah. I work with clients on a one-on-one basis, and I also do group coaching. I work with a lot of athletes, because I also work as a swim coach. So a lot of my clients come from either the kids that I’m working with, or their parents, or people that I get referred from. Or they come from my CrossFit gym.

A lot of people that I work with come through the Whole30. Either they want to be coached through the Whole30, or they’ve done it before and they’re still seeing a lot of health issues that haven’t really been cleared up. So it’s kind of like damage control, there.

But really what I work with people on is learning how to heal with real food. So whether it’s digestive disorders that they’ve been having, or autoimmune stuff where people just got diagnosed with something and they have no idea what to do because their doctor was basically like, “here’s a diagnosis. And here’s some pills. Ok, bye!” And it’s just like, it’s not that easy. So whether it’s some kind of diagnosis.

A lot of people I work with have a history of some kind of relationship with food, relationship with their body that isn’t necessarily the best. So they have a history of that and it’s trying to overcome that so we can work towards optimal health, not only physically but also mentally and emotionally.

If you hear some barking, that would be my dog. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: {laughs} I can hear him. If you hear some snoring, or farting, that’s my dog right beside me. So I’m right there with you.

So when did you start your blog?

Dana: I started in the fall of 2014. Oh my god, it will be 4 years this year. I can’t even imagine what it’s like; because you’ve had your blog since, what? 2010 or something. That’s so long.

Juli Bauer: Yeah, 2011. I know. It goes by so fast. So you obviously started your blog while you were going through school, correct?

Dana: Yeah.

Juli Bauer: So what made you start it in the first place?

Dana: When I was learning to basically fix all of the sh*t I had going on with food, a lot of people noticed that I was getting better. And this was actually even before I had started school. And they were like; “All of your recipes look so good! You should share this with people!” And I was like, “Pft. Nobody wants to hear what I’m doing.”

After a couple more months, and even a year of people saying that to me. And then when I was in school, I was like; maybe I do need to just share what I’m doing and how I’m healing with food. Because this is so cool, and no one had ever talked to me about it before.

It was also; I selfishly wanted to have a place to put all of my recipes that I was coming up with. Because before I started paleo, I had no idea how to cook. Zero idea. I ate mostly processed food in high school. And in college, I didn’t have to cook anything for myself because we just had a dining hall that I would just go to all the time. And since I went to; Middlebury is a small liberal arts school in Vermont. So we had pretty good food up there. So I didn’t really need to know how to cook for myself.

But then when I started doing paleo, I was like; “Ok, I don’t want to just eat plain broccoli and chicken and almonds all the time. I’m going to have to learn to use a slow cooker, and use cast iron skillets. And actually cook meat and all this stuff.”

So I started following a bunch of different blogs. And I was like, “Wait, that’s cool! I could start my own one of these things. Maybe I’ll just do it!” So I had no idea what I was doing. I kind of just jumped into it. And then was like; oh, ok. Got to figure things out as I go. And now it’s turned into a whole business, which is awesome.

Juli Bauer: Can you talk about; because I get these types of questions all the time, and I’m sure you do with your podcast as well. How did you know where to start when you created your blog? Did you just go to WordPress.com? Did you pick out a template? How did you know where to go, and how much money to really put into it when you first started?

Dana: I honestly had zero idea. I did a lot of Googling, and a lot of YouTube videos when I started. {laughs} I remember I started my blog sometime in September 2014. I had been putting it off for probably a couple of months, because I was like; I just don’t know how to do this. So one Saturday, I just sat down and was like; you know what? I’m just going to do this.

And I remember sitting on my computer probably from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. that day. Between Googling things, and YouTube videos, and figuring out whether I wanted to do the paid version of WordPress, and the not paid version of WordPress. And then you have to do hosting for your blog, and all this other stuff.

I kind of expected that it would be free at first, right? Because you’re just like, whatever. I’m just putting recipes on the internet. And no one is going to look at it besides my mom and my next door neighbor anyway.

But then once I started research, you have to decide whether you want your blog eventually to have the possibility to be some kind of business where you can be bringing in money. Because if that’s the case, you have sign up for the specific version of WordPress. And you have to have backup capabilities in case your site crashes, which happens every once in a while and you feel like your world is going to end.

Juli Bauer: Yeah {laughs}.

Dana: But I just kind of rolled with the punches because I didn’t really know what was happening. I just kind of had a blind faith that things were going to work out. So I was like; you know what? Either way… at the beginning it kind of felt like an expensive hobby, when you do all the startup costs between buying a domain name and getting the hosting and all of that kind of stuff. But then as you start to realize; oh, people actually care what I’m talking about. And I’m realizing that I can help all of these people. It becomes more of a business investment. And eventually you start making it back.

Juli Bauer: How do you think you got your blog to grow? And your social media to grow? Because that’s one of the main questions I get. People ask how do you get the word out there. And I never really have a good answer for them, because I suck. So what do you think helped grow your blog, and really made you stand out?

Dana: In terms of just growth, being consistent is key. I noticed that at the beginning when I started my blog, I was like; if I can post once a week, it will be so much better if I can post four times a week! But it was so overwhelming at first to do that. Because I was like; wait a minute. Three weeks ago, I wasn’t posting anything out on the internet and now I’m trying to post four blog posts a week, and Instagram and all this stuff. It’s really unsustainable to think like that.

Eventually, you can probably work up to that. But being consistent in what you’re putting out. Really staying true to yourself. Especially now that the internet is so satiated between social media and blogs and stuff. If you are fake in any way because you’re trying to be someone else that’s not yourself; people are going to see through that sh*t immediately. So I think just being my weird, quirky, very sarcastic self and trying to teach people things in a fun and really accessible way has been really key to how I’m growing.

You have to kind of figure out a way that distinguishes you from other people. Because if you’re just the same as everyone else; if you’re just trying to copy the next person, then why would someone follow you versus the person that you’re trying to copy? That kind of goes back to staying true to who you are.

Once you’re authentic, and people really connect with you, then they stay with you. That was part of the reason why I started doing more nutrition stuff and opening up about my own health journey rather than just talking about recipes all the time. Which is fine. But I just wanted more of a connection with people. And people don’t really start to develop a connection with you until they understand who you are, and where you’re coming from. And really why they should care about you.

And then in terms of growth; you have to be not only authentic to yourself, but also show that you care about other people. So one thing you can do to do that is, whether you’re engaging with people on Instagram or you’re commenting on other people’s blog posts. Which is a lost art if you ask me. Because sometimes it feels like, as a blogger, you’re putting out all this content. And then you think you put up a great post that you put so much work into, and 5 people comment on it. You’re like, what the hell?

Juli Bauer: {laughs} Yeah.

Dana: I spent so much work on this, why does no one see that I did that? You just have to keep going, and see what people respond to.

One thing I did with you, guest posting on other people’s blogs is really fun. Because you get to create relationships with new people and experience readers and listeners; whether it’s podcasts or different blog posts. And just trying to expand your reach as much as possible, but staying in an authentic way. Because, again, if you’re being fake, people are going to see through the sh*t. And they’re like; I don’t need to follow that girl. There are plenty of other people like her I can follow.

Juli Bauer: Is blogging your fulltime gig at this point? Or is it working with clients? What is your fulltime job at this point?

Dana: That’s a really good question. I’m currently wearing a lot of hats. {laughs} Where I make most of my income is definitely through my clients. Whether it’s through group coaching or through individual coaching. And, it’s gotten to the point where my blog, as a business of recipe development and all of that kind of stuff, is complementary to my nutrition business. So they’ve just become one. Because now, whenever I create recipes, it’s not only for my readers. And whenever I create podcasts, it’s not just for whoever wants to listen. It’s also a resource that I can send to my clients. And vice versa.

So that’s my main thing. And like I said before, I also swim coach. Which does take up a considerable amount of my time. So that’s a nice part time job. And I took that while I was in school. Because I actually swam through college. And then afterwards, I was like; I don’t want to swim anymore. But I do love coaching and working with kids. So that’s been a really cool thing that’s been consistent for the past couple of years, too.

Juli Bauer: Damn, that’s a crap ton. What did you find first? Did you find kind of the nutrition part of your life? Or did you find the fitness part of your life? Because you said you’ve been a swimmer. I’m just thinking more CrossFit, because you’ve talked about CrossFit. I don’t know if you’re just doing CrossFit, or you’re doing mainly Olympic lifting at this point. But what did you find first? How did you get into CrossFit and Olympic lifting? Can you kind of share that background?

Dana: Yeah. So I definitely was into fitness first. I played sports my whole life. And then in college, some of my friends got certified in CrossFit. So we started doing CrossFit as our lifting portion to complement our swimming training. And it was crazy. I don’t think at that point a lot of athletes had been using; this is back in 2010, 2011. Not too many athletes had heard of CrossFit as a way of cross training for their sport in order to get stronger.

But everyone on our team basically; well, the ones that did CrossFit, got jacked. Got so much faster. And I was like; this is so cool! I’d been swimming my whole life, and this was something totally different that I’d never tried before. And I’m kind of a masochist in that I love learning new things all the time. Which is why I spent so long in school, right?

So I found CrossFit at the end of college. And then I continued in it from then. I had a couple of jobs, and then I moved back to the D.C. area. And I found a CrossFit gym in Silver Spring, Maryland. And that’s where I’ve been ever since. I freaking love lifting.

I did only CrossFit at that gym for I think three years before I started doing Olympic lifting. Our CrossFit gym is pretty unique because we don’t really focus on a lot of the typical CrossFit movements. We don’t do too much with cleans and snatches and stuff. So two years ago, I was like; I want to get better at clean and jerk and snatch technique. We have a barbell club at our gym. So I started doing that every other day. So Tuesday and Thursday. So now I do a balance of some days of CrossFit, and some days of just Olympic lifting. And it’s been really cool. I just did my first Olympic lifting meet in January. And I already signed up for my second one in April. So it’s been really fun.

Juli Bauer: That’s awesome. Coming from a background where you mentioned that you dealt with eating disorders; what has that transition been like? Has CrossFit helped with that? Do you still have issues with that? Because I’ve gone through all those types of issues in my life, and I still feel those thoughts at times, even though I’m so much happier as a stronger person. But I still feel like I go back to those dark spots once in a while.

What has it been like dealing with those issues from the past, and do they ever hinder your present life?

Dana: Yeah, that’s a really good question. Luckily, I don’t deal with any of that anymore. Ok, let’s be honestly. Every once in a while, everyone looks in the mirror and like; oh, I don’t really love the way I look today. But it’s not like a constant 24/7 thought, “I hate my body, I need to control my food.” Like it used to be.

So CrossFit and then both nutrition school and the Whole30 were the two biggest things that helped me out of that really dark place. I have to admit, when I started doing paleo, and when I started doing CrossFit, it was because I wanted to get leaner. I wanted to eat less, and I wanted to work out more. So it started from a really vain, really unhealthy place. But then over the years, as I learned. I did my first Whole30 or paleo challenge, and I was eating all whole, real foods, and I actually gained some weight after eating whatever super “clean” the whole time. And at first, I was really pissed. And I was thinking, “What the hell. How did I gain weight if I was eating so clean?”

And then I was like; wait a minute. If I’m doing all these things right, if I’m not overtraining, if I’m sleeping well, if I’m feeling really good, my skin is clear, my digestion is great, and I’m eating really well. Really nutrient dense foods, and I gained some weight; maybe it’s time to reevaluate my relationship with the scale, my relationship with food, my relationship with exercise.

So that was kind of the catalyst that set it all off. And then eventually, when I was training in CrossFit, and I started to care much and much less about my weight on the scale rather than; I cared more about the weight on the barbell going up. I cared more about getting stronger, and I cared less about controlling every single bite of food that was going into my body.

So now I’ve gotten to the point in the past couple of years where I feel completely at peace with all of this stuff. And now I actually help a lot of other people get out of that place. So it’s been a really nice, full circle journey to go through.

Juli Bauer: That’s awesome. Do you own a scale at this point?

Dana: I only own a scale; I bought one I guess in January because I had to make sure that I made weight for my Olympic weight lifting competition. {laughs} But luckily, I sit right on my weight class, so I didn’t really have to cut or anything. Which was super lucky, because I thought for a really long time that the reason that I didn’t want to compete was because I didn’t want to start weighing myself again.

Because that’s a really easy way to bring those triggers back into your life. To start worrying so much about, what’s my body fat percentage? Counting your calories every single day. Weighing yourself every single day. What is it? And those were really big triggers for me before. So I just didn’t. As long as I felt leaner. As long as my clothes were fitting well. I didn’t really care what my weight was. And then I guess I just got really lucky that I sit right on my weight class, so I don’t have to cut or anything.

So I do have one. But I don’t ever really use it. I used it the other day just to see where I was, because I think I’m 5 weeks out from this next competition. But I’m like; whatever, who f*cking cares. {laughs} I’ll cross that bridge when I come to it. But yeah.

Juli Bauer: That would be really hard. I do not own a scale for that reason, because it’s a major trigger for me. And we have a scale at our gym. And I’ll see it sometimes, and I’ll be like; I can just see where I’m at. I just want to know. And I’ll have to stop myself and walk away because I know it will be on my mind the entire rest of the day. No matter what it says. No matter if it’s less than what I thought, or more than what I thought, or right at what I thought. I’ll think about it all day long, and I’ll have to remind myself of that.

And we have a bunch of people at our gym who go through all kinds of different things. Like figure competitions, and Olympic meets, and that sort of thing. And when they’re cutting weight, I’m like; how? Luckily you don’t have to deal with that. But do you ever have clients where they get down to a certain weight. Maybe they’ve been like this in the past; did figure competitions.

They get down to a certain weight. Of course, after their figure competition is over, or whatever is over, they gain weight and go back to more so of a normal weight? Or even over that, because their body is almost compensating and they’re just living their life again. How do you deal with that sort of mental fatigue that those type of competitions can lead a person into? And really mess with your mind, and how you feel about your normal day to day body. I know obviously you don’t have to deal with that yourself in what you’ve done. But do you have clients that have gone through that? And really coming back from that competition mode? How do you deal with that?

Dana: Oh, definitely. And to be clear, I don’t have to deal with that now. But I definitely dealt with that for years in the past. That is honestly the hardest thing that anyone will work with. Whether they’re a personal trainer, a nutritionist, a dietician, a health coach. Even a therapist. The hardest thing to tell someone who is in that place of whether they’re over-exercising and undereating, or they just came off of a competition. Which most people think is the pinnacle of health. “You did a body building competition? You were in such good health!”

But it’s like; no. If you looked at that person from every other aspect; they’re mentally messed up. Emotionally messed up, because they’ve been depriving themselves for so long. If it’s a woman, she probably doesn’t have her period anymore. They have no libido. All of these health markers are just gone. So really, it’s not healthy at all.

So the first thing that you really have to work on with these kinds of people; these kinds of people. I’m talking to myself. Anyone that’s been in this situation. Whether you’re coming from a competition. You’re coming from a state of metabolic damage or adrenal fatigue or whatever it is. You have to shift the mindset. Because if you’re just trying to continually lose weight, you’re just going to get yourself to a place of not being healthy. At all. You’re just going to continually be sick, and never going to get better.

You have to kind of reshape what your goals are. You can no longer chase weight loss, or being whatever percentage body fat. Whatever it is. You have to say you’re doing this for your health. So you can be healthy long-term. Because the reverse side of this; if you continue to over exercise and under eat, or whatever it is. Eventually your body is going to rebound on you and you’re going to gain a bunch of weight back in the long-term. Which no one wants to do.

So it’s really an extremely hard mindset shift to make. And depending on where that person is in their life. If someone is in their 30s or whatever, and they want to have kids. It’s easier to explain to them; “You need to get healthy, otherwise you’re not going to be able to have a baby.” Right? That’s a really easy thing to explain.

But for like you and me, or for people who don’t necessarily want to have kids any time soon. How can you get through to them? Because their entire life, their goal has been, “I just want to be leaner.” Or maybe I want to be stronger. Or I just want to have abs. You know. I just want to have something and I think I’ll be happy.

So you kind of have to rewind that. It’s like; why do you think you need to have abs? Why do you feel you need to have this much control over your food? It takes a lot of digging to get to the bottom of that, and do this whole mindset shift that needs to happen in order to chase health instead of chase aesthetic goals.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. Do you guys talk about that when you do your Whole30 certification for coaching? Sorry, your Whole30 coach certification. Do you guys talk about that? What is that certification process like? I feel like people on Whole30 can really be going through sh*t like this. Because they’re control freaks. And I say this coming from this background of a control freak who did the Whole30 because it was another way to control my life and get control of my body. So do you guys talk about that sort of thing, or is that even part of certification? I don’t even know what the certification is like.

Dana: No, unfortunately we don’t really talk about that much. Because just like the scope of practice; what you’re legally allowed to do as a Whole30 coach doesn’t really touch on eating disorders or disordered eating. And Melissa Hartwig, the creator of the program, even says. If you have someone that’s coming to you with an eating disorder and they want to do the Whole30, you should turn them away unless you have a specific background as a psychologist or whatever it is. You have some kind of training on how to work with people with eating disorders.

And like you were saying; like we both did. We admit that we used the Whole30 as another way to control our bodies. So for a lot of people that are coming to the Whole30 with some kind of history of disordered eating, eating disorder, body dysmorphia, or whatever it is. That is probably not the best course of action for them right now. Because it’s just another way for them to control their food, their bodies, or something like that.

So unfortunately there isn’t really too much of a component of that in the training program itself. The certification; part of it is you have to have done a couple of Whole30’s and coached a couple of people through a Whole30 on your own. And then you need testimonials from them, and all that kind of stuff. You have to read through extensively all of the Whole30 materials. You have to create some kind of new Whole30 material for them. I have a Whole30 restaurant survival guide, and that kind of stuff. Just practical things that people can use.

And then there are two; I guess three different parts of a test you have to take. There’s a multiple choice test, which was surprisingly really hard. {laughs} For someone who has gone through the program multiple times, and read all of the books, I was really surprised that I was struggling with a lot of the questions on there. So it’s no joke. And then there’s a short answer/essay type thing. And then there’s a kind of interview. Where it’s this really funny process of a video of Melissa, the creator of the program will pop up, and she’ll ask a question. And then it gives you a minute to record you responding to the question. It’s like, “Whoa! Oh my god, what is she going to ask me?” Because there’s no way that you can prepare for it.

So then after you go through all of that, they follow-up in a couple of weeks, and it’s like, “Yay! You’ve passed as a Whole30 coach.” Or like, “you need to take the test again. It’s fine.” {laughs} You know.

Juli Bauer: Damn. That’s intense.

Dana: Yeah, it was a little bit intense. But I’m glad I did it.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. So with your background of doing Whole30’s and going through the certification, do you do Whole30 on a regular basis? Do you say, “Hey, it’s the New Year. I’m going to do a Whole30.” How do you feel about it now going through it multiple times? For me, I go f*cking crazy. And if I say I can’t have something, I want it 10 times more and it makes me a f*cking psychopath. So I stay away from the Whole30. But what is your experience with it, doing it multiple times?

Dana: Yeah. I’m so glad you asked that. The first couple of years that I discovered the program. I guess in 2013, I usually did it every January. And then one year I had actually done it three times in one year, and that’s when I knew; ok, this is too much. I’m slipping back into old patterns. And then sometimes I would do it twice a year. For the past, at least year or two, I haven’t done one at all.

Because I’ve gotten to the same place where it’s like; I’m in a really good mental/emotional place, relationship with myself, with my body, with food, with all of this kind of stuff that if I then take away, or give myself all these restrictions just for the sake of doing a Whole30, my body is like; no. It’s the same thing. I want to eat all of the almond butter stuffed dates, just because I can. I don’t ever eat those on a regular basis.

So it makes me crave things that I don’t normally crave when I’m trying to eat healthier by doing the Whole30. But regularly when I’m eating, most of the food that I’m eating is Whole30 just because it’s mostly paleo, without me trying. Now I still eat rice. I eat corn sometimes. I’ll eat cheese; call the paleo police. That kind of thing. But I eat treats every once in a while. I love having dark chocolate. And I find if I’m not restricting myself, I don’t want those things as often. But as soon as you start restricting things, that’s when your brain goes crazy and it’s like, “Oh, I don’t normally eat this. But I really want it.”

So the last time I did the Whole30, it was so weird. Because I don’t really drink that much at all. I love having a margarita on my birthday. Going out and having a cool cocktail. But I’m not really the kind of person that’s like, I love having a glass of wine every night. Or even every couple of nights. Because it just doesn’t make me feel that great anymore.

And the last time I did the Whole30, no joke, I was craving alcohol. I was like; this is bad! {laughs} And I knew as soon as I had a glass of wine after the Whole30, I was like; I didn’t even want this. But I just wanted it because I was restricted from it.

Juli Bauer: Exactly.

Dana: Now it’s interesting because I run people through group Whole30 coaching programs, and I’ll run them through the program individually. But I don’t actually do it myself. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: That’s what I think can get so sticky about Whole30. I’ll have these people who are on my page, and they see a dessert, and they’re tagging their friend. Like, “On day 31 of our Whole30, we’re totally having this!” And they’re planning everything they want to eat on day 31. And it just becomes the same cycle of a person who is in a figure competition. They’re eating and being so restrictive, and then they have their plan of how they’re pretty much going to sabotage themselves on day 31.

To me, I’m like why can’ you just eat 80% of the time eating whole, clean foods. Have a glass of wine when you want. Have some dark chocolate. And not saying you cannot have anything. Because then when you can, it is just f*cking on.

And I say that coming from that background of going to day 31 and being just f*cking psychotic. It’s like; “Ok, I’m going to get this frozen pizza. And I’m going to get cinnamon rolls. And I’m going to get cookies. And then I’m going to have this. I’m going to have that. I’m going to have this drink.” Of things that I wouldn’t eat on a regular basis. And I wish more people could really find that balance and have that understanding of balance instead of; and I’m sure Melissa has that understanding of balance.

But I wish more people could see it as not this crash dieting that it’s almost become into. It’s like; ok, this is how you can eat long-term. It doesn’t have to be this strict. But you can eat like this on a regular basis, and feel good all the time instead of crash 30 day dieting instead.

Dana: Yeah, exactly. And I think a big part of that is because if you actually read the Whole30 guidelines in the books, and everything that Melissa says. It’s not intended to be just a 30-day thing and then you just go back to your regular sh*t eating. Right? It’s supposed to be a tool that you can use to eliminate these foods for 30 days, and then reintroduce them one at a time to see how your body does with them. So you can incorporate back the ones that don’t make you feel like sh*t, right? Or like, you can figure out what are the ones that make me feel like sh*t? Maybe I only eat these once in a while. But knowing that it’s maybe not going to make me feel my best.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Dana: So I think most of the problem; well, two things with this. A lot of the people that find the Whole30 are like we used to be. All or nothing people. So it’s like, I’m either all into the Whole30 clean eating, or I’m balls deep in these desserts. It’s one or the other, and they’re always going back and forth. It’s the yoyo dieting that keeps them in that place.

Or, now because the Whole30 program has become so popular. I think it’s a lot of people that are just literally reading the “yes foods” and the “no foods” and they just follow a yes/no foods list. So they’re recreating paleo treats, and desserts, and everything within their Whole30. Which is defeating the purpose of it.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Dana: But then also, they’re like, “Oh, so just on day 30 because I’ve been so good and not eating any of these Standard American Diet foods that can cause inflammation and all this kind of stuff for 30 days, now I’m just going to go balls to the wall and eat whatever I want on day 30.” Because they do see it as just a 30-day clean eating challenge. Rather than actually reading the f*cking materials of the Whole30 program, and understanding that it’s supposed to be a tool that you use every once in a while to figure out how your body reacts to certain foods. Not a crash diet.

Juli Bauer: Yeah, for sure. I wish more people would come to understand that. Especially January 1st when everybody goes f*cking balls to the wall on Whole30.

Dana: I know.

Juli Bauer: And that’s like; the only comments I’m getting on my Instagram. “Oh, you’re killing me! I’m on Whole30!” Ok, you’re doing this to yourself.

Dana: I know; like, “Is this Whole30?”

Juli Bauer: Yeah, exactly. Oh my god, seriously. Is this Whole30?

Dana: Is this brownie sundae Whole30?

Juli Bauer: I’m like, I don’t f*cking know. I don’t know the guidelines to Whole30 anymore. I don’t f*cking know. It’s just food I’m eating.

Ok, so I want to go back to your blog. Because I noticed your food photography has continued to improve with time.

Dana: OH, thank you.

Juli Bauer: As I go back on your blog, you didn’t even have that ugly of photos to start with. Which is so great. Because most blogs that you go to, it’s like; “How did this person even get their start?” But you had great photos pretty much from the start.

But how have you improved your food photography? Because it’s definitely improved over time. How have you worked on that yourself?

Dana: Thank you. Because I’ve been working on that really hard recently. When I first started, I was just using my iPhone, and I had no idea what I was doing. It’s funny that you say when I first started my photography wasn’t even that ugly, because I went back on my Instagram. I feel like this was a year ago. And I was looking back at all the old; these wouldn’t even make it on the blog. But they would just be meals I was eating. And I was like, “what the hell was I thinking?!” {laughs} Not only does that look disgusting, but that makes me not ever want to eat that food. And the whole point of food photography is to make people want to eat the food. So I was like; oh my god. I’m just going to take these pictures down.

Juli Bauer: If you want to feel better, go back to the first pages of my blog. It is f*cking scary. Because the food photos I took were at like 4 in the morning, in a Tupperware container or in a crockpot when I was coaching full time. So you are doing much, much better. {laughs} I’m just going back on your blog, and I’m on page 24. So we’re only in 2015, and they all look really pretty.

I just came across; you did the book review of my buffalo chicken casserole. And it’s such an awesome photo. So how have you gotten better with it over time?

Dana: I started using a real camera.

Juli Bauer: {laughs} Yeah. That makes a huge difference.

Dana: Which is funny, because I love travel photography. And I’ve actually had a DSLR camera since I think I was 16. And I would just use it whenever we were traveling. Because my family does a lot of skiing and hiking vacations and stuff. So I would take landscape pictures of all of these great places that we would hike and stuff. But I was just a dummy and never thought to use that camera for food photography.

So I think around the time that you were talking about I started using it. I was like; f*ck, I already have this camera. I might as well use it. You know. So after I started using it, I think I got a book that was like Simple Food Photography or something like that. And so I started playing around with natural light. And then the angles of food. And all that kind of stuff. Honestly, it’s just a lot of trial and error.

And the interesting thing was; in august I moved to a new apartment. And the light was totally different in this new place. So I really had to figure out what times of day were best to take pictures. What angles of the camera were good. More recently, I started using my tripod more, because it’s been so cloudy and dark outside that I just can’t get an in-focus shot if I don’t use my tripod. Which I got for like $15 on Amazon.

But I think a lot of it has been helped by just following people on social media that have really good food photography. And seeing the angles they use. Where the light is coming from. How to use a white board on the opposite of your light source to bounce the light off. And just seeing how they do food styling and all that kind of stuff. But really, it’s just doing stuff, messing up, and then learning. {laughs} And seeing what you like.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. And do you edit your photos?

Dana: Yeah. {laughs} This is embarrassing, but I don’t have Photoshop or Lightroom or anything. I literally just use iPhoto to edit things. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Dang. That’s awesome. I’ve loved Lightroom, if you ever want to make the investment in it. I have loved it. I’ve never edited in anything other than Lightroom, and it has been awesome.

Dana: Yeah. I’ve been meaning to do it. It’s just not the first thing on my to-do list, so I always forget about it.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. Who are some of your favorite people to follow for inspiration for photo inspiration? Who do you just like to follow on social media blog or just human-wise?

Dana: Human-wise. Ok, let’s see. Food photography. Sarah from Broma Bakery is f*cking amazing.

Juli Bauer: The best.

Dana: I know you’ve had her on your podcast.

Juli Bauer: Yes! Oh my god. Her photography is f*cking insane.

Dana: Yeah, it’s great. I also love; one of the people that I first ever started following is How Sweet Eats. Love her. She is amazing.

Juli Bauer: Yes. I had her on my podcast too.

Dana: Oh yeah! You did.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Dana: I freaking love her food photography. And I guess top three would be Tegan from Half Baked Harvest.

Juli Bauer: Yes!

Dana: Her photos, and her recipes, are just amazing. Also, I don’t know how that woman can come out with six new recipes every week. It’s insane!

Juli Bauer: It’s f*cking crazy. With that type of food photography.

Dana: I know.

Juli Bauer: I met her in Aspen at the Aspen Food and Wine Festival. I had no idea she was a Colorado person until I put that all together. And yeah. She is just the sweetest. She’s exactly how she is on social media. Just this kind of quiet, sweet person.

But for real. How do you come up with that much sh*t?

Dana: I don’t know. It blows my mind. And sometimes both her and Jessica and Sarah; just the flavor combinations that they come up with. I’m like; oh my god! Where did you come up with this?

Juli Bauer: I know.

Dana: Random blood orange and cinnamon and chili and all these kinds of things. Like; what? I want to try that. That’s so cool!

Juli Bauer: I know. They’re so cool. I’m excited for Jessica’s new cookbook coming out.

Dana: Oh my god, I know.

Juli Bauer: Didn’t Teagan come out with a cookbook as well?

Dana: Yeah, I think it came out in December. It’s actually in my Amazon cart right now. I need to buy it.

Juli Bauer: I need to buy it too. I’ll put that in mind. I’m so excited to just look at it.

Dana: Ok, in terms of humans that I like to follow. Well, obviously you because you’re f*cking hilarious. Mostly I find people who I really like what they’re saying. But who are also really funny. So the guys from Mind Pump; I f*cking love them. I know you’ve been on their podcast, too.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Dana: I also love Kristina; her Instagram used to be Addicted to Lovely, but now it’s Kristina Rice Wellness. Basically, anyone who is just funny and has really good either food photography or recipes or nutrition advice but is not super preachy about what they’re saying. That’s the thing. I follow people that are vegan, vegetarian, keto, whatever. All of these things. Nothing that I personally follow dietary wise. But as long as they’re not like, “You can only ever be vegan to be healthy. You can only ever be keto to be healthy.” Blah, blah, blah.

As long as they’re not super entrenched and preachy about what they’re saying, I’m like, “Yeah, sure. I’ll listen to you. And I like your recipes too. And you’re funny. Ok, great. You checked all the boxes.” You know? {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Do you cook for many other people’s blogs? Because me, I’m just cooking my own recipes because I have to make my own recipes, so I don’t have time to cook many other people’s on a regular basis. Do you cook mostly your own stuff? Or do you like following anybody else’s specific recipes?

Dana: Mostly I cook my own stuff for the same reasons. I have way too many cookbooks than I would like to admit. But every once in a while, I’ll pull out a cookbook and make a couple of recipes from it. And be like; “Oh yeah! This is why I used to make all of Nom Nom Paleo’s recipes.”

Juli Bauer: Yes! Oh my god, that’s so funny. I was just thinking about Michelle’s cookbook.

Dana: Yeah, it’s great. Or like sometimes I’ll cook from the Whole30 cookbooks, because those are just really good basic meal prep style recipes. So if I know I’m going to be really busy one week because I have a lot of coaching, and a lot of clients, and I like don’t have any time to make any new recipes from my blog that week. I’ll just keep things super simple and either do just plain protein, vegetables, rice, potatoes, whatever it is. And then do different sauces and spice blends on them. Or I’ll make a really basic recipe from the Whole30 cookbook. Or something out of the Instant Pot from Michelle Tam cookbooks. Any of those kinds of things.

Practical Paleo was I think my first paleo cookbook. So I’ve made things in that book so many times that the pages are coming out. {laughs} So I can always fall back on those, too.

Juli Bauer: That’s awesome. So before I let you go, I wanted to talk about your podcast. Because you just recently started your podcast, right?

Dana: Yeah, I did.

Juli Bauer: How many episodes do you have now?

Dana: OH, sh*t. I think 13? Yeah, I’m going to record my 14th one soon.

Juli Bauer: That’s awesome. So talk a little bit about why you started that. How often you podcast. How you come up with content. I think podcasts, so many more people are starting to get into podcasts. It’s always fun for people to have something new to listen to, as well. So how did you get into that?

Dana: Yeah. I love podcasting. It’s so much more fun than I thought it was going to be. And also so much more work than I thought it was going to be.

Juli Bauer: Yeah, no kidding. It’s so much work! {laughs}

Dana: Oh my god. I was like, whatever. I normally post two new recipes or posts a week. And then I was like; yeah, I’ll just throw a podcast on top of it. And then it’s like 8 hours later of trying to do one episode. I was like; oh my god, what did I get myself into? {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Dana: So I started my podcast in December. This is kind of the way that I make a lot of my either business decisions or decisions on what I’m going to do next in my business or blog or whatever it is. I found in the past couple of years, especially with Instagram getting super popular. And then podcasts were getting really popular. People don’t take the time to sit down and read blog posts anymore. So I would write a super long article on adrenal fatigue, or thyroid problems, or GI all of this stuff. Things that people really care about, and want to learn about. But nobody wants to sit down and read a five-page long blog post.

So I figured; I get all these questions about nutrition, and I get a lot of reader questions in my emails that are mostly around the same topics. So I was like; maybe I’ll just come up with a podcast topic for each one of these. And instead of me having to write out the same email to respond to those same questions every time, I can just be like, Hey, I talked for an hour about this topic. And just send them that. So it’s a resource for my clients and people that ask questions.

But it’s also, selfishly, it was a way for me to just talk to really cool people and get to pick their brains. Because I know that by having a podcast, you get this super cool opportunity to talk with other people that you wouldn’t normally get to connect with in such an intimate setting. Like, we just get to have a conversation for an hour. Otherwise, if I didn’t have a podcast, if you didn’t have a podcast, and we didn’t meet in person at some paleo conference or something, we probably wouldn’t get to have this opportunity.

So I think it’s just so cool that you can just have a conversation with someone who is either in a similar field to you, and you get to hear their background story about their health history, and how they got here. Or somebody in a totally different field that brings a completely different perspective to what you do. And then you don’t only get to hear that, but you get to share it with so many people. And then you also; I know some of the Mind Pump episodes, and some of your episodes. And I listen to Chris Kresser sometimes. I have to listen to those episodes four times before they sink in with what they’re trying to say.

Juli Bauer: Yeah, they have so much information.

Dana: Yeah. You could even take notes on it. It’s like taking a lecture from a class, right? There are podcasts from everything to nutrition, to history, to freaking Harry Potter podcasts, right?

Juli Bauer: Yeah. {laughs}

Dana: So you can just listen to it for whatever you want. If you want to just chill or you want to learn something. I think it’s just such a cool new way that people are connecting and learning things. And I also; before I started mine, I loved listening to podcasts all the time. And I think with us, you’re home cooking or you’re driving places or working out or doing laundry or whatever it is. Working from home, you can listen to podcasts almost all the time. So I was like; whoa, this is great. I might as well just start my own.

Juli Bauer: It’s the best. I love listening to podcasts. I feel like I don’t even listen to music anymore because I’m just listening to podcasts at this point.

Dana: Same. Although you probably only listen to murder podcasts. So you just think everyone is going to kill you!

Juli Bauer: Yeah. Oh my god, for sure. Literally, I’m looking over my shoulder every moment of every day. Always prepared.

Dana: Yeah, I could not do that.

Juli Bauer: I’m surprised I don’t carry. I shouldn’t say that, because then someone is going to know I don’t carry mace.

Dana: {laughs}

Juli Bauer: I should carry mace. Or bear spray or whatever. Don’t listen to murder podcasts. They definitely make you think different about the world. But they’re the best!

Wait, what was I going to say? I got distracted by murder. Oh, who are some of the guests that you’ve had on your podcast that you’ve liked?

Dana: I’ve only had I think three guests so far. When I started my podcast, I wanted to do a couple of foundational episodes. Where there are a couple of the super common topics that I get questions about. So then when I interviewed people, I could reference those. So I’ve done topics on leaky gut, adrenal fatigue, food sensitivity testing, how much protein do you really need. Those kinds of things.

And then building off of that, I’ve had Taylor Gauge from She Thrives, and we talked about if weight lifting or CrossFit will make women bulky.

Juli Bauer: Nice. I listened to her on Girls Gone WOD.

Dana: Yeah, she’s f*cking awesome. I love her. And she also just started a new podcast, too. Around the same time that I did.

Juli Bauer: Oh cool.

Dana: I’ve also had Melissa from Melissa’s Food Freedom. Which is not Melissa Hartwig. But this girl also talks about Whole30. {laughs} And then my friend Kristina, who is also a nutritionist. And we’ve done a lot of body image and mindset stuff. I’m actually going to record with her tomorrow on low-calorie dieting, and metabolic damage, and all that kind of stuff. So it’s going to be real juicy.

Juli Bauer: That’s awesome. If people want to find you, can they come to you?

Dana: Yeah, so I am taking new clients right now. I work with people both in person and online. So you can email me at RealFoodwithDana@gmail. My podcast is Real Talk with Dana. And I’m literally everywhere at Real Food with Dana. On Instagram, on Facebook. That’s my blog. Don’t bother to follow me on Twitter, because I don’t do sh*t on there. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Twitter; it’s weird that Twitter is such a real thing, still.

Dana: I know.

Juli Bauer: That it hasn’t died out. Is it just because people are just following Donald Trump to see what he’s going to say next?

Dana: Yeah. {laughs} I think that’s what it is. I think a lot of people get their news from Twitter. Even before he was president. I’m pretty sure that a lot of people who are into politics are super into Twitter and tweeting and stuff. I think for us it’s just different, because it’s not; our primary content is photo based. And that’s not where Twitter lends itself to.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. I’m never ever on Twitter. I feel like that’s where my husband gets his news from. Because whenever something is happening, he’s like, “I’ll check Twitter and see what’s happening.” I’m like, what?! Don’t you have news apps?

Dana: Instead of turning on the news? {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Yeah! So weird. OK, well thank you so much for being on and just sharing a little bit about your background, and how you’re kicking ass and hopefully inspire other women out there to really start their own business and do what inspires them. I have so much fun following you, and seeing as your photos get better and better, it’s so cool to see you just be a badass, girl.

Dana: Thanks so much. And thanks so much for having me.

Juli Bauer: Of course! Stay on the line. I always just end this. I never know where my recording went. When I’m on Twitter. Not on Twitter, Skype. God.

Dana: {laughing}

Juli Bauer: Ok, and we’re done.

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m chatting with Dana from Real Food with Dana. This woman does it all while inspiring women to take control of their lives and their health. She lifts, she eats, she coaches, she podcasts, and she […] Today on the podcast, I’m chatting with Dana from Real Food with Dana. This woman does it all while inspiring women to take control of their lives and their health. She lifts, she eats, she coaches, she podcasts, and she […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:00:57
Listener Questions – Episode 76: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-76-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 17 Mar 2018 14:05:32 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=33256 http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-76-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-76-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 5 Today on the podcast, I’m answering all your amazing questions you left recently on instagram! Thank you to everyone who asked a question and made this episode so fun to record! You guys are the main reason I keep the […] Today on the podcast, I’m answering all your amazing questions you left recently on instagram! Thank you to everyone who asked a question and made this episode so fun to record! You guys are the main reason I keep the podcast going!

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsor!

Siete is a healthy Mexican-American food brand that makes grain free and paleo-friendly tortillas and tortilla chips, and they are a brand I talk about weekly because I love them so much. Siete has three different kinds of grain-free tortilla chips including sea salt, lime and nacho and the chips are made simply with simple ingredients like cassava flour, avocado oil, coconut flour, ground chia seed, sea salt, and citric acid. And their bags are puffed to perfection so even the last chip you have at the bottom of the bag is still a full chip, instead of a crumbled mess like most chips. And their tortillas are just as delicious. They offer almond flour tortillas, cassava & chia tortillas, and my favorite – cassava and coconut tortillas. And right now, Siete would like to offer PaleOMG Uncensored listeners 10% off at sietefoods.com if they use the promo code PALEOMG. Just go to sietefoods.com and use promo code PALEOMG for 10% off right now!

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 76 Transcription!

This week’s podcast is brought to you by Siete. Siete is a healthy Mexican-American food brand that makes grain-free and paleo-friendly tortillas and tortilla chips. They’re a brand I talk about every single week on my blog, and on Instagram, because I love them so freaking much.

The Garza family is made up of; yup, you guessed it. 7 people; siete. I don’t know a whole lot of Spanish, but I know siete from four years of Spanish class in high school. So I’m obviously crushing it.

When Veronica, one of the five kids who I actually interviewed on the podcast back in episode 60. When she was diagnosed with multiple autoimmune conditions, she began cooking with new ingredients, and the family came together to support her new diet and lifestyle. The more they loved and enjoyed her creations, the more they knew they needed to share this with the world. And that’s how the Siete brand came to be.

Siete has different kinds of grain-free tortilla chips, including sea salt, lime, and nacho. And the chips are made from cassava flour, avocado oil, coconut flour, ground chia seeds, sea salt, citric acid, and lime oil. That is it. Well, lime oil for the lime ones. And the bags are puffed to perfection. So even the last chip at the bottom of the bag is actually a full chip instead of just a crumbled mess. I hate that in chips, and you never get that with Siete. I think about that every time I eat an entire bag.

Their tortillas are just as delicious. They offer almond flour, cassava and chia, and my favorite, the cassava and coconut flour tortillas. Which I use every week. I place mine on the gas stovetop to heat them through about 10 seconds per side. Then they are soft, and they are ready for loading up.

And it’s honestly not surprising how amazing their products are, because everyone on the Siete team is seriously so fantastic. I’ve been to the office. I know the whole team. I love them all. Follow them on Instagram stories and you’ll quickly see how much fun they have every day at their office. They’re just the best!

Right now, Siete would like to offer PaleOMG Uncensored listeners 10% off at Sietefoods.com if they use the promocode PaleOMG. That means you can take back taco Tuesday, and celebrate all for 10% off. Just go to SieteFoods.com and use the promo code PaleOMG. And don’t forget to follow them on Instagram, because they will simply brighten your day with their Instagram stories, and their beautiful concoctions that their chef and other people create with their tortilla chips and their tortillas. I just love them so much! So go to SieteFoods.com and don’t forget to use promo code PaleOMG for 10% off your order.

This is Juli Bauer from PaleOMG and you are listening to PaleOMG Uncensored.

1. Bachelor finale recap [18:32]
2. Listener Questions: Travel questions [21:17]
3. Listener Questions: Fitness [27:06]
4. Listener Questions: Beauty [42:25]
5. Listener Questions: Food [54:08]
6. Listener Questions: Random [1:08:54]

Juli Bauer: Well hello, darling! Welcome to another episode of PaleOMG Uncensored. I’m sitting on the couch at the moment; dog in tow. I have the TV on mute because the Today show is on with their food segment. And how can I not watch that. I have to get a visual. Except they’re making; I don’t know, Irish food, and it kind of looks gross. It’s just a lot of beef. No offense to the Irish. And I really love beef. So I don’t know why I’m complaining. What a grumpy b*tch.

Ok, I’ve been having f*cked up dreams lately. That’s probably why I’m in a weird mood. Let’s start off with something. The other night, I had a dream; three nights ago I had a dream that John Cena; a John Cena look-alike. First of all, I’m obsessed with John Cena. Not obsessed, but I love that guy. If he’s on the Today show, I’m watching the Today show. If he has a movie; I’m watching the movie. If he’s on Total Divas, I’m watching Total Divas. I haven’t watched that show in a while, by the way.

But, I had this dream that a John Cena look-alike was in a room with; I was with other people. And he was going crazy. And he ate his fingers off. Like, one bite through, type of bite the fingers off. So he bites these f*cking fingers off. Then I’m yelling at him. I’m like; how are you supposed to play any sort of badass in a movie? You can’t shoot a gun! That was what I was worried about. What the f*ck?

But it was really disturbing. And then this John Cena look-alike turns into the alien, or predator. I don’t even know the difference between the two of them, nor care. But that’s what he turned into. And I had to lock myself in the bathroom. Away from this guy. Woke up very frightened, and then I slept on my neck wrong, because I was probably tossing and turning like a real freak-a-leak. Ew, I just said freak-a-leak.

And then last night, I had a dream that one of my friends was pregnant. Sorry if you can hear Jackson in the background slurping. Jesus. So I had a dream that my friend was pregnant, and she was wearing ice cream sandwiches for shoes. So at least it’s not f*cked up. Unless I guess you don’t want to have a baby. But she does. So it was great news for her. But odd that she was wearing ice cream sandwiches. Just an odd choice.

Which, how long has it been since you’ve had an ice cream sandwich? Me; it’s been a long time. Those are the best.

Can we talk about the CrossFit Open for a second? Because thank god it’s almost over. I’ve done three weeks; one, two, three, of prescribed workouts. And if you’ve listened to this podcast for any sort of time, or read my blog, I hate doing workouts prescribed. I would much rather give about 50% to my workout. First of all, because the workouts at our gym are incredibly heavy. And about 3 people in the gym can do them prescribed. So I never do anything RX.

So I’ve done these three workouts prescribed, and then just this past Tuesday I was in class. We were talking about what the open would be, and the owner of our gym was joking around that it would probably be the exact same workout of that day. Which the workout at my CrossFit gym that day was 27/21/59 of deadlifts and handstand pushups. And guess what the workout is this Friday? It’s deadlifts and handstand pushups! What a real piece of crap.

I have been having all sorts of neck issues, having to deal with all the years of trauma from CrossFit. {laughs} And then just did that workout; whatever 70-something reps of handstand pushups and deadlifts. And had to go and get my neck worked on. And then that’s the exact same workout today. Not looking forward to it.

But, the workout, it’s kind of similar to the Diane, which is a named workout. And I did Diane at Regionals when I was competing for my last year. And my husband, now husband, then just acquaintance. That was the first competition he ever came to. And I was doing that workout. And I still remember that. He’s the best.

Speaking of him; we have a date night tonight. Which I’m very pumped about. Because we’re going to our favorite steakhouse, and then we’re going to a craft cocktail bar that we both love. So I’m really pumped because this steakhouse is where we go big. We get steak, and lobster, and we always get dessert there because they have gluten free desserts. And it’s just delightful. And he planned this date night all on his own. I’m usually the one who says; “Hey we should go on a date. Let’s go try this new restaurant.” Because he knows none of the restaurants in town. I’m the one that tells him about all of them. But he loves this steakhouse, so he planned this date night. And I’m very proud of him. And I love him so much!

We’re coming up on our second year of marriage! In April. And it will be our second year of marriage, and it will be my 30th birthday. And I think I talked about it on a podcast recently. But it is official. For my 30th birthday; I’ve been trying to figure out where we’re going to go on a trip. Because I wanted to just go somewhere fun. I wanted to get away. Because obviously I love to travel, and I do it as often as I can.

Last year, in August, I went on a trip with the company Trade Winds. And we are on a catamaran for 7 days, just island hopping. And it was the best trip of my life, hands down. The sad part was my husband could not come, and he fully missed out. So I took his sister instead {laughs}. The second best thing. She’s the best. We had the best trip, but my husband missed out on it. And I told him I wanted him to experience it.

He always has to work, constantly. And I told him; you’re going on my 30th birthday trip. You’re taking time off of work, and you’re going to make it happen. So I booked his flight without telling him. {laughs} And I just booked his flight. Didn’t even ask questions about it. Didn’t ask if it worked with his schedule, because I picked the best dates that would work for his schedule the best way possible. And the flights are booked. And actually, he said that was probably a smart move. Because he would question it, and he would think about it, and prices would go up. Whatever.

So flights are booked. And we are going on a Trade Winds trip to Guadeloupe. It’s a Caribbean island. Which I’d never heard of. A lot of people have. But I had personally never heard of it. And it’s a beautiful Caribbean French island. They take euros there. They speak French there. I do not speak any sort of French. I don’t speak any other language other than English. I’m such a lamo.

Somebody asked that in these listener questions. I don’t speak any other language. Just boring English. I really want to speak Spanish, personally. And if we decide to ever live anywhere else, I will learn Spanish. I feel like I need to be involved in it. School isn’t going to help me out. Actually being involved in the language, talking to people, being part of it every single day is what would help me learn the language best.

Anyway. This trip is coming up in April. I’m going to turn 30. On the water. In crystal clear blue waters. It’s going to be amazing. I can’t wait for this trip. If you want to know anything more about Trade Winds, because you’re like; what the hell are you even talking about? I have a blog post about it under my travel section. About the best way to travel the Caribbean. Because it was hands down the best way.

Before we get started with listener questions; because we need to get started because there were a lot of awesome questions this week. I just have to talk about three things that I experienced. I don’t know what the f*ck is in the air. Where these people came from. When this became ok.

I’ve been experiencing lots of poor society etiquette. Number one. I did an Instagram story about this. Number one, this guy at the gym. I was doing these pulls where I have to kind of lean over. Kind of like a deadlift, and you pull the weight through. It’s hard; it’s pull throughs or something. I don’t know what it’s called. But you lean over, so your head is down. And then you stand up. And as I’m trying to do that. This guy shoves his ass in my face.

Like, you see me right here. I had two reps left. You couldn’t wait two more seconds. And he’s old as f*ck. He’s probably in his 70s-80s. Sorry if that’s offensive that I said old as f*ck. I’ll be old as f*ck someday too, ok. But I hope to have a little bit more etiquette for other human beings and kindness. But whatever.

He almost put his ass in my face. And then he saw me put my phone down. Which, I’m annoying because I have to record a lot of my exercises for Instagram. I’m that annoying b*tch, I get it. But then he saw me put my phone down. I watched him saw me put it down. And as soon as I put it down, I was about to start doing my movement, he stood right in front of it. He just doesn’t care. And I get it. That’s annoying. That one was fair.

But when a girl is leaning over, don’t put your ass in her face. Just wait 2 seconds. Go around the other way. Just hold the phone. He’s there for multiple hours, so it’s not like he has a time constraint.

Anyway. Second. That was my first one. Second one, I’m out at a nice restaurant. I was at Izakaya Den. If you’re in Denver, great sushi restaurant. It’s my favorite sushi restaurant in town. By far my favorite. So we sit down, we’re about to eat into our appetizer. And the guy next to me, table next to me. I can see him because he’s on the other side of the table. I can see directly at him. His girlfriend or person he’s dating, whatever. Goes to the bathroom.

Then as she’s walking back, he full on picks his nose. Full finger in there. Not just a thumb; like a scrape of a thumb. No. Full finger. Scrape; what’s he do with that big ol bugg he just had? He put it in his mouth. As his girlfriend is walking up. He ate his buggers. In a nice restaurant. In public view. This isn’t like a dark nook of a corner. No. I hate him so much.

So he did that, and I mentioned it to my husband who is sitting next to me, because my sister-in-law was across the table from me. And then he said he saw him pick it again, and put some of the buggers in his beard. I want you to take that in for a second. This man; he probably was 30 to 35. What the f*ck.

Now, for the all time worst part. I wanted to Instagram this, but it was too f*cked up. So I went to the mall yesterday. The mall I was at has glass doors for the elevator. So you can see out. I’m waiting for the elevator, I look over, and this old guy. He’s so old. Much older than the old as f*ck guy at the gym. This guy is like; he has to be like 95. He’s very old. And I’m like; oh, that’s so sad, he’s all by himself. He’s just by himself at the mall just sitting. Wonder what he’s thinking about.

I get in the elevator, I look over at him, and he is definitely, definitely masturbating. His hand is on the outside. And you see guys scratch themselves all the time. Who knows what kind of sweat irrigation issues you’re having down there. I don’t know. But you see guys scratching themselves. Just a quick scratch, move on from it. Move things around, whatever you need to do.

This guy is full on grabbing scratching, moving, on the outside of his pants. I don’t think he is looking at anything. I don’t think there’s a hot chick around. And this man has sores all over the top of his head. It sounds f*cked up. This is why I couldn’t Instagram it. I’m not sure what’s wrong with this man, but here’s the thing. You can’t jerk off in public. And I’ve seen grown men take dumps in public.

Because we’re in Denver. And there’s a homeless population in Denver. And there are people who are mentally ill in Denver. And people who take dumps right outside of our gym at times. And I’ve seen it. And I’ve walked by it. And I’ve almost stepped in it. But jerking off, at the mall. That was a first. And it was very upsetting. And it was a car accident that I could not take my eyes off of.

So, from what I’ve gathered, men are pigs. Because no where did I see a woman have no gym etiquette, pick her nose and eat it, or jerk off in public. That is my life that I’ve had right now. And it’s very upsetting.

1. Bachelor finale recap [18:32]

Anyway. Let’s get to some listener questions. You guys make this podcast so much more fun talking by myself. Because I’m actually talking to people, with people, kind of. So I appreciate it.

Ok, we’re going to start with some travel. Hold on, I’m going to take a sip of my iced coffee. Oh, I almost forgot. A couple of people; I’m acting like… you know when people are like, “Oh, people are asking.” And they make it sound like everybody is asking you to do something. I just hear that on Instagram all the time; I’m like, no. Literally two people were like; “I can’t wait to hear your recap on the podcast about Ari’s season of the Bachelor.”

I did a recap on my blog. So I don’t need to do a huge recap here. But I just want to say, I totally get why Ari picked the wrong person, because it happens all the time. How often; and you see this all the time. Where you date somebody, and you’re like; ok, this isn’t the right person. And you start dating somebody else. Because you’re like; this person is probably better matched for me. And then you end up going back to the other person. Whatever happens. Love is very messy. It’s very few and far between that someone falls in love, and it’s perfect, and life is great all the way through. If that’s how it is, sh*t’s going to hit the fan at some point.

So, Ari falls in love with two women. He goes with his gut, instead of his heart, or whatever. But knows he’s picking the wrong person. And dumps Bekah on camera. Which is sad. But you know that he had Bachelor producers who were pushing him to dump her, so everyone would fall in love with her. Dump her on camera so everyone would fall in love with her so she’d be the next Bachelorette, and that’s exactly what happened.

So at the end of the day, who cares? Ari is so boring. He’s now with another boring person. We don’t ever have to watch him again, and life is good. Bekah will be much more entertaining, because she knows how to use her words. And just talk. It’s as simple as that. And, hopefully she doesn’t make noises when she makes out. Or just said, “Mm, you did so good today.” Ugh, I can’t stand Ari. He’s the worst. Why did he have to come back?

2. Listener Questions: Travel questions [21:17]

Ok, let’s get to questions. We’re going to start with travel questions. Which I feel like there hasn’t been a ton of travel questions in the past, and there weren’t. So that’s super fun, since I just talked about some upcoming travel. And, I’m going to Vancouver, Canada, soon, in April too! So I have two trips in April. I’m so pumped.

Anyway. Kate. “If you have to stop somewhere on a long road trip, where do you stop for a quick bite of food, and what do you order?” {laughs} Well, that is a big question. Because there are lots of routes on road trips. For me, when we drive to Nebraska, which is 7 hours from where we live to the area in Nebraska, I pack food with us. And so we have either snacks or some sort of meal. And there is; I think there’s a Qdoba on the way there. So we’re able to get Qdoba if we need to. I’ll find either a Qdoba, or a Chipotle, or if there’s not going to be anything on that type of road trip, I will just pack snacks.

7 hours is not that long to go without a meal. Start with a meal, have snacks as you go. Done and done. But that’s a very broad question, since all road trips are different. But I don’t go to fast food. I know Qdoba and Chipotle are fast food. But I don’t go to McDonald’s or Taco Bell or anything like that. I’m going to find a better option, or I’m going to pack better options.

Another Kate; oh, this is Katelyn. “I wanted to ask for tips on traveling with a gluten intolerance. I was recently diagnosed with gluten intolerance, and my honeymoon is coming up. We’re going to an all-inclusive resort, so I’m hoping they’ll have gluten free options. But I just want to be prepared and not spend my honeymoon sick. That’s not romantic.”

So when I plan a trip, I look at the restaurants that are in all-inclusive resorts. So I can see what’s on the menu. And I think it’s pretty easy. You just have to keep in mind that some dishes will be made with flour. A short rib recipe, often times the sauce is thickened with a flour. But if you’re keeping with simple things. Fish tacos when you’re using corn tortillas. Or you’re getting salmon with vegetables. Or maybe steak with potatoes. They’re not usually using any sort of flour.

But ask questions, as well. A lot of resorts at this point, depending on where you’re going, they have options for gluten free menus. Because so many people have allergy issues out there. So just ask questions. Don’t feel bad about asking about what’s in the dish, and if it’s gluten free or gluten free friendly. Ask questions. That’s the biggest thing you can do. Don’t feel bad about that.

Jordan. “Where would you recommend to go on a solo trip?” I mean, you can go all over the place. One of my favorite places still that I loved, and I went on a solo trip was Santa Ynez Valley. And I have that on my blog. So you can just go to the travel section. It has a recap there. But I traveled there by myself, and it is the best. Because it’s so safe.

I was with a couple of people when I was in town. People would drive me different areas, because I was working with the tourism board. And I asked, “Should I put my purse in the trunk?” Because of what we were doing. She was like, “no. I don’t even bring my keys with me. I leave my keys in the car.” Nobody locks their doors there. It’s just a very safe, secure area. I felt safe walking around the neighborhoods and walking to dinner by myself and talking to different people on the street. I loved it.

There’s all kinds of different wineries, and wine tasting rooms, and restaurants. I felt so comfortable by myself there. So I recommend that. Then it’s not very far. You’re not traveling crazy far distances; I’m guessing you’re in the US. Then it’s pretty easy to get to.

Lana. “You’re always traveling to new cities and promoting gluten free and paleo restaurants and fun activities. How did you decide this was something you wanted to add to your blog?”

So, I started off with people asking me questions all the time about what to do in Denver. Where to eat, and what to see, and all kinds of different questions when it came to that. So I started adding that to my blog. And then when I would go on book tour, and I’d stop at other places, I would talk about those places. So Kansas City, or Nebraska, or I don’t know; Austin, Arizona. Everywhere that I traveled, I talked about the restaurants that I ate there. Because people would give recommendations, and then I could find different places as I went. So I’d share those on the blog. And those were always super popular.

So I wanted to keep adding to that. And when I met one of my friends, who introduced me to different tourism boards, it was just an easy fit. Why not travel to different places and share those places that I ate and drank and what I did, to help other people out and help tourism boards promote their cities and what they had to offer. It was just an easy fit. And it made it more fun for me, because I had more information for people to see on the blog. So it was just an easy fit.

3. Listener Questions: Fitness [27:06]

Ok, let’s talk about fitness. Fitness. Trobin. “Are you noticing progress given your new glute routine?”

I got a couple of questions about this. And I’ve been sharing all kinds of different glute workouts on my Instagram and on my blog. And I just, starting in December, I decided I wanted to add glute workouts to my routine. In my personal opinion and experience, it is a little bit harder to build a full, round, more taut butt with CrossFit alone. And when you look at CrossFit competition athletes. {laughs} My girlfriend and I were talking about it at our CrossFit gym. How you get more of a block butt. So you get thick legs, and a little bit bigger butt. But it’s not the butt I want. I want a little bit taller butt.

So without Kim Kardashian filler in the butt, how she has that little champagne picture, whatever it was where she was pouring champagne and her butt is like a shelf, you’re creating muscle on that top part. And that’s obviously not what she’s doing by any means. But that’s what I’m talking about. That taller butt. I don’t even know all the words for the butt muscles.

Just working on the top part of the butt to lift it and make it a little bit more round. And that’s what I wanted to do. And not trying to be Kim Kardashian by any means. If I did, I would go get fillers. Anyway.

So I started adding butt routines. I started following people like Bret Contreras on Instagram; glute guru. Just different people who were sharing butt workouts. And Brett is the master of those. And I just started adding different workouts to my routine, and making them up as I went. And seeing stuff that I wanted to try, and adding it in. And I started adding this three times a week on top of CrossFit. So I was doing CrossFit five times a week. And then expanding into these butt workouts three times a week.

And I’ve been having a hard time balancing all of it, because I just don’t have f*cking time for that. I have sh*t to do, sh*t to get done. Work to do. So, getting all those workouts in per week was challenging. And I’m having a hard time figuring out how to balance that I’m not overtraining. Because overtraining for me leads to weight gain and leads to inflammation, and I’ve dealt with that in the past and I want to make sure I don’t go into that. So I’ve definitely seen progress. My butt has changed. But now I’m just trying to find the balancing act.

Like this week, I’ve had one butt workout in, and it’s Friday now. So I’ll probably get one more in on Saturday. But I’m just trying to find the balance of all of it. Getting to CrossFit enough because I love it so much, and I love the people that are there. And still getting the results that I’d like to see personally.

So I’ve seen progress; still it’s going to take a long time. For me, I’m not a person who just builds muscle easily. My fitness goals have taken me; some of my fitness goals have taken me now 8 years to accomplish. And they’re going to take me a little bit longer to accomplish other things. So I don’t think I’m just going to see them right away. But I’ve definitely seen some changes. And I’m excited to see what the next few months hold. I still have to find a balance, for sure.

Jaqueline. “Would you ever consider entering a competition like American Ninja Warrior? I think you’d be amazing at it.”

Well, Jaqueline, I would not be. I would never enter that competition, because number one I’m not fit enough for that. Number two that’s a complete different skill level. And number three, I’m not fit enough for that. So no. And I would never want to do that personally.

Sarah. “What’s your favorite music to listen to when you’re working out?”

So, Sarah, I personally love EDM. That’s the only music I really like to listen to. Even when I’m in the car. But I love top 40, basic b*tch stuff. Taylor Swift, duh. But when I like to workout, I like to listen to EDM. But I don’t even have Spotify on my phone anymore. I updated my phone, and before I had a playlist I made for my gym when I was coaching. But now I don’t even have Spotify. So no, I don’t have any favorite playlists.

Someone, Zimmerman asked, “Do you use headphones when you work out? If so, what kind?”

I don’t use headphones. When I’m at my CrossFit gym, we just have music playing. And then when I’m at a regular gym, I just listen to the music that’s playing. I really don’t care that much about music. I don’t have to have great music to workout. I feel like when you’re having a great workout, you don’t notice the music as much. That’s just me. So I don’t use any headphones. But I’ve heard that the Apple wireless headphones are awesome. So maybe check those ones out.

Next up. Let’s see; Silver Linings. “What stretches or treatments do you use for tight traps and neck? Anything you can do at home to loosen up that area?”

I have been seeing a specialist at Apollo Soft Tissue here in Denver, in Cherry Creek. I’ve been seeing him for that exact same issue. Tight traps and neck, from all my yeas of CrossFit, and then from being on my phone and computer all day long.

So what I use is a Theracane. I love Theracanes. You can just get them on Amazon. They are amazing, and I think they really help a lot. Because I’ll get headaches, and I’ll use the Theracane, and it really cuts off the headache and gives me a lot of relief.

And then I also got a computer stand to raise my computer up to more eyelevel, so I’m not cranking my neck down. Because that just puts some strain on the neck as well. That’s called, I think it’s Rain. Rain Design stand. I got that on Amazon, as well. So check both of those out. Those are the things that I use the most.

Sometimes I’ll roll out on a lacrosse ball, as well. But those are the main things I do at home.

AJ. “How do you keep your hands from getting calloused and ripping?” That honestly is just better gripping over time. You build up some calluses for sure. Right now, as I look at my hands, I have calluses. And I will probably always have calluses, because I will be lifting five days a week. And that doesn’t bother me.

You get better at gripping the bar. So the pullup bar, or the rings, or whatever you’re gripping. You get better so you’re not gripping in the same spot, and just ripping all the time. Making sure you’re not over-chalking. Because over-chalking leads to more moisture underneath the chalk, and then it slides more. So you get the slide of the skin, which leads to ripping.

And then you can also take care of your calluses, so you can shave them down. I don’t give a sh*t enough to do that. But you can do that. And that will help you to keep from ripping as well. I’ve just found that over time, you just get better at gripping the bar. The pullup bar, the barbell, and you just don’t have those issues as much. The only time I really ever have those issues is when it’s a ton of toes to bar, and I’m just trying to hold on a little bit longer. But yeah, I just don’t have that issue very much.

And, I just don’t let it get to that point. If I’m about to rip, I do a different exercise. Because I don’t care that much. And I don’t want to have ripped hands just so I got one extra f*cking toes to bar. No thanks.

Staci. “How did you decide on what was the right weight to do for lifts in order to slim down the bulk that you were unhappy with? I myself have gotten ‘bulky’ and would love to drop size, but my love for heavy lifting has me torn.”

You just have to decide what weight is right for you. For me, I decided to do weights that I knew I could do the lift perfectly. My knees would not be caving in. My shoulders wouldn’t be rounded. My elbows dropping. I’m thinking of a front squat. If I’m doing front squat in a workout before I would have been doing 105 to 125, and now I’ll stick with 85. Because I know I can stay upright the entire time. My elbows can stay high. I can stay in a good, tall, normal squat position without my knees coming in.

And 85 pounds was that perfect weight for me. That I’m still going to get a good response from the workout, but I’m not going to be breaking down. The movement is not going to be breaking down over time. So that’s the weight that I stuck with.

I wish more crossfitters in general would go with that. With CrossFit, we always want people to push themselves, but sometimes they just don’t have the physical strength to be able to hold a correct position, and I wish that would be pushed more often. And that’s what I hate about the Open; people go heavier than they should in all their movement, and everything they’ve learned has broken down in the Open because they’re going heavier than they should.

So yeah, I just went with lighter weights. I’m not a person who has a love for heavy lifting anymore. So that’s what you have to decide. You have to decide what works for you. But you also have to take a look of your diet, too. A lot of times, when people are getting a little bit bigger, it may have to do with their diet. So check that out. It could be that, as well. But you have to decide what weight is best for you, and that you can keep the best movement in and still get the best out of your workout.

Danny. “What are your thoughts on buying lifters for CrossFit, versus regular cross training shoes? A bunch of people at my gym have invested in lifters, but I’m wondering if it’s worth it.”

In my opinion, I don’t see the point of having lifters unless you are competing. If you’re trying to get to a certain level where you are doing weight lifting competitions, or CrossFit competitions. Where maybe those lifters would give you just a little extra oomph at your competition day. But if you’re just a normal person just getting a great workout in every day, you don’t need all these f*cking knee guards, and elbow guards, and tape everywhere. It’s too much. People are too much with CrossFit.

I just use cross training shoes; flat shoes in general. I love my Nike Metcons. I love my Adidas flat running shoes. I just use shoes that are flatter, and that’s been fine for me. If you’re trying to compete, maybe it’s worth the investment. But to me, why not have shoes that can do multiple things? You’re not going to be able to run in your lifters, so why not get cross training shoes where you can lift, and you can run, and you don’t have to be that jackass who is holding up the f*cking class because you have to change your goddamn shoes, because you brought three pairs to class. I can’t. Those people annoy the sh*t out of me. And I tell them.

Grown Mary. “I could be wrong, but it seems like you haven’t been doing much Orange Theory lately.”

You’re not wrong, Mary.

“And focusing more on CrossFit and traditional gym workouts.”

Aka, glute workouts.

“Is it due to the Open? Or are you reassessing your fitness goals, and your body’s responses to Orange Theory style of fitness?”

So, I’ve actually talked about this before, Mary in another Listener Questions, but obviously, people don’t listen to all of those. I did touch upon it; I just didn’t want to do a full podcast about why I quit Orange Theory. Because I’m not trying to put down Orange Theory in any regard.

I stopped doing Orange Theory because; number one, I got bored. Because I kept having sh*tty coach after sh*tty coach who were not inspiring by any means. The coaches that I really liked started coaching at different gyms. And so I just kept hitting these really boring instructors. I wasn’t looking forward to going to class. And then I didn’t really want to work out that day, and that was just not an option for me. So I said, f*ck this. I’m going to do something that I’m excited about.

CrossFit, that has never changed. I go to my CrossFit class, and I’m instantly in a better mood and excited to be there, no matter what the workout is. And then the glute workouts, I just decided to add to that routine.

I also found that Orange Theory was a little bit too much. It’s just, for me, I’m trained in the CrossFit style of going f*cking hard the whole time. And so going that hard for an hour is just; it’s hard on the body. I’m not a huge believer in cardio as weight loss. I’m a big believer in lifting for weight loss. So I just saw my body not reacting to it very well. Not that I was trying to lose weight by doing Orange Theory.

But I know a lot of people reach out and say, “I’m doing CrossFit and I want to lean down. I’m thinking about doing Orange Theory for cardio.” And I just think it’s too hard on the body. That’s just because I go hard the whole time. Because a coach tells me to go all out, I go all out. And then I’m going all out the whole time. And a push pace is pretty hard, in my opinion. And you’re doing a push pace all the time.

It was just too hard on my body. And then I was bored with it. So I just moved on.

Amber. “How do you feel about BeachBody workouts?”

I’ve never tried them, so I have no opinion on them.

Ben RH. “Did you ever do anything outside of CrossFit to get your amazingly toned arms?”

Oh my god, that’s so nice of you to say. No, I don’t do anything outside of CrossFit for arms. CrossFit is incredibly full of upper body. So it is very, very easy to get toned arms with CrossFit, as long as you have your diet in check. And you are lifting heavier weights, and you’re staying away from sugar and alcohol. So I don’t do anything for arms outside of CrossFit. No. But thanks for saying I have amazingly toned arms. That’s very nice of you.

4. Listener Questions: Beauty [42:25]

Bekah Boo. I like your name. Ok, we’ve switched to beauty questions now. We are onto the beauty section. Bekah Boo. “Not very involved question, but how do you sleep with your hair at night? I get torn whether to keep it down to avoid breakage, or put it in a low pony bun to avoid major bedhead.”

So I don’t ever put in a ponytail, because I want to avoid breakage, as well. And my hair is a f*cking sh*t storm in the morning. And a mess. So I just brush it out, and I usually just recurl it. Even if I’m not washing my hair that day, I recurl it to just give it some fluff, and some better look.

But I keep it down, and I think my hair is so much smoother, and less breaks, and looks better altogether from doing that. So I keep it down.

Happy Healthy Fit. “Hey lady! Love your podcast. Can you explain the process of microblading? I’m thinking of investing the money, but I live in a small town about 2 hours south of Denver. What is the upkeep? How often do you have to go back? Do you fill in your brows at all during your morning routine?”

Ok. So, the process of microblading. I have a blog post about that. So if I miss anything, just go to my blog. Go to the beauty tab. I have a full post about that. So for my esthetician, my microblading lady here in Denver, you go in for your first session. You have a few test areas. She gives you a few lines in your eyebrows. And you go back; make sure you don’t have any allergic reaction to it.

I don’t know if it’s like 2 weeks later, you get your first fill of your brows. And then 6 weeks later, you do the second fill. So you have three appointments totally to start. And then about 6 months later, she filled in any spots that didn’t take. And there were a couple of spots where I had scar tissue from where I had a cut from when I was younger that she had to use a thicker needle, I think, to fill in those spots. So that was about 6 months later.

For me; usually most people just need a fill once a year. Just depending on their skin tone and how their body takes to the ink. So you don’t have to go in that often. You have to commit to those; obviously those first three appointments, and then you can go from there.

I fill in my brows. I see my esthetician every three weeks. Because I’m naturally blonde, so my eyebrows are very light in color. So I have to get them dyed regularly to have that dark look of my eyebrows. And I still fill them in every day, but not to the extent that I used to. It’s very minimal and pretty easy. And I know a lot of people who don’t fill them in at all. I just prefer a certain look. I like that darker color. And my eyebrows lighten up really fast. So I have to pull in a darker color by filling them in. So I still do that every day.

Today, I’m not wearing any makeup, and I still filled in my brows. Because I like them looking a certain way, and it feels more put together. So that’s it. But I know plenty of people who don’t have to do that, because their hair matches the strokes in their eyebrows, if that makes sense.

Another person asks, “How much did microblading cost? Did you find someone by word of mouth? How often do you need to go in for touchups?”

Which I just talked about. But microblading cost a total of $500 here. Everybody is different. I know it costs more in like San Francisco, where everything costs way f*cking more. But yeah, it’s going to just depend person to person, state to state.

And I found someone by my skin esthetician. I was just talking about how I wanted to get microblading, and she’s like, “Oh my god, I know the perfect person!” And I completely trust her with my face. I’m going to trust her recommendation. So I found out through that esthetician. And that’s how I booked an appointment. Because that was the only way I was going to really do it, was if I found someone who knew that person. Who had clients who went to that person. Who had recommendations to that person. That’s how I found that person. Word of mouth, I think, is key.

Ok, this next question. I just haven’t said these names. “I just saw your skincare routine on your blog. Why is there such a long list for daytime, but not as much for nighttime?”

I don’t have a great answer for that. There are just more products that are recommended and have been recommended by my esthetician and through other people for morning routine. And I just don’t have as many products that I need to use at night. I cleanse my skin. I get a serum on my skin. And then I hydrate the skin, and that’s kind of all I have to do.

If I have more products that I find later one, I’ll definitely add that to my night time routine. I just don’t have a great answer for that. I don’t have as many products that I want to use at night.

Sam. “What’s your experience with Botox? I’m only 25, and have some wrinkles and damage from tanning beds in high school.”

Me, too, girl!

“I’m getting married in June, and considering getting it done. But I’m absolutely clueless about it. Can you recommend a good wrinkle cream?”

So, I just had Botox on Wednesday. I love Botox, personally. I don’t tell anybody that they should get Botox. I say I love it personally, and it’s been amazing for me. And I would recommend it for anybody who wanted it. Just find a person that you trust, and that you feel comfortable with. And know that not every Botox experience is the same.

I’ve been to four different people for Botox, and the person I go to know, I trust so much more and love her work way more. It feels different, it looks different. So just keep that in mind. Not all Botox places are the same. Get recommendations from people. Just word of mouth, like I did with the microblading.

I don’t think; for me, to get rid of wrinkles and fine lines, I think you have to go deeper than just the surface level, like a wrinkle cream. In my opinion, for wrinkles and for any fine lines, I do lasers and Profractional laser, which I think is f*cking life changing. Those are the ones that I do for deep wrinkles. But I use Tula wrinkle cream every day, as well. Just as an extra layer. But I really do think if you want to really get rid of those wrinkles, you have to start deeper layers down with lasers.

That is just my opinion. I’m not a doctor. I’m not a professional. This is my personal experience. So take it with a grain of salt.

Makala. “I know you use natural deodorant. Wondering how the transition from antiperspirant to natural deodorant was for you. I’m ready to switch to all natural deodorant, but I’ve read some not so great stories about the process online, and I’m a little nervous to make the switch. I don’t want to show up to work smelly, sweaty from switching deodorants. Any advice? Does it make sense to try it on the weekend or a few days before returning to work? Are there any brands besides Primally Pure that you recommend?”

No. I highly recommend Primally Pure. The charcoal deodorant is my favorite. I personally did not have a hard time switching to a natural deodorant. But I’ve seen all kinds of different; my sister-in-law did it, and her armpits broke out from it and got a rash. But then she was able to balance it. It just took a few days of, I don’t know, I forget what that process is called.

You just have to get used to it, and it’s kind of weird. Some people have issues with baking soda, so they have to go with a little lighter, not so intense baking soda deodorant. But, I personally didn’t have a crazy process from switching from an antiperspirant to a natural deodorant. I would have some kind of itchy armpits sometimes when it was hot outside. So when it was summer time, and I was getting sweatier than usual, I had a few breakouts where it just kind of looks like you have razor burn. But with the charcoal deodorant, I haven’t experienced that at all. I’m obsessed with it. Seriously, it’s the best.

This next one. “Everyone is always saying shaving causes hair to grow back thicker; hence why women don’t shave their faces, and do things like thread, or wax, or laser. But, I see dermaplaning everywhere, including your posts. Does that have the same results? Super curious.”

So, I’ve been doing dermaplane for a couple of years now, and love it. I also use Tinkle razors. I know it’s a stupid f*cking name. But it’s in my latest skincare post. I use these Tinkle razors to shave my face completely in between dermaplaning at my esthetician’s office. And it gets rid of the top layer of dead skin on your face. So if I ever have dry skin going on, I’ll also use it for that. And then it takes off all those little baby hairs, or dark hairs. Because as you get older, it’s sad to say, you start to get these dark mustache hairs.

And whenever I see women who are around my age in their 30s or whatever, and they start to get those dark hairs, I want to say, “Hey. You don’t have to have a mustache. You don’t. You can do something about it.” But that’s just rude to say to someone. So I shut my f*cking mouth.

But I have not had; and my esthetician says this as well. Your hair is not going to grow back any thicker. It will grow back the exact same. So the exact same peach fuzz that you had before. I have heard one person tell me that their hair grew back thicker, but I’ve never had that experience myself. And I have many, many friends who do it, and have never had that experience.

Obviously, everybody is different. But I’ve never had that experience. It’s not like your leg hairs or whatever. Does that stuff grow back thicker? I don’t know. I’ve always had a really thick, hairy f*cking body. That’s why I shave it all. So I have not had that experience, and I love it. Highly recommend it.

Lisana. “What’s your favorite facial or treatment for dry skin?”

I think there’s something called a hydrofacial. They do this facial with water. I forget. I don’t know. It’s really hydrating for your skin. But I don’t have a facial treatment for dry skin. My favorite facial treatment in general is Profractional. And I’ve said that time and time and time again. It’s the best. And I have a post about it on my blog.

5. Listener Questions: Food [54:08]

Now, let’s get to food. But. I need a sip of this coffee. It’s a cold brew coffee. A little maple almond milk. It’s delish.

OK. Let’s get into food! I feel like this is the longest topic; per use. No, it’s not. That’s a lie.

Style me Lauren. Hi Lauren. I know Lauren. She’s the best. “Ok. I’ve been listening to your podcast about not giving a sh*t, and stop freaking out about calories, macros, diets, etc. I’m working so hard to stop caring and just eating good food. My biggest problem is guilt on myself. Like, I know I shouldn’t be eating this, but everyone else is at the dinner party, so why can’t I? Looking for motivation for self-control when you know you don’t want to eat something at dinner, and will feel guilt later.”

The thing for me, is that it is very rarely that I eat something I know is going to make me feel guilty. There’s a balance of that. Because before, eating a gluten free cupcake would make me feel really guilty. But nowadays, the main guilt that I would feel is from eating something like a ton of Lays potato chips. That would make me feel guilty, because I know it’s not a product that I need to be eating. I know there are better products out there that I could be eating that wouldn’t make me feel guilty. And it’s going to make me feel like sh*t. So that’s the guilt.

So, I go to dinner parties all the time. I go to different events all the time, where it’s easy to say everybody else is eating this, why can’t I? That’s the comparison game. That is such a slippery slope. It’s just like; when I look at this fitness girl online, why does she look this way and I don’t when I try just as hard. The stupid f*cking comparison game. It’s just not worth it. So at the end of the day, you have to say, “Ok. That’s going to make me feel guilty later. I don’t want to feel guilty. So I’m not going to eat it. And it’s not the end of the world that everybody else is eating this and I’m not.” It’s really not the biggest deal.

If it’s something that you know comes out once a year, and you want to enjoy it, like Thanksgiving. Something like that. Well, then maybe it’s worth a little bit of that feeling of guilt. It’s just a balancing act, at the end of the day. But for me, I just don’t eat those things that are going to make me feel guilty. Because they’re giving me guilt for a reason. I don’t feel guilty about eating whole, delicious, unprocessed foods. But if there’s this dip that is going to make me feel guilty, and I’m eating it with pounds of potato chips, and it’s just not worth it, I just don’t do it.

So you just have to find that balancing act, for sure. It’s hard, and it’s frustrating at times. But don’t compare it to; all these other people get to eat it, why can’t you? Because all those other people aren’t you. It’s just you. You are your own individual, so it doesn’t matter what anybody else is doing. If that makes sense.

Let’s see. This next one. “I feel like you’ve been asked this a million times, but what was the most different thing about starting paleo, and how did you overcome it?”

The hardest thing for sure was saying that I couldn’t have stuff anymore. That I couldn’t have bread. And it’s so funny to me. I was talking to my mom about this earlier this week. And a lot of people go through this. They’re like; there is no way I can’t have f*cking bread anymore. There’s no way I can’t have pasta. There’s no way I can’t have; anything that’s on the paleo diet. There’s no way I can’t do that. But there is a f*cking way.

People say it all the time; there’s no way I could live without my phone. You could; you would just be in a different world. There were people for thousands of years before us who did not have phones. Or did not have computers. Or did not have chips. You can do anything. It’s just, we talk ourselves into thinking we can’t do it.

She was talking about, she has a hard time sticking with it because my dad will make bread at home. And I say, then you need to voice to him why this makes it harder for you. But at the end of the day, you get to make your own decisions. And so we talk ourselves into thinking that something is so f*cking hard, and it’s really not.

For me, I overcame figuring out; ok, I can’t have bread. What can I have instead? I figured out how to make paleo banana bread. And then over time; “OK, I don’t really need this paleo banana bread. I’m fine with having no bread.” And I’ve lived my life with having no bread for a long time at this point. And having lettuce wraps. Or having gluten free bread. Or just having no bread at all and having this burger patty by itself, which I order at restaurants all the time.

We just talk ourselves into thinking something is so hard, and it’s really f*cking not. It’s just you have to change your lifestyle, and that’s so scary. But at the end of the day, it’s not that hard. So that was the hardest thing, thinking I couldn’t have something anymore. But I was able to figure out that I didn’t need a lot of those things. Or I could replace them with something much healthier, and more enjoyable, and it made me feel a lot better.

Next question. Family Food Fitness. “We are trying to eliminate cow’s milk cheese from our house. We were trying to find good hard goat’s milk cheeses to replace it. Any suggestions? Also, what is your opinion on making your own stuff, like mayo from scratch versus buying Primal Kitchen. Is it worth the effort to make it yourself? Or are products like Primal Kitchen so good that it’s just worth it to save time?”

So, starting with goat’s milk cheeses. I don’t have any specific recommendations for that. Just go to your local Whole Foods. A place that has good sources of dairy. Because not all grocery stores have that. But going to a grocery store that actually cares about what food is in their store, like at Natural Grocer’s. Whatever it may be. And talk; there’s always a person in the cheese section. You can ask about goat’s milk cheeses. The best sources, and the best ones out there. Just ask questions.

As far as making mayo from scratch or buying Primal Kitchen, that is so up to you. If you want to make it yourself; f*ck yeah, it’s awesome. To me, it’s not worth it. Because Primal Kitchen makes the best mayo. It’s so freaking good. And it’s so easy. It’s made with avocado oil. You know all the ingredients on the back. So if you’re comfortable with spending that extra money to have a product already made for you, in a large amount, then go for it. I think Primal Kitchen is amazing. I love their products so much. And ever since they started making mayo, I never make it for myself anymore. And I made it for years. But now it’s not worth it. I don’t f*cking care. I don’t want to have to make it. It’s time consuming.

So that is up to you and what you think is best. But there are so many products that make life easier, and paleo much easier at this point, why not take advantage of them if you can?

Kelly Kline. “I have a greens question. How often do you drink green juices? Do you think you need them? Or are green powders the better option as it has none of the sugars?”

So, I think the best option for greens is actual greens. Get vegetables in your diet. As much as you can. Get them with breakfast. Lunch. Dinner. Get them all the time.

I really only drink green juices if, say, I’ll do it when I’m traveling and I’m having a harder time getting my hands on greens. Or say I had a really indulgent weekend. And I just want to get a little extra greens in my diet starting on Monday. But to me, I should just be doing greens in my diet. And yes, I think finding a green powder, if you want to go that route and get super extra greens in your diet without any sugars, that is a great route for sure.

But keep that in mind. When you’re purchasing green drinks, look at the sugar content. Because a lot of times, they have apples, and pineapple, and whatever else. Which are pretty high in sugar. And they pack a lot in there, so the green juice doesn’t taste like sh*t. So keep that in mind.

But at the end of the day I just like eating my greens instead of drinking them.

Next question, “How do you approach meal planning? Or do you just know your staples, and stock up on groceries that way?”

I don’t really have any sort of meal planning. My planning has to do with what recipes I need for the blog. And then the rest is just; “Ok, what meal do we want to have that night. Do we want to have beef? Do we want to have seafood? Do we want to have salmon? Do we want to have, whatever we want to eat that night? And then I plan vegetables around that that I like to cook and that I enjoy eating regularly. And I stock up that way.

But, I use Butcher Box, and I get meat delivered. Oh, I’m supposed to get it delivered today, actually. I get meat delivered. And that’s kind of how I plan my meals, is based on what meat came that month. And then I also get Thrive Market. And those are a lot of staples like olive oil, ghee, coconut wraps. And a lot of things that I can save a lot of money on through buying through Thrive Market. Or I can’t always find it at my Whole Foods or Natural Grocers.

And then the rest I just buy at the grocery store. Mostly vegetables and any other staples, like almond milk. Whatever. But I don’t have any sort of specific meal planning. I just like to plan out a couple of days ahead of time. What meat and what vegetable we’re going to eat for dinner. And that’s that.

Fitness and Frenchies. Oh my god, I love your name so much!! “Have you ever thought about coming out with your own food product line? Maybe a paleo dessert treat. I think that would be so cool.”

No. That is such a huge process. I personally don’t want to go down that route. Say a brand came to me, and they wanted to co-brand. Almost like how I’ve done leggings with Four Athletics. And they say; “Hey, you can come up with this design and do this, and we’re going to do the heavy lifting that we’ve been doing for years through our manufacturer. And you just do the promotion.” I would be totally down with that. But I would not be just going into a product line by myself. That’s not in any sort of forefront of my mind whatsoever.

Rachel. “Do you count macros?”

No. And I never have. And I don’t know how to.

Lizzie White. “What do you look for when buying fish? I know there’s a lot of negativity around farm raised versus wild caught. I know how to find good meat, but I’m not sure what to look for when buying fish.”

So, I always look for wild caught. It will say farm-raised; Whole Foods, especially, that’s where I always buy my seafood. It will say farm raised, and I just stay away from farm raised. When you look at the farm raised salmon compared to wild caught salmon, it is quite different in color. It’s kind of creepy. So I just stick with wild caught. And that’s it.

I know there are a few companies out there. I think Vital Choice is one of those companies that sells fish online, and they might have better information about that. But I just stick with wild caught, and that’s my main go-to.

Sam. “Do you ever want to sit down and eat a big ol bowl of cereal and some whole milk?”

Not really. Do I think about it? Like the days when I used to eat honey bunches of oats when I was wasted at 3 in the morning and wake up covered in cereal; sure, I think about those days. But no. I don’t want to do that. But I know what’s in most cereal, and it’s sh*t. And I don’t want to feel like sh*t. And I don’t want to put sh*t in my body. If I’m going to put sh*t in my body, it’s going to be a gluten free cupcake. But just a big ol bowl of cereal; nah man. Staying away.

Let’s see; this next one. “How are you able to not snack a ton when you work from home and you’re constantly around food with your job? I know eating three good square meals with healthy fats helps. I try to do the same, but whenever I’m home, I find myself over snacking. Any tips or advice? I can’t really use a napkin or salt trick on stuff I keep around the house.”

That’s funny. I always put a napkin over my food when I’m done with it. Or I pour soap on it. Like if I need to put it in the trash, like a dessert. I’ll put soap on it. So I don’t go back to it. In the trash. Because that’s so something I have done, just like Sex in the City with Miranda.

I think it’s just gotten easier over time. I think I used to snack a ton back in the day when I just started working from home and I would get bored. But now I just don’t really have time to get bored, because I have so much sh*t to do all the time. Eating the three full meals helps a ton, and really helps me. And then snacking on something that’s high in fat usually helps me.

But things I will over-indulge in, like desserts, I just get out of the house. I’m bound to snack when I’m cooking, and making meals, and decorating stuff on a platter to take photos. And you’re licking your fingers; gross. I think it’s so gross when people lick their fingers. But I’m by myself so it’s ok. And I wash my hands, don’t worry.

I think I’ve just gotten better with it over time. Just being around food, and knowing when I’m just dehydrated; that’s why I feel like I need to snack. Because I know I’m not hungry, but my body is telling me something. I just usually need water. I like to drink sparkling water. I think that helps ease that snacking cue that your body is telling you when you really don’t need snacks. But I’ve just gotten better at it. And I just don’t let myself get bored. That’s it.

6. Listener Questions: Random [1:08:54]

Ok, now this is just random stuff. This is the last section. All this random goody stuff.

This one says two things; “You used to use something that was supposed to help with cellulite. It was some kind of roller thing. What do you think of that? Number two; what are some podcasts you’re loving right now? Now that the Bachelor is over, I’m having Rose Prick withdrawals and need something new.”

Ok. So, let’s see. Number one; I was using, I’m totally forgetting the name of it. Dammit, I forgot what it was called. I was using this thing for cellulite. Here’s the thing; I was using it in the winter, but it bruises you. It’s like this roller that you roll. And it’s great for muscle, and tissue, and helps with soreness. But it bruises you.

Especially me. I bruise incredible easily. Brian will touch me with his foot and my ankle is bruised. My bruising is so excessive. So I would have bruises all over my legs trying to break up this fascia that creates cellulite. And summer came along, and I’m like; I don’t want to have bruises all over. So I stopped using it. And then I just stopped caring altogether. I have cellulite. It’s just not going to change. I should care more, but I just don’t.

I work hard in the gym. I work hard at my healthy eating. That’s the most I can do at this point. I just don’t care. So, I haven’t used it enough to tell you if it works. I still have plenty of cellulite.

And podcasts I’m loving. Ok; I know Rose Pricks is the best; I’m so sad it’s over right now. When is the Bachelor coming on? What the f*ck!?

I love My Favorite Murder. I’m big into true crimes. So keep that in mind. I love Katelin Bristow, Off the Vine. I love My Favorite Murder. I love Wine and Crime. They’re f*cking hilarious. So if you like Rose Pricks; Wine and Crime, if you’re down with murder and stuff, they’re wonderful.

I like How I Built this, is always amazing. Great stories. Gets you excited about f*cking being productive as sh*t. What else? I like listening to Reality Steve, but he has a tone of spoilers, so keep that in mind. That’s all I can think of right now.

But I have; if you go to my blog and search podcasts, I have a list of my favorite podcasts. I need to do an updated version, but those are still some of the same ones I listen to.

Jen, “What is your favorite guilty pleasure?”

Kardashians. Gluten free cupcakes. And Total Divas. How’s that?

Happy, Healthy, Fit. “I hate, hate, hate getting sick. What’s your routine when you’re really down and out? Do you take more rest days? Take vitamins? Go to the doctor?”

Ok, first and foremost, let’s talk about not getting sick. People are gross. And they’re all around us. There’s no getting away from them. Especially if you work in a place where people are sick more often. Like an office, or a doctor’s office, or hospital. The world.

So number one; wash your hands all the time. Do not stick your hands in your eyes; do not stick your hands in your mouth. And I’ve been so aware of this, I don’t know why. Because I just really don’t want to get sick this season. But I’m aware of how many people lick their fingers when they eat. And I said, just a second ago, I do that only when I’m home. My hands are washed. I’m decorating food that I will be eating; not serving to guests.

But people lick their fingers all the time. And they don’t wash their hands after they finish up at the gym, or whatever. Wash your hands all the f*cking time, and don’t stick your goddamn fingers in your mouth or your eyes. You’re not a child. Gross.

Don’t touch other people’s sh*t with your fingers. You’re gross. Stay away from people, because they’re disgusting. Just don’t leave the house.

When I’m down and out, I drink bone broth. I get a lot of bone broth in my diet. Making sure to load that up, work on the gut health. Work on replenishing all those vitamins and minerals that are dying. I like to take vitamin C. So just those Emergen-C with turmeric and ginger. And at the end of the day, what’s going to make you heal faster is resting.

So yes. I take more rest days. Because you know what’s worse than being sick? Being around sick people at the gym. Get the f*ck out of the gym, you nasty ass b*tch. Not you. But dick. Whoever is there. I hate when people are sick at the gym. It’s like; get away from me, you sicko! You’re gross!

Take more rest days. I don’t take any vitamins, personally. But I just like to do bone broth. Lots of liquids. Lots of water. Lots of sleep. Sleep that sh*t off.

Ok. Let’s see. “Can you please speak about your breast augmentation? Pros and cons. How was the recovery? How long did you have to refrain from any lifting? Do you regret anything or wish you would have done anything differently?”

So, I have a podcast about plastic surgery, and about my own experience with breast augmentation. I had a boob job done 10 years ago. This was a long time ago. And I was not lifting like I am now. I was doing mostly cardio. I was on the bike. On the elliptical. On the Stairmaster. Those were my main sources of exercise back then. So it didn’t really change anything for me.

I would not do anything differently. I loved it. I recommend it to anybody who is thinking about it. It was the best decision I ever made. I feel so much more confident than I did before. I had literally nipples; I had no boobs before. It made me feel very self-conscious and uncomfortable. And that is no offense to anyone who is smaller chested. I don’t give a sh*t about your chest. I give a sh*t about mine.

Everybody has to find what they’re comfortable with. And I personally wanted breasts. So I would do it 10 times over. I’m sure I’ll have to get it done again someday. But yes. It was the best decision. But you can listen to my podcast all about that. Yeah, I would do it 10 times over. It was the best.

Eat More Paleo. “Does Jackson sleep in bed with you and your hubby?”

No. Brian would not let that happen. He sleeps in his own bed next to our bed. But when Brian is gone, Jackson knows he can get in bed with me. But I f*cking hate it, honestly. I love it, because he’s so damn cute. But I sleep terribly. He’s so hot. He wants to sleep on your face, in your lap. As close as he can get to you. And he doesn’t really sleep well either. But yeah, he sleeps in his own bed.

Hailey. “I love how you’ve branched out into fashion. I have some questions about it. How often do you shop? How often do you purge your closet? How do you keep organized? Do you get outfit inspirations from other people? And so many more questions.”

Ok, so I shop all the time. Because that’s part of my business plan at this point. And I am trying to sell clothes. So you have to purchase clothes that are in stock and that are newly on the rack. So yeah, I shop constantly. I was at the mall yesterday. I have to go back to the mall today. I purchased things online this week. And I often have posts coming up with businesses.

I have one on the blog today with Express. I have one Mod Cloth coming up; one of my favorites, Thread Up, I had just a couple of weeks ago. So I’m constantly shopping online, and going to the mall as well for anything in between. And for coming up with multiple outfits. So on top of the sponsored posts that I have, where I’m posting about maybe office style. Or summer style. Or whatever that season is.

I also have to post outfits throughout the week that I hold myself accountable for. I’m usually trying to find five or six new things to wear. Sometimes I’ll take something from my closet, if it’s still in stock. But depending on the business, depending in the company, a lot of things go out of stock very quickly. So yes. I have to purchase things all the time.

For my own personal closet, I have the closet I share with my husband. And then I have my office space where I take my food photography and keep all my dishes and food styling stuff. And then I have a closet where I keep shoes and clothing as well. I keep clothing that’s still in stock and that I’ll wear coming up, I keep in that office. And that’s kind of how I stay organized.

And then I often take stuff when it’s done; it’s time to purge my closet. I take stuff into our guest bedroom and hang it in the closet there. And then I have my sister-in-law and my friends look through it. I also have some friends who will purchase stuff through it. I had a close friend come over the other day, and she probably bought half of the stuff in that room, if not more.

The other stuff, I will take to, what’s it called? Buffalo Exchange. Or I’ll take it to the thrift store. So that’s how I do it. And I purge probably every season. And yeah, get it out of the house. And I get outfit inspiration; I follow a ton of different fashion bloggers that I love. But I feel like I get some inspiration sometimes on Pinterest. But a lot of times, I just wear what I’m feeling and what I like to look at when I’m shopping online.

Sarah. “Love your blog. Don’t ever stop doing it, you’re the best. Do you plan your social media posts out weekly, monthly, daily? Do you use any sort of post planner to plan or organize your social media? Thanks a mil.”

The only thing I plan out ahead of time for months at a time is my blog. I have the next two months of my blog planned out. And things will kind of change as I go. Or say a recipe doesn’t work out, or I just don’t like it. Or a post comes up with a company, I can change things as I go. But I plan about two months out.

Social-media wise, I do not plan at all. I just look at what I’m sharing, and I try to share a balance of everything else. But I don’t use any sort of planner. I just use the Notes app to plan out my posts ahead of time, and I don’t use any sort of social media planner. I just do it with whatever I have going on that day.

Amy. “You’ve talked a number of times about your to-do list, and productivity. My question is; what do you do if you don’t complete a task? Do you only put on your list what absolutely has to get done, or just reevaluate once the list is done? My problem is, I overestimate what I can get done in a day and end up feeling stressed if I don’t complete it all.”

So, I will put down everything I need to get done. But obviously, things change. Things come up. Whatever. So then I will just move things to the next day. Or something changed in my schedule, I can add this in here. Take this out.

It doesn’t stress me out if I don’t get something done. I always make sure to get the things that need to be done that day done. But if there’s something that’s more flexible and I can interchange it with another day, I just change it that way. There are often times that I have to change it to the next day, and reevaluate that schedule. But don’t let it stress you out. You just figure out what needs to absolutely get done, and then exchange it with another day.

Wellness with Alys. “Where to start when finding your own style? Also your go-to mocktail recipes.”

Let’s see. For finding your own style; I haven’t yawned that much this episode. Are you guys proud? It’s no big deal.

Ok. When I was trying to find my own style, when I first started really wearing things other than workout clothes, I started with Pinterest. I just went and looked up women’s fashion on Pinterest. And I started pinning images that I liked. I like this sweater, I like these shoes. I like how she put together this look. And then I would try to kind of start copying those looks with things I had in my own closet, or I just purchased. And I kind of would put outfits together like that. That was my main way of finding my own style.

And I don’t do mocktails. I just; to me, that seems like a waste of calories. I’d rather have a soda water. {laughs} But I have cocktail recipes on my blog, and you can make any without the alcohol in it. There’s a mocktail. But personally I just do soda water.

Ok this next question. “What time do you go to bed, and wake up?”

I usually go to bed around 9:30 or 10, and I usually wake up around 6 to 6:30.

Shine in and out. “Since Facebook now sucks.”

Preach!

“For getting your content out there with organic search. AKA, it decides two people can see your posts.”

Preach!

“What is the best way to grow your blog and website, and get people to know who you are? I’m also on YouTube. What can a girl do? Facebook ads get so expensive.”

Yes. So at the end of the day, concentrate on your blog. I just did a podcast with my web developer, and he kind of talks about SEO, and getting more traffic to your blog. So I recommend listening to that. But just concentrate on your blog. Get your name out there in other ways. Facebook still, YouTube, Instagram, all the social media platforms I think are important. Pinterest.

But at the end of the day, all you can really do, and all I have really done, is just concentrate on the content that I’m putting out there. I’m putting out stuff that I’m proud of. I’m not concentrating on paying Facebook to let 5 more people see my post. I’ve done one or two paid posts, and nobody f*cking saw it. I’m like; I don’t f*cking get it. And I don’t care.

So I’m just concentrating on putting great content on my website. Because Facebook might not be alive one day. Instagram might not be a thing one day. So concentrate on your blog. And then reach out other ways. But the better quality stuff you have out there, the more word of mouth you’re going to get. And the more traffic you’re going to get at the end of the day. I think word of mouth is huge.

Erin. “How did you decide which brands to partner with? For the ones who reach out to you, do you first try them before committing to a partnership?”

So a lot of brands that I have reached out to me, I know the brand already and I probably use it. Maybe Primal Kitchen, or Express, or Nordstrom, or Thread Up. Whatever. I use those things often. So it’s pretty easy. There are other brands that I’ll say, “Please send me your product. And then we can talk about a partnership if I like the product.”

But a lot of the things that I partner with are brands I already use myself. But yes. I always try those things beforehand. Before committing to any sort of partnership. And then I often say no to brands. I just said no to an amazing company, because it just didn’t align with what I’m trying to put out there, but I still love that brand. And still have worked with them on other things.

So I just do what feels right in my gut. But I also have to make sure I use that product before committing to any sort of partnership, for sure.

Taylor. “What are your thoughts on marijuana and its medicinal properties and health benefits?”

I thought it was such an interesting question. I’m surprised I haven’t had more questions like this, since I live in Colorado. But I am pro-marijuana. I think, and I don’t care what anybody thinks. People freak out about weed; and it’s so funny. It’s this taboo topic, but alcohol isn’t this taboo topic when alcohol kills far more people than marijuana does. I don’t understand why people get so up in arms about weed.

But yeah, I’m pro-marijuana. F*ck yeah. Do you. I think alcohol is way harder and detrimental to the body, and the world, and families. And all that sh*t. But if you don’t do sh*t. You smoke weed all the time and you don’ do sh*t, like many of the people who are asking for money on the side of the street, get your f*cking sh*t together. But that’s anything.

Savannah. “Do you wear hair extensions?”

No. I have worn hair extensions once, for my wedding, to make my hair thicker. But that is it. But they are in my sock drawer. And it’s kind of creepy looking sometimes.

Tammy. “Do you have a specific morning and night routine? You may have this on your blog, but would love a walk through. I’m terrible at keeping a routine, so I think it would be a good place to start.”

I’m not sure what exactly you mean by that; routine. But I feel like I have a pretty decent routine down. We always eat dinner. I always shower because I worked out that day. I do my skin care routine every day and every night. And then at night, I try to stay off my computer, because I’m trying to spend more quality time with my husband. We watch a show, go to bed. Morning I always; oh my god, my dog is so f*cking cute right now. I cannot handle it.

In the morning, I always finish my blog post. I have breakfast. I get ready. I make the bed. I walk the dog. And then I do whatever I need to do that day. But I have a routine for sure, because I am a routine kind of gal.

Two more questions! Oh sh*t, just kidding. One more question. {laughs} Alyssa. “Will you please do some meet ups? I’ve been fan girling for five years now. It needs to happen!”

So this is kind of an announcement. Well, it’s a teaser announcement. Yes. I’ve never done any meetups. But yes, I will be doing a meet up coming up in April. The date is April 15th, on a Sunday. And I am teaming up with Tula, the skin care brand that I talk about and use regularly, every single day. I’m teaming up with them to put on a little meet up. A little awesome, amazing day.

We’re teaming up with other brands to bring the people who come to this event. Because it will be a paid event that you have to buy tickets for. But this event will be coming up in April. So stay tuned on my blog and Instagram. I’ll announce it there. There will be a limited number of tickets. But you’ll have to come. It’s going to be so freaking cool. It’s going to be a really, really fun event.

So if you’re in the Denver area April 15th. That’s a Sunday, I believe. I hope so. Then please come to that event. But don’t worry, I’ll have more information about that soon.

Yeah. So anyways. I have to get out of here. I have the Open to go do. And I’ve got to get that Open workout done, because I have a lovely date night. Thank you guys so much for writing in questions. You make these episodes so fun. I love hearing from you, and this is why I keep doing these episodes, because you guys keep having such amazing questions. It’s so freaking fun.

Whenever I put a post up asking if you have any listener questions, I feel like nobody is ever going to ask a question. And then there was like 150 this time. You guys are f*cking awesome. Thank you so much for listening to this podcast in the first place, and taking the time to ask a question. If I missed your question, please head to the blog, to www.PaleOMG.com and ask a question there. I’d love to hear from you. I’m sorry if I missed it.

And if you didn’t go to the blog this week, just a little recap. I have my weekly workouts, and what I ate in a day post. I’m talking about sticking with your goals this year. I have a bacon and veggie loaded egg casserole, with a cooking video. I have my latest daily skincare and makeup routine. Products that I’m loving. I have a mint chocolate chip collagen shake that I made with the new Primal Kitchen Grass-fed collagen peptides. And a Vitamix that I have a giveaway for on my Instagram right now. And then I’m stepping up your office style with Express on the blog, as well. So I have all kinds of new posts to check out.

So head to the blog. Ask a question there if I missed anything. I can’t wait to hear from you guys. Thank you again so much for listening. And stay tuned for that upcoming event in Denver if you’re in the Denver area. I cannot wait!

I’ll talk to you soon. You’re the best. Bye-bye.

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m answering all your amazing questions you left recently on instagram! Thank you to everyone who asked a question and made this episode so fun to record! You guys are the main reason I keep the […] Today on the podcast, I’m answering all your amazing questions you left recently on instagram! Thank you to everyone who asked a question and made this episode so fun to record! You guys are the main reason I keep the […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:31:41
Interview w/ My Web Developer Jim Sabellico – Episode 75: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/interview-w-my-web-developer-jim-sabellico-episode-75-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 10 Mar 2018 14:09:58 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=33014 http://paleomg.com/interview-w-my-web-developer-jim-sabellico-episode-75-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#respond http://paleomg.com/interview-w-my-web-developer-jim-sabellico-episode-75-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 0 Today on the podcast, I’m talking to Jim Sabellico, my web developer! This guy has been a lifesaver for my blog and has helped me so much in the past couple years. He’s answering your questions and will be soon […] Today on the podcast, I’m talking to Jim Sabellico, my web developer! This guy has been a lifesaver for my blog and has helped me so much in the past couple years. He’s answering your questions and will be soon giving you access to a webmaster program (details to come soon!). To find out more about Jim, head to his website and send him an email or contact him on Facebook! Hope this answers some of your questions you have about building your own website!

 ____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsor!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 75 Transcription!

This is Juli Bauer from PaleOMG and you are listening to PaleOMG Uncensored.

Juli Bauer: Before we get started chatting with my web developer, Jim, today on this episode, I’ve got to tell you about this weeks’ sponsor. I can’t believe it’s already March. That means the first day of spring is right around the corner, and things are about to get crazy. Schedules are going to get crazy. But, thanks to Sunbasket, you will have healthy and delicious meals completely covered. If you want to see results in 2018 when it comes to your health, it always requires some level of commitment. You have to make time to exercise, you’ve got to get the right amount of sleep, and of course, you have to eat right. That’s what I talk about every single week on my blog, because it is the truth. And that’s why Sunbasket is so amazing.

Sunbasket delivers organic and clean ingredients with 18 healthy options to choose from every week. They work with the best farms and suppliers to bring you fresh, organic produce and responsibly raised meats and seafood. Everything is premeasured and easy to prep. You can get healthy and delicious meals on the table in about 30 minutes. And I’m serious; 30 minutes. Everything I’ve made for myself and my husband has taken under 30 minutes. And clean up is completely a breeze, because everything is premeasured. So all you have to do is throw away a small little container that you got maybe a tablespoon of tarragon in. It’s so easy.

Sunbasket offers paleo, gluten free, lean and clean, vegan, Mediterranean, family options, and many others to suit anyone’s lifestyle. In my recent Sunbasket order, I loved the salmon cakes. They came with a celery radish salad. The salmon cakes stole the show. They were so good. And it’s totally inspired me to come up with my own salmon cake recipe in the future.

With any of their amazing recipes, you never get bored. I promise you that. Everything they have is new and flavorful and delicious. Don’t let your busy life get in the way of your healthy goals. Just because it’s almost spring doesn’t mean you have to put your health aside, or forget about your New Years’ resolutions that we made just a couple of months ago. Sunbasket is so convenient, and they will make healthy eating in your household easier than ever.

So if you want to try out Sunbasket, all you have to do go to Sunbasket.com/PaleOMG today to learn more. And you’ll get $35 off your first order. $35; that’s huge!

And just a heads up, we were having a little bit of technical difficulties when we recorded this podcast. Jim has a crazy life; had a sick kid, and a dead car that he was having to hustle and bustle around town while we recorded this episode. So I’m so sorry if there’s any spots that kind of break out or break up. Thanks for your understanding.

Juli Bauer: Welcome everybody to another episode of PaleOMG Uncensored. I have a very special guest today that has been a huge help in my life. I know a lot of people had a ton of questions. Today, I have Jim, who is my web developer, and has helped me for probably a couple of years now. He was introduced by my friend Lexi, from Lexi’s Clean Kitchen. And whenever I have any sort of issues, this guy has saved my life and saved my ass.

So if you guys hear any weird noises, or if it sounds like someone is driving, it’s because Jim is in a car. He has a sick baby on his hands, and it’s been up since 1 in the morning. So we all have to thank him for being on. So thank you, Jim! I’m so sorry your life is bananas.

Jim: You’re welcome. No worries. You wanted PaleOMG Uncensored, you got it.

Juli Bauer: Oh, that’s so true. Touché. My dog may bark in the middle of this, like he does. Or fart, who knows. You never know!

Jim: Keeping it real.

Juli Bauer: So let’s get started with some questions. Because when people ask me about website stuff, I have zero idea. I’ve had my website for 7 or 8 years now, and I still feel like I don’t know what the hell I’m doing ever. It’s almost like taxes; it’s like, does anybody truly understand it? I don’t feel like anybody does.

So, we had people write in some questions. We’re going to take a look at some of those. One of the first couple of questions I’ve had from multiple people, like Sarah and Brianna. They ask, “What’s the most user-friendly website designer out there? Is it Wix, Square Space, WordPress?” I use WordPress, but what do you like yourself?

Jim: The answer there is twofold. The most user friendly one is probably going to be Square Space just for the sake of keeping it really limited to your options. They give you a couple of basic themes, which are pretty good. But you’re limited. There’s a pretty low learning curve, but you’re not going to get something really highly functional. You’re not going to get something really beautiful. It’s going to be kind of cookie cutter. Whereas something like WordPress, you’re going to have a little bit more of a learning curve. But you have a much larger opportunity to make it look and function however you want.

I know the answer here is kind of jaded because I’ve been in this for a long time. But I don’t find WordPress to be all that difficult, once you know the right places to look. And I think that’s obviously not going to be the easiest thing for someone who is just starting. But that’s why there are people like me to answer questions for people, and kind of help make it simple. Developing a site with WordPress, you have the benefit of using a premade theme to get a very cool and modern style while spending maybe $50 or 60. And then of course add in your logos and stuff like that. All pretty simple stuff. You could take a prebuilt theme, add in your logos, change the fonts and colors, and have something that looks like you for under $100 and maybe an hours’ worth of time.

So if I had to pick one, I’d say grin and bear it through the first day of figuring out how to work with WordPress. But that’s probably going to be your better bet overall.

Juli Bauer: And that’s what I use, and I’ve never found it incredibly hard. When you’ve put in certain plugins, I don’t always know how to use them correctly. But I feel like WordPress in general, you can figure it out pretty easily, just the basics.

Jim: Yeah, 100%. They do try and make it pretty user friendly. But of course, every user is going to be different. So it’s not always going to be intuitive for everybody.

Juli Bauer: And I didn’t even really truly introduce you, but how long have you been creating websites. How did you really build your business in the first place?

Jim: I’ve been building websites since I was 12 years old. I’m 31 for reference. So math, but you guys can figure that out. I first started when I was 12, I was working at a pharmacy helping out. I was just like a counter clerk. And it was when websites were becoming kind of more common, people first started talking about having one for business. It was revolutionary. So I decided to help out there.

I decided to help out there and get them set up with one. And then it just kind of started as a word of mouth thing, that the business next door, they wanted some help. And knock on wood somewhere, it’s been word of mouth since then. The past five or six years has really amped up, where our skillset has developed more into mobile apps and chat box and kind of more techy stuff. But the core business of design, I’ve been doing more than half of my life. And it’s always been fortunately, knock on wood, just a word of mouth thing.

Juli Bauer: That’s awesome. That’s how I found out about you. How many people do you have on your team?

Jim: There are 7 of us. There are two fulltime graphic designers. I also have two developers who do mostly WordPress themes and plugins. I have myself, I have one SEO person, and then we have a social media person as well.

Juli Bauer: Awesome. Ok, let’s get back to people’s questions. What do you think about the initial financial cost of starting and promoting your own website. How much do you think people should put into it? Because me, I started at a different time where I just feel like blogs hadn’t taken off like they have now. So I didn’t put any money into it other than just buying a domain name. I had a free website, and everything was totally free. Because I was broke as f*ck.

What do you think people should really put into it, starting off with the website? And it totally depends on what their main goal is, obviously, with that website. But do you think people should spend a lot of money on it? Not that much at the beginning? What do you think?

Jim: I would recommend against spending a lot of money up front. If you’re just starting out, you’re not really going to have your ____. If you don’t have a plan establishing your website. Two, you don’t really know what you need or what you want yet. So spending money on features or things you don’t really know if they’re going to be for you is just wasteful.

I usually recommend starting out with something simple. Like I said, you can start out with a prebuilt theme that you can buy from like Theme Forest for like $50-60. Spend an hour of your time; even if you have to hire a developer, you’re going to pay $100-150 to them to get everything set up for you. And at that point, you’ve got your domain name, which is going to cost you $15 a year. Theme is going to be $50, and $150 for developer. You’re at $220. You’ve got a fully functioning website that looks and feels professional. But it’s certainly more than an adequate way to start out with.

Juli Bauer: How do you recommend people finding a web developer? Obviously, I’m giving a viewpoint into what you do. But if they’re just looking online? Because I would have never known how to find someone. And I’ve worked with super shady, sketchy people in the past. And it f*cking sucked. So how do you look for someone? What are you looking for? How do you know that they are actually doing their job in the world of the internet?

Jim: That’s probably the hardest question you’re going to ask me today. Only because there are a lot of people; especially once you delve into ____ world, it gets even shady. Because a lot of people say they know what they’re doing, and then they’ll subcontract it out. Like Upwork, and just try to be a middle man, and make some money from you.

I think probably the best bet is going to be word of mouth references. Talking to people who have been doing it. Getting a referral from someone who had their website done. Making sure you do your diligent research to see if that company has an actual reputation. Do they have an office? Do they have other companies who have reviewed them on Google, or are they just one guy sitting in his mom’s basement somewhere.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. I feel like I’ve dealt with a lot of those people. {laughs} So it’s definitely hard figuring out who the best person is. So who do you think is the best to go for a host, and where people should look for a host? Because I feel like people don’t always know where to look for that. I got lucky with finding someone. What do you recommend when you have people ask you; “Who should be hosting my website? Why?” What do you have to say to that.

Jim: Sure. This one is going to have a lot of personal preference behind it for your listeners. There are a lot of people who swear by Go Daddy, or Host Gator, or Blue Host. Pick a company; there are hundreds. But there’s going to be a lot of personal preference there. Some people might have had good experiences, some people might have had terrible experiences. And they’ll swear by never using Host Gator.

I’ll personally be one of those people who would say Host Gator is probably not the right option for you. You look at companies like Go Daddy or Host Gator. Or you look at the cheaper hosting options, where people are going to spend $4-5 per month, you’re going to get what you pay for. You’re going to be sharing a server with 300 other people. You’re going to have terrible, if any support. So when things go wrong, which they inevitably will, you’re going to be stuck on the phone or holding.

There are a lot of cases where even, it doesn’t just stop at that. Actually a couple of days ago I was working with another food blogger, who was on Blue Host, paying a couple of hundred dollars per month. So not cheap by any means. But couldn’t get a straight answer. She was having to call back, and call back, and call back until you find one person on the tech support team that knows what they’re talking about.

So really it comes down to finding the right fit for your budget. There’s going to be exclusive hosts; those are usually a bit more secure because they have everything in place to make sure that’s simple. But you might have some other restrictions where you get further down the road, you want to add some crazy feature, they might not support it.

I’m probably getting too technical on this, so my apologies there. But I think this kind of goes back to the developer question. You still have to do your research. Speak to closer friends. And don’t be cheap. One of the companies we recommend pretty highly is Fly Wheel. I don’t know if you’ve heard of them or not.

Juli Bauer: I haven’t.

Jim: One of their biggest selling features is their support. So they’re definitely not the cheapest on the block, but their support is phenomenal. And they’ll always be there to help you whenever you need something. So things like that, you might pay $15 a month instead of $5. But the first time you have a problem, and your website is down for 3 hours, you’re going to be cursing yourself that you tried to save $10 and now you’ve added all this stress.

Juli Bauer: And I’ve heard people on some of my friend’s website who have paid up to $1000 a month for hosting. Do you think that; to me that’s insane. But I’ve heard it happen to multiple people. Do you think that’s a normal price for a pretty website with a lot of traffic coming to it?

Jim: No. And it really depends on what the needs of the website are. If you need three different servers, and you need some crazy level of redundancy and functionality. But I could tell you very matter of factly, quick side note, we actually do offer website hosting ourselves. But I don’t want to; let’s pat ourselves on the back and promote our own service here.

Juli Bauer: F*ck yeah, you do! Do it Jim. Do it.

Jim: {laughs} No, no. We’ll be unbiased. Anyway, there’s plenty of sites that have upwards of 2 million visitors per month that, our service is. Trying to be unbiased. They’re paying in the neighborhood of $300 per month.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Jim: It’s going to depend a little bit on the site. So whether or not they have a ton of images, or they eat up a lot more bandwidth than somebody else. So there’s still going to be some variables included. But $1000 a month for a website, unless you’re hosting your own mini-version of Amazon, is more than I think most food bloggers are going to be in for.

Juli Bauer: Yeah, that’s what I would think. So you’ve talked about SEO a couple of times already in this conversation. But I know zero about SEO. I don’t know any of it. I don’t know how to do it. I don’t know what it is, or why it’s important, personally. {laughs} I’ve just never taken the time to actually figure that out. So can you talk a little bit about SEO. If that’s what you guys do when you’re putting together websites. How people do it. Anything like that.

Jim: Sure. So SEO is probably one of my most favorite and least favorite topics ever, just for the fact that so many people try and sell it as an upsell. Because there’s a ridonkulous amount of money to be made from it. And people get taken advantage of all the time.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Jim: So I hate that association and saying; “Hey, we do SEO Services.” Because it just feels a little scammy to me. But I do kind of appreciate shining some light on it to let people know; “Hey, you shouldn’t be spending that much money, because you’re not really getting anything in return.” And with a little bit of effort, you can kind of get the same results for an eighth of the price.

So the reason why it’s important is it’s how people find you. When someone searches for paleo chicken recipe in Google, the people who are ranked number one, two, three are going to get most of the traffic. Or people who have the little recipe card box that pops up that shows their image, as well as the star ratings, calories, times cooked, etc. Those people are going to get more traffic to their site. So obviously you’re trying to position your website in one of those top spots is ideal.

SEO is how you get there. So it’s just making sure that your website is optimized for search engines. There are tons of different ways you can accomplish that, and there’s no real answer. Which makes it even scammier. Because of course, Google is not going to tell you, “This is what we’re looking for exactly.” They’re going to give you a general recommendation, but they’re not going to tell you you’re making a chicken pot pie, this is the recipe follow steps one through four and you can be ranked number one. Otherwise, everyone would do it.

So there’s no real set of instructions. And it requires a lot of experience. It requires a lot of individual feeling for the website itself, and what it’s going to take to get to the next level. So it’s kind of on a case by case basis you have to look at. Look at the site and see what the best strategy is for getting more visibility.

A lot of it that I think most people gloss over is spending the time to do the on-page optimization. Do you want me to get into that part? Or did you want more like a high-level overview?

Juli Bauer: No, I definitely want you to get into that.

Jim: Ok. So, one of the most beneficial parts that people are going to have with SEO is on-page optimization. Which means all the content on your page. We’ll say your paleo chicken pot pie. Do you have one of those, by the way? Because it sounds phenomenal.

Juli Bauer: I have a turkey pot pie. Will that do?

Jim: Close enough. That will do.

Juli Bauer: Ok. {laughs}

Jim: So it’s making sure that the title of your recipe is good. That the URL is good. It’s a matter of making sure you have the right amount of headings on the page that include the right mixture of keywords. Making sure your photos have the proper file names. There’s a whole, essentially, checklist of best practices that we go by when we look for something. But just making sure that you kind of follow those best efforts in making sure that you put your best foot forward and give yourself the best chance of being ranked well.

Juli Bauer: Do you think it’s important; you kind of mentioned keywords. So when you’re creating your post; are putting those keywords in the side really important? Because I’ve been slacking really bad on that. {laughs}

Jim: It depends. A lot of people will go by the Yost SEO plugin, which gives the red, orange, green light if they’re doing a good job or not. Some people will swear by the fact that you have to have a green light, otherwise you’re never going to be able to get traffic. I’m not sure if that’s exactly what you’re referencing. You don’t need to. It’s helpful. But it’s not going to be the end of the world.

So it depends on what you’re trying to rank for. And I think that’s kind of where the research part happens beforehand. That you really give yourself the best shot. In this instance, let’s say you’re looking to rank for paleo turkey pot pie. You could be looking to rank for turkey pot pie, or paleo turkey dinner, paleo comfort food, turkey pot pie. Who knows. Any combination of all these different key words. And kind of whichever ones you pick that are going to have the best search volume and the lowest traffic is really what you want to look for.

Juli Bauer: OK. Good to know. I literally don’t know any of this sh*t. I don’t know how I actually have a blog. I liked this question. I think, this can be very broad, too. What are some of the best plugins? And this one, she’s asking for a food blog, specifically. But are there any plugins that you love? Or any websites you use on a regular basis?

Like, when I try to create my own images for my website with any text or whatever, I love using PicMonkey.com. and that’s been really helpful for me to make quick images that look professional. What are some of your favorite websites, or plugins, or whatever else that you think are really helpful for blogs and person trying to create their own content, and a beautiful website at the same time?

Jim: So there is a super broad question.

Juli Bauer: I know! Gah, that was the worst. Sorry Jim.

Jim: {laughs} I’m trying to think of an answer to that in any type of beneficial way.

Juli Bauer: Well, what do you think for plugins? Do you have any specific plugins that you go back to time and time again?

Jim: Specific plugins that we use time and time again. Probably not. Typically tend to avoid plugins wherever possible. Just; and this is more the developer side of me than most people are going to deal with. For the most part, plugins tend to be a little bloated. Where as if you need to add a search bar to your website, you can use a plugin that’s going to do it. But it’s really three lines of code. Whereas you might install a plugin where it’s going to have all this extra stuff you don’t need. So we try to keep that as thin as possible, so you don’t bog down your site.

Juli Bauer: Oh, ok.

Jim: So I can’t really think of one or two plugins that we rely on every day. I just don’t. But some of the more common ones that will be beneficial. I have a terrible answer for that.

Juli Bauer: That’s ok.

Jim: Useful websites I could tell you for sure that I do most of the keyword research on Sam Rush. That’s where I’ll usually spend most of my time doing keyword research part. I don’t know if that’s the answer you’re looking for as far as where food bloggers spend most of their time. But if you spend half an hour or so researching a post before you publish it, you’ll give yourself a much better shot at actually attracting people to it. Apart from that, I can’t really think of any other good multipurpose or useful research websites. I probably disappointed whoever asked that question.

Juli Bauer: No. That was pulling in half my question, half of hers. And obviously, you’ve created all kinds of websites over the years. Have you been working more in the food blog industry, or have you just done a couple of those? What kind of different websites have you built over the years, if you’ve obviously been doing it since you were 12! Which is crazy.

Jim: {Laughs} You name it. I’ve built everything from someone who sold wooden bowties to someone who sold mermaid costumes. I mean, you name it, I’ve probably come across it at least twice.

Juli Bauer: What’s the hardest thing you’ve worked on?

Jim: My own, probably. To be honest.

Juli Bauer: Really?

Jim: Yeah. The whole thing; the shoemakers kids don’t have nice shoes. I spend 20 hours a day working on other people’s stuff. You always push your stuff to the end of the to-do list. So probably the hardest one, I’d say that’s my own. But technically, the functionality wise. I don’t know; there’s a wide mix. We do probably 60% food blogs.

Juli Bauer: Dang.

Jim: I think that has a lot to do with the word of mouth referral thing.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Jim: We got into a good groove of people there, and it just kind of spread like wildfire. So there’s definitely a much higher concentration of food bloggers than anything else.

Juli Bauer: That’s sweet.

Jim: Yeah, it’s fun. We’re hungry all day. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Yeah, I’m sure. Oh my gosh, I can’t imagine. When you were building mine, and you were going through 700 recipes and plugging those all in. That is bananas.

Jim: Yeah.

Juli Bauer: So this is a little outside of the blog, just a little bit. Do you have an email subscription service you recommend? I use MailChimp because it was easy and quick. I find it pretty expensive at this point, with my email. But is there any you like or prefer?

Jim: I’m at a toss up with that. MailChimp is probably the most user-friendly for people. Especially if you’re just getting started, it’s probably the right one to start with. If you have a larger mailing list, you might still be good on MailChimp just because their features are user friendly. Otherwise, some place like Get Response is pretty good. Convert Kit is pretty good. Pricing wise, they’re all kind of fairly similar once you start getting to that larger list. But I would stick with one of those three.

Juli Bauer: And what is considered a large list.

Jim: Usually over 10,000 people.

Juli Bauer: Ok.

Jim: Important to know, though. Make sure you do your list hygiene. Which, I don’t know if you do or not. Just making sure people who haven’t opened a single email in three years, they get removed from your list. Emails that get bounced, remove them from your list. Doing things like that on a regular basis not only helps to keep your number down, so that way you’re not carrying a bunch of useless emails. But also helps to keep your open rate much higher. And it just makes it look better in all your metrics, that you’re not sending emails to people that never even read them.

Juli Bauer: That’s good to know. Because I have never done that.

Jim: {laughs}

Juli Bauer: {laughs} And I know I need to sit down. And I know that you can do it, I just don’t know how to do it. And I’ve never taken the time to actually devote to that. And I know I have so many bounce backs, it is terrible. So I need to do that. Thank you for the reminder Jim.

Jim: You are welcome.

Juli Bauer: Thanks for adding something else to my to-do list. That’s lovely.

Jim: {laughs} No problem. Happy to help.

Juli Bauer: What do you think about monetizing your blog? I don’t know if you do this specifically, or give advice to people. I’ve used all kinds of different ad companies over the years. I love working with Ad Thrive at this point. But I started with Google AdSense. And a person was asking the best ways to monetize your blog and getting started with programs like Google AdSense, which is what I did. And I was able to figure out more ways as I grew. So do you have any recommendations for that?

Jim: Yeah. My best recommendation is don’t expect to make a lot of money overnight.

Juli Bauer: Yes! {laughs}

Jim: A lot of people look at AdSense like; “Oh, I could just put ads on my website, drive traffic, and I’m going to get all sorts of money and it’s going to be wonderful.” But it just doesn’t happen like that. Generally, obviously you can speak to your numbers if you choose to. But you’re going make probably a lot less than you would imagine with just regular traffic. So I think looking at whether it’s Google AdSense, or Ad Thrive, or Media Mind, stuff like that. Don’t get me wrong, it’s still nice money. But for a pretty easy blog, maybe you’ll make somewhere in the range of $1000-2000 a month. And that’s if you have a ton of traffic and you’re really well optimized.

But, if you’re looking to make a fulltime job out of it, you really need to look at different monetization strategies. Whether it’s sponsored posts, or doing things like Amazon affiliates. Things like that, to really get the best bang for your buck. Really pull out as much revenue from your side as possible.

Juli Bauer: I didn’t make that much at all from Google AdSense. It wasn’t until I started working with other ad companies that I started making decent money off of advertising on my website. So I feel like you have to play around with that and figure out what’s going to work for you and your blog. Yeah, I just didn’t do very well with AdSense.

Jim: Yeah, most people don’t. It used to be great, a long time ago. But obviously as people get more comfortable on the internet, they stop clicking on ads because they know what they are.

Juli Bauer: That’s true.

Jim: So you kind of have to be a bit more savvy with how you place them. How you color them. And like I said, just looking at different money options. So making sure that you have good affiliate programs. Try to do the right thing. But I think, if I can go out on a limb here, the most important thing to do when trying to make money on your blog is not try to make money on your blog.

Juli Bauer: Totally! {laughs} Seriously. That’s what you hear from anybody who has a blog as a fulltime job.

Jim: Yeah. Most readers will hate that because they see it coming a mile away. They don’t like it, and then they leave.

Juli Bauer: So what about Google AdWords? Somebody had a question about optimizing SEO. They ask, “Is Google AdWords really worth it?” And I don’t even know what AdWords is. I’ve never used it, but I see it all the time. I get emails about it. Can you explain what AdWords is? And if you think it’s important for their website.

Jim: Sure. AdWords is, if you were searching in Google, and you see the first couple of results on the page will say “Ad” next to it, those are AdWords. And what those are is those are people who are paying usually per click for you to visit their site. So if you bid on the keyword paleo turkey pot pie. And someone searches for it, your ad shows up. You will pay, we’ll say for argument sake, 10 cents every time someone clicks on the ad. At that point, you’re just banking on the fact that you’re going to make more than 10 cents per visitor in revenue on your site.

Juli Bauer: That’s good to know.

Jim: Does that make sense?

Juli Bauer: Yeah. I just never knew what that was and if that was really important. So do you think it’s even worth people really doing that? Because I’ve never done it, and I haven’t had any sort of issue.

Jim: It depends. It depends on how broad your traffic is. If you have content on your site that’s pretty generic. We’ll say you have a landing page for how to eat paleo. That might be a more searched for term that might actually get a good amount of traffic. Let’s say, in this scenario, you have an affiliate to Butcher Box. We’ll go with that. So you want to have people go to your landing page, say this is how you start eating paleo. Sign up for a Butcher Box subscription. And you know that for every person who signs up, you’re going to get $50. In that scenario, you know that you can spend $30 trying to get traffic to your site, because you know that one out of every 100 people will click on the link and sign up, and you’ll make your $50.

So it depends on the scenario. If you have something in that kind of realm where you can direct traffic to your site, it’s going to cost you money. But you have to know that you’re going to make money on the other end. But if you do, and you know that you can spend 30 and make 50, at that point you can scale it up where you can start spending $300 per day and you know you’re going to get the money back.

Juli Bauer: OK. I get that. This is a total random question that kind of has to do with stuff. It’s just a little out there. I’ve heard of this as well. Can you explain what follow versus no-follow links are?

Jim: OK, so do-follow and no-follow links, to simplify it as much as possible, are really just a signal to Google what their affiliation to your website is. So for example, if you’re linking an ad to Amazon, you’re going to generally be a no-follow link. Just to say that’s not super related to your content. Whereas let’s say if you were sending a link from your website to Lexi’s Clean Kitchen, you’re going to want to say it’s a do-follow link, because you’re going to want to pass some association there between your site and Lexi’s.

Some people describe it like link juice is a common term that people use. Maybe not in your world, but in mind.

Juli Bauer: {laughs} Yeah. Nobody uses that in my world.

Jim: {laughs} So basically what that means is if you have, we’ll say, a value of 100 on your link power coming from Google, and you have a couple of no-follow links and do-follow links on your site. No-follow links will generally not pass any power or link juice onto the other end. Whereas if you have 100; I can’t think of a good term. But 100 gallons of link juice coming to your site, and you have a do-follow link going to Lexi’s, you’re going to pass on, again, terrible reference, but 10 gallons of link juice onto her. So she’s going to get a little SEO boost, we’ll call it, although it really doesn’t do a whole lot, coming to her website.

Juli Bauer: Ok. That’s good to know. Because I’ve had a company, they’ve asked me to change my link to a no-follow link. I was like, I don’t know what the f*ck that even means. Why are you trying to make me change something? I just didn’t get it.

Jim: Yeah, I think in general most of your links should be no-follow. And this was a super-hot topic of debate in the food blog community a little while ago. But most of your links should be no-follow by default, and then only if you, we’ll say in the 10-15% range should be do-follow links. Just because you don’t want it to be a situation where you’re passing on so much power it’s a pointless website. Or people on the other end don’t want to be getting an unnatural amount of do-follow links, either.

So if you’re on the receiving end of a link; we’ll kind of use the same reference here. We’re looking at Lexi’s site, and she has 100 links from different websites pointing to hers, and 80% of them are do-follow links, and 20% of them are not, it looks very funky to Google that she’s trying to game the system because she’s trying to get all these links from third party sites to hers. So Google likes to see more no-follow links than do-follow links coming to your site. So that’s generally why people, like whoever it was that reached out to you, want your link to them to be no-follow. Does that sort of make sense?

Juli Bauer: Yeah. OK, got you. That’s good to know. I was so confused about that.

Jim: I know we’re straddling the super-techy part, trying to keep it simple.

Juli Bauer: {laughs} Link juice, yeah.

Jim: {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Ok, so I only have one real question left. And you kind of touched on this at the beginning. But if someone is hiring a freelance designer or a web developer, what are questions that they should ask ahead of time? You kind of talked about how to find out if they’re a reliable source in general. What questions would you have a person ask that would really help them know if they’re a reliable source, other than what they see on the internet. That can’t always be the best source, either.

Jim: Yeah, no. You can definitely make up anything you want on the internet. I think the hands on best option is going to be to ask for references. If I’m looking for a web developer, I want to say; “Hey, I’ve read about you guys, but can you give me a couple of references to past clients I can reach out to and just ask about their experience with you.” And at that point you can get honest feedback from an unbiased third party that should be a very good indicator of whether or not they’re reliable. Beyond that, I don’t know that there’s a whole lot you can really look for that they can’t just fudge on their own. But really looking at their portfolio and trying to talk to some previous customers is probably the best bet.

Juli Bauer: Is it weird to ask; “Hey, Jim, can I ask what websites you’ve worked on, so I can go directly to those websites.” Is that appropriate to ask?

Jim: Yeah, 100%.

Juli Bauer: Ok.

Jim: Most companies will have a portfolio of some sort on their site or somewhere that they can easily reference for you. But no, it’s super common. A lot of people want to make sure. For example, if I only designed websites for people who sold mermaid costumes, you probably wouldn’t want me to do it for your food blog. So knowing what your clientele; or what a web designers clientele looks like, is very helpful. So that way you know they’re familiar with what your audience is looking for.

Juli Bauer: OK, good to know. So I know you weren’t trying to come on; when we were talking about having you on the podcast. You weren’t coming on to try to push you and your company by any means. But you have been such a lifesaver to me. So if I can get you into the hands of anybody out there, I’m so happy to do so, because you’ve helped me so much.

Where can people find you, and find out about your company, and see your portfolio, and see different websites you’ve worked on?

Jim: Sure. A, thank you, I appreciate that. B, I still do mean that. I don’t like the; Hey, let’s promote me, kind of thing.

Juli Bauer: I do!

Jim: {laughs} Really what I want the most is for people to have a reference where they can go just bounce a question and not get a sales pitch back.

Juli Bauer: Cool.

Jim: Which is honestly my favorite thing to do ever for people. Is to say; “Hey, I just stared out. I need help. Can you answer the question without trying to sell me $3000 worth of crap I don’t need?”

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Jim: It’s like a warm and fuzzy thing. I enjoy that part. Anyway, where people can find me, probably the easiest one would be through https://jimsabellico.com/. Which you’re probably going to have to write out, because most people can’t pronounce or spell my name.

Juli Bauer: Yes. And I’ll link that in the notes.

Jim: From there, you can either get in touch with me directly or find me on Facebook or any of the other different companies that I run. And one other option, which I’ll just reference here, which I think will be super helpful for people. We can kind of figure out the logistics of this later.

One of the things I had started with a couple of internet marketing buddies of mine is something called the Web Masters academy. And basically what we’re trying to do is demystify and simplify everything that has to go with setting up a website, and maintaining it. Not that I expect you to become a web master. But to have some place to go to get simple questions to simple answers. You can get the answer you need and move on.

So we’re still actually in the process of setting that up now, and it’s probably not going to be up for another week or so. But what I would like to offer to your listeners is the option that anything we do have on there; and we’re going to have some courses where people are looking to get super in-depth on how to figure out their page speed or how to do keyword research. We’ll put up a coupon code, and we’ll give them dirt cheap access. Because we kind of want it in as many people’s hands as possible.

So we’ll offer them a PaleOMG coupon code. And we’ll use that code, I guess that makes the most sense. We’ll give them dirt cheap access to everything so they don’t have to figure it out on their own.

Juli Bauer: Sweet! I think that sounds awesome. I think people will love that. So if people have any questions can they just reach out to you on your website?

Jim: Yeah. They can reach out to me in any way possible.

Juli Bauer: Ok.

Jim: I really don’t have to tell you this, because obviously you know firsthand. But you can email me or text me at 2 o’clock in the morning, and there’s a good chance I’ll get back to you within an hour.

Juli Bauer: I know. How do you keep up with emails? I have about 500 in my inbox that I refuse to look at.

Jim: {laughs} I actually get about 1700 to 1800 a day.

Juli Bauer: Shut the f*ck up, Jim! Are you kidding me?

Jim: The struggle is real.

Juli Bauer: How do you do it?

Jim: I batch time.

Juli Bauer: Oh my god.

Jim: One of the best things I’ve ever done was; these are the times I do it. And I just bang through them all in short spurts. Otherwise, it’d never get done.

Juli Bauer: That’s insane.

Jim: Yeah. There’s a lot going on over here. Yeah, anyone is welcome to email me. Or message me on Facebook. Whatever you want to do. Find me somehow, and I’m more than happy. Like I said, if someone has a question, they just want to BS about an answer to it, totally fine. I’m more than happy to help out.

Juli Bauer: Awesome. That’s so cool. Anybody who is listening, Jim has been a lifesaver for me. And has really completely changed my website and made it so easy and so functional and amazing. And anything I need help with, he has helped me out. So thank you so much for answering people’s questions today. I know they were pretty broad, and everybody has a different website they’re creating. But hopefully that helps people out and gets a little gauge. Then they can use that code to learn even more.

Jim: Yeah. And like I said, we’ll figure out the logistics there. 100%. If you guys have questions, please do not hesitate to ask. Because I know these were kind of broad; they’re not really going to 100% apply to your exact scenario. So if you have a further question about whether you should choose Square Space versus WordPress or WordPress.com versus WordPress.org. Which is a whole different question; I’m actually surprised it didn’t come up. Those are things that I enjoy talking about. So if you have questions, feel free to ask them. And I’ll more than happily give you a personal answer that will help you, and you don’t have to spend days of time trying to research it. Because I’m sure you know, if you spend any amount of time in a Facebook food blogger group, you will come across three million answers to every question, and none of them are right.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. That’s why I don’t look to the internet for anything. I literally just talk to my friends. So hopefully I can be the friend for other people for figuring that stuff out.

Jim: Yes. 100%.

Juli Bauer: Awesome. I’ll put all your information in the show notes here so people can find that. Or on www.PaleOMG.com under the podcast tab. You can find all the information. Thank you for fighting through this podcast today. I know your life is absolutely bananas. Maybe even more so; I know it’s more so. But it’s more so today.

Jim: Yeah, it’s a whole bunch of bananas.

Juli Bauer: Yes. So thanks for talking to me while you’re renting a car, and all that jazz. I really appreciate it Jim. I know your time is very tough to come by. You’re the best.

Jim: My pleasure. Thank you for having me.

Juli Bauer: Ok. I’ll talk to you later. Thank you guys for tuning in. Bye-bye.

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m talking to Jim Sabellico, my web developer! This guy has been a lifesaver for my blog and has helped me so much in the past couple years. He’s answering your questions and will be soon […] Today on the podcast, I’m talking to Jim Sabellico, my web developer! This guy has been a lifesaver for my blog and has helped me so much in the past couple years. He’s answering your questions and will be soon […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 44:41
Learning How to Budget w/ The School of Betty – Episode 74: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/learning-how-to-budget-w-the-school-of-betty-episode-74-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 03 Mar 2018 20:32:06 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=32846 http://paleomg.com/learning-how-to-budget-w-the-school-of-betty-episode-74-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#respond http://paleomg.com/learning-how-to-budget-w-the-school-of-betty-episode-74-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 0 Today on the podcast, I’m chatting with Brianna Firestone of The School of Betty. Brianna shares her experience about not shopping for a year and how that changed her life and led her to create The School of Betty to help others […] Today on the podcast, I’m chatting with Brianna Firestone of The School of Betty. Brianna shares her experience about not shopping for a year and how that changed her life and led her to create The School of Betty to help others change their own lives and get control of their finances! So excited to share my friends story, how she works 4 jobs, and what inspires her daily!

____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 74 Transcription!

Before we get started with this weeks’ episode, chatting with my good friend Brianna Firestone of the School of Betty, I’ve got to tell you about this weeks’ sponsor, Sun Basket. It’s already March. How insane is that? I seriously cannot believe. Time is going by so dang fast. And because of that, it’s pretty easy to forget about your own health. But Sun Basket completely changes that.

With Sun Basket, it’s easier than ever to lead a healthy lifestyle. Because they have you covered with their healthy, delicious meals. If you want to see results in 2018 when it comes to your health, it will always require some level of commitment. You have to make time to exercise, to get the right amount of sleep, and of course, you have to make time to eat right. That’s what I talk about every single week on my blog, and that’s why Sun Basket is so amazing.

Sun Basket delivers organic and clean ingredients with 18 healthy options to choose from every single week. They work with the best farms and suppliers to bring you fresh, organic produce and responsibly raised meats and seafood. Everything is premeasured and easy to prep. You can get healthy and delicious meals on the table in under 30 minutes. It’s crazy how fast they are.

Everything I’ve made for myself has taken under 30 minutes, and clean up is a breeze since everything comes already premeasured. You get these little tiny; if you only need about a tablespoon of thyme, they give you about a tablespoon of time. It’s crazy.

And Sun Basket offers paleo, gluten free, lean and clean, vegan, Mediterranean, family options, and more to suit anyone’s lifestyle. In my recent Sun Basket order, I loved the roasted paprika chicken with parsnips and pear salad. It was so easy to make, and totally inspired me in the kitchen, and made me excited to play around with parsnips and pears more.

With any of the recipes, you’re never going to get bored, they’re all delicious. Don’t let your busy lifestyle get in the ways of your healthy goals. Just because it’s March doesn’t mean you have to put your health aside. Sun Basket is convenient, and they will make healthy eating in your household easier than ever. Go to SunBasket.com/PaleOMG today to learn more and get $35 off your first order. That’s SunBasket.com/PaleOMG for $35 off.

Now, let’s get to chatting with Brianna Firestone.

Juli Bauer: Ok, let’s get started. Ok, hi Bri! As everybody knows you as Brianna. I usually do some sort of intro, but it just doesn’t feel natural. So we’re just going to keep it on a personal level. Because that’s how we’ve known each other for years.

Brianna Firestone: I like it. Yeah.

Juli Bauer: So, everybody on the internet that has looked you up now knows you as Brianna. But I know you as Bri. Because I met you; now it has to be probably 6 years ago. When did you start at CrossFit Broadway?

Brianna Firestone: Yeah. I’ve been at Broadway now 6 years in January, so that’s right.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. Let’s talking about how we met in the first place. Do you remember your first class at Broadway? Was it your first time doing CrossFit in general?

Brianna Firestone: Yeah. I remember when I started because I had run a marathon that October. And it was awful. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: {laughs} Was it your first one?

Brianna Firestone: It was my first marathon. And around mile 19, I was like; this is for the birds. I just didn’t do enough cross training, and I felt awful. And so I really wanted to get some better conditioning and build some muscle; just strengthen my muscles so that I could run a marathon and actually get a better time. So I found CrossFit, and I kind of heard about it before. Obviously I lived around the corner from where Broadway was. So I signed up and did my Elements. And I just remember thinking I was in decent shape, and having that quickly wiped away the minute I walked in there and had my first workout {laughs}.

Juli Bauer: Yes.

Brianna Firestone: Especially when we got to the pullups. I was like; oh, surely I can do one pullup. And I just couldn’t even get close. So I was like; alright, this is humbling. It totally changed my definition of what fitness was. But I think the first time; I can’t remember the first time you coached me. But I do remember, I had just started with my friend Lauren. And that was when the Southwest Regional was in Colorado.

Juli Bauer: OH, yeah.

Brianna Firestone: And that was when you were at the height of competing. And CrossFit Broadway had a team, and then you and the owner were also in it. I just remember kind of fangirling a little bit. Is that embarrassing? {laughs}

Juli Bauer: {laughing} No, that’s hilarious.

Brianna Firestone: And just being totally blown away by what these athletes could do. I was just totally hooked from that moment.

Juli Bauer: That’s the best. It’s so funny. We had a guy in class yesterday, in the class I was working out in. And he was a pretty good shape guy, but it was his first time doing CrossFit. And he got pullups right away, but he was like; I just feel so stupid. I can’t keep this rhythm of the kipping pullups. I feel so dumb right now.

It’s amazing how you can feel in shape. And no matter what kind of athlete background you came from; CrossFit just really brings you back down to earth real quick.

Brianna Firestone: Yeah. It’s humbling.

Juli Bauer: It’s so humbling.

Brianna Firestone: It’s very humbling.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. So will you kind of tell everybody about Brianna. I feel so weird saying Brianna. But about Bri. {laughs} It’s so funny when I see it online. Because I spell Brian’s name as Bri in my phone, but I spell yours as Bree, in my phone. So it’s a tad confusing.

Brianna Firestone: {laughs}

Juli Bauer: So Brianna makes sense online. But will you tell everybody a little bit about your background. Kind of where you grew up and how you started your first job. A little bit about living in New York City, because I can’t imagine living there. When I go there, I feel so overwhelmed. So will you kind of just tell people about your background, and what you’ve done for work, and all that fun stuff.

Brianna Firestone: Yeah. I have always considered myself to be eclectic in the sense that I have all of these different loves, and that is very true in how my story and just my life and how my career kind of unfolded. But I grew up in a really small town outside of Springfield, Missouri, called Rogersville. It maybe had 2000 people when I was growing up; I think it’s more now.

Juli Bauer: Dang.

Brianna Firestone: Yeah. Real small. And we had tractor day at high school. There were cow pastures outside of the football field. So totally small town America. I loved growing up there, and I loved being at home in the woods. And I grew up on a gravel road. But I’d always been interested in music. And my Granny, my Granny Betty. There’s a story there. My Granny Betty played the piano for me every Sunday. And I just started singing, and I was really involved in choir. And it wasn’t until my senior year of high school that I kind of got on this track of; yeah, I’m really digging this theater thing and I kind of want to do it.

So I ended up going to a private women’s college in Columbia, Missouri, called Stephens. It was known for the performing arts. And I just loved it. I went there, and paid for my own college because I chose to go to this private women’s college, which was not the most cost efficient. So I ended up getting as many scholarships as I could and then paying for the rest in student loans.

They have a program where you can graduate in three years, so I breezed through there. I graduated in three years. So I was 21 when I was graduating. I went home for 6 months, and I saved money, and I was like; I’m going to move to the big city. Total country bumpkin moving to New York City. I was serving tables at this little Mexican restaurant, and I met my really good friend Adelia. And we just were having a conversation one day, and I was like; yeah, I’m going to move to New York City. And she was like; oh, that sounds good. I have family there. And we were like; let’s do it! We just decided we were going to be friends and roommates. And we moved to New York City.

We bought a one-way ticket. Actually it was on February 17th. We bought a one-way ticket, and we went there. We lived in this tiny apartment. It was one room. We paid $300 cash. It was almost to Coney Island. All of these different things. And my mind was blown in the first week that I was there. Because you can imagine; I grew up riding horses and driving around the backroads of Missouri, and here I am living in this big city. And I had no idea this big world that was out there. So I’m super grateful for it.

I learned very quickly in that time that getting up at 3 a.m. to go stand in line to maybe get an audition for a minute to be girl number 20 in the back row probably wasn’t my thing.

Juli Bauer: {laughs}

Brianna Firestone: {laughs} I had this moment where I was serving tables. I had two servings jobs. And I was serving tables at this pretty famous diner. It’s all windows, and it’s on the corner in the Flat Iron district. And I was serving this cheese burger and fries. I will never forget this. And Sex in the City was shooting at that time. And things were shooting all the time around the city. And as I’m serving this cheese burger and fries, I’m putting it down on the table. I look up, and Kim Cattrall is walking out of her trailer. And she just looks fabulous.

And I had this moment of, “No. I can’t do this anymore.” {laughs} Kim Cattrall just walked out of her trailer looking fabulous. And here I am living in that; like, I want to be an actress, serving cheese burgers. And it was just not my jam.

Juli Bauer: {laughs} So it wasn’t like; Kim Cattrall did it, I could do it too!

Brianna Firestone: It was not motivating for me. {laughs} And I think part of that was because I was always very interested in other things. I did some PR in college, and then I ran PR for a summer stock theater before I moved to New York City. I just was interested in business. So I just felt in my being that performing wasn’t all I had to do in my life. And everything; I wanted to do more.

So I called everyone I knew, and I ended up getting a job at Meredith Publishing, which is one of the big magazine publishers. They do Better Homes and Garden, and Ladies Home Journal. And I started in their sales department, and learned quickly how much I did not know about excel.

Juli Bauer: {laughing}

Brianna Firestone: All these things. I finally told my college, actually, with the alumni group. I’m like; you have go to teach these sweet little actors some business skills! {laughs} because they are walking into these jobs and the have no idea what’s going on.

But I worked there, and then I went into PR. I worked for this amazing boutique PR farm where it totally built my career. I got to travel. We had a lot of Italian clients, and it was all in design and architecture. And I just loved it. It was a new industry and I didn’t know anything about it, but I knew aesthetically that I just loved these beautiful things.

I worked for them for 6 years, and then at the time my husband and I were just kind of tired of New York City. We ended up coming to Denver, because we loved hiking and snow boarding and all of those beautiful things. Not realizing just how unbelievable Denver truly is. Especially that weather. First summer here with no humidity and not smelling rotting trash on the sidewalk was pretty magical. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: That’s what is so bananas to me about living in New York. You’re paying insane amount of money to live in a very small space, and you’re going to these incredibly expensive restaurants, and all their trash is out front. So you’re taking in the trash smells as your walking into a place you’re about to spend $100 on one meal? I’m like, how is this f*cking cool? That’s just bananas to me.

Brianna Firestone: I know. But there certainly is a vibe to the city, and I loved it for so long. After a while, the novelty wears off about carrying your groceries 10 blocks and up three flights of stairs. When you’re 21, that’s really; we’re doing it. We’re in the big city. And then after a while, you’re like; oh my god, this is the worst thing ever.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. That’s completely fair.

Brianna Firestone: Yeah. So we came to Denver. And my career kind of led me. I left that PR firm eventually, after three years here. I flew back and forth, which kind of ended up being really stressful. And I got into nonprofit. I worked for a cancer organization for a while because that’s dear to my heart. And then I ended up at a large performing arts center here in Denver. And doing their marketing. I’m in my 6th season. We talk in seasons at the performing arts center. {laughs}

But as I was doing that, like I said, I’m multi-passionate. And I just felt a larger driver and a purpose. Which actually, I was thinking about this the other day and I found some old notes. You and I met like in November of 2015 or 2014, I can’t remember. But you and I were talking about how I could help you just kind of do some things. Because I was kind of toying with creating my own business. I was just in that exploratory stage where I wasn’t sure what it was yet. So it’s funny I just found those notes.

So I’ve been working on this for a while, I just didn’t know what it was. And that kind of evolved in the last year, which was the School of Betty.

Juli Bauer: Well, that kind of leads into whatever the School of Betty is. So for people who maybe only listen to the podcast and don’t go to my blog. Which you totally should. I had Bri do a guest post kind of about budgeting in the New Year. And it’s funny; Bri was like, I don’t know if I should do that. Because so many of your people shop through you.

Brianna Firestone: {laughs}

Juli Bauer: But what I loved about Bri is we talked about her budgeting just at the gym. So you told me at one point that you were doing no shopping for a year. And to me, that’s bananas. So obviously that means on clothing. It’s not like you’re not grocery shopping or any of the necessities that you need in your life. But you were doing no shopping. And everybody else at the gym were like; how the hell could you do that?

So then you were even talking about budgeting stuff with the owner of our gym. Who I’ve had on the podcast before. And then it’s kind of really turned into a new business. So can you talk about first that no shopping thing you did for yourself, and how you’ve turned it into explaining that into others, and putting that into their own lifestyles?

Brianna Firestone: Yeah. So in this fabulous life in New York City, I was living the fabulous life. But I made a PBR salary. But you know, living the Champion life. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: {laughs}

Brianna Firestone: So it all starts; I got my first credit card when I was 18. So as I was going into college. And I really kind of started those shopping habits in college. I took 20 hours of class. I was in rehearsals 5 hours a day. And we went to school three years straight; we didn’t have a summer break. So when I think about that now, of course I was shopping. Because I didn’t necessarily know how to handle the stress of that and just all of the emotions that were happening.

But fast forward, I moved to New York City, which is this glittery thing that has all of these enticements around every single corner. And I just started shopping a lot. I got that job at the magazine, and it was cleverly in a location right across from Grand Central Station. There are all these shops in there. There’s a Starbucks literally every five feet. I didn’t even know what Starbucks was at that time, I don’t think. Truly, country bumpkin when I moved there.

And I just started shopping. And I eventually shopped so much that I woke up and I had $30,000 in credit card debt. I’ve had over 10 credit cards that were totally maxed out. And not maxing them out for like a fun vacation or anything that I would actually need or use. It was just clothing or eating out. And I still had $28,000 in student loan debt from putting myself through college.

So here I am, I’m 23 years old, 22-23 years old, and I have $58,000 in debt. And I’m barely making $30,000 a year. I am drinking Grande Starbucks mochas twice a day like they’re going out of style. And I could not freaking figure out why the hell I did not have money. Mind you, my rent at that time was not expensive. I think I paid $700 at that time for rent. And that, in New York City, was just bonkers.

So I finally just; I remember the moment where I had this ah-ha. And I was working at the magazine. And my boss at the time, she was talking about how she needed to increase her credit score. And I’m like; what the eff is a credit score? I had no idea what that was. And she was like, you can go on here and get it for free. So I did that. And it was not good.

Juli Bauer: Oh no!

Brianna Firestone: {laughs} You get a credit score, they tell you all the reasons why it’s not good. And I was like; oh no! I had no idea. I was totally oblivious.

Juli Bauer: Well that’s what’s so upsetting. We’re raised; unless you have a family who really pushes that every single day so you actually understand it. I never knew what a credit score was, and I didn’t know how important it was. How are you supposed to know that? We’re not taught that in school. Nobody teaches you that unless your parents decide to take that on. It’s like, so many of us are in that space of coming out of college, and being like; oh. Money is a real thing. Holy sh*t. {laughs}

Brianna Firestone: Oh, for sure. And that accounting class that you took where you’re actually balancing your checkbook and stuff, or not really. It doesn’t equate to actual real life. And you bring up such a good point; and I preach this all day long in that we are taught how to make money and how to spend it, but no one actually tells us how to manage it.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Brianna Firestone: Because no one teaches us, we don’t have a way that, unless you were lucky enough to have someone around you. Either a parent, mentor, or friend, who really knows what the hell you’re talking about or has good positive habits and behaviors around money, that’s what you’re learning. So we beat ourselves up about how we manage our money, when we’re actually not taking a step back and realizing that we weren’t ever taught. And if we were taught, recognizing that the person who taught us probably learned the exact same way that we did. So it’s just all of these bad habits that continue to be passed down.

So there’s all this shame around debt, and how people are managing their money. And that doesn’t have to be there. Because once you recognize; oh, I wasn’t actually taught how to do it. It kind of changes the landscape a little bit.

So I got that credit score, and I was like; holy Jesus this is so bad. And I just decided that I needed to change the game. I didn’t want to live paycheck to paycheck. And I was stressing out. I’m actually going to start sharing on my blog; this is big. I might regret this later.

Juli Bauer: {laughs}

Brianna Firestone: But I have been journaling off and on since I was 16, and I have these pretty incredible entries, where I’m talking about money and how it has stressed me out. And I’m going to start sharing those. Because I think it’s important that people understand what they’re feeling, stress around money, is not unusual and so many people feel that way. So I’m about to unveil the mental habits of Brianna, moving forward.

Juli Bauer: That’s awesome.

Brianna Firestone: But I cracked down. I created this excel budget spreadsheet. It’s the same one I use today. I’ve been passing that thing out to people for the last 8 or 9 years, just when they’ve talked about; I need to budget. Or I’m not sure how to do this.

And what I realized; I was living here. I paid off all that debt. I have an almost perfect credit score. And I did all this work. And I had this realization. It was probably 8 or 9 years ago, I guess. I had paid everything off, and I was living within my budget, but I still wasn’t happy and I still shopped. So I still shopped a lot. I wouldn’t think twice about going to Ross, or Nordstrom and just dropping $400. And at that time, I wasn’t working for the PR firm. So I don’t know who I was dressing up for. {laughs} I didn’t really have any reason to be shopping.

And I just had this aha; we had some financial circumstances that basically was the catalyst for me to say; I have to do something drastic. And I was like; alright. What is the hardest thing I could actually do that would change the money game for me? And it was giving up shopping. So I just kind of did it cold turkey one November. And I went on this journey. And it changed my life. Because I finally started connecting the dots about how our decisions around money are so emotional, and how so much of that debt, and that activity of shopping, and that habit, and that behavior was just all around my emotions and my stress. And the fact that I just wasn’t really happy.

So, that is when I started to talk about it on just my personal Facebook. I’ve had other friends who have done a year of no shopping as well. And they put $20,000 in their savings account that year. I was able to donate over $2000. So when I did it, I also said, If I see anyone on my Facebook that’s like, “hey I’m raising money for this organization,” I would at a minimum give them $25. If I could give them more, I would.

So I kind of went on this quest and this journey that really, truly taught me how to be grateful for what I had. And honestly, I had a lot. I had so much. And the minute I started appreciating things, what I had already, I didn’t need the things. And it’s life changing.

I just want everyone to be able to experience that. Especially if they have stress around their finances. It’s such a game changer. And it can change your future, and how you deal with money. And it can change how you teach your kids about money.

So I just kind of got on this; when I finally figured out that the School of Betty was what I wanted to do, and really helping people manage their resources. So their money, their time, and their energy, this was the very first thing I thought of. I thought; this is a unique 90-day challenge. And it’s more than just giving up shopping. People are going to walk away with this huge aha; several aha moments that are going to change their future.

Juli Bauer: So, before you get into the School of Betty and talking more about that. When you talk about this budgeting spreadsheet that you came up with and that you shared with so many of your friends. How did you come up with that in the first place? How did you create that? Does that background kind of go back to your experience with excel?

Because to me, when people kind of ask me about budgeting on a regular basis. When I was out of college, I was making $17,000 a year. So there was no budgeting. It was saving as much as I f*cking could, paying for groceries, and paying rent. I was not going out. I wasn’t buying anything. It was like I would get one new pair of workout pants per year type of thing.

So for me, I’ve always just saved everything. And I know what I can spend more on. So when it comes to food, and my business, I know when I can spend a little bit more on that. And I know when I’m comfortably paying my credit cards off, versus; oh that seemed a little bit high. But I don’t know my exact budgeting, month per month. I just know when I’m in the clear and when I’m like; oh, ok. I need to take a look at things a little bit more.

So how did you come up with that in the first place?

Brianna Firestone: That is a great question. I was probably high on sugar from one of the mochas that I drank. {laughing}

Juli Bauer: {laughs} So good. I miss those day.

Brianna Firestone: Let’s talk about what two Grande mochas will do to your body twice a day.

Juli Bauer: I miss when I had those Starbucks drinks. They were so f*cking good.

Brianna Firestone: Oh god, yeah. That and about three diet cokes. So I was really killing it there.

Juli Bauer: Oh my god.

Brianna Firestone: {laughs} Killing my insides. That’s what I was doing. That’s a great question. I don’t know. I remember that I wasn’t Googling or figuring things out. And in that first job I had, I worked in the sales department and I was responsible for pulling sales weekly reports. So I had to learn very quickly how to use that excel document, and how to kind of navigate it. So I learned there.

I remember I took an excel class in college. But you know, a lot of things don’t stick in the big university.

Juli Bauer: No, never.

Brianna Firestone: So I don’t remember any of it. I just remember that I needed to create a way that made sense to me. And I needed to figure out a way for my brain that worked for me. And it really; you’re kind of nailing it when you say you don’t really know exactly either what I’m spending or what I need to spend a month. And that’s where I started. Because I was in this place of like; ok, I have all this credit card debt. I’m not making a ton of money. And through the years, obviously once I gave up shopping for a year I was making more money so I could sustain my horrible shopping habit.

But I started at this point where I said; I don’t even know, at a minimum, how much money I need a month to survive.

Juli Bauer: Totally.

Brianna Firestone: So that’s where I started. And that’s not rocket science. You can look at a lot of different budgets now. So for me; these are the fixed costs a month. If I lost my job suddenly, or my circumstances changed, what is that total amount that I need to survive. To keep a roof over my head. To be able to get to work. To eat. To pay my utilities. All of those things.

So once I started there, and I knew what that minimum was, then I could start looking at everything else on top of it. Those variable, kind of luxury expenses. And as I started going through it, it was more just trial and error and understanding that those variable expenses, those ones that change, that’s where you have the most impact. At least, not necessarily in big dollar amounts. But that’s where you can make some shifts. You can eliminate those things that you want instead of the things that you need.

That’s where some of the hard decisions come up. You either are dedicated and wanting to get out of debt to live a stress-free life. Or you continue the bad habits. So I just kind of started from a place where it needed to make sense for me. And this excel sheet does not have any bells and whistles.

I actually created one with some bells and whistles, and I absolutely hate it. {laughs} This is so simple. But a lot of people, if you’re not working in Excel. Sometimes you just need someone to create the path for you. Or to create the framework for you. And if it resonates with you, then it’s easier to kind of adapt it.

Juli Bauer: I can’t believe I still haven’t got that from you. Because I need to do that. I need to be a big girl.

Brianna Firestone: {laughing}

Juli Bauer: I have big girl friends, it’s time for me to be the big girl. {laughs} OK, let’s talk about the School of Betty. Because what we haven’t really touched on; you have your full-time job. And you have just started and kicked off the School of Betty. You coach at CrossFit. You have like 40 million jobs. Your helping your husband with his job. There’s a million jobs you have. So we have a time frame in this podcast to stick with.

Will you talk about what the School of Betty is, how you started it? You’ve kind of touched upon what you’re trying to accomplish with it. But give people the breakdown of the School of Betty and how you really put it together in general. And started a new business while you still have a full-time job. So you’re drinking 400 coffees a day still.

Brianna Firestone: Yes! {laughing}

Juli Bauer: Just not mochas. {laughs}

Brianna Firestone: I actually only drink about two cups a day. And it’s so funny because everyone on my social media thinks that I basically have an IV of coffee, and I just drink it all day. I don’t, you guys. But you know, there’s a prime example. Perception.

That’s a great question. I would say probably three years ago. I just started feeling this; I don’t know. It gets a little woo-woo. But I just started feeling like I had more to give to the world, and I wanted to make an impact. Giving back has always been a really huge deal to me, and also going through that year of no shopping where I was able to donate to charities. It just felt amazing. And I loved being able to do that.

So I kind of was on this quest to figure out what it was. And I said I’m a multi-passionate person. And I wasn’t a matter of; I’ve got to find my passion. Because for me, I feel like passion is very different than purpose. I have a lot of passions. I’m super passionate about the arts. And what that can do for young kids. I’m super passionate about cancer research. I’m passionate about all these things, but I felt like there was this purpose that I needed to be doing. And I couldn’t figure out what it was.

So I just kind of started down this path, where I started throwing myself into situations where I would explore. Like for CrossFit Broadway, I did a whole business analysis. I did that project for you, where we kind of talked to some book agents. So I kind of started exploring what is it. I need to just start doing things to figure out if this is it or not.

And as I kept going down this road, I did Marie Forleo’s B School, which is actually staring on Monday. And it was just this scary amount of money for me at the time. It was a 6-week program of really how to start an online business. And I just started there, because I was like; I don’t know. I have kind of an idea of what it might be. I was like; do I want to go back to PR? Do I want to do PR only for female clients? There were all these things that I was kind of exploring.

I just did the work. I think that’s one of the things that a lot of people, if they feel like this calling, or they’re not happy in their job, is they expect it to be this lightbulb moment where they’re like, “oh that’s it!” And it’s like, no. You actually have to kind of dig in there and figure it out. Because you might find that your passion is not something that you want to do every single day. Or that there are elements about it that don’t make you happy.

So, I did Marie Forleo. And I just kind of had this moment. I knew I wanted to do something with this 90-day no shopping. Because I knew it could impact a lot of people. And I don’t know how I kind of came to of; this is it. I’m helping people manage their money, their time, and their energy. Except it was more of how I lived my life. And I just kind of recognize that anytime I’m feeling a lot of stress in my life.

If I go back and look at how I’m spending my money; are my finances stressing me out, or is it my time or my energy? If any of those feel out of whack, I couldn’t ever get to the big stuff. I couldn’t ever get to my career, my purpose, or really nurturing my relationships. Or my health. I just couldn’t focus on them. If you’ve ever had financial problems, it’s the only thing you can think of.

So, I’ve always kind of lived by those are the foundation for my happiness. And I have to make sure that those are really going on all cylinders. And that’s kind of where I had this moment of; yeah. That’s it. I want to share that with other people, because it works. And it works for me. And that’s how I kind of did it. I did a 90-day no shopping in September. And I’m currently in a February 90-day no shopping. And I know we have some of your listeners and fans who are in that. It’s a total 180. I completely changed the program, and I’m just so happy with how it’s going.

So that’s kind of where I got to it. It took me a while to kind of hone what the School of Betty was. But the minute I figured it out; I was like, that’s it. And it’s amazing how much drive you can have for something. They always say you teach the thing that’s hardest for you to manage. And I had so many struggles with managing my money. And I constantly have to be aware of my time and my energy. As you said; I have 4 jobs. And so I am constantly having to keep check of myself. And it’s a good place to be. Because I feel like I’m always learning with my students, and continuing to figure out ways that work for me that might work for them. I kind of rambled a little bit there.

Juli Bauer: No, not at all.

Brianna Firestone: Lock it up, Firestone.

Juli Bauer: {laughs} So, I always get this question so I kind of want to ask you. Since you are a person who is working 5 jobs. I’m sorry, 4 jobs at the moment. {laughs}

Brianna Firestone: {laughs}

Juli Bauer: I’m sure you’ll add a 5th one soon.

Brianna Firestone: Yeah! {laughing}

Juli Bauer: What is it that you have to do that keeps you motivated and keeps you organized? So for me, something that I’ve started to do is I get up and I do my makeup and I do my hair every single morning. And I have a to-do list. And those three things make me feel more organized and I can start my day exactly how I need to and I know I will get everything done throughout the day by starting it by putting on makeup and leading it throughout the day with that to-do list and marking it off.

So are there any things that you stick with that keep you motivated? Because that’s a question I get almost every single time I do a listener questions podcast. People are always asking that. So it’s fun to hear that from other sources what they do, specifically.

Brianna Firestone: Yeah. I love the whole; when I worked from home, which I do a little bit now. But I definitely had to put on the makeup, do my hair, and get ready like I was going somewhere. Because it just put me in the right mental space that I need to be in.

Juli Bauer: Totally.

Brianna Firestone: That’s a great question. I would say first and foremost; and I say this a lot when I have others asking me that are trying to also start their own business. And that is, if you’re constantly finding yourself not motivated to do the work, you need to ask yourself what is it that’s holding you back. There’s something there. Are you truly not on the right thing? Or is there a block? What’s going on. Because that’s a number one indicator.

Because I do feel like, when you’re dialing in on your purpose, and truly what you are excited about passionate about, you do it. The amount of energy you have to put towards it is unbelievable. That’s not to say you’re not going to have a day where you just want to lie on the couch and watch The Bachelor all day.

Juli Bauer: F*ck yeah.

Brianna Firestone: But for the most part, you should have that energy. And for me, because I’m doing so many things that I love. I love all of them. I love coaching CrossFit. I love my job here at the center. I love what I do for School of Betty. It means I have to manage my time. And for me, one of the biggest lessons I had to learn was actually make space to create space. Because I’m a go, go, go. Your brain; it gets tired after a while. It’s like getting on a horse and expecting that horse to ride 7 days a week, 24/7. Your body gets tired.

So I started creating a morning routine that kind of put me in the right space. So similar to you. But I’d start immediately with 10 or 15 minutes of meditation. Which, let me tell you, I’ve only been doing that since December. It’s a game changer for me, but it is effing hard. Because my brain will not shut down. Which is totally why I need to do it. And I kind of write in a journal after that. So I don’t get my coffee until after I meditate. So there’s a habit loop for you. I get my reward. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: {laughing}

Brianna Firestone: Take some time. And I really schedule out most of my day, down to the hour or the minute. Especially on a day that I know I need to get a lot of stuff done. I know you do that too.

Juli Bauer: It’s the best.

Brianna Firestone: So like in the morning; I know I’m firing on all cylinders in the morning. I know I’ve got some really good brain juice happening. So I want to take advantage of it. So I often do a lot of Betty work in the morning. So either I’m writing something or I’m creating a script for a video or I’m finessing some curriculum or creating a worksheet. I like to do that in the morning, because my brain just feels good and refreshed.

And sometimes I’ll get a second wind in the evening, but I really just schedule out my week. I take a look at it on the weekends, and I set myself up for success. So I create things that make it easy for me. Which is really what I teach around habits as well. If I don’t want to stress out about dinner or making sure that we’re not eating out and we’re eating well, I need to take time and prep for two hours on Sunday, and it’s going to make my week really easy to get through.

And also listening to your body. Because I do think there are times; and you probably feel this way too. That you are tired. You went through a really rough week or two weeks. And you probably do just need to lie on the couch and watch TV all day and relax and not beat yourself up about it. There is this kind of fine balance between the hustle and the quiet that I think is really hard for an entrepreneur to find. It’s really hard for someone who is also doing the side hustle as well.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. And I think it’s hard for us; I think what people need to remember if they’re working multiple jobs or they just go all out on their job all the time. Its’ a great reminder that; ok, listen to your body. Take a break because then you’re going to be maybe 10 times more productive when you actually start getting after it the next morning. Because that’s what I have to do at night. I’m like; ok. What I’m writing is so boring at this point, because I’m not functioning well. So sleep on it; I’ll be better in the morning.

And knowing when you need to take time off. That’s a huge thing about taking care of your body in general. That has to do with sleep patterns and working out and eating healthy. You also have to know when to cut it off, too.

Brianna Firestone: Oh, absolutely.

Juli Bauer: It must be hard for you, when you’re working four different jobs.

Brianna Firestone: {laughs}

Juli Bauer: That must be very a challenging point.

Brianna Firestone: Your listeners are going to think I am nuts.

Juli Bauer: Yeah, well you are, but in a good way. You know? In the best way possible.

Brianna Firestone: Yeah. I mean, the thing is I’m not doing anything I dislike. And if you focus. I always say this; what you focus on will flourish. If you put the right energy towards something, it will do amazing things. So I just, I would say if you’re trying to start a side business while you have a full-time job, you just have to make sure that you’re creating expectations. What are you really capable of doing? How much can you build while you have a fulltime job? Or you also have a husband, and kids, or a wife, or a partner, whatever.

And part of that is just kind of feeling it out. You just kind of have to start. For so many people, you just have to start and kind of figure out what your flow is. And then pay attention to it. And then really set your expectations to something that feels good to you. And that you’re also giving yourself some small wins along the way. I say this all the time. Especially when it relates to paying off debt or budgeting. We never judge ourselves on our actual progress; we’re only judging ourselves on our expectations.

So, so many times when we’re going through things, we have all these amazing wins and success, and we don’t celebrate it because we didn’t hit what we had in our brain. Which was probably outlandish and crazy in the first place.

And I actually just posted that about the Open. The CrossFit Open can do crazy things to your brain. And I know you and I have talked about that a little bit. Like; ok, what are my expectations here? And what are the wins that I have in 18.1 that were really great for me. Knowing that I’ve been on this train where I’ve really only been working out once or twice a week. All of this stuff.

I think it’s so important that you listen to your body and your feelings. I know it gets woo-woo and emotional, but our emotions drive so many of our actions and our decisions. And if you are not tapping into that and paying attention to it, you’re not going to be able to figure out what’s not working.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. So what do people do to get involved with the School of Betty? And what should they expect when they’re actually involved with it? Because I know all your courses are full at the moment. But how do people find out more about School of Betty and get involved with it if they want to get control of their money. Which, everybody does, honestly.

Brianna Firestone: Yeah. So many people feel like they’re alone in their money situation. Especially if you’re going to a party and people are talking about their investments, and their retirement. And if you’re not doing that, it feels really crappy. And I think what a lot of people don’t realize is that you’re not the only one who feels that way. So many people have issues around their finances.

So going to theSchoolofBetty.com. You’ll see quickly where you can sign up for my weekly newsletter. And that newsletter is really me giving you free tips and guides to help you manage your money, your time, and your energy.

I really always say start there. I want to build a relationship with you. I want to actually jive with you. So I always tell people when they sign up; if after two emails they’re just not feeling it, then they should probably unsubscribe. Because life is too short to clutter the email inbox with something you don’t like.

Juli Bauer: Oh my gosh. Is that part of your course of cleaning out your inbox? Because I need that course too. {laughing}

Brianna Firestone: It’s so funny, I’m actually doing that myself. It is one of the things for the no shopping I ask people to unsubscribe from emails that could entice them to buy something. But yeah, I also have a free download, and that’s five actions you can take today that will help you create a better relationship with your money. And the purpose of that is to show people you don’t have to move mountains. You just have to take some movement. There are small actions that you can take that really make a difference.

And one of them, if you’re struggling with your money, is just checking your bank account every single day. And you’d be surprised at how hard that is for people. And like you mentioned when you were first starting out; you made $17,000 a year. It’s usually individuals who are on a straight up, really, really strict budget and just aren’t using credit cards. They are checking that bank account five times a day.

It’s those who are in that space of; “I know I make enough money. I don’t know where it all goes.” That is checking that bank account is really difficult. Or they just don’t want to face how much money they’re spending towards one thing and not another. So it’s really starting there.

And if someone is interested in the 90-day no shopping challenge, there is a wait list on theSchoolofBetty.com and you can sign up. You’re going to be getting my tips leading up to that, but the next one will start in the summer time. And it’s pretty magical. I love it. It makes my heart burst the same way it makes my ovaries burst when I see a dog video.

Juli Bauer: {laughing}

Brianna Firestone: {laughs}

Juli Bauer: You’re the best.

Brianna Firestone: {laughs} When I see my students in our private Facebook group just being vulnerable, and talking about some of their issues that day. Seeing everyone else support them. Or just having these quick breakthroughs. We’re heading into week three of our challenge, and already some of the breakthroughs that individuals are having are just unbelievable. And that makes my heart swell.

It’s easy to do 20 jobs, when what you’re doing feels really good.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. It’s just so freaking cool to see you starting this completely new business. And reaching out to more; of course both women and men. But being a voice within the female community and showing that you can be this independent person. Because especially; when we’ve kind of talked about this, we went out to brunch the other day. And how the women’s roles have really changed throughout the years.

And so many times in the past, maybe our parents or our grandparents, they really stuck with a job. A lot of those people stuck with jobs they didn’t like, and were unhappy, and just said that’s how it has to be. And you, and me, and many of our friends now in the female community, are saying, “I don’t have to be unhappy. I can do a job I love. I can be happy for the rest of my life.” And that’s what you’re doing. And that’s so freaking cool to watch.

And more women, if we see more women doing that, we’re going to feel more impacted and more excited to try something on our own. And you’re making that more possible for people by showing them how to budget. That’s so freaking cool.

Brianna Firestone: Oh, thank you. Well you’ve been; you know I fangirl over you. And you’ve been a really huge inspiration. Because I love; just even out of college, you’re like, that’s not for me. I’m not going to go sit in an office. It just was very clear to you. And even in the face of people saying you need health insurance, or you need a 401K, or need a consistent job. You just never really adhere to that rule of thought, and I just love that.

I agree with you that so many people put hurdles in front of themselves before they’ve even tried something. Especially when it comes to money. Money is this crazy emotional thing. And we give it way too much power. And it’s just a theme. And this is what I always say at the beginning of our challenge. You are not allowed to say, “I’m not good at money.” Because money is a thing. You can’t be good at it. It’s like saying, “I’m not good at book.” You know what I mean?

Juli Bauer: {laughs}

Brianna Firestone: It’s not an action. It’s just a value system. It’s a way for you to say, this is valuable to me. So if you were off the grid, and you were self-sufficient, you wouldn’t need money. We give money this emotional power when it’s just a thing. Especially women have more of a tendency to say, I’m not good at money. And it’s like; you can’t be good at it. You’re good at it. You don’t have to be good at math. You can be good at managing your money.

I love to empower women. Because it starts there. And I always say this; this is so much more than just a no-shopping challenge, and creating your budget. This, I think, is the entry point for you to start to realize what is truly possible in your life.

Juli Bauer: And we just haven’t been given the tools to manage our money. The only money management that I was ever given was in 6th grade of how to balance a checkbook. And I don’t even use a f*cking checkbook.

Brianna Firestone: I know! {laughs}

Juli Bauer: It’s like; what did that teach us? And I’m sure they are maybe doing things a little differently now because we’re out of that age of checkbooks and into the age of credit cards. So maybe they’re changing that up. But we’re not taught that. And I don’t know if any colleges offer that sort of thing. But that would be so empowering to know where to even start. And I’ve been able to figure it out kind of on my own, and I still know that I could be better at it. And I think that course is so freaking cool.

When you see the School of Betty, do you see it growing into other facets other than just money management or just budgeting? Do you see it growing into other; I don’t know. Other ways?

Brianna Firestone: Other areas. For sure. I mean, certainly in that whole organization, time management, I’m a master at it. Obviously. I’m doing a lot of things, and I feel that that’s really important. But also I see it moving towards, as well, potentially a health. And I don’t say health in like a diet or anything. Because I’m on your school of thought, as well. I’ve experienced. I’m actually coming out of what happens when you don’t pay attention to your body. Just the hormones wreaking havoc, and just making you feel really awful.

So I kind of see; the 90-day no shopping starts to kind of bleed into that a little bit. We do a closet module, and one of the biggest things in that module is you’ve got to love what’s in your closet right now. So it was really coming from this place of appreciating what you have now. And I recommend that you remove all of the clothes of, “I’m going to fit into that.” Because that never actually motivates most people.

It actually just makes you feel really sh*tty when you look at it and you’re like; I’m not there. And it’s like; no, you’re here now. You’re where you’re supposed to be. You’re at the weight you’re supposed to be. And you can take actions to make your life better and healthier. But you have to approach it from a place that is more positive and more, I think, appreciative and having gratitude.

And you and I talked about it. It’s so hard for women to move away from that school of thinking. Even still, I’m one of the most confident people, I think. And I still have moments where I’m like; ah sh*t. I need to get my brain in check here. And not put myself down or talk poorly about myself.

So yeah, I definitely see it moving more in that space. Because women just have such a hard go. Because we are surrounded by so many things that say what we are supposed to be. I was talking about this at brunch. It’s like; we’re told we’re supposed to be sexy. We can’t be too manly. But then you can’t be too sexy, because then that’s slutty. We get all these mixed messages. And it’s hard to navigate that. It’s easier, I think, if you’re growing up and you already have that positive influence. But you are still kind of moving around the media and things that are placed in front of you. And that is only going to get harder, because we’re just a world of instant gratification.

So yeah. I would love to kind of see it move into a space where I am also helping women get control of their finances. But also start to get control and feel really empowered in their life in general. And it already starts to happen in this 90-day no shopping. I have some who are starting to recognize some of the emotional eating that they have. Because that emotion is driving them to go eat out, or eat something. And it is also impacting their budget. So it all plays together.

Juli Bauer: Absolutely. So, before I let you go, I just want to touch on this topic. Because I think; it’s not something you talk about very often. And it’s kind of something I found out through the owner at our gym. That you went through your own cancer experience. Not the most fun time in your life. But what I thought was so amazing when I found this out about you, is you never really talked about it. And I found it out through the owner of our gym. And what was it; how many years did you celebrate just recently?

Brianna Firestone: I celebrated 13 years in June.

Juli Bauer: 13 years. I knew there was a three in there. And we had a workout dedicated to you. And it’s not something that you talk about, but I’m sure it’s something that has really changed your life and your perspective on life. So can you kind of tell people just a little bit about that story? Because I’m sure somebody listening has maybe gone through this. Or is going through that themselves. Can you tell just a little bit about that story?

Brianna Firestone: Sure.

Juli Bauer: We have just a little bit of time left.

Brianna Firestone: You’re like; Don’t ramble, Bri. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: No, no. You can ramble all you want. But you have four jobs to get to. {laughs}

Brianna Firestone: Yeah, this is true. So I was 23 years old. I was living in New York City. And at the time, I was working at that magazine publisher. No, actually I was working at a PR firm. And I was performing on the side. Because you know, I have to have more than one job.

I was doing a show, and I remember I just felt this lump in my neck. I just assumed; singers can get vocally tired or maybe I was getting a cold. And I went to a first doctor’s appointment. And then some stuff was happening with my family so I kind of put it off. And I didn’t go back until that next, maybe four or five months later. Because that knot; that lump was still in my neck. And my roommate, both of her brothers were doctors. So she just asked them a question. “Should Bri go do something about this.” Like, yeah you should go to a doctor.

So I went, and I got a CT scan, and they’re like, we need to look at this a bit more. You need a biopsy. And it was just this weird experience. I reflect on this every year when we have, we call, our cancer-versary. And I was 24 at the time. I had that biopsy. And it ended up being metastatic thyroid cancer.

So thyroid cancer, the type I have, traditionally is very slow growing. So they were like; you’ve probably had this for years. But I didn’t catch it until it had spread to my lymph nodes. And the prognosis is very good. I wasn’t necessarily ever in danger of losing my life. But it meant that I was no longer going to have a thyroid, and I was going to be dependent on thyroid medicine for the rest of my life.

And it was so funny; I’ll never forget this. They took the biopsy, and they’re like; oh. We feel pretty good about it. It’s a lot of fluid; that’s disgusting, so sorry. {laughs} And I went in, and I was reading a book. I went in on my lunch hour, and I’m reading this book. And the doctor comes in, and he’s like; “It’s papillary carcinoma.” And I hadn’t even put my book down. And I was like, what the eff is that? I don’t even know what that word is.

So I just kind of went into this mode of; I’ve got to figure this out. And that’s kind of just my natural personality. I feel that I can get through anything, and especially through this. I didn’t know how to navigate insurance. I didn’t know how to navigate questions for my doctor, getting a second opinion, asking questions when I would have my scans. I just had to learn all of that.

For me, that changed my life. Because I really feel pretty confident and resolute that I can handle anything that comes my way. And you can always figure it out. And I always tell people that. It always seems bad now, but you’re going to get through it. And you’re going to feel confident and like; I can deal with this.

I would say I’ve had some scares as I’ve gotten older, and not necessarily just thyroid stuff. I have to go every 6 months and have a spot on my breast looked at. Sorry gentlemen; but not sorry.

Juli Bauer: {laughs} Yeah. And there’s no guys who listen to this; let’s be real. {laughs}

Brianna Firestone: Yeah. {laughs} And as I get older, it’s really a practice in feeling calm and that anxiety and worry is not helping. It doesn’t take it away, it doesn’t make it better. It just makes you feel really bad. So recently through some scares I’ve had to really just hone in on that. And I think as you get older; I was kind of an idiot back then. I had no idea what I was dealing with, and I just kind of got through it. And for me, the biggest thing at that time is that I would maybe lose my singing voice. Which is something that has just been a part of me. So I think that was the scariest thing for me, and not the radiation treatment or anything else.

But as I’ve gotten older, it’s been harder. But I would say biggest life lesson for me is that anxiety and stress and worrying about things, it doesn’t get you anywhere. And it doesn’t help a situation. And I can actually get through anything I need to. And when things feel tough; I always say this. What’s uncomfortable now will soon become comfortable. It’s going to be comfortable. You’re going to get a flow with it. Now it’s like; I know what my levels need to be. And I know when I’m ready for a scan. All of these things that used to be really daunting and scary are not anymore.

Juli Bauer: That’s awesome. I’m glad that you were able to touch on that. Because I think that’s huge for some people who are listening and maybe are going through something; not even cancer, but something different in their lives. Just having that visualization is a little bit easier.

You’re the best, Bri! Thanks for coming on and just talking about the School of Betty.

Brianna Firestone: This was fun!

Juli Bauer: Where can people go; can they just go to theSchoolofBetty.com to sign up for your newsletter; is that the best route at this point?

Brianna Firestone: Yep. You can go to theSchoolofBetty.com. You’ll see at the very top you can sign up for my weekly newsletter. Or you can also go ahead and sign up for those five actions download, and that will put you on the newsletter list, as well. But that will give you a free download of things you can start doing today to really change that game with your money.

Juli Bauer: And people can find that blog post that you shared on my blog. I believe it was; what, January 3rd.

Brianna Firestone: January 3rd, yep.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. If you look up the School of Betty, you’ll find it there. So go to www.PaleOMG.com you can read that and get the download there, as well. And where can people find you on social media? It’s probably pretty obvious. But.

Brianna Firestone: {laughs} Yeah. Instagram is the School of Betty. Facebook is at BettySchool. Because someone already had the School of Betty.

Juli Bauer: That b*tch.

Brianna Firestone: {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Did you reach out to them and be like; hey.

Brianna Firestone: I tried, but I was like; this is not that big of a deal.

Juli Bauer: Dammit. Dammit. Somebody had PaleOMG as their Twitter handle. And people kept tagging them; it was right when I first started. People kept tagging them in food posts. So the guy emailed me. He was like; I just have pale skin.

Brianna Firestone: {laughing}

Juli Bauer: So I just keep getting tagged in all these food things. So I’ll give you my Twitter account. So he handed over his handle.

Brianna Firestone: That is amazing.

Juli Bauer: Isn’t that hilarious?

Brianna Firestone: I just have pale skin.

Juli Bauer: I just have pale skin. {laughs}

Brianna Firestone: You’re ruining my feed. Take it.

Juli Bauer: So maybe we can start tagging the School of Betty, and the person is going to be like, What the f*ck?! And then hand it over.

Brianna Firestone: {laughing} Yeah.

Juli Bauer: Damn that person. Well thank you so much for being on today, Bri. Guys, anybody who is listening. All the females, not guys. Go check out Bri. She is amazing. You’re going to love the content she has. And all your photos on your blog; on the actual School of Betty blog part of your website. I just love to look at. It’s very visually pleasing. And she writes so well. And it’s so easy to read her stuff, because it’s just like listening to her voice. So go check her out.

Thank you so much for being on, Bri.

Brianna Firestone: Thanks for having me.

Juli Bauer: You’re the best. Stay on the line. I’m going to stop this recording right now.

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m chatting with Brianna Firestone of The School of Betty. Brianna shares her experience about not shopping for a year and how that changed her life and led her to create The School of Betty to help others […] Today on the podcast, I’m chatting with Brianna Firestone of The School of Betty. Brianna shares her experience about not shopping for a year and how that changed her life and led her to create The School of Betty to help others […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 58:29
Phoenix, Bachelor & The CrossFit Open – Episode 73: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/phoenix-bachelor-the-crossfit-open-episode-73-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 24 Feb 2018 15:06:00 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=32499 http://paleomg.com/phoenix-bachelor-the-crossfit-open-episode-73-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/phoenix-bachelor-the-crossfit-open-episode-73-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 13 Sharing details from my recent weekend getaway to Phoenix, my thoughts on the open, and recapping The Bachelor AND Bachelor Winter Games because it’s the beeeeeeest.  ____________ Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review […] Sharing details from my recent weekend getaway to Phoenix, my thoughts on the open, and recapping The Bachelor AND Bachelor Winter Games because it’s the beeeeeeest.

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 73 Transcription!

Hello, darling. How are you? I’m looking into the bright white light of snow here in Colorado. Because it just keeps snowing. It just keeps goddamn snowing.

It’s really not that bad. There’s probably a quarter of an inch {laughs} on the ground. And it’s melting fast. But I think it’s supposed to snow tonight, and then again on Saturday, and then again on Sunday. {British accent} Bullsh*t, bullsh*t, bullsh*t. Name that movie. Forgetting Sarah Marshall, duh.

I have to take photos. I have to do some photos for a post tomorrow morning. And it’s supposed to be f*cking snowing outside. Which isn’t great for the outfit I have planned. This is why I need to travel more often. To be able to get photos done. Because Colorado is just not working for me.

Speaking of travel. I just got back from sunny Phoenix. It was lovely. It was just lovely. Phoenix is the best. I preface that by saying I have not been there in the summer. That’s obviously not the best time to travel there. And even the people who love summer, and love heat, do not like summer heat in Phoenix. Man, that was a terrible sentence.

So, I worked with Visit Phoenix to come out to Phoenix for a little weekend spa getaway with my husband. So we wanted to celebrate Valentine’s Day not on a Wednesday, not in freezing cold Colorado. And I didn’t want to go to restaurants. And I cook every night anyway. So nothing feels ultra special.

But, that Wednesday, that Valentine’s Day, my husband did come home with a gluten free cupcake. And he was kind of later, because he went and got a haircut after work. So I was just hanging out at the house. And I made him cookies and cut them in heart shapes. So he got me a cupcake, and I got him cookies. He just knows the way to my heart.

I was PMSing a couple of weeks ago, and I think even talked about it on the podcast. He came home with two gluten free cupcakes. He is the best. He keeps learning all these husband ways, and crushing them.

So anyway. We wanted to celebrate Valentine’s Day in some place warm. Some place close that we could leave on a Friday, come back home Sunday, and it’s an easy flight. And Arizona is the way to go. It’s just the best. Phoenix is awesome.

So we got to Phoenix. We went straight to this spa. And it’s the Aji spa. I kept calling it “Auhi”, but people were like; yeah, that’s not the word. Cool, Juli. You’re the worst. But it was at the Sheridan Grande at Wild Horse Pass. And this hotel is gigantic. This resort, I guess. It has 36 holes. This crazy, I don’t know, triple A five diamond whatever any of those high awards mean restaurant. It’s called Kai restaurant. And it’s crazy hard to get into. And I really want to go back and go to that, because I didn’t get to go.

But we went to the spa. And if you’re ever in Phoenix, and you’re looking for a spa treatment with your husband, or with your significant other, your lover, whatever. Go to this spa. Because I went to two different spas, and the other one I think is great for girlfriends. This one I think was perfect for a spa treatment with your significant other. And that’s because they have a huge outdoor area. Spa outdoor area. A huge pool, and a jacuzzi, and café that you can just eat in your robes. It’s just really relaxing and nice with your person.

They even have this little treatment room before you have your spa. Where they have really good snacks. They had awesome snacks. Which I think is great. A lot of spas will just have almonds and raisins and, I don’t know. (I didn’t yawn.) All these kinds of lame snacks. No offense to those places. But this Aji spa had the best snacks, and coffee, and tea, and water.

Then I had a hot stone massage. Oh, and they have a really big gym, too. So you can get a really good workout in, and then get your spa treatment.

So, I had a hot stone massage. And I was supposed to have this crazy clay mask treatment, but then last minute I decided to get a spray tan. And if you get a clay mask, an exfoliation, there goes your spray tan. And I was not wasting this spray tan. Hell no. Not when I was going to be in a swim suit the rest of the weekend. Because it was 75 degrees, what, what? I know that’s not warm to Phoenicians. Whatever you guys call yourselves. But it was definitely warm to us.

Anyway. I got a hot stone massage, followed by reflexology. First time doing reflexology. Very interesting because I’ve had a lot of neck and back issues lately. And I think it’s just the cumulation of all my years of CrossFit, and then I’m looking down constantly. I need to change my set up. I need a standing desk, really. But I always sit on the couch with my dog whenever I’m home. And I’m leaning forward. I’m leaning over. I’m looking down. So I have constant neck and headaches, and I’ve never had that before.

Anyway, I’m working with someone soon. I’m very excited about that. Because I’m f*cked up. But, as they were doing the reflexology on my feet, and they kind of, I don’t know, use the back of a wooden dowel or something to rub your feet. To scrape them, kind of. It’s hard to explain. But then when they were doing it in between my toes; no where else was there any sort of tension or any sort of tenderness. And the did it inside my toes. And that’s what correlates to your neck and back, I guess. And that’s where I had pain. So that was very interesting. Very tender there. Never knew.

I had reflexology, great hot stone massage. It was lovely. And then we ate at the café there. And I hate salads. I think they’re such a f*cking waste of time. It’s like; ok, you want me to eat all this lettuce, and not really give me a ton of protein or other fun stuff in a salad? It’s just a lot of work. And I feel like it’s a way for a person, or a chef, to come up with an easy meal without having to put much work into it. Which is so not the case. But that’s how it feels.

I want a f*cking steak cooked to perfection. I want potatoes cooked to perfection. I want a vegetable cooked to perfection. But, at this café, they had an arugula salad, and arugula is the only green that I like to eat. Only lettuce green that I like to eat. So I got this salad. And it was amazing. It had roasted carrots, and golden beets. Then it had a roasted carrot puree on the bottom. And oranges, and this granola. It was so freaking good. I could not believe how good it was.

And I really want to make one for the blog. Because salads are always popular. Because you guys are dumb. Just kidding! I’m just kidding. But for real, why do people like salads? I understand only because of this salad.

They have a lot of farm to table stuff. They have ingredients on site grown on site. So many vegetables are grown on site. It’s so cool. They have a really kind of farm to table aspect.

I didn’t have a massage, because it was noon. And I felt guilting about drinking at noon on a Friday. I didn’t ruin my entire day right from the start. But their food was awesome.

So after we were at the spa, we checked into Mountain Shadows. So this is a new resort. Last time I went to Phoenix, I went to Hotel Valley Ho, which I think is still one of my favorite hotels ever. And Hotel Valley Ho I think has the same owners as Mountain Shadows. So it has a very similar feel. This 1950s renovation, contemporary design feel to it. It’s really cool.

So everything is very contemporary. They had artwork on the walls; there was one giant piece of artwork. Giant, but still it was $180,000. Like, they have the prices there. So when I’m like; “Oh, hey I want to spend $180,000 on a painting, I know where to go. Right to Mountain Shadows.” Freaking insane.

But they have this really cool artwork all throughout. They have really amazing outdoor spaces. So if you want to get married there. Which I did a destination wedding. And I think, say we wanted to stay in the states, it would have been really cool to do a “destination wedding” in Arizona, in Phoenix, in the fall. We saw two weddings while we were there, and it’s like the perfect weather. And it’s beautiful landscape, beautiful background. That would have been a really awesome wedding venue.

So they have this awesome landscape. Because their hotel runs up, it’s in paradise valley. So I think it’s right next to Camel Back Mountain. I think it’s Camel Back. And you can go hiking up on Camel Back. But they have this outdoor restaurant, they have golf there that runs up right next to the resort. I did a boot camp class outside in their little outdoor space area.

And then they also have a really amazing restaurant called Hearth 61. This restaurant was awesome. I had probably the best salmon I’ve ever had at this restaurant. And they had a mango; it was almost like a mango margarita. It was mango syrup, silver tequila, lime juice, and then they lined the rim with sriracha and salt. It was so freaking good. And I had an amazing steak there. Their room service was really good. It was super easy to eat gluten free there. They mark everything as what is gluten free.

And my husband is on a strict diet at this point. He can’t have pork, he can’t have chicken. So things are a little bit more limited for him. And he was able to have breakfast, which is usually the hardest thing for him. He had turkey sausage; which I feel like no place ever has turkey sausage. So that was really nice for him to be able to eat when we were traveling and not have any issues.

But I seriously loved this resort. I think if I had to go back, I would go back to Hotel Valley Ho again. But I love both just as much. Hotel Valley Ho is close to downtown Scottsdale if you want more of that feel. But then, Mountain Shadows is right next to Camel Back Mountain so you have the hiking and all that outdoor space. So both were so freaking cool.

And then another spa place that we went to was; now I’m forgetting the name. It was a hotel. It was called the Sanctuary. The Sanctuary was another place we saw a wedding going on. And it was seriously less than a mile from Mountain Shadows. And if we wouldn’t have had our luggage, we would have walked there. Because it was like 0.9 miles.

But it’s really close. So you have Camel Back Mountain that you can hike up to there as well. But I went to this spa there. And like I said, I think Wild Horse Pass, their Aji spa. I think that’s the perfect one for couples. I think Sanctuary is great if you want to go on a little girls’ trip.

So when we were eating at the restaurant at Sanctuary, it overlooked the pool. And we were looking down, and there was probably 20 women to one man there. So it was very a girls’ trip vacation spot, it seemed. And then when I was in the spa, every time I go to a spa its’ very quiet. Very serene. You just don’t really talk. And that’s how it felt at Wild Horse Pass and Aji spa.

But this spa, at Sanctuary. It was buzzing with women, and very talkative women. Even when they’re sitting in the treatment room, where you’re supposed to relax before your treatment. They had all these women who were talking and hanging out and talking about their girls’ trip and gossiping. It was super fun. And they have a quiet area, so if you want to just decompress before or after.

But, this one was great for going on a girls’ trip. I think it would be really awesome if I wanted to get away with my girlfriends. Go here. It had a great spa. Great pool. Infinity pool. Then you can go hiking with your friends. And it also had an amazing restaurant. But before I get to restaurants, I want to talk about my spa treatment.

So I got a deep tissue massage by this woman name Niki. And I feel like I’ve talked about her name 20 times on my blog, and I’m putting it out here. Because she was the most amazing masseuse I’ve ever had. She was so freaking good. And she says she’s had 14 years of experience. So if you ever go to Sanctuary, ask for Niki when you’re booking your appointment. Because she was so outstanding.

I wished I lived in Phoenix, because I would see her regularly. Because I left without a headache; which I have a headache every day at this point because my traps are so tight. And yes, I’m doing something to work on that. But I left without a headache, my back feeling free. Feeling open. Not feeling tight and rounded. I felt so good. And she was just the best. I cannot say enough good things about her. So if you ever go to Sanctuary, ask for Niki. Write this down; I don’t know where. But write it down.

So, let’s talk about the different food we had while we were in Phoenix. Because that’s honestly what is most important to me when I travel is food. And finding food that is gluten free. So menus have gluten free items. I don’t look for gluten free only places, specifically. That’s just a little bit harder to come by. And I don’t have, I’m not celiac, so I don’t have to look for that. But I do always order gluten free off the menu. So I always look for that whenever I’m traveling.

If we start back at the last place we were at, Sanctuary. We went to their restaurant, Elements. I had this amazing filet of beef that was wrapped in bacon. It had a béarnaise sauce on it, on potatoes. It was so good. And they had really amazing cocktails, too. It was like a grapefruit, lime, vodka drink that I had multiple of. And we had this peanut butter bomb dessert. And I don’t even know if it was gluten free, because I didn’t care. It was like our last meal there. And I couldn’t even finish it. It was so rich, and intense.

And my husband was just drinking, and I always do the dessert eating. But it was so good. But I had to throw in the towel. Literally, when I know I shouldn’t be eating anymore, but still want to go back, I put a towel over it. My towel that I put on my seat. Or my napkin, or whatever. I put that on top of the dessert to hide it. And before I’ve even had my husband pour water on it. Because I’m going to make myself sick if I keep eating this. So that’s how I stop myself. {laughs} So wrong.

So we also ate at the Gladly. Which I feel like is a very popular place in town. Because whenever I was talking, we met up with some family members when we were in Phoenix. And they all were like; oh my gosh, yes! The Gladly. You have to get the, what kind of salad was it? You have to get the, I forget what it’s called. The Original Chopped Salad. Everybody kept talking on and one about this.

And I was like; I don’t want a f*cking salad, guys. But everybody said it. And guess what? We didn’t try it. I know, whoever is listening to this from Phoenix, they’re like; what the f*ck? You should have gotten it! And everybody said to ask for extra salmon. But we did not try the salad. But if you’re there, you should. Because everyone recommended it.

We had short ribs. My husband had the seabass. Which was outstanding. And really good cocktails, too. I had amazing cocktails everywhere I went here. I had a Thai margarita, which I have added to my list of things to remake. Along with that arugula salad. But the Thai margarita was so good. And then we had brussels sprouts that were on like corn grits. And had cheese on top. It was so good. So good.

And then we; oh I guess I already talked about the other places at the restaurant. But the last thing we did, because this was super short getaway. We left Friday morning, but then we didn’t back until 1 a.m. on Monday morning. Because our flight was delayed. Thank god the flight is so short coming back to Denver. Because flight delays are so poopie. When everyone is grumpy, and you’re so tired, and all the stores are closed. You’re like; “What am I going to do?!”

But anyway. On our last day, Sunday. We went in a hot air balloon; it was called Hot Air Expeditions. And you go up at sunrise. We got some beautiful photos. It was really cool just to be in a hot air balloon, because I’ve never done that. And then you float all over the place, and the wind just kind of takes you where it wants to take you. And the guys who pick you up, they have to kind of follow the balloons path. And you can kind of manipulate it a little bit. But after you land, they serve you champagne. And then a little breakfast, which I thought was really cute.

It was really cool. It was such a fun little trip; a little getaway. And now, all I can think about is my birthday. Because it is two months away. I turn 30 years old. And I want to do something big. So I’m working on something at this point to hopefully do with my husband and I for a little bit. For a good chunk of time.

When I started planning my 30th birthday, when I turned 29, I was thinking that I would want to go in a big group. Because why wouldn’t you want to celebrate with all of your friends? But after going on two group trips this year, for my best friend’s 30th birthday, and then for our family trip. I don’t want to do a big group. Because it’s like herding cats. And everybody turns to you to decide what you want to do. And I’m like, go do whatever the f*ck you want to do. I don’t care. And especially knowing it was my birthday, I know people would be like, “What do you want to do today?” I don’t care. I want to do whatever I want to do. Go away. So that’s why I was thinking just me and my husband. And then I can go on little trips with mother close friends here and there. Just little girlfriend trips.

People’s lives change so quickly. One of my friends had a baby. Three of my friends had babies. So it’s like people who would go, now they have little infants. It’s not going to happen. It’s hard to even get in contact with them, let alone get them on a trip. So we’re not going to do that.

And we’re bummed because we were supposed to go to Cabo for our friend’s wedding, but my husband can’t get that much time off of birthdays and weddings and whatever may come up in the future. Because one of my friends just got engaged and is getting married in New Zealand. And I’m planting the seed f*cking hard to get an invite to that wedding. Planting the seed. Planting it. I’m pushing it every single day. So if we have that, my husband can’t get all that time off of work. He has to still work. As hard as I keep pushing for him to quit, he doesn’t. Just kidding. Kind of.

So, anyways. Phoenix was wonderful. I want to go back a couple of times a year now. And February, I feel like it’s so hit or miss. You’ll get a week of 80 degrees, and then my husband is back there, and it’s 60 degrees. So you just never know what you’re going to get.

Speaking of husband being gone. I don’t know if you’re married, whoever you are who is listening. Or if you feel this way. Because I know a lot of my friends, they ultra miss their husband’s when they’re gone. And I do, when my husband is gone for a good chunk of time. But you know those first few days when you get the house to yourself. It’s like, I get to do whatever I want. I get to sleep in the middle of the bed. I am thinking; oh I can go out to dinner by myself. And I know that’s not everybody’s thing, but I love doing that. Going to sit at the bar. Just sitting in silence.

And this is only when they’re gone for a few days. Once they’re gone for a week, you’re like; ok. I’m bored. Come back. Let’s do fun stuff together. But when they’re gone for a few days, I’m like; I can do whatever the f*ck I want. I can leave my underwear on the floor. I can leave my clothes anywhere. I can leave my curling iron in the sink. It’s unplugged, don’t worry. Just do whatever I want. It’s great. Being married is great. And having a day to yourself is great. It’s great.

Ok. Let’s talk about the Bachelor. Ok. So, here’s the thing. The Bachelor Winter Games; if you didn’t watch that, get your life together and go watch the Bachelor Winter Games. It was pure magic. F*ck Ari and the Bachelor. That show is garbage. It’s so terrible. I’m getting close to not being able to watch it. Because it’s so awful. And he is so terrible. But Bachelor Winter Games is the best. They just need to turn Bachelor Winter Games into every year, just the Bachelor or Bachelorette. Bachelor or Bachelorette is just so boring. Nothing happens in 2 hours. And you just sit your life away, and destroy your brain cells. But I love it.

Ok. So anyways. Bachelor Winter Games. Love it. Leslie Murphy is one of my favorite travel bloggers. I’ve been following her for a while now. And for her to fall in love with Dean; very interested in that. Ashely I may have lost her virginity in Bachelor Games. Go you, Ashley. Do the damn thing. I know I don’t want to relive losing my virginity ever again. Ugh. Get that sh*t over with.

The cutest couple; girl from New Zealand and a guy from Australia. I think I got that right. They are all in love. And just freaking adorable. So all these love connections happened on the Bachelor Winter Games. And Luke proved to be just as sh*tty as he’s always been. But he acts like he’s the best guy ever. And then he just destroys all girls in his path. He’s like, why did you think I liked you so much? I just told you I liked you so much, but why would you ever think that? He’s such the manipulative type. You can totally see it. Which is so sad. Because he may be slightly cross eyed, but he is beautiful. Beautiful.

By the way. If you don’t listen to Wine and Crime; oh sh*t, that’s a different podcast. Ok, rewind. If you don’t listen to Rose Pricks, they’re the most hilarious Bachelor recap show ever. And then if you don’t listen to Wine and Crime, they’re just the best ever. I love these three freaking girls. They’re so f*cking hilarious. They get drunk, and they make jokes. If you like being funny, you’ll like them. If you don’t like humor, you won’t like them. But that really got off topic.

So let’s talk about the Bachelor. Because I did a recap on the blog this week. So let’s talk about what happened. So this is last weeks’ episode, not this one that we just saw. Last weeks.

Ok, so. Ari is a soggy potato. He is so boring. I don’t know how all these women are so into him. It’s because he’s the only guy there, so they think he’s put on this pedestal. So Jaqueline becomes the smartest woman of all time on the Bachelor, and she says she can’t imagine taking Ari home to her parents, because they barely know each other. I think she’s going to be a doctor or something. She’s going to school for six years. And Ari is pretty much like; Hey. You have a lot of school ahead of you, and I just want to bang. So I’m not sure how this is going to work out. Because a busy schedule doesn’t work with my schedule. That’s pretty much what he’s saying.

But anyway. The date starts off with Ari and Becca. And Becca, she’s the only Becca left. Ari says that the romance has been lost with Becca, so he’s really hoping he can get that back. It’s like; ok, if you think the romance is lost, you little dumb dick, stop making out with her. I don’t know what the producers are doing. Why they’re pushing it so hard that he makes out so much. But it’s like, no conversations have happened whatsoever. The only conversation that happened was Ari telling Lauren that he got a girl pregnant and she lost the baby. That was the only conversation anyone has had around the board.

So he doesn’t know if he feels it with Becca, which is understandable. Because all he’s done is dry humped her against the wall. That’s what he does the whole date. He humps her against the wall. They’re on some cheap soap-opera set. And then I watch him walk down the hill. He’s trying to hold onto Becca, and it’s like a super steep hill. I don’t know, they’re in Tuscany or something. And he looks like he’s trying to pinch off a poop. But he’s trying to walk slow with her. I’m like; do you have an itch between your legs? What are you doing? I don’t know.

So after Becca and Ari have their super boring date, Jacqueline decides to end things with Ari. And she says she’s getting her PhD. And so 6 years of school is obviously way too much for Ari. Because Lauren mentioned that Ari was looking for someone with a flexible schedule. Which I think is the oddest thing anyone has said in the history of time. And yeah, Jacqueline leaves. And then she cries super hard, and then makes out with him. It’s like; stop making out with him! Stop it. Go fix your eyeliner. It’s very smudged. No offense. That was rude. I’m sorry, Jacqueline, you are beautiful.

So, now let’s go to Lauren’s date. Which is the weirdest f*cking date. So first of all, they start with gelato. Best part of the date, obviously. But Ari eats gelato like he’s eating a turkey leg. He puts his whole mouth over it. Like you know, Parks and Rec, when people are drinking from the water fountain, they put their entire mouth over the water fountain? That’s how he eats gelato. I’m like, that’s not how you eat gelato, you weirdo. That’s why you give you spoons the size of a fingernail. You’re supposed to eat it delicately, lightly, slowly, enjoy it. You beast.

Then after they eat gelato, they go play soccer with kids. Which I would be so unhappy with this date. First of all, you’re trying to get me to play sports. Second of all, you’re trying to make me hang out with children. Get out of here. This is not a date I will ever be on. Actually, I’d probably put myself in that position when you’re trying to date. And then you get married, and you’re like; hey. I’m never f*cking doing that again. Cool? You can do that with any of your friends. Thanks, bye.

Here’s the super weird part about all of this. They sit down, and Lauren decides to tell Ari that she’s falling in love with him. And by the way, Lauren has the most monotone voice ever. She’s like “I’m falling in love with you.” Cool. Ok Lauren. Give a little bit of tenacity, you know? Give a little bit. Like, “Hey. I’m f*cking falling in love with you!” You don’t have to say f*ck. You’re from a conservative family. We get it. You have very nice hair that has never had a hair out of place. Very conservative family. I get it. So, just say; “I’m falling in love with you. And I really mean that. And your gray hairs are really getting me going.” See, that’s just a little bit better than unghn. Not much. But that’s because he’s a soggy potato.

So, Lauren says she’s in love with Ari. And then this is super weird. This has to be manipulated by producers. Because he’s like; he looks all weird, like he has to fart. And then he’s like, give me a second. And then he walks out into this random wooded area. Who knows where he is. He’s going hiking in his suit. And he’s standing by himself. And you know he’s letting one rip. So he’s like, “Oh, sorry. I was holding off a poop. I’ve got to let this go.”

And then he comes back, and Lauren is crying. Or wiping away fake tears, I don’t know. And then he was like, “Ok. Thanks for giving me a second. I’m falling in love with you too.” It’s like, Ok, Ari. What are you doing? It’s so weird. So you know the producers were probably like; “Hey, if she tells you she’s falling in love with you, I think it’d be a great idea to walk away for no reason.” Or maybe they cut that weird. I don’t know. It felt all so freaking weird. Because along with their relationship being incredibly awkward, that part was awkward. Whatever. So yeah, they’re both falling in love with each other.

Now, Sienne’s date. They go truffle hunting. {laughs} Nothing sexier than truffle hunting. I mean, doesn’t that sound sexy? Truffle. Doing the truffle shuffle, while you’re truffle hunting. Which, ok, I thought truffle hunting was done with pigs. Don’t pigs find truffles? I don’t know if it’s different in different places. I know nothing about truffles. I’ve never had real truffles shredded onto my f*cking pasta. Because I don’t really eat pasta. So yeah. But I would eat pasta if they shaved truffles on top of it. And we were in Tuscany. I don’t know where they’re f*cking at.

So anyway. They go truffle hunting. And Sienne is braless, because she has a really small chest so she can wear these f*cking bomb ass shirts that are low cut, super sexy, and she doesn’t look like a ho for sho. And she’s not falling out everywhere. She looks so good. But not the best for truffle hunting, personally. But they go with some French dude, and he barely speaks English. And then they go meet up with this French family, and nobody speaks English. He goes and makes pasta, and she’s hanging out with the women. And they’re just hanging out separately on their date. What’s more exciting and romantic than that? But they do get to eat fresh truffles. So you win some, you lose some.

Then he gives Sienne the boot. He’s like, hey you’re far too intelligent and hot for me. So I’ve got to let you go. Sorry. And she takes it pretty well. She’s like, oh, ok. Well that was kind of f*cking out of nowhere, because you’re the least compassionate human being in the entire world. She doesn’t say that, but that’s what she should have said. Because somebody said he was compassionate recently. I’m like; who are you seeing? Who is compassionate? Because he is not. Weirdo.

So last up, they have a group date of Kendall, Tia, and Bekah. Oh, Bekah’s not gone yet. I forget where everything is. So Bekah. Kendall is looking hot as f*ck. You look great. So since she’s looking so hot, she gets to go home. Or going back to the hotel. Ari’s like; “Hey, you’re hot enough. You can stay. I need to spend more time with Bekah and Tia to find out who is hotter.” So he hangs out with Tia and Bekah, and Bekah is the 22-year-old and Tia is like, “Hey, Ari. She’s not here for the right reasons. Because she’s young as f*ck. I’m ready to get married right now. Please propose to me. Please!”

And then the best part of this episode. Best part. Ari confronts Bekah about it, {laughs} and Bekah does the worst-best fake cry of all time. So, ok. If you watch New Girl, and Justin Long was Jess’s boyfriend for a little while. He had the worst ugly cry of all time. Or Kim Kardashian. Either one. Picture their cry, and that was Bekah, but no tears were coming out. So she just kept making this horrid face with no tears. Bravo, Bekah. Bravo.

And then he dumps her, and then she for real ugly cries, where she has mascara {laughs} just all over her face. I’m like; is no one giving her a tissue? Just be like; “Hey. Wipe your eyes real quick. Because there is mascara everywhere.” I haven’t looked like that since I was pre-pubescent and I tried mascara for the first time and then was on swim team. It’s like; intense. Don’t you learn to dab when you’re crying? She was full on crying. So she goes home.

And then it’s Tia, Becca, regular Becca, Lauren and Kendall left. Yes. This show is so good. It’s just beautiful. But Bachelor Winter Games is way better. I know if you don’t watch the Bachelor, you should. Because it just makes you feel really good about your own life. It’s like; hey. I didn’t have to go on TV and be completely manipulated by producers.

Speaking of which. I totally need to watch the show Unreal. I want to add that to my list.

I am very excited. I’m going to have my friend Bree on the podcast soon. Talking about building her own business. And I’m going to be talking to another guy about building your own website, and kind of things to look for when you’re starting off with your own blog. So I’m adding those things to the list.

But, I have the CrossFit Open starting tonight to go to. Our gym; the CrossFit open starts this week. If you don’t know what the CrossFit Open is. It’s the first competition leading up to the CrossFit Games. I don’t know if there are other competitions after it. Because it changes every single year. But it’s like 6 weeks long of workouts. One workout per week. Everyone all over the entire world is doing the same workout. They have different groups. So if you’re a teen, or older, like over 50. Which, I’m not saying is old. I’m just saying in the older division. Now I’m going to get hate for saying that’s old. That’s not old, ok. You’re beautiful. I can’t wait until I’m 50. I have a great esthetician.

So, all these workouts are done all over the world. You add in your score, so you can see how you rank worldwide. And then gyms are rated. And whoever does the best in the area that that person is, like if you’re in the southwest region or northwest. I don’t know all the regions. But if you’re in those regions, and you’re maybe top 30 or something like that, you go to the CrossFit games to compete. To be number one at fitness.

So anyways. The CrossFit Open used to be such a stressful time for me, because I was competing and going to regionals and really trying to make it to the Games. It was such a stressful time. And now it’s just a really f*cking annoying time. Because personally, I don’t want to do any workouts as prescribed anymore at this time in my life. And this Open workout forces me to do that. So that’s very frustrating. So yeah.

Anyway. We have the CrossFit Open tonight starting. And our gym is doing heats. They drew teams. And so they have five or six different teams. And we’re all competing against each other. And it’s super fun because there’s always beer and drinks and food afterwards. And we all hang out, and it’s just a little party. So, I’m going to do that. I’m going to watch my friend DJ tonight at Ophelia’s. So this will all be old once you hear this. And then I’m going to eat dinner by myself. I’m going to get work done. I’m just so excited. But, I have more work to do. So I’ve got to get out of here.

Thank you so much for listening. Listen to these life stories. I feel like my podcast has become just recaps of life in general. Which I love listening to on other podcasts. But I get it if it’s not your thing. I get it, ok. So I hope you have a lovely day. I hope you do fun things this weekend. And I hope you crush life, ok. I will talk to you later. Go kick some ass. Bye-bye for now.

]]>
Sharing details from my recent weekend getaway to Phoenix, my thoughts on the open, and recapping The Bachelor AND Bachelor Winter Games because it’s the beeeeeeest.  ____________ Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and pleas... Sharing details from my recent weekend getaway to Phoenix, my thoughts on the open, and recapping The Bachelor AND Bachelor Winter Games because it’s the beeeeeeest.  ____________ Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes
Listener Questions – Episode 72: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-72-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 17 Feb 2018 14:42:20 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=32185 http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-72-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-72-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 13 Today on the podcast, I’m answering your questions that you left for me on instagram!! If I missed your question, feel free to leave it on paleomg.com and I’ll answer it there ASAP! And don’t forget to snag a pair […] Today on the podcast, I’m answering your questions that you left for me on instagram!! If I missed your question, feel free to leave it on paleomg.com and I’ll answer it there ASAP! And don’t forget to snag a pair of my newest PaleOMG leggings!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

 ____________

Episode 72 Transcription!

This is Juli Bauer from PaleOMG and you are listening to PaleOMG Uncensored.

1. Listener Questions: Fitness [13:02]
2. Listener Questions: Food [34:43]
3. Listener Questions: Blog [48:30]
4. Listener Questions: Skincare [1:05:04]
5. Listener Questions: Miscellaneous [1:13:20]

Juli Bauer: Welcome to another episode of PaleOMG Uncensored. We are at episode 72. And I finally know for a fact, because I actually looked ahead of time. First time ever. Only took me 72 tries to know what episode we’re on.

Welcome back. I’m glad you’re here. At the moment, I’m in shorts. Wrapped in a towel on the couch. Because I just got a spray tan, and it’s very sticky. And this kind of spray tan is the one you keep on for a certain amount of time depending how tan you want to be. And I want to tan as f*ck. So I’m keeping it on for four solid hours. So I have to sit, wrapped in a towel, for four solid hours.

And I just met with this guy this morning about working on my body, kind of chiropractic stuff. And he was like; you can’t just sit on the couch all day every day. And that’s where I work on my computer, is on the couch. And I’m literally; literally we just had this talk this morning, and I’m on the couch with my shoulders hunched forward. I’ve got to get my sh*t together.

He’s like, “You’ve never gone and seen somebody in the 7-8 years you’ve been working out?” I’m like, not really. Not consistently. I got sh*t to f*cking do. I don’t have time to go sit in an office for an hour. And office-like space. Whatever. I’m going to take care of my body. I’ll be talking about that in the future.

But, until then, happy Valentine’s Day week. We’re at the end of Valentine’s Day week here. And I, while you’re listening to this, will be in Phoenix. My husband and I are going on a little weekend getaway. I’m working with the tourism board to promote Phoenix, and a really cool hotel that I’m staying at, and some different spa things, and things to do with your luva. So I’ll be going there soon. Which is really fun. It’s so nice to be able to get away with my boo.

And apologies if you hear Jackson in the background chewing his bone. As soon as I hit record, he decided he needed to make out with a bone. And he’s f*cking going ham right next to me. So apologies ahead of time.

Anyway. We did not do anything for Valentine’s Day. My husband was like; “Just to clarify, do we have plans on Valentine’s Day? Because I scheduled a haircut, but I can totally cancel.” {laughs} I’m like, no. Get your f*cking haircut. You need a haircut. So I’m very supportive of that. Trim up your beard while you’re at it. He did.

I’m just not a beard guy. Not a big beard guy. If you listen to Kaitlyn Bristow, I stole that from her. Not the beard part, but the guy part. I’m just not a big beard guy. I think they’re gross. You can have a little bit of fuzz. Not fuzz, because hopefully you’re older than 15 if I’m attracted to you. But you can have a little bit of some man scape type things going on. But then you get the full-on beard.

And I think I’ve talked about this on my podcast before. Because my husband did November, and then he was super into himself where he was like; “I’m going to grow this out.” And I think every guy goes through this. They just feel like such a man, that they can grow a beard. My husband can grow a great beard.

But here’s the thing. He has a little hint of red hair somewhere in there. His mom has reddish hair. Not like gingy, but like burgundy. And even my sister-in-law has some burgundy tones to her a little bit. And his hair is not burgundy in any capacity. But then when he grows his beard out, then we get this red tint. And not cool with it. Number one, not cool with that.

Also, would we have ginger babies? Is that weird that scares me?

So then, also he became more in love with his beard than he was with me. I would see him on the couch just playing with it. Just twisting it between his fingers. Almost twisting it like you twist your hair. And I was so incredibly grossed out. And I have very sensitive sense of smell. Very sensitive. I can smell when something is weird, something is off right away. And I could smell; I can smell your day in your beard. So unless you just got out of the shower, and you just scrubbed it down. Which you’re not doing because I just bought you shampoo since you probably never shampooed your hair for the past 6 years.

Oh my god. I’m talking so badly about my husband. He’s beautiful and wonderful. Anyway. I finally was like; I can’t do this. I love you, but I don’t want to touch you; make out with you. Nu-huh. This beard has got to go. And he finally trimmed it, and he keeps it trimmed. Thank god. Because I was not attracted to that.

Speaking of ginger, there was a; I forget where they were from. Watching the Olympics; obviously. Who is not right now? And there was this ice skating team. This duo. And the guy was a ginger; like pretty pale skin. And their costume was like bumblebee; black and yellow. Like; ok. No. Number one, you cannot wear that color. It is hideous on you. And number two; this is the Olympics and you’re wearing bumblebee costumes. What are you thinking? God. Such a judgy b*tch over here.

Anywho. This week has been lovely because on Valentine’s Day, even though we didn’t do anything, I made cookies and made myself sick eating the cookie dough. And I cut out a heart for him. And then my husband brought home a gluten free cupcake after his hair appointment. This means I’ve had two gluten free cupcakes in the past three weeks, I think. My husband is top notch. Top notch.

So anyway, who. I have a big announcement. Hopefully you saw it on my blog on Thursday. Meaning today, when I’m recording this podcast. Because I came out with new, brand new, spanking new, PaleOMG leggings. So, I talked about this before, and I came out with these leggings before. Sorry, words are hard.

I came out with my first pair of PaleOMG leggings. I teamed up with this company called Four Athletics. And they crowdfund their leggings. Or any of their activewear. So how that works is once they reach 100% crowdfunded, then they print the leggings. They print pretty much on demand, and the get rid of any waste. So say there are 1000 purchases. They’re printing 1000. Unlike most stores, who print maybe 10,000 and sell 6,000 and they have 4,000 go to waste.

That’s what Four Athletics made sure was possible that they cut out the middle man and they cut out all the excess waste. And they’re USA made. They’re just such a cool ass f*cking company. And these guys; these brothers who started it are badass. They’ve been so amazing to work with. And the first campaign, my first floral leggings that I came out with did so well. And it was their fastest funded campaign ever.

And then today, meaning Thursday when you’re listening to this, I cam out with 6 pairs of leggings. So we decided to do multiple pairs this time, so you could choose. Say maybe the first pair, floral, is not your thing. I’ve had many friends who told me that. Which is completely fair. This is totally different. This gives you; there are two leggings that are ombre print. So darker at the top, lighter at the bottom. One is a desert rose; so it’s kind of a burgundy to pink color. And then there’s a forest green, so a dark to lighter green. And then there are 3 mesh panel leggings. One is electric raspberry, one is cool gray, and the other is black.

And then one separate by itself, which was the first one I thought up when we were thinking of all six, and that is a geometric print leggings. So it’s just this really cool black and gray, multiple different color gray geometric print that I am obsessed with. It’s my favorite out of all six; I like the geo print the most.

So last I looked today at the leggings launched today. And they were almost; a couple of the leggings were almost 100% funded. Which is f*cking insane and amazing and so cool, because usually it takes longer. So if you want to get your hands on these leggings, you can go to www.PaleOMG.com. And I have all the details there. Or you can go to www.FourAthletics.com. They have all the details.

They have a great sizing guide. They updated their sizing guide after my first pair of leggings that went through. So they compare the leggings to other popular brands like Lululemon, Athleta, Aloe Yoga. And then they give you measurements as well to help you figure out your perfect size. Because I know everybody freaks out about that.

Hopefully you’ve been watching my Instagram stories. We had some issues with our first pair of leggings. The base color in my first pair of leggings was white. So it’s the sheerest color you can go with. So we had some issues with them being sheer. Some people didn’t have that issue, some people did. So this pair of leggings, I made sure none of the base colors were white. The base colors for any of the colored ones; for the ombre leggings and the geo print are a dark heather gray.

So when you’re leaning over, when you’re bending down, when you’re squatting, whatever you’re doing, nothing shows through. And I did an Instagram story showing you that. I did six ass shots of leaning over, squatting, dropping it like it’s slow. Dropping it to the floo. To prove that and show how we improve that.

They have been amazing. We also updated the fabric. We changed different fabrics for this next round. I love this fabric so much more than the first time around they hug your curves in all the right places. They’re high-waisted. I’m a high-waisted lover. The higher the better. If you want to go to my nipples, sure. Keep me f*cking locked in, boo. So I have all high-waisted, and they’re 7/8th length, as well. So they’re kind of at the ankle.

So yeah. They’re freaking awesome. I can’t wait for everybody to get them and finally get their hands on them. So if you want to find out more, go to www.FourAthletics.com or www.PaleOMG.com. I have a discount on my blog right now, as well as a giveaway that’s only going to last a little bit. So depending on when you listen to this podcast. It might have already passed. But you can find all the details there. And I can’t wait to hear which ones are your favorite! I’m so freaking excited.

And thank you, everyone, who supported the first campaign and made this a reality and gave me feedback. And I can’t wait for you to get these, because these are new and improved and even better. And just so exciting! And you have six to choose from. So say you don’t like one color; boom. You got five other leggings to choose from. It’s the best.

1. Listener Questions: Fitness [13:02]

Anyway. We need to get into some questions. Because I put out a listener questions Instagram post. And surprisingly, even though Instagram doesn’t let anybody see sh*t nowadays, there were still questions. So thank you for everyone who left a question. I appreciate it. For anybody who leaves comments on my Instagram, I appreciate that. Because people don’t get to see sh*t anymore!

Instagram is the new Facebook. So when is the next fun not limited social media going to come out? Who is going to be the new social media creator? We thought it was going to be Snapchat, but Snapchat kind of died off. We need something new. I need to shut my mouth before Facebook shuts down everything I do.

Ok. Back to the point. Instagram questions. Thank you guys for leaving questions. I divided these into sections like I always do. So the first section is fitness. Let’s get after these questions. There are so many good ones.

This is from Brooke. “Any tips on how to work toward a handstand pushup? I do modified ones on a box. But I feel like I’m not improving. Maybe I’m just being impatient.” So we have people do obviously on a box. We do pike pushups, as well, to improve that. I think working on your handstand is what’s really going to improve that. You can also do overhead presses, so dumbbell presses just to strengthen your shoulders, as well.

I’m not always the best for these questions, because I think I learned the wrong way. Because I was starting at a time that CrossFit was so new that people didn’t know how to even coach people and the were just owning a gym because they liked to workout. Which is still the case at many gyms now. But I learned doing a handstand pushup by doing kipping handstand pushups and getting stronger at kipping, and that improved my shoulder strength, and I was able to do a strict handstand pushup.

But that’s how I learned. Kipping handstand pushups and I’m really good at those, but I’m not great at strict handstand pushups. But I just also don’t care. So I don’t put much time in it. But I’ve always kind of worked down of putting a couple of ab mats underneath my head doing a handstand pushup to a couple of ab mats, then taking an ab mat out, going down a little bit farther. And seeing how far you can push it. And that gives you a garget every time to hit. That’s what’s been really helpful for me.

Emily. “I was hoping you could chat about women’s relationship in the gym setting. I know it’s easy for women to get jealous of others.” Jackson needs to go out. Now I’ve got to peel myself, literally, I’m sticking to everything. “I know it’s easy for women to get jealous of others, or quick to judge newcomers who are starting out. So what have your experiences been in gyms? Do you feel judged, welcome? How can we overcome these kinds of stigmas? Thanks.”

I think first and foremost, finding a gym that doesn’t create those feelings is really important. And that’s why I think I really blossomed in CrossFit. Because I never felt judged by anybody. I felt very welcomed. And if you don’t feel welcome, it’s not the gym for you.

At our gym, we just don’t have any sort of judgement. Because no matter if you’re a beginner and you are starting with a 15-pound bar, or you’re a person who is doing all workouts RX. Either way, you’re both scared shitless of that workout, and you both are going to have a terrible workout. Meaning really good workout, where you feel like sh*t afterwards, and you’re like; “Oh my god. I can’t believe I did that.” No matter where you’re at.

So, I don’t ever feel that anymore. And maybe it’s because I’ve been in gym settings for so long. But I’m in a gym setting where there’s no judgment. Everybody is friends. Everybody is friendly. I haven’t run into that issue.

And we definitely don’t judge newcomers. The people I judge in the gym are the people who will; it’s usually males. We’ll get a female or two once in a while, but it’s usually males who won’t listen to their coach and think they’re stronger than they are and thinking their form is better than it is. Those are the only people that I’m judging that are not listening. Because number one, you are paying to be coached at a gym. And number two, you look stupid because you won’t listen.

I think if you’re feeling judged, it could be your own insecurities. I’m not saying you personally, I’m saying people in general. I think it could be that person’s own insecurities. Because if I feel judged ever, it’s probably because I’m judging myself. And I’m so worried about what other people are thinking, when they’re just trying to get after their own workout. Or it could be just that gym is not a good fit. And get out of there.

I think we overcome those stigmas by just working on ourselves, personally. Because we say; “Hey. I don’t give a sh*t what anybody thinks, and I don’t worry about what anybody thinks.” Or, “Hey, this gym is not a good fit for me. And I’m going to move on. And that’s it.” So that’s kind of how I think about that.

Megs. “Do you drink coffee? If so, what are some good paleo options to put in it? And belly fat. What are some good ab exercises that you do? Any bell fat shrinking tips you have?”

OK. So I put personally heavy cream in my coffee. That’s not paleo. But I don’t have any issues with a tablespoon of heavy cream daily. You can do coconut milk. I know there’s almond milk. Those are kind of the best sources out there if you’re looking for like a creamy option. You can always make a butter coffee or a bulletproof coffee where you use coconut oil or butter and MCT oil to make it creamy. So there’s all kinds of different options out there.

And as for belly fat. If you’re looking to decrease belly fat, go to your diet. Don’t think that ab exercises are just going to cure that. Because you can have some rock-solid abs. And if you’re diet is not in check. Those rock-solid abs are not showing through. So I personally don’t do any ab-specific exercises. I’ve always been a person with a smaller waist. I have bigger hips and bigger legs. That’s where my weight goes to. Abs have never been that thing for me.

Oh my god, Jackson just farted. I wish that was on; that people could hear that. Finger’s crossed you can.

But I can always tell, even yesterday when I had cookies and a cupcake. I can tell the difference the next morning. I can see it very quickly. So just get your diet in check. Stop worrying so much about the ab exercises. And there are great ab exercises out there. I personally just like getting my ab workouts from Olympic lifting and from any of the movements I do. Everything is core specific, always. Whenever you’re lifting, you should be concentrating on your core first and foremost. So you’re pretty much doing an ab workout every single time you do a movement.

So I don’t do much. Sometimes toes to bar at my gym. But that’s about it.

Ok. Jen. “Any tips no how to focus on losing body fat? Instead of stressing about the scale, I’m working to focus on dropping my body fat percentage. It’s way too high, and I’m not an overweight person. Would you say to focus on diet or exercise?”

You’re not focusing on the scale, but your focusing on body fat percentage. And that feels; this is simply my opinion. It feels like you’re just taking one obsession to the other. You’re not worried about losing weight, but you’re worried about the body fat percentage. That’s a tough one. I have never tracked my body fat percentage. So I can’t say for sure.

If you’re looking to drop body fat in any way, exercise is always great. Lifting revs your metabolism. But if you’re eating clean, that’s what’s really going to reduce body fat, as well. So diet and exercise. But I would recommend not stressing so much about body fat percentage. Because not only is that going to send your stress levels higher, and increase your cortisol. Which will limit that body fat loss. So keep that in mind. I’m not going to say too many opinions. But that’s just my opinion on that.

Ok, Julie. “Love following your blog. I’m trying to get out of the mindset of comparing myself to all these fitness accounts I see on Instagram, and just focusing on making healthier choices in my life for my body. You’ve shared a lot about your body image journey, and it really resonates with me. So any advice for breaking comparison cycle. Especially with a growing fitness community on Instagram.”

That one is so hard for me, and I go through this all the time. And I’ll always have people, especially as I share more of my workouts. I’ll have people who are like, “Oh, you should follow her. You should follow her.” And I’ll look at their accounts, and I’m like, “I just can’t do that. Because I start playing the comparison game.

And that’s what I really like on Brett Contreras’ Instagram page. Because he has these beautiful females in there. And then he has dudes in there. And then he has the average person in there. And he has all walks of life on his Instagram page. He doesn’t just show these “perfect” fitness models on there. And I really appreciate that, and I can get behind that.

But there are just some people that make me feel insecure. And it has nothing to do with them, and their account, and what they’re putting into the world. It has to do with me. So I just unfollow those accounts. Or I don’t follow them in general.

There’s Alexia Clark, who is a huge name in the fitness community. And has taken the world by storm on Instagram. And she puts out amazing workouts. And one of my best friend’s does her workouts. And she’s like, “Oh, you need to try out her program. It’s awesome.” And I watch her videos, and I feel so insecure about myself. And that is all my own sh*t. It has nothing to do with her. So I can’t follow her.

And I have to really resist from clicking on her page. Because she pops up on my explore feed all the time. And I really have to resist clicking on hers. Because I just feel these insecurities that I don’t want to feel. I love her stuff. I love her workouts. I’ve heard they’re so challenging and amazing. So if you’re looking for a good workout program, I heard hers is so amazing. Alexia Clark.

But there are just people I can’t follow. And if I start looking at stuff, and I start getting down that rabbit hole of Instagram, I put my phone down. And I go move onto something else. Because the comparison game is real and it’s hard. And if you’re feeling insecure because of someone else, and you don’t know why, it’s something you need to work on yourself. Then just stop following them. Maybe you’ll be able to follow them in the future. But stop following them. Because you shouldn’t feel that way. Follow people that make you feel good, or that are good for that moment in time. And that’s kind of how I break that cycle and move on with my day.

Ms. Davis. “Can you speak about your husband exercise routine? You’ve mentioned in the past that he works a lot. I’m curious how he finds balance between work, spending time with you, and keeping up with exercise.”

So he works out by himself. And I have literally no clue what he does. I ask him sometimes. I’m like, what did you do today? And he’ll be like, “Oh, thrusters. Biceps curls. Sit ups.” And he just talks about some of the movements he did. If he did sprints or stuff like that. If he had a great workout. But we don’t talk a ton about our workouts. It will just be like, “Oh my god, the CrossFit workout was so hard today.”

He used to CrossFit and do CrossFit, but he has shoulder injuries from wakeboarding in the past. So he just doesn’t go anymore. So we just don’t have the same talks about workouts anymore like we used to. Because we’re both doing different things.

But he just makes it work. He works a sh*t ton. He was going to the gym before work for a while, but he quit that and he just goes at night. At the end of the day, he just makes it work. He gets in there. He doesn’t workout quite as much as me, most of the time because of his busy schedule. But at the end of the day he just makes it work.

Whenever he was like; “I had to work late, I don’t know if I’m going to go to the gym. I want to hang out with you.” I always tell him; no. Go to the gym. Get your workout in. Your health is number one, and important. We have many years together. Just because we’re not hanging out for an hour more tonight is not the end of the world. So I always tell him to put his exercise as priority, because we’ll have other times together. I think exercise should come first. And it should be first and foremost. Health is just important.

So that’s how we kind of balance it. You just make it work, and he does.

This is from Hannah. “Are you doing the CrossFit Open?” Yes. I’ve done the CrossFit Open for I don’t know how many f*cking years now. Too many. And I always talk sh*t about it because I hate it, because I don’t like doing workouts as prescribed. And we were actually talking about it at the gym today when I was in class. And I always sign up. I always talk sh*t about it but then I sign up at the end of the day.

Because the owner of our gym gets all excited about the open, and we do all our workouts on Friday nights and then drink afterwards. Everybody has drinks and just hangs out. So it’s super fun. So yes, I’ll be doing it. I signed up under a fake name once, but they figured it out and changed it back. Those motherf*ckers.

Jen. “What type or brand of underwear do you wear?” gotta love this question, huh? {laughs} I love Lululemon and Zella thongs. I do not understand how women workout in regular underwear. I always get that question, especially with leggings coming out. They’re like; “If you’re wearing regular underwear and leggings, does your underwear show through?” and I’m like; why would you wear regular underwear?

Believe me, I have this conversation with my friends all the time. There’s this one girl at the gym, and she’s like; “You wear thongs? Gross. No way. I have to feel like my ass.” And she wears boyshorts. She’s like. “I have to feel like my ass is covered.” I’m like, your ass is covered. By the f*cking leggings. She like, no. I just feel weird.

I’m like; but then you can see the line of your underwear. And I do not want to have a line of my underwear showing on my ass. No. No. So those were the underwear I wear. Sorry if I offended anybody who wears regular underwear. {laughs}

This is from Katie. “Curious if you’ve ever tried beet juice shots before workouts. It seems to be all the rage these days.” I have not seen that rage. I have not had any beet juice shots. I’ve had beet juice. I’ve had beet cocktails. But nothing before a workout. I don’t take anything before a workout. I never feel like I need anything. So no, I’ve not don’t the beet juice craze.

Bekah. “Since you’re focusing and doing more booty workouts, are you ever so sore you can’t sit down the next day? What have you done to decrease the ache? That’s always my most dreaded part of leg day.”

Not with these things I’ve been doing. I get that once in a while. I got that a lot back in my CrossFit competition days when I would have regionals come up. Or it’s like a pistol day. But I just don’t get that same terrible ache. I think just running, or rowing, or walking just can kind of help with that. And rolling out; getting some of the lactic acid out. But I haven’t dealt with that very much. Yesterday was that day, and my butt cheeks are just a little sore, but not painfully sore.

Dreaming in Neutrals. Dig the name. “What do you do to sustain some sort of injury from working out, if you ever have?” Oh, that’s funny since I just talked about that. “Like a strain or muscle pull or some sort. It can be depressing and feel like you’re going backwards. I echo the question about recovery, especially when you’re wicked sore.”

I don’t do sh*t. I literally don’t do sh*t. And that’s why I’m going to see a chiropractor to start taking better care of myself, post-care stuff. But I don’t really do anything. I try to stretch a little bit at the end once in a while. I do that more when I’m working out by myself versus CrossFit. But I really don’t do anything. And if I ever have an injury, I just lay off that completely until it heals. But I haven’t had any terrible injuries to speak of, knock on wood. So, yeah. I haven’t done anything. I’m sorry that I can’t give you a better answer.

Haven Amy. “How does one start training more serious for CrossFit? I know that is your past time of life. Did you get someone to program for you? How did you meet training partners? And maybe in retrospect, how would you do it differently if you were wanting to train competitively now?”

So I would first and foremost, if I was doing it all over again, I would find a gym that you love. And find a coach that you trust that can help you guide your way to that safely in the best way possible and can talk to you about your diet, and can talk to you about your workouts and what you’re going through.

I wish I would have had a coach while I was doing this. I just had the people I was working out with, and that’s what lead to so many different hormone issues and overtraining. So I would find a coach. Get a training schedule instead of just like whatever we were just f*cking doing that day. Have a schedule. Have rest days planned and make sure I was actually resting so my body could recover. And I would eat more. That’s all the things I would do.

But find a coach and find a good gym that is a trust worthy gym and a reputable gym that you know others that have trained at, as well. I think that’s a great starting point.

“I remember when you started Orange Theory, you noticed that your legs leaned out from running. Have you noticed a change in your legs since you stopped running with Orange Theory?”

No. I’ve seen a change in my legs. They’re get a bit more muscular, but not larger. They’re getting a little bit more shapely since I’ve cut out running and adding in my lifting schedule instead. And I think my legs started to lean out a little bit because of the change in activity. And then that kind of went away and I was getting a little bit overworked in Orange Theory and all the running.

So yeah. My legs and my butt have changed since I started doing a different schedule and doing the booty workouts and adding in more leg specific accessory work. So I haven’t seen them change in a negative way since I stopped running.

2. Listener Questions: Food [34:43]

Ok, let’s move onto food. This one, Elle Flax. “You may have answered this before, but do you count or monitor your macros? If so, what are some good tips to keep in mind? I’m struggling with finding balanced meal options while going overboard on carbs. I have a feeling you can’t be a foodie and count macros.”

I have never counted macros or monitored macros. I don’t know how to. I don’t know how all the counting works, so I can’t speak to that. I just do intuitive eating. And try not to overdo it when I’m eating out or having cocktails. I just try to never eat to the place that I’m overly full and uncomfortable. I always try to eat to the point that I’m satisfied. That’s how I monitor my meals in general.

Julia Gulia. {laughs} “You’ve mentioned a few times that your husband is on a special diet after testing for his food intolerances. I’m really interested in doing the testing too, but trying to see if it’s worth the investment or not. I’m exhausted of trying to determine the cause of stomach issues. Has he seen noticeable differences since cutting out his intolerances. What has the process been for him?”

So my husband was dealing with all sorts of gut issues and headaches, intestinal issues. So he went and did the Dunwoody test, which is a blood test. And it tests for all your intolerances. And everything came back; all of his intolerances that came back were the things that he was eating almost daily. Because we eat very similar things often. So pork, chicken, black pepper, all kinds of different things that we eat on a regular basis.

So we cut out all those things. He has them on occasion, when he’s traveling. Like he wasn’t doing any alcohol or sugar. He was very strict for 6-7 weeks. And then we’ve been trying to add in things and see how they pan out. But he has noticed, when he drinks or has excess sugar at this point he feels like total dog sh*t. But he’s also like, “Is this placebo effect? Because I know I’m not supposed to be having those things.”

But he does see a difference. When he eats really clean, he feels the best. He doesn’t have any headaches. His stomach is better. So it’s been hard. It’s many things he can’t have. He can’t have vinegar; so any sort of sauce is out. He can’t have eggs. He can’t have olives. It’s a huge list of different things.

So it’s been hard for him. But he’s really good at sticking to things, and wants to feel better. So I think it was worth it to him. But it’s just hard, because it’s a longer road. If you have leaky gut, it’s a long road sometimes to heal that. And that’s his issue, at the end of the day. So it’s hard, because you’re like, “Oh. I’ve gone a few months sticking this out. Why am I not better?”

A few months is not going to heal all the years of stress that you’ve put on your body through physical exercise. Through food. Through stress at work. It’s not going to heal in just a couple of months. And that’s important to remember. So I think it was worth it to him. But he still does feel a little frustrated for sure.

Jayla. “How did you learn the difference between being hungry and just being thirsty or bored?” For me, I know that I need three round meals a day. For sure. And then sometimes I’ll need a snack, sometimes I won’t. I think when you start drinking more water, you start to feel the difference of; ok what does hungry feel like? When my stomach is growling, when it feels a little bit empty. Versus; ok I’ve been drinking water, I just had a meal. And then I’m just bored at work; what do I want to do? I want endorphins. I want food.

So I think for me, drinking way more water is really helpful. And knowing that; “OK, I’ve had three full meals. I know my exercise output that day. So I need a little bit more food than that. So this is kind of a real hunger that I’m going through.” Versus, “Why am I going to the fridge when I just ate something?” And I’ve been going through that this past week. I’ve been kind of overeating for some reason. And I have to break that down. Ok, why am I doing this? Are you bored? Is something missing? And I kind of have to look at that.

But, at the end of the day, if I’m eating three round meals, I know I’ll need a little bit of snack here and there in between, but it’s not going to be a ton. And that’s kind of how I’ve been able to gauge. You’re able to feel hunger when you go long enough without food. You can feel it. You know what that feels like. If you don’t, go longer without food and wait until you feel that hunger cue. And that’s kind of how you’ll be able to feel that more. That’s what’s helped me in the past, at least.

Lizzy. “Curious how often and how much starchy carb do you tend to eat? I know everybody is different, but it helps to know a starting point. Do you include a starchy veggie in every meal? Once a day?”

I don’t really think that much about starchy carbohydrates. I just have them sometimes, and not other times. I try not to eat starchy carbohydrates at night with dinner. I don’t know a ton about it, but I’ve heard that it’s hard for your body to breakdown at night when you’re sleeping. So I just don’t do a ton of starchy carbohydrates, especially just feeling heavy when your stomach is more full going to bed.

And I do find kind of backing off that last question. I do find it harder to judge hunger cues when I’m eating starchier carbohydrates. Because I just overeat them. So when I’m eating vegetables and good quality sources of protein, I don’t run into that issue as much, because I’m just not feeling that overindulging feeling that you get with starchier carbohydrates.

But I usually have some sort of starchy carbohydrate at breakfast, and sometimes lunch if I’m feeling really kind of wasted from a workout. Sometimes dinner. But just kind of what I’m feeling that day.

C. Merida. “How did you become consistent with healthy eating? Do you worry about your portions?” I think I became consistent with healthy eating because I didn’t like feeling like sh*t every day. And when I wasn’t consistent, I felt like sh*t and I didn’t feel like my best version of myself. So that’s what helped me become consistent. I felt better about myself. I was more productive throughout the day. So it was just over time, it was worth putting in the extra effort to stay consistent. And I felt better.

It’s easy to be like; “Oh, let’s just go get food somewhere.” But you just don’t feel your best self. So then I would want to make more meals at home instead of just making a pizza at home; we have this great source of chicken and beef with Butcher Box. Why not cook a meal instead?

And I definitely don’t worry about my portions unless I’m at a restaurant that they’re serving; maybe you’re getting a five-course meal of heavy, decadent food. Then I’m trying not to overdo it with my portion size so I can still feel good afterwards. But I don’t really worry about my portions. I just get stuff on the plate. Lots of veggies. Some protein on the side, cooked in good fat. That’s about it.

Two more questions related to food. Jay Latin. “I’m impressed by your ability to have and maintain a lean physique. Do you actively or routinely tweak your eats every so often? If so, in what ways? Or you just eat intuitively? It is apparent you’re a habitually clean eater. Props.” Thank you! “I would love tips to help encourage my own fitness journey, as I wish to lose 5 to 10 pounds of fat.”

First of all, one of the main things when my body started changing was when I stopped worrying about 5 to 10 pounds of whatever. When I stopped worrying about that altogether was when my body was able to change the most, because I wasn’t putting it through stress. Kind of like I talked about earlier.

But I think I do tweak my diet in some ways, sometimes having a heavier carb day and I don’t even think about it like that. It’s like; oh, maybe that’s all we have left in the fridge is potatoes. Or, I had a really hard workout I need extra carbohydrates at this point.

So I think I do tweak it in that way. Or sometimes I’m eating a little bit more fat than I would the next day. Or sometimes I’m having more sugar than I normally would. So I “tweak” my diet, but I just don’t think about it like that. I think everybody tweaks their diet in most ways, unless they’re cooking all the same meals through the week. Meal prepping like a boss. But I think my diet changes daily. At the end of the day, I just try to eat clean of lots of veggies, proteins, and good fats. Try to balance that out by still having a life and a cocktail and a cupcake here and there too.

Lowtez. “I love that you post what you eat, but the portion sizes seem miniscule compared to what I eat. Do you struggle with hunger? If so, how do you keep that under control. Snacking seems to be my downfall.”

Ok, so I’ve done what I eat in a day posts for a long time now because people really seem to like them. And whenever I ask, people like seeing those posts. It’s always kind of one of those things that I don’t know if I should post it, because people start playing the comparison game. And I do it because so many people have wanted those posts.

And I get more people coming to my website when I post that sort of thing. So obviously the audience is interested in that. And I think it gives really great ideas for people who are like, “Oh, I never thought of that.” As like a super easy meal that I can make at home for dinner in a pinch. And it just gives people a different idea of what maybe breakfast looks like, if they’ve been a cereal eater for years, like I was before, and then they see my breakfast of a protein and a vegetable and then a plantain or starch on the side. They’re like; “Oh. That looks really good. Maybe I’ll try that.”

So I like giving people ideas. But I think the comparison game can happen a lot. And I think when you look at a plate on your phone, you visualize it a certain way. So you either visualize it very small, or you visualize it very large. It’s kind of hard to figure out what that portion size really looks like when you’re not in that moment with them.

And at the end of the day, my body is 100% different than your body. We have nothing in common. Our genetics are totally different. Our lifestyles are different. Our stressors are different. Our needs are different. Everything is different. So I like giving these meal ideas to help people plan out meals in general. And kind of give a glance of what my diet looks like for people who are interesting. But you should not be comparing whatsoever.

I don’t struggle with hunger, because I eat whenever I’m hungry. And I eat good sources of fat and protein. So that really pushes down those hunger needs later on. And I say that as; say you’re eating something like yogurt and granola with berries in the morning. Which I’m not a huge fan of. It’s just sugar, sugar, and more sugar. Then you’re going to probably be hungry two hours later. Versus say you had a breakfast of vegetables and a good source of proteins and healthy fats. You’re going to be satisfied for maybe three to four hours, compared to that two. So, I don’t know what I was really going for with that.

But, I just like showing people ideas. Remember, your needs are totally different than mine. And I don’t deal with hunger issues because I just eat when I’m hungry. And I eat good sources, instead of a ton of chips, or a ton of nuts are making me kind of spike and then crash later on. So I hope that helps.

3. Listener Questions: Blog [48:30]

Ok, we’ve got lots of blog related questions this time around. So here we go. Sunny, “What is the best advice for someone who is wanting to start a blog?” I would say, I talked about how I started my own blog. So you can listen to that on the podcast. But if you’re going to start a blog, be consistent. Post regularly. People are going to come back because they know you’re consistent and you’re going to have new content regularly.

If you’re a person who posts once a month, or even just once a week; people don’t. And that’s not true for everybody. But I think people like to see content on a regular basis. And just be true to yourself at the end of the day. There’s all kinds of different places. You can host your website. You can build it. And you can build SEO. All this stuff; all the logistics. But if you don’t have great content at the end of the day, it doesn’t matter how much you spent on a new website, and a host, and all that jazz. So just concentrate on your content and getting it out there consistently.

This next one. “How did you get into designing your leggings? I absolutely love them. Any other workout clothing designs in your future?” That’s the best!

So, I received a pair of leggings from my friends Joy and Claire and Girls Gone WOD podcast. They designed their first pair of leggings with Four Athletics, who sponsored their podcast for a long time. They wore their leggings all the time. So I was doing an Instagram story about that, like; oh my god! This is the coolest idea! I should do this. And they reached out to me about working together.

So then after they reach out; sorry. I’m not tired. I’m not bored. To whoever leaves those kinds of comments. So they reach out, and they put me in contact with their designer. I put together a Pinterest, like an inspiration board of fabrics I like, colors I like, leggings length, fabrics. And that sort of thing, and we start building off of that. And then we just go back and forth of designs and colors.

And then they print out the leggings, they send them to me. And then I say; like I got the mesh leggings back this first time around. And they were pulling a little bit weird at the thigh. So I asked them to improve that. Or say the color wasn’t quite right, and we change that. That’s how that goes. It’s amazing working with them. It’s so cool.

So I’m really hoping that this next campaign does well and I can continue this partnership with them in the future. And do other leggings out there. Because I know not everybody likes 7/8th length. Maybe somebody wants crop. So doing crop leggings, a different fabric. I think I want to do shorts. I don’t wear shorts myself, but I know a lot of people who wear shorts. So I would love to get some of those out there. Maybe do a sports bra in the future. I think that would be really fun. Kind of some matching designs, I always love that.

So yes! I hope there is future clothing designs. Hopefully if this campaign does well, there will be.

Josie. “What were you plans for your career before you decided to blog full time? If you ever decide to get out of blogging, what would you do? Do you have any other career dreams, maybe not related to health and fitness?”

Oh, girl. Everything is related to health and fitness in my life, so no. No dream outside of health and fitness. I went to school for health and exercise science. So that has always been a passion of mine. And I thought I was going to open up my own gym at one point. That was kind of what I was working towards. I was working at a ton of different CrossFit gyms, and I thought I would probably start my own gym at one point. So if I ever do get out of blogging, I think that’s the route I would go. Working with clients in really getting control of their bodies, and that’s what I would do.

“What program do you use to edit your photos?” I use Lightroom. Highly recommend. It’s the best. It’s so user friendly compared to; what’s that called. Why am I blanking what’s that called? Oh, Photoshop. Sorry. I think it’s way more user friendly than photoshop. I love it. It’s the best. I edit all my photos, food and outfit photos, on there.

Tammy’s Journey. “How do you stay so motivated? I work from home, and some days I could much easier put my feet up than keep working.” I don’t know what feet up means. Does that mean TV? Where are you from?

So I stay motivated by making a to-do list. I label my to-do list hour by hour. To make sure I stay on track with everything and I get everything done. If I have my to-do list, and it’s staring at me, I’m going to get it done because it annoys me and it pisses me off if it’s not done. So that’s how I stay motivated.

And I really love what I do. So there’s always something exciting. There’s always something to work on. There’s always something new to be done. And if I need a day off, then I need a day off. Then I have a lazy day. Especially after I shoot cooking videos. I just need a day to not do anything. Not post on social media. Take a break. And I’ll do that. But I just really like what I do. And to-do lists really do help.

Anna. “How do you deal with all the dishes you create from cooking? I love to cook, but can’t stand the dishes.” Anna, guess what? I do the dishes. That’s how I deal with it. I don’t like having a dirty kitchen. It annoys the sh*t out of me. So I’m trying to clean more as I go. As soon as I finish a dish, start cleaning up as it’s cooking or whatever. And then my husband will help with some of the dishes at dinner.

But at the end of the day, I made a mess and I have to clean it up. And that’s just part of my job. It sucks, but true.

“I recently started following your blog, and I love your recipes. I’m curious; what is it like being a fulltime blogger? Do you have someone follow you around every day with a camera? Does someone have to video your workouts? I follow several blogs, and I’ve wondered who takes the pictures, the location, etc.”

No. I am by myself all the f*cking time. And when I’m at the gym, I set my phone up on the floor or on a bench and just press record and hope it’s shooting in my direction. It usually isn’t. Not great with that. For outfit photos, I meet up with my sister-in-law, has been taking my photos recently. Or if I’m working with a photographer. I meet up, and we usually take five to six outfit photos in one day. So I bring all those outfits in my car, and we go location to location and take photos there.

I do all my own food photos. And if we’re on vacation, I just ask my husband to take photos. That’s kind of how I go about that. But no, nobody is following me around. Because I would make them do the f*cking dishes if they were.

But I guess to answer your question, what it’s like to be a fulltime blogger. You’re just working for yourself, so it’s just lots of emails. Lots of being on your computer. Lots of coming up with content. So yeah, everybody does it a little bit differently for sure. But that’s how I go about getting my photos done.

Becky. “How do you decide what to offer for free out of the goodness of your little heart, versus how and when do you raise money for what you do? Seems like I never have to pay for anything from you. Thanks! Is affiliate links your main source of income?”

I get paid off of advertising on my website. So if you come and there’s an ad there, it’s usually an ad based on something you’ve looked at. So maybe you’ve looked at a car lately. Maybe you’ve looked at Tesla, because it’s f*cking floating in space right now. Well then, you would maybe get a Tesla ad. So I get paid off of advertising on my website. And I also get paid off of affiliate links.

Maybe you purchase something on Amazon; I have an Amazon affiliate link that I would maybe get a kickback from that. Same thing with Butcher Box or other affiliates that I’ve worked with. And that’s kind of how I make money.

I started this blog as a free blog, and I’ve done that the entire time. And it’s so funny when I get someone complaining. They’re like, “All your blog is advertising.” I was like; literally, there are 800 free recipes on my website. That’s not advertising. And I’m giving you all this free content; why is not ok for me to promote something I’m already wearing. And if you purchase something of it, I get a kickback from that? I don’t know why people have some weird feelings about that.

But, I just get kickbacks from affiliate links so that’s really helpful. But I’ve done this blog for free for so long. And the advertising on my site is what really started me getting more financially stable and able to actually pay for groceries and not be below poverty line. So that’s kind of how I was able to do that.

I just like coming out with new content. So if that means I get a kickback; if it means I don’t get a kickback that’s fine. I just like having different content for people to come look at. Like I did a hair post the other day, and there are no affiliate links in there. I don’t think there is. Because hair products, you have to buy at a salon.

But I’m not not going to do a post because it doesn’t have affiliate links in there. Because I like sharing that content of what has worked for me, and what has really changed my hair. And I want people to know about that. So that’s kind of how I go about that. But it’s definitely nice to be able to work with affiliate links to be able to keep a site free and up and running and still do my job.

Sadstash. “You seem like one of the few influencers that’s doing it all by yourself. How do you keep up with everything that needs to get done for your blog? Sponsored posts, social. I know you hate people, but do you have plans to hire any?”

So I have, one of my girlfriends, she does my emails. She works with any of my blog emails or any emails that come in via Instagram. She works on those, because I just couldn’t keep up with it all. Any sponsored content, I work one on one with. But you just figure it out. You just always figure it out. I’m sure I could product more videos, like cooking videos, if I had somebody else’s help to do those close up videos; those Taste-Made type videos that everybody sees. And I could do a little bit more, but I like working by myself. And I’ve been screwed over by so many people in the past that I’m not interested in doing that at this point.

You just get it done. I have a to-do list. And I have the posts that are coming up, and the photos I need to get done. And I just make it work.

This is my friend; Bacon and Squats. “Where do you see PaleOMG being in 5 years? With Instagram starting to implement changes in what’s shown on timelines, and beginning to look more like Facebook, are you looking at other ways to market your brand and make sure you can keep the same revenues. I guess I don’t really know what percentage of what you make comes from your blog, book, Instagram, sponsored posts. But what happens if Instagram goes away, or moves to a model that punishes business, like Facebook does.”

Ugh. Don’t we just love Facebook and Instagram? The thing is, I’ve been going through these changes for years now. And it started when I had simply a paleo recipe blog, and I said, OK, I want to be able to stay with this blog and stay relevant. That means I need to expand into more things other than just paleo. Because what if paleo is completely forgotten about? And not liked anymore? I want to have something else to offer the world other than just that. And that’s why I got into fitness and fashion and beauty and whatever else I’m interested in at the moment.

At the end of the day, your platform, like your blog. Hopefully, unless all kinds of other things go up in the air. But your blog is your content. And that’s what I concentrate on. And that’s where I make most of my income, is from my blog itself. But you own your blog. And I was at a Like To Know It seminar thing, like the fashion stuff that I put up with that company. And women ask that all the time. “So what am I supposed to do if Instagram goes away? And that’s may main source of income.” And they always say, “Then you need to build your blog. Because social media comes and goes, and it could be gone in a day. It could be yesterday’s biggest thing, and now we’re onto some new different thing.

You just have to roll with the punches. And that’s what I’ve done. Facebook used to make me a good amount of money, and that was life changing to me. And then Facebook changed. And two people out of the 350,000 people who followed me on Facebook; two people get to see my post. And that’s how Facebook changed. So I moved onto Instagram, and now Instagram is changing.

But at the end of the day, my blog is where I have my content. My newsletter, those emails that I’ve captured organically over time. That’s how I’ve really built my blog, and continue to build it. So if those social media channels go away, they can always find me there. And hopefully I’ve been able to scoop a good amount of people through social media to pull back to my blog in some way through a recipe. Through an outfit. Through a beauty post. Through leggings. Whatever it is. And I’ve been able to capture those amazing people and keep them there for any future changes.

But it’s just like any business. You roll with the punches, and you change with the times. I was just getting a spray tan today and thinking about this great place that I go. I go to Glamour Bar in Denver to get my spray tans. And I really love Lindsey, the owner there. And she does the same thing. You’ll see the same thing with salons or any other business. Microblading is the thing. And eyelash extensions are the thing, instead of just hair and nails. So what does she do? She finds a person who does microblading and a person who does lash extension, and she changes part of her indoor space to get those people in there. And that’s been a huge part of her business at this point.

So you just change with the times. And you update as you need to, and love the challenge of it as well. I can’t say where; I always get that question. I can’t say where I see PaleOMG going in five years. Because I never saw PaleOMG happening 10 years ago. That was never what I saw happening. So I can’t believe this is my job. But I will constantly change with the times, and work my ass off to do whatever I need to do. I hope that answers your question. You little friend.

4. Listener Questions: Skincare [1:05:04]

We’re onto skincare now. We’re done with blog stuff. Onto skincare. Kate, “Love all your tips for preventing acne breakouts. Avoiding nuts, eggs, sugar. But what do you do when your skin breaks out to help it heal faster? What is your favorite concealer for inflamed skin these days?”

So I use Primally Pure fancy face serum. I put that on any zits that I have. It is amazing. Highly recommend that. Primally Pure. If you go onto my blog, under the beauty tab I have a post about charcoal deodorant that I’m obsessed with right now. And Fancy Face serum. I have a link there.

And concealer for inflamed skin; I use Jane Iredale. And I think that’s a great brand. They’re gluten free, they don’t have any sh*t in there. So I think that’s great for the skin. Jane Iredale.

Karen. “I can’t wait to see your revamp on home décor. I love your new leggings.” Oh my gosh. You’re just saying nice stuff. “Your skin looks amazing. How often do you get Profractional laser done, and is it pricy? Looking to brighten up my skin, as well.”

So, Profractional I’m planning to do every six months. My esthetician was like; we can always do a way lighter setting. So if you look up Chelsea Handler Profractional, she has two blood spots on her face. It’s very light Profractional, and I go the very intense. And she’s like, we can do lighter ones in between where you’re not out for f*cking days and you can’t leave. So I might do those. But those intense Profractionals, every six months. It continues to work for up to six months, and then you need another one.

I f*cking love them. Yes they are pricy. It depends if you get your whole face; it can be around $1000. If you go into your neck, it can be more than that. But it is really totally worth the money. I f*cking love them. I think it is the best thing I could have ever done for my skin and any acne scars I have. Since I don’t have great genetics, my wrinkles have already started to set in. And that has really turned back the clock. I f*cking love it. I can’t say enough about Profractional. I think it is absolutely amazing. But it is pricey, for sure. If you’re in Denver; I don’t know if you’re actually in Denver. But my esthetician gives discounts for PaleOMG listeners, because I’ve sent a lot of people her way. So if you are, let me know.

Yes. It’s worth every penny. Highly recommend. If you can save up, splurge for that on your skin. I would totally do it. But remember, everywhere is going to be different. Especially say you’re living in San Francisco; it’s going to be more. Say you’re living in Missouri, it’s probably going to be less. Everywhere is going to be, I don’t know why I said Missouri. {laughs}

Katie Mack. “Do you wear face makeup when you do Instagram stories on a normal day? Your skin just looks so good!”

Yes. I always wear makeup. That’s something that goes back for me being productive. I found that on the days where I just didn’t put any makeup on, stayed in my pajamas all day. Didn’t brush my teeth until 3 p.m. I just felt like a piece of sh*t. So I just feel better when I have just basic makeup on. I’ll put on my BB cream. I’ll put on some bronzer. I actually did an Instagram story about this. Hopefully you caught it. But put some bronzer on. Some highlighter. I fill in my brows if I need to. Because they just lighten up in color pretty quickly, because I’m blonde. And then I put on mascara. And that’s all I do.

This BB cream and this face primer have been amazing. I love wearing those. And it gets me excited to put makeup on, because my skin just looks so much better with it on. So yes, I am wearing makeup daily.

“Does your esthetician recommend and sell a certain brand of products that she keeps in her office? Or does she recommend a few different products that you go buy yourself outside of her office?”

No. She recommends the stuff she has in her office, and I love it. I use Vivant Skincare. And I’ve talked about this on my blog as well. I use Vivant Skincare, and then Beyond Complexion. And she has both in her office. Those two brands are amazing. I use them daily. And then another product I use that she did not recommend that I just came across myself is Tula. And I love Tula. I always recommend it. They have such great products, and they’ve made a huge difference in my skin, too.

She has Vivant and Beyond Complexion in her office. She uses it, and swears by it. And it f*cking changed my skin. Vivant skincare completely changed my skin. It’s amazing.

Frankie. “What adhesive do you use for your lashes?” I use duo. And you can get it at Target. You can get it at Sally. That’s where I usually get it. But Duo adhesive is what I use. And I use the dark color, because it blends in a little bit with your eyeliner.

Jam. “I always struggle with fake lashes? What glue?” Oh, sorry, I just totally answered that. “What glue do you use? Anything special? Any tips for someone who is fake lash challenged?”

OK. So I am, too. And I feel like you just get better at fake lashes by doing it all the time. But I still; I was like; “Oh, I put my lashes on perfect today.” And then 10 minutes later, one is falling off. I’m like; what the f*ck!? I don’t know how people get so good at it.

So I use Duo. And I personally like putting a little mirror down low, so I’m looking down. Because it makes it easier to get the lash on, than if you’re looking up or straight forward and your lashes are kind of in the way. So I look down. And I’ll put the middle of the lash, push it down. And then I’ll look up and I’ll use tweezers to put the size in by the far side of my eye, and then do the other side. So I work from the middle to the outside, to both outsides. Hopefully that makes sense. But tweezers go a long way. I think tweezers are so helpful.

Allison. “I didn’t remember you going into depth about your experience with Invisalign. How did the process go?”

I didn’t really talk about that for some reason. Invisalign was awesome. I was going to do a post about it, and I kept trying to get the doctor to send me before and after photos, and he just kept forgetting. So I was like; f*ck it. I don’t care that much. Who wants to show grody teeth on the internet? It’s just embarrassing.

I love Invisalign. I did it for six months. And it was great. I’m so happy with how my teeth look now. And they just straightened out some issues I had. I had braces when I was a kid. And then I lost my retainer. My bottom retainer broke off. So my teeth just moved, and they started to annoy me after time. And I knew they would just get worse, too, with time. So I did Invisalign for 6 months. Now I wear retainers every single night. I was so happy with the prices. Highly recommend it. It was amazing.

And if you’re looking to do Invisalign, get quotes from a couple of different doctors. Because people can quote you from $2000 to $10,000. It’s a huge range. So definitely go talk to someone. I don’t have dental insurance, because I haven’t had any dental issues, so I haven’t had to have that. I just go in for cleanings every six months. So I didn’t use dental insurance. I don’t know if dental insurance covers that. But definitely get different quotes, because people will go all over the place.

And my guy was like; well. Because I said somebody recommended him, and said what she paid. And he was like, “So what are you looking to pay?” Like he was ready to bargain. {laughs} So keep that in mind.

5. Listener Questions: Miscellaneous [1:13:20]

Ok. Last but not least, just kind of random stuff thrown in here. Seagle. Sleep. “I’m a very busy person, like you, and type A personality. And while I’m exhausted at the end of the night, I find it hard to shut off my brain. Do you have any habits or things that make sure to get a good night sleep in?”

So I make sure I have everything off my to-do list crossed off. And then my to-do list ready to go for the next day of time by time. That helps me be less stressed, less anxiety. I really like that. I try to turn; and I’m not good at this. But I try to turn my screen off. Get screens off completely. That’s going to help with your sleep pattern anyway.

Since I’m on my computer at all times, I use an app called Flux. I think it’s called Flux. F. Lux. And then it changes the temperature lighting of your computer. So it turns that blue-orange lighting, or whatever. So it’s less harsh on the eyes. So it’s easier to turn off. I do the same thing with my phone. Set the settings, so it changes to that stuff that’s better for your eyes at night.

And if you’re having a hard time sleeping, and those things aren’t helping, doing; what’s it called? Dammit, I’m totally forgetting now. I don’t do anything other than just trying to turn off screens. You can read before bed. But for me, if you’re a type A personality, and you can’t turn your brain off, I think writing those things down and having your to-do list ready to go for the next day. I think that’s super helpful.

Big Al. “Besides Bachelor, what are your favorite train wreck reality shows?”

Oh my god. I love me a good episode of Botched. I feel like I used to watch E! all the time, and I just haven’t in a long time. I feel like I keep going back to Netflix to watch Parks and Rec. Just some lighthearted stuff. But I would always watch Botched. Loved Total Divas; still do. But I just forget about these shows, and I haven’t watched them. My husband is 7 years older, and he’s like, “Let’s watch the news.” And I’m like, “Lets watch Total Divas!” I just haven’t watched those shows in a long time.

And if I’m home by myself, husband is out of town, I don’t feel like doing sh*t. I want to just make myself a gluten free pizza and sit on my ass, I love me a good Kardashians. A full day of Kardashians. Really commit. Find out what’s going on in their lives. F*cking love it. I don’t care. Judge me. I don’t care at all. They are the best to watch. That’s why they’re famous as f*ck.

Oh my god; how are so many of them pregnant? Aren’t they all pregnant at the moment or something? That’s not true at all. Man. Craziness. Kylee, she just had a baby. I didn’t even know she was only 20 years old. No judgement to people who had babies young, you go you. F*ck. I can’t imagine. If I had babies at 20 years old. Oh my god. Oh my god, I can’t imagine.

Ok. Connie. “I’m looking to maybe start my first nursing job in Colorado. What are your thoughts and opinions for someone moving to Colorado to live there?’

{laughs} That’s a funny question. I mean, obviously I love living in Colorado because I’ve lived here my whole life. So yeah. Everybody is moving here. It’s the hot place to be at the moment. And that’s for a reason; it’s an amazing place. So my thoughts are good. I love Colorado.

Spin Me and Eat Clean. Yeah. “Love your podcast.” I love you. “Just wondering why you eat only half a Larabar instead of a whole bar? I think in an episode you ate half a Larabar or something, but you were still hungry. Also, why did you start using Retin-A again? And do you use it every night? Sorry if these questions have already been answered.”

Ok. So a lot of times, I have half a Larabar before I work out just to settle my stomach. Because I don’t want a ton of food in there, and I know I’m going to eat a meal afterwards. Larabars have a good amount of sugar in them and I know I don’t need that much before I’m working out. I just want something to settle my stomach. Or say I’m having a snack. I don’t want to have the full Larabar because it has a good amount of sugar. Or it has a good amount of nuts in it. And nuts don’t do well for my stomach. So then I would have half a Larabar and something else. That’s kind of why I do that. And then have the other half another day. But yeah. That’s why I do that.

And then; why did you start using Retin-A again. I just started using Retin-A again. I was on Retin-A before, but then I just got lazy when my prescription ended about renewing my prescription. So Retin-A is amazing for the skin and skin turnover. So after I went to the dermatologist to renew my prescription for my acne medication, she was like, “Oh you need to get back on Retin-A.” Because I told her I wasn’t on it.

So I got back on it, and I use it every other night at this point. I’m still pretty dry from it, and my skin is pretty flaky. But it’s getting better. But it’s great for the skin, and I love anything great for the skin.

“I’ve been wanting to read up on different nutrition information facts. I want to learn more about gluten, organic veggies versus regular. What websites to you recommend to learn all about this?”

I think Mark’s Daily Apple is amazing. And Robb Wolf. I think those are two amazing websites to go through and really learn a ton of information. They have so much stuff there.

C Healthy. “How much do you typically spend/think is appropriate to spend on certain items of clothing? You have the cutest wardrobe. I seriously need a closet makeover, but I’m a major budget. So I’m not sure what investment pieces I should buy, and which items I should spend very little money on.”

That is up to you, girlfriend. That is totally up to you. Because say someone who; this person would invest in a really expensive blazer. I don’t want an expensive blazer. I don’t give a sh*t. I think there are a lot of great jeans out there at this point that are under $100 or are more affordable that fit really well. So I don’t feel like; before it was either super sh*tty jeans or you had $200-300 jeans. And I don’t think it’s like that anymore. I think you can find some really great quality for even under $90; $50-90 range nowadays.

There’s another question down here; I want to bring this out, too. Because this one is by Property of Splat. “I love clothing you post, but it’s too expensive for me. Do you have any wardrobe suggestions for someone on a tight budget? I mean tight.”

So this is a great answer for both of these questions. Go check out ThredUp. I’ve done a couple of posts about ThredUp before. I actually have a post coming up with ThredUp. www.ThredUp.com. It’s a second-hand store. Second-hand online store. And a lot of their clothing even still has tags on it. So it’s like brand new stuff.

I got a pair of J-brand jeans that were originally $200 and I think I got them for $29 or something like that. They have even better deals than that. I just found a dress that was originally $1000 and I got it fur under $200. So then you can really pick. Do you want to do more fancier stuff, but still on a tight budget and cut down? Or do you want something that someone got at Target and never wore, even marked down from the Target price of $20, now it’s down to $6? They have amazing stuff. I love them.

But I can’t say what’s going to be investment pieces in your wardrobe. You have to find out what’s important to you. For me, I will pay a good amount for an expensive jacket, because I live in Colorado and it gets really f*cking cold. And I know if I have better quality, I’ll be more comfortable. So, I will spend more money on a super nice jacket. But maybe you live in a warm place, and a jacket is not important to you.

So find out what items are important to you. And if you want to invest that money in it. but also look at ThredUp because maybe you won’t need to invest in that because it’s going to have the high quality clothes that maybe weren’t even worn for crazy marked down prices. Love that f*cking store so much. Oh my god. So excited for my post coming up. I found the cutest stuff.

OK. “How do you find time to juggle it all? Being a business owner myself, it’s hard to find time between the balance of eating healthy, relationships, my salon, family, travel, help a girl out.”

I think it’s just like anything. It’s like when you see a mom who is taking care of a million children and f*cking being a badass. That mom just does it. She just makes it work and figures it out. I do the same with me. But I definitely see sometimes that I need to be spending more time with my husband, and I’m on my computer.

So I rearrange my day of how I’m going to get stuff done. And some things might come in a little late. Maybe my post is going to be late coming live the next day on the blog. But I got to spend time with my husband, and that was important. So I think you have to outweigh things. Something has to give sometimes. But you just make it work, and you work your f*cking ass off. If you love what you’re doing, it’s worth it at the end of the day. And that’s how I feel about that.

Things have to give sometimes. And I try to relax when I go on those vacations, and turn off for a little bit.

Two more questions, and then we are done! How long as this been? Almost an hour and a half. Damn, son!

“My husband eats so much. Super active guy. And I struggle to make enough food to keep both of us satisfied during the week. How do you handle feeding healthy food to both of you? Have lots of leftovers? Does he cook?”

So, he cooks breakfast for himself. And he gets lunch out when he’s working. I don’t have to deal with breakfast or lunch. If we have leftovers, I’ll be like; oh, you can take that for lunch. Easy as that. But he has to figure out his own breakfast and lunch. And then I just do dinners.

I don’t have a hard time with that. My husband isn’t like a crazy big eater. I feel like sometimes I can even eat more than him. Sometimes, that’s not most of the time. So I just haven’t run into that issue. But I think if it’s stressing you out, telling him that. If you’re doing all the cooking. I’m just guessing. Because my husband doesn’t cook at all.

But if it was stressing me out, and he was eating more than I could really cook up, I would say, “Hey, can you make something extra just to have on the side. Just because I can’t make that much for dinner.” And just see how you can kind of juggle it together. Because at the end of the day, it’s 50/50 here. Even if someone does more work, if you were to ask them to do something, it should be just as even. Like, if I asked my husband to cook dinner one night, he would make it work and make it happen. Because I do it for him so much.

So yeah. I think asking him to do some of the cooking, and see what it kind of puts you through, and having some extra stuff around the house that he cooked up. That can help. I hope that helps. That is not a great answer, sorry.

Ok, last question. “What are your morning and evening routines?”

Well, every morning I wake up and I make coffee with collagen in it. And then I lie on the couch, like sit up with my back and my dog lies between my legs with my blanket. And then I finish my blog post for the day. I comment back on any comments. I update anything on social media. I make breakfast. And then every day is totally different, because I’m going to the gym, or making a new recipe, or working on photos. Whatever I’m doing.

And then nighttime, I always cook dinner. Finish up whatever I need to with the blog. And then, what else do I do? Clean up the house. And we always pretty much watch the news if Shameless isn’t on. I f*cking love Shameless. I want to watch that show all the time. I’m sad it’s not on right now. But yeah, we usually watch the news. And usually go to bed by 9 or 10. Pretty early to go to bedder. So there is that.

Thanks for writing in all of your questions. If I didn’t answer your question, feel free to come to www.PaleOMG.com because I will be happy to answer it there. I’m sorry if it got lost in all the jumble. But thank you guys so much for sending in your questions. You make these episodes so much more fun. And I love doing them. Obviously, you guys like them because you leave such great questions. So thank you guys so much. And yes! I’m going to shower so I can get ready to fly to Phoenix.

Don’t forget; PaleOMG leggings are live. Go to www.PaleOMG.com or www.FourAthletics.com. And let me know what your favorite ones are right now. I’m hearing from different people. There’s a giveaway on the blog right now, and there’s also a discount. So if you use the cod PaleOMG at checkout, you’ll get 10% off your order. So go use that. Thanks for letting me keep this blog free. You’re the best.

I will talk to you later. Don’t forget to rate, review, and subscribe. And keep being amazing. See you later.

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m answering your questions that you left for me on instagram!! If I missed your question, feel free to leave it on paleomg.com and I’ll answer it there ASAP! And don’t forget to snag a pair […] Today on the podcast, I’m answering your questions that you left for me on instagram!! If I missed your question, feel free to leave it on paleomg.com and I’ll answer it there ASAP! And don’t forget to snag a pair […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:29:37
Dealing w/ Hormone Imbalances From Exercise – Episode 71: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/dealing-w-hormone-imbalances-from-exercise-episode-71-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 10 Feb 2018 14:15:08 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=31883 http://paleomg.com/dealing-w-hormone-imbalances-from-exercise-episode-71-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/dealing-w-hormone-imbalances-from-exercise-episode-71-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 5 Earlier on the week on instagram, I mentioned how I dealt with hormone issues from overexercising and I had a handful of people ask if I could elaborate on that more. So I’m breaking down the issues I ran into […] Earlier on the week on instagram, I mentioned how I dealt with hormone issues from overexercising and I had a handful of people ask if I could elaborate on that more. So I’m breaking down the issues I ran into when I was overexercising, undereating, and putting my body through constant stress by hating myself. It’s amazing what stress can do to the body if you aren’t paying attention. I’m breaking down how I fixed those issues and healed my body.

____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsor!

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling—Aaptiv is ready to go along with you! All you have to do is plug in your headphones! It’s like having a personal trainer in your pocket. And they have different workouts for everyone! Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, or even meditation, Aaptiv has a workout for you. And with more than 2,500 workouts available on the platform and 30+ new classes added each week, there’s always a new workout to try! Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now a limited time, new members get 50% off an annual membership, which is just $49.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. Click here to get this amazing discount!

 ____________

Episode 71 Transcription!

Today’s episode of PaleOMG Uncensored is brought to you by Aaptiv. It’s like Active, but with a P! Aaptiv shares audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. All you have to do to get your workout is simply listen on your phone. It’s that easy. And new members get 50% off the annual membership. All you have to do is go to Aaptiv.com/PaleOMG.

This is Juli Bauer from PaleOMG and you are listening to PaleOMG Uncensored.

1. Bachelor recap [14:27]
2. Adrenal Fatigue [26:47]

Juli Bauer: Well hello. Welcome; scratching my ear. Probably making noise in this microphone. Welcome to another episode of PaleOMG Uncensored. I’m here on the couch in between life, just got a butt workout in. Shoveled my face with food. Got some emails done. Walked the dog. Almost froze to death. It’s not even that cold, but it feels like it’s 1 degree out. I am such a b*tch when it comes to cold weather. I just hate it so much now. It’s so uncomfortable. I just could not live in a rainy place, and I don’t know why I still live in a snowy place.

It’s supposed to snow tomorrow. I think we wake up to snow. Which is so incredibly sad. But at the same time; it’s 40 degrees out and I’m complaining how f*cking cold it is. My brother-in-law and mother-in-law, they’ve been in Nebraska. And it’s been insanely cold in Nebraska. And then the East Coast is getting slammed. So I don’t know why I complain, or why I’m talking about the weather. I just don’t know.

What have I been doing lately? Guess what? This is what I’ve been doing. I am coming out with new leggings! And I’m so pumped about it. My first pair of leggings launched in November. And they were shipped out in December and January. And we learned so much from that first pair of leggings. I took everyone’s feedback that I heard back from. And these new leggings are new, and improved. They’re thicker material. They hug the butt really nicely.

Something in my first pair of leggings I did white underneath, because it was the base color of the flowers. So you have to go with the base layer of what that color is and then build from there. So there was a white flower, and the leggings were blue. But the problem with that is the white shows through when you move. So it looked like some were see-through. And then some people had issues with things showing through. It was just not as I had hoped. But there were so many people who have been emailing me who loved the leggings.

So it’s been cool to see both feedback and I decided with this second round I wanted to go with a thicker material. I’m coming out with five different pairs. Two have pockets. Three are the same leggings, but in different colors. And one is just a super fun print. So I’m coming out with five different leggings to chose from. I love all of them. I’m going to do an Instagram story with the underwear test. You know, when you’re in the changing room and you’re leaning over, looking between your legs. I’ll do that for you. Because none of these I can see through whatsoever. There’s no issues with that.

I just love this thicker material, personally, because I have cellulite on the back of my legs. So this material I think just makes your butt look so much better. My butt, I guess personally. So much better. I don’t see any of those dimples or any of those lines, whatever cellulite is. Dammit. Trying not to yawn.

But no cellulite shows through on these ones. No dimples, whatever you have. And I just love them. I’m so excited for them. I’m taking photos of them on Sunday. Because we did some minor changes, and I just got all of them in the mail. So I’m taking photos of them on Sunday. And then they launch on; I’m forgetting all my dates here. They launch on the 15th. So Thursday. So excited. So stay tuned on the blog for that.

I want to hear back from you guys what your favorite leggings are. I’m going to show all the photos in my Instagram stories and have you vote for your favorite ones in there. I want to hear back from you guys. So I’m excited to see what sells well. What people like. What people don’t like. Why they hate my yawns; I get it. Are you guys so sick of me complaining in my podcast about yawning? That’s fair.

What happened over the weekend? I’m trying to remember. It went by so fast. Oh yeah, because I talked about this on the podcast. We had a surprise birthday party for the owner of my gym. It was his 40th birthday. So his girlfriend has a surprise birthday party for him at her house, and it was so much fun. He sh*t his pants, pretty much. Because I think he saw a light when we were all hiding in the dark. He saw a light, and he thought somebody had broken into the house, and he was ready to f*cking throw down. So we surprised him. It was so much fun.

And then I was PMSing really bad this past week, and I was in such a bad mood. My husband came home with two gluten free cupcakes from one of my favorite places in town. This place has frozen yogurt where they have the details; what’s gluten free, dairy free, whatever. And then they have gluten free cupcakes. And it’s not downtown, so I feel like it’s not very busy. Because it’s not where all the hipsters and trendy people are. So that’s really nice.

But he brought home two gluten free cupcakes, and it was magical. I feel like; my friends Joy and Claire, on Girls Gone WOD. They always do marriage hacks. And I feel like that’s my husband’s marriage hack. He’s found out when I’m PMSing and things are a little high stress to come home with a sugary treat.

And from what I understand, that’s not the best when your hormones are all out of whack. To f*cking shove your face with sugar. But it worked for us. And our relationship is better because of it.

And I got my husband to the dentist this past week. He hasn’t been to the dentist in years. And I haven’t been to the dentist in probably 6 years. Because I don’t think I went through college, and then I was poor as f*ck after college. No health insurance; definitely no dental insurance. So I never went to the dentist. And I’ve always had great teeth, luckily. I’ve had good genetics for that. Never had cavities, never had any issues other than just braces. I’m lucky with that that I haven’t had any issues.

Nowadays, I go in for a cleaning every 6 months. And I kept telling my husband to book an appointment, and he wouldn’t. So I finally just booked an appointment for him. But I think teeth are just so damn important. And more so, my teeth look whiter when I go to the dentist. So I always want to go to the dentist. But man. Go to the dentist. Your teeth feel so good afterwards. You should feel like a new person. And he has amazing teeth, so it was fine. But he looked even better. Looking hot; looking fly.

I don’t know how I got on that tangent. But I was just thinking of marriage hacks the other day. And him bringing me gluten free cupcakes was a great marriage hack. And me; I got in a fight with him over the weekend because I was mad he didn’t do something. So my marriage hack needs to be talking like a normal person instead of letting it blow out of proportion. Man, those hormones.

How do women get through it being pregnant? I don’t get it. When your hormones are so crazy, and you just can’t; your brain is not firing like normal. How do marriages get through that time? That must be brutal.

Speaking of babies. I talked about this on my Instagram. People who don’t listen to the podcast did not get it, and they thought I was pregnant. But as I’ve talked about before, the owner of my gym and this other guy both bet me that I would be pregnant by Thanksgiving 2017. It was after I got married and they’re like; “Oh my god, you’re going to be knocked up so quickly.”

Which makes no sense. Because Jason, the owner of my gym, has known me for 7 years now. And I’ve never once been like, “Oh, I can’t wait to have kids.” Never ever. So I don’t know why he thought I would just be pregnant. And this other guy, Derrick. What a dummy.

So they both bet me $100. Obviously I’m not pregnant. And never was. And I’m not trying. So I got $100 from Derrick, and I’m still waiting on that $100 from the owner of our gym. So I put on Instagram stories that I got $100 from one man, the other one needs to man up. I forgot how I worded it, but instead of one it looked like I. So I think people thought like; oh, I have to hand over $100 because I’m pregnant. And that’s so not the case. I’m not pregnant. I’m just $100 richer from not being pregnant. But I think I pissed some people off.

Anyway. So I got $100, just so you guys know. Just so you’re up to date on everything. That was great.

Let’s talk about a little Bachelor recap. I’m so annoyed. I just tried to upload a workout video to Instagram stories and it didn’t work. That son of a b*tch. It’s totally multitasking here. That is what life is all about, right?

Oh. Can I tell you something? OH. Oh! Back to the story. Kids. So we went to a Super Bowl party this past weekend. And it was such a great reminder of why I’m not ready to have kids in any way. Because there were five kids there. There was a 3-year-old, a 5-year-old, a 4-month-old, and then two 10-month-old twins. Like, one two. And man, it is mayhem with kids.

Also, one of the kids is now sick with strep throat, and now I’m very freaked out that I’m going to get strep throat. With this flu season, I don’t like being around anybody. Even at the surprise birthday party, I was thinking how everybody is eating chips and dips, and going in for seconds, and putting their grubby hands all over everything. And then I was out to dinner the other night, and this person kept eating off my plate. And licking their fingers. And I’m like; no wonder you are sick all the time. You lick your fingers constantly. Get out of here. I think it’s so gross when people lick their fingers.

If you just washed your hands, and say you got a little sauce. Ok, lick the side. But when you’re popping the fingers out of your mouth. It disgusts me. Ugh. When people do that with wings, where they’re like {slurping} Gag. I can’t.

So being around kids, who have all the diseases. Kids are sick constantly. I was worried I was going to get sick being around these kids. And what do you know; one of them is sick. And the other day I was like; oh, I kind of have a sore throat. I feel totally fine now, but I’m like; that’s weird. My throat feels sore. I don’t know how; do you just get sick all the time as a parent? You just deal with it? That’s such a bummer. It’s such a bummer.

1. Bachelor recap [14:27]

Ok. Anyway. I’m always on some sort of kid tangent. It’s so annoying. So, let’s talk about the Bachelor. I am up to date, but I’m always a week behind on here. On my Instagram; sorry. On my podcast. I’m so lost at what social media channel I’m on right now. So, I’m up to date, but I’m a week behind. Just because I was in Cabo when I started doing these recaps.

{laughs} So. It’s so funny because all Bachelor stuff, they’re like “You’re going to go around the world.” So they started out in Lake Tahoe last week. And then they went to Ft. Lauderdale. And I don’t know a lot about Ft. Lauderdale. But I would be; no, I don’t think I would be pissed. But it’s not around the world, like Chris Harrison said, liked a real jackass.

So, first up. Arie goes on a date with Chelsea, and Chelsea is the only mom of the group. And Chelsea says, “I’m excited for him to get to know Chelsea; not just a mom he knows me to be.” Ok, first of all, it’s so weird when people talk about themselves in the third person. And a lot of people have done that on this show. I don’t quite understand it.

And then, Arie doesn’t know this woman as a mom. He just knows her as the hot chick that he wants to make out with. I don’t even think he’s thought about her being a mom. Because Arie doesn’t have any thoughts or feelings. God I’m so mean.

So they go one some f*cking yacht, which looks sick as f*ck. I was in the Caribbean on a Catamaran trip, and there was a yacht that was going to pretty much every stop we were going to on this trip. And this yacht had two to four people on it. Four people max. And it had 8 to 10 people manning the boat. So it had like 2 people per person on this boat helping you do everything. It looked so rad. What it would be like to be rich as f*ck like that. Just so sweet.

Two of my hopes in life is to one; fly on a private jet. I would love that to happen. And I’d love to be on a private yacht. Just live like the rich and famous, man. That would be just the best. But as of right now, that will not happen. Instead, I will be in economy class complaining.

So, I don’t know. They go on this date on a yacht, drink champagne. What are they called; not snowmobiling but in the water? I don’t care what it’s called. And then they go into some old car warehouse. And it has all these cars. And she’s like, “Oh my god, this is so cool! I have to sit in all of them!” I would be like, what. You just took me to a f*cking grease monkey. Get me out of here. I don’t want to look at old cars. But that’s because I just have care for anything history wise. So sad. Such a shame.

So next they have a group bowling date. Not romantic. My childhood is full of bowling dates and group setups. So many memories in a bowling alley, and how it smells, and just smells like old smoke. And Arie starts off with this Big Lebowski skit where he licks the bowling ball. And it was the most offensive thing I’ve seen him do so far, and that says a lot based off how he makes noises when he makes out with everyone.

So pretty much the producers are like; let’s ruin Crystal’s life. Let’s make her look awful. Which, she is also making herself look awful. But, man. They’re just rubbing it in. Let’s see. So Crystal goes into full competition mode.

This girl sees a therapist regularly; I hope she does, at least. And she is competitive as f*ck. She’s a fitness coach, and does workout videos, and is insanely in great shape. So she’s obviously a competitive person already. And then you put her in a competitive situation, like bowling, and she is ready to slam girls faces into the floor to be like; “Ha ha! That was fun. Bye!” She’s crazy.

So first of all, she makes the whole group pray before they bowl. Which is very strange. No offense to those who like to pray before they bowl, but that’s weird. And then they win the game. And Arie’s like; “Whoever wins gets to go to cocktail hour with me.” So her team wins. And then he decides that he feels bad, so all the girls can go to cocktail hour. And Crystal shits the bed.

And Crystal is the one that talks like a baby. She’s like, “Hi. I’m so sad.” So she’s starting to throw a fit. She’s super pissed. But what was the best part, when she gets pissed, she talks like a normal person. You’re like, yes! Yes! Your voice is beautiful when you talk like that. Just talk angry all the time.

So she gets all pissed, because Arie went back on his word. And she decides she’s not going to cocktail hour. And she does the typical teenage behavior. Where it’s like; I’m going to go away and hide in a corner until they find me. I’m going to throw this fit, and they have to want me. You know what I’m talking about? I do that when I’m PMSing. I’m like; oh, I won’t talk to me. And he’s like, ok. I’m not talking to you so you’re going to have to talk to me. And then I end up talking to him.

But she just throws this fit. She’s like; I’m not going to the cocktail hour. Of course, Arie comes and finds her, and they just do this baby talk to each other. Like, “Yeah. You hurt my feelings. And I was very sad. Because I felt hurt.” And Arie’s like, “Mm-hmm. I understand. Baby, baby, baby.” It’s just, it’s not cute.

Then she ends up coming back down and hanging out with everybody. And Lauren asked him 21 questions. And her questions are absolutely terrible. It’s like, what’s your favorite color? I don’t even know my husband’s favorite color. Does that make me a bad wife? Does that mean I don’t know him? I don’t know.

For some reason, Lauren has become my least favorite of the group. I can’t even talk. I can’t talk sh*t about someone if I can’t even complete sentences. But Lauren has become my least favorite person of the group. She’s so boring.

So then Tia has the next one on one date. And her date is straight up out of a horror film, and she loves it. I’m like; how did you get this sh*tty ass date? They couldn’t think of anything better? They get them on one of those air boats that takes you into the Everglades. Number one; Everglades. Have you guys seen Bloodline? That is where bodies are dumped. No thank you. I do not want to go into the Everglades.

Have you ever flown over the Everglades? It’s the creepiest looking f*cking place. No thank you.

So they get on this air boat. And this hick of a guy drives them to his house that he built in the Everglades. Number two; you’re about to have your own body dumped in the Everglades, guys. First, you’re in the Everglades. Second, you’re in some guys house that’s built in the Everglades. There’s no neighbors around that sh*t. No. Your body is about to be eaten by an alligator. Has no one listened to true crime film on this production team? On this ABC production team. I hated it so much.

And then, of course, to make it even worse, this guy who owns this house is like, “Hey I made you frog legs and deep-fried corn.” And Tia thickens up her accent, and she’s like, {southern} “I love this stuff!” Stop, Tia. Stop it. You don’t live in Arkansas anymore. You live in a city. She said she went to school for 7 years. I think she’s a physical therapist. Stop talking like you live in the Everglades. The date sucks so bad.

So after they have their frog leg dinner, it’s so funny because Tia talks about how important religion and going to church is for her. And it’s such an important piece. And he’s like; “Can you date somebody who doesn’t have those same beliefs? Because all my friends have died so I don’t believe in god.” That’s pretty much what he said. And she’s like; “Yeah, sure! Yeah, I’ll date you! You don’t believe in god, I can bend my beliefs. That’s fine!” Go you. I mean, I’m all about that.

So the worst part of this date other than deep fried frog legs and f*cking deep fried corn. Corn is so good by itself, why did you have to ruin it, you dick? Tia says; which Tia has known him for probably a total of 6 hours that they’ve seen each other and actually had physical contact. Ok 10. I’ll give her 10 hours. And she says she’s falling in love with him.

So this is my guess. My guess is Tia was told my Raven to say you’re super in love with him, because it probably won’t work out with him. And then make it as far as you can, and everybody who feels bad for you, because you were the first person to say I love you, and you become the next Bachelorette. That is what I think this game plan is. Because Tia is very intelligent. I’m not sure what she’s seeing in Arie. I don’t know. I guess he’s the only guy he’s around, so it’s easy to be like, “Mesa has a penis! I’ll love him.”

So, let’s see. Crystal ends the show; production gold. She’s like, “Hater’s going to hate.” And then the says, “I’m throwing glitter.” And she does this little thing with her hands. She’s like “Glitter!” She’s like, “I wasn’t hiding in my room, I was investing in myself.” Which, I love. Because that’s all I do with my life. “Mm, I’m not going around kids. I’m investing in myself.” “I’m not going to that sh*tty ass bar, I’m investing in myself.” I’m just going to start telling my friends that. I won’t have friends soon, but that’s fine.

So at the end of the show, Crystal gets the last rose. And then Mikel; I think it’s Mikel, goes home. Which is sad because she literally just got back from her grandpa’s funeral, and then Arie is like, “Deuces, b*tch.” And then Marie, the Kardashian twin, and Ashley, which totally makes sense because no one knows who she is. But I’m very sad Mikel went home, because she has great hair. So that was that episode.

2. Adrenal Fatigue [26:47]

Ok, but let’s talk about what’s important here. The topic of the day. I did a little Instagram post earlier this week saying how I was feeling really sore, and so instead of just going to a CrossFit workout and just crushing my body again, and messing up my hormones again, I went with an easy workout. So I started to get some questions about that. About adrenal fatigue, and what that experience was like.

So I’ve talked about it on my podcast before. Talking about exercising, and over-exercising, and kind of under-eating and how that affects the body. But I thought it would be a good time to kind of revisit that topic. Because I think it’s on people’s minds regularly.

Let me kind of break down my experience. I used to compete in CrossFit. And when I was competing in CrossFit, I was working out two to three times a day, six to seven times a week. I rarely rested. I continued to gain weight. So I started to under eat, as well. So I was like; obviously I don’t need this much food. I just keep gaining weight. So the obvious answer is eat less.

So I was eating less food, working out more. My sleep was all f*cked up, and that’s when I was working a sh*t ton at different gyms. So I wouldn’t get to bed until 11 at night, would wake up at like 4 in the morning to work at the gym and then put my body through this stress all the time.

So, on top of just putting my body through physical stress, I was also putting my body through emotional stress by worrying constantly about my weight. So the more I worried, and the more I stressed out, the more I f*cked up my cortisol.

If you don’t know what cortisol is, just do a little Googling with cortisol. It’s your stress hormone, and it can lead to changes in your weight. It’s a huge key factor in just an overall healthy body and healthy life.

So with this, final I was super fed up with what was happening. Because I was working out more. I was eating less. And to me, this doesn’t make sense. I should be; oh my god, Jackson just sat in my lap. I should be losing weight in theory. Because that’s what I’ve been taught, and most of us have been taught most of our lives. That calories in, calories out. So if I’m working out all the time, and I’m eating less and less calories, why aren’t I losing weight? This isn’t adding up.

So finally I couldn’t even look in the mirror anymore. I didn’t recognize myself. I was unhappy. I was miserable. So I decided to end competing. And I was only going to CrossFit five days a week or less. I started taking two rest days a week; full rest. And I don’t do the sh*t that a lot of people do. I don’t do active rest days. My active rest day is walking my dog, but I don’t consider that a workout.

My active rest days before, when I was still competing in CrossFit, were a 3 to 5-mile run. And that’s not letting your body heal. To each their own, and whatever works for you. But I was putting my body through so much stress. And it was never able to come back down to heal, to repair that muscle that had been torn up. I was just in a constant state of stress and elevated cortisol. It was a mess.

So I cut all this back. I started resting more. I started eating more. Eating more carbohydrates. And listening to what my body wanted. Before I used to eat pretty high fat, and I really should have been eating more carbohydrates. And you’ll get opinions with that everywhere, and you have to find what works for you, honestly. And that may change for me as well someday that I just need more fat than carbohydrate. But as I was healing from all the damage I had done, I really needed a little bit more carbohydrate and less fat than I had been consuming. And my body seemed to take to that really well.

When I say I was in adrenal fatigue; I never did any; I did one thyroid test at one point. And that was such a frustrating day. Because I went in to this doctor. And I’m pretty muscular at this point. But I was 30 pounds or 35 pounds over my normal weight. And I was very “puffy”. I just didn’t have a lot of muscle tone. My face looked very inflamed. So I went to the doctor to get my thyroid tested to see if I was having issues. And I could hear outside the door one of the nurses talking to the other nurse. They were like, “She’s in good shape. I don’t know why she’s even here.”

So right away, I was like; obviously they don’t understand what’s going on. And then the thyroid test came back completely fine. But I know you can do deeper thyroid tests, like T3 or something like that. But I didn’t know any of that back then. So everything came back normal. Like, ok so what is wrong with me? Obviously my body does not need this much exercise. And it was very hard for me to wrap my head around that.

We’re taught from a young age; and I think this is changing. But we’re taught that our bodies, as females especially, you need to do a lot of cardio if you want to lose weight. You’re going to bulk up if you lift weights. We’re taught these things. And it’s really hard to get it out of your brain. Even when you’re doing it regularly and know for a fact it’s hard to erase that believe that you had for so long.

So, for me, to believe; I always thought the more I workout, the more results I have. So if I have results from one workout, what results can I get from two workouts in a day? What results from three? How much better can I get? How much can I reach in my potential with CrossFit competitions?

And I have listened a lot of Mind Pump podcast. If you’ve never heard of them, they’re amazing. But I really like that they talk about how much further can you go? How far can you push it before there’s nothing left? When you limit your calories, how much lower can you restrict? And it was the same thing with workouts. How much farther can you go before your body just breaks down?

And luckily I was at an age where I was 24, 25. And so I could recover a little bit quicker. And then any injuries I got didn’t really go on very long term, because my body was able to heal itself. But almost being 30 now, I can really tell the difference of how much exercise I need versus when I need to rest.

So going back to when this was; this was probably 2012, 2013 when I started to do this. And when people are like; how long did it take you to lose weight? I’ve had that question before. Because I’ve lost weight through the years, and gained weight, and lost weight. And it took me really 3 years to lose 30 pounds that I had gained. And for my body to find a weight that it felt comfortable with.

What I think is so important, especially for women. I don’t ever get on a scale. But I think we choose this weight in our minds that we think is the best number. And I’ve done that in the past, as well. But I think it’s so much better to listen to your body for what weight it thinks is the best weight to be at. Because I’ve been at 125 pounds in the past, and I’m like; “Oh I can fit into anything.” But it wasn’t the happiest I’ve been. My body really likes to be at about 135, and that’s kind of it’s happy medium.

So I stopped getting on the scale a long time ago. I stopped looking at that number. Because my body was able to find a rhythm. But the way it was able to find that was by working out less. And listening to my body, and figuring out what it needs.

So I’ve gone through all these different cycles of fitness. Of doing CrossFit five days a week. And our workouts change regularly at the gym. And right now, we’re in leading up to the Open. So the owner of our gym programs really challenging workouts, because he’s game status. So he puts many of the workouts similar to that. And my body just cannot do that anymore. So I can push it hard for one day, sometimes two days. But if I’m not rolling out constantly, getting massages, going to the chiropractor, going to acupuncture, and doing all this extra stuff on the side that I don’t have f*cking time for, my body can’t do it five days a week regularly. It can when it’s normal CrossFit workouts, but not Open-style, leading up to the Open workouts.

So I’ve found that if my body is incredibly achy sore. If I’m getting headaches because my traps are tight and achy and it’s leading to poor sleep, I find that I need to just go in and lift, simply lift. Do nothing other than that. And get a CrossFit workout in when I’m feeling better.

But I really listen to my body more. And because of that, I’ve been able to see it change and shape. And from a person who does not gain muscle easily, I’ve never gained muscle easily. My legs have been so challenging to gain muscle in because I didn’t grow up doing sports and really challenging those muscles from an early age. That’s what I think is kind of what has made it a little bit harder. I just don’t come from a genetic background that is predisposed to muscle gain.

So, for me, I’ve had to work very hard at gaining this muscle. But I’ve seen the most when I’ve taken more rests and listen to my body and simply lifted. Not did any sort of cardio. And my body has been able to grow muscle. My legs start to define more, when they’ve never been defined my entire life. I’m starting to see those changes.

And it was from finally erasing the thought that more is better. It’s just not the f*cking case if you’re a person who is a person who over-exercises and maybe under-eats. If you’re a person from that background, like me, that can really destroy your body. I wish I would have understood that earlier.

I’m going to take a quick break from this episode to talk to you a little bit more about this weeks’ sponsor, Aaptiv. Since we’re into February, and it’s pretty freaking cold everywhere, you may have lost that drive to actually get into the gym every day. I know that it stinks to have to put on your coat, and boots, and everything to get out to the gym. But thanks to Aaptiv, you don’t even have to leave the comfort of your own home.

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. This means you’ll get a wide array of personalities, voices, and styles. Plus, Aaptiv’s in-house music production team partners with every trainer to create music play lists that are perfectly timed to the intensity and pace of your workout, so you stay motivated throughout. I’ve loved seriously all the music on Aaptiv’s app. It is so nice to have great music throughout, instead of the gym that you’re at playing the song Shout. Which I experience the other day. Not with Aaptiv.

One of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling. Aaptiv is ready to go along with you. I’m traveling to Phoenix next week, which means it’s time to pull out my Aaptiv app. And since I’ll be on vacation, I don’t want to take much time for my workout. Which is great, because Aaptiv has a full body strength training class that takes around 11 minutes. There’s really no excuse to not get a workout in when you have workouts that are under 30 minutes long. It’s so freaking cool. It’s like having a personal trainer in your pocket.

If you’re not interested in strength training, they also have running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, and even meditation. Aaptiv trainers give you the guidance you need to be better at the types of workouts you love the most. They even offer maternity programs and marathon trainings. And they have seasonal challenges to keep you motivated and excited through the year.

Aaptiv subscriptions usually start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now for a limited time, new members get 50% off an annual membership. Which is $49.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. All you have to do is go to Aaptiv.com/PaleOMG.

Aaptiv wants you to set your goals this year and accomplish them, even as the months go on and on. Just because it’s February doesn’t mean you can’t start your goals and really get after them. They have a supportive community full of Aaptiv members of all levels reaching their fitness goals just like you. They have 2500 workouts available on the platform, and they’re adding about 30 new classes each week. Which is so insane. That’s so crazy.

So if you’re ready to kickstart your goals in 2018, Aaptiv has your back. Big thank you to Aaptiv for supporting this podcast, and supporting the fitness community and getting people excited about workouts, even in the comfort of their own home. So if you want 50% off your annual membership, just go to Aaptiv.com/PaleOMG. Now back to the episode.

***

So if you’re someone who is dealing with exercise, with over-exercise, with any sort of adrenal fatigue. There is so much information about adrenal fatigue out there. I don’t know a ton of the information. I only know what I’ve experienced myself. So do your research and listen to podcasts. Mind Pump talks about that kind of thing all the time. And it’s been really helpful listening to that.

But if you’re a person; say you’re going through a lot of stress in your life. Maybe you’ve had a parent who has gone through an illness and passed away. And it’s been this huge stressor in your life. Maybe doing your hard workouts, like your normal hard CrossFit workouts that you’ve been getting after for years now. Maybe it’s not the best setting for those workouts.

Because you’re already putting your body through so much stress, and it’s having a hard time processing like it normally does. And putting yourself through that same amount of stress in a different way, even though exercise can be a stress reliever. That might not be the best route. It may feel like the only way to relieve stress, but it might not be the best thing for that moment.

That’s why I think obviously taking rest and taking time and just letting your body heal is so important. And I have been really thinking about that more often as I go through a few stressful days in a row, that my body is just completely exhausted. Instead of going to the gym because it’s the normal thing I do, I take a break. And I let my body just heal itself. And get back to baseline before getting back into the gym.

There’s a lot of different ways and a lot of different things that people talk about with adrenal fatigue. Whether that’s rest, making sure you’re getting adequate sleep. That is a huge, huge key component. If you’re not sleeping, your body is not getting the full benefit. And you see that a lot with people who are trying to lose weight and say they’re doing everything by the book. But maybe they have a stressful life and they’re not sleeping well. Your body is not going to be able to really reap the benefits of all the hard work you’re putting into it.

Whether you’re eating healthy, working out. Taking time to yourself. If you’re not sleeping and you’re still stressed out, you’re not going to see that weight loss or those goals really attained because the cortisol is really holding you back. And I learned that from experience.

I don’t come from a scient background by any means. I’m literally talking through my experience, and what I wish I would have known. And I didn’t have anybody telling me otherwise. As I’m gaining weight, and unhappy, and my workouts are suffering, and I’m eating less. Nobody is telling me; “That is not what you need to do.” Or saying, “OK, you need to workout less.” I wish I would have had somebody to tell me that. “You need to workout less. You need to eat more. You need to sleep more. You need to rest more. And that’s how you can really heal these hormone issues.”

So, the way that I healed it. And healed these hormones. This was a three-year process, really. And I feel like I’m finally at a normal hormone balance at this point. But it was exercising less. And I know I kind of touched on this before. But just to reiterate. It was working out less. So I take two rest days a week. I normally do five CrossFit workouts a week and sometimes I add in accessory stuff. Or only do the accessory stuff, like lifting. And if my body is feeling sh*tty, then I take the day off. I listen to it. And don’t push through it like I did in the past.

Because since I started doing that, my muscles have shown through so much more than they did in the past. I’ve leaned out. My muscles have been able to grow and really flourish, I guess, in a way. I eat more carbohydrates. And you’ll get different information, so you kind of have to see what works for you. I know I’ve heard on Mind Pump, they say eat more fat and going kind of more keto lifestyle. But for me, it was eating more carbohydrates.

So remember not everything works for everybody. I used to be more keto, and then I’m more of a carbohydrate balance. I still get daily carbohydrates in in the form of vegetables and some white potatoes, sometimes rice. But adding in white rice to my diet and white potatoes was very helpful. I find that I do better with white rice and white potatoes versus sweet potatoes. Sweet potatoes make me pretty bloated and just make me kind of feel weird. So I cut those out pretty much most of the time.

Working out less. Resting more. And eating more. But the biggest thing. Here’s the thing. This is what changed me the most. I stopped f*cking obsessing. I stopped looking in the mirror. I stopped talking sh*t about my little “problem areas.” Worrying about cellulite here. Wishing that my legs would tone up. Wishing that I looked different in jeans. I stopped worrying. I stopped caring. And the fact that I just stopped obsessing.

Something that was playing into these issues with my cortisol and my hormones was the stress I was putting on myself daily by hating myself. Stop f*cking hating yourself. That’s the biggest thing. I wish I would have had a woman to look up to and to explain these things to me that, “Hey. By you hating yourself, you’re causing issues with your hormones, just by putting your body through that kind of stress every single day.”

And I stopped doing that. I stopped caring. I said, “F*ck this. I’m going to be happy where I am. And I’m going to continue to work hard. And I’m going to continue to eat healthy. And I’m going to have chocolate when I want it. And I’m going to make a dessert when I want it. And I’m going to have a gluten free cupcake when I want it.”

I just stopped worrying so much. And I think that was a huge key factor in getting my health back. Stop caring. Because man, hating yourself daily is exhausting. And it is so not worth it. It’s so not worth the time.

So those were those biggest things. I stayed hydrated. I slept more. I stopped working out as much. I rested more. I ate more food. And I stopped being so mean to myself. It’s as simple as that.

I see these guys. You picture the guy on wall street or something that’s very high stress. Or a football coach. A lot of times you see those football coach or basketball coaches who just look like they’re about to have a heart attack because they’re screaming. They’re stressed out the whole time. Their body is just seizing up. And you’re like, “Ok. You’re about to have a f*cking heart attack.”

That’s pretty much what I had to tell myself. “You are going to give yourself a heart attack if you keep doing this to yourself. And you are putting yourself in hormone imbalance more than anything.”

I don’t have any details about getting your hormones checked. I’ve never done that myself other than what I told you about. But I think if you know your body, you know something isn’t right. And it often has to do with your hormones. So when you’re dealing with these hormone issues, working out is not always the best thing. And sometimes you need to take some time off. Maybe get some simple lifting in. Maybe just go for a walk; a little jog. Not putting your body through high amounts of stress is so important.

I just keep saying the same thing over and over. But I wish I would have had somebody to tell me this sort of thing when I was going through this issue and having such a hard time and not feeling great. I wish I would have had that.

Remember your hormones don’t have to feel terrible all the time. You don’t have to workout more and eat less. That’s not how you have to accomplish your goals. It’s time to erase that stigma that we’ve had for so long, and that belief, and whatever was engrained in us at an early age. This is the year of the woman. {laughs} I mean, all these women are being strong and powerful, and we’re seeing that in the media and so many things are coming to light. I think we’re in such a hard time of social media and believing that we have to do things to look a certain way.

Look at these women who are putting themselves out there for the greater good and to become a voice. Do the same thing for yourself and for your body? I wish I would have had that when I was younger, and the understanding that you can just have a healthy lifestyle of eating well and lifting and having a good workout and sleeping and having a good time with your friends and having treats here and there. And you can live a perfectly healthy, wonderful lifestyle that doesn’t include comparing yourself to other women, and wishing you had something that you don’t think you have.

We just don’t have to live like that anymore. I feel like social media is so hard. But it’s also giving people a voice. And you can be the voice in your community of all around health and show to maybe your children you have that a strong healthy woman comes from taking care of themselves and taking care of their body. And not listening to the f*cking bullsh*t on social media.

So if you have a daughter, be the good figure in their lives. That really shows what health is. I wish I would have had that. And I wish I wouldn’t have had to gone through all these awful dating. {laughs} dating. Too, awful dating. But awful dieting and starving myself and over-exercising. I wish I didn’t have to go through that. You don’t have to if you can kind of show the world what healthy lifestyle is all about. And there are so many women who are doing that.

So that’s kind of the background on that. I just wanted to share a little piece about that, and my experience. Because I had a couple of questions about it and a couple of messages of people saying, “How about you share this on social media.” And I have talked about that on my episode of exercising and over-exercising in general. So yes. I hope both of these podcasts answer any of the questions you have.

And be sure to check out other podcasts, because there’s great information about adrenal fatigue and adrenals and hormones and all that jazz. There’s all kinds of information out there. Much more science-y, helpful information than I have, other than just my own experience.

So I hope that was helpful. I hope my experience was helpful. This dog is getting heavy on my lap. I have to go head to the gym to do a little CrossFit Open workout. I will be going light as possible, because my traps are still sore and tired from a hard week. I can’t wait until the Open is over. People are so hyped up about the Open, and I f*cking hate it. Because it means I have to do workouts RX, and I’m not into it!

But anyway. Don’t forget to head to the blog this week. I shared a special guest post with my friend Jess. She talks about health coaching that she does. I was thinking about having her on the podcast, because she’s a real gem. She’s in Ecuador right now, being cool as f*ck.

And then I have a new recipe for apple arugula walnut salad with a rosemary vinaigrette. And I did a cooking video for this. I’m sharing cooking videos every Tuesday on the blog. So watch out for that. And then I also shared almond joy bars, a new recipe for those. Just in time for Valentine’s Day.

And then I shared a post all about meals I make at home in under 30 minutes. I think people get so wrapped up in having to create this big intense recipe at home. And that’s really not how I eat, even though I share hundreds upon hundreds of recipes. I like to keep it very simple at home. And all my meals are pretty much done in under 30 minutes. So I’m sharing those recipes.

And then I have a post about Valentine’s Day; what me and my husband are doing for Valentine’s Day to make it special this year. And some kind of Valentine’s Day looks for him and for her. And I think that’s it.

So don’t forget, if you want to continue to hear this podcast, and keep it live. Keep rate, review, and subscribing. So if you subscribe to this podcast, then it makes it easier because it pops up in your iTunes or wherever you get your podcast. It pops up automatically so you don’t have to download it every time. And then I know iTunes is changing. So don’t forget to rate and review if you’re wanting to review and say that you like this podcast.

You have to be nice. Nice people win at life. So feel free to share your experience with the podcast. And hopefully that it was just a fun podcast, because that’s why I made this podcast in the first place. And I’m working on a couple of interviews now, so hopefully those are turned around in the next few weeks. And that’s that.

Thank you guys for listening. I will talk to you next week. Have a lovely, lovely day.

]]>
Earlier on the week on instagram, I mentioned how I dealt with hormone issues from overexercising and I had a handful of people ask if I could elaborate on that more. So I’m breaking down the issues I ran into […] Earlier on the week on instagram, I mentioned how I dealt with hormone issues from overexercising and I had a handful of people ask if I could elaborate on that more. So I’m breaking down the issues I ran into […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 56:54
Favorite Things – Episode 70: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/favorite-things-episode-70-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 03 Feb 2018 14:01:36 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=31487 http://paleomg.com/favorite-things-episode-70-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/favorite-things-episode-70-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 11 Today on the podcast, I’m talking about last weeks gym holiday party, reorganizing my life, a Bachelor recap then all the things I’m loving lately like retin-a, mint chocolate brownie larabar, Rose Pricks podcast, and glute workouts! ____________ Big thank […] Today on the podcast, I’m talking about last weeks gym holiday party, reorganizing my life, a Bachelor recap then all the things I’m loving lately like retin-a, mint chocolate brownie larabar, Rose Pricks podcast, and glute workouts!

____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling—Aaptiv is ready to go along with you! All you have to do is plug in your headphones! It’s like having a personal trainer in your pocket. And they have different workouts for everyone! Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, or even meditation, Aaptiv has a workout for you. And with more than 2,500 workouts available on the platform and 30+ new classes added each week, there’s always a new workout to try! Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now a limited time, new members get 50% off an annual membership, which is just $49.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. Click here to get this amazing discount!

 ____________

Episode 70 Transcription!

Today’s episode of PaleOMG Uncensored is brought to you by Aaptiv. It’s like Active, but with a P! Aaptiv shares audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. All you have to do to get your workout is simply listen on your phone. It’s that easy. And new members get 50% off the annual membership. All you have to do is go to Aaptiv.com/PaleOMG.

This is Juli Bauer from PaleOMG and you are listening to PaleOMG Uncensored.

1. Bachelor recap [23:16]
2. February Favorite Things [40:17]

Juli Bauer: Before I get started with this week’s episode, all about my favorite things, I’ve got to tell you about this week’s sponsor. We are into February now, and this is the time that people tend to forget about their own health and New Years’ Resolutions. I always see gym numbers dropping down, especially as February goes on.

But a healthy lifestyle will always require some level of commitment. You have to make time for exercise. You’ve got to get the right amount of sleep in, destress. And of course, you have to eat right. And that’s what I talk about every week on the blog. And that’s why Sunbasket is so amazing.

With Sunbasket, it’s easier to eat right every single week, because they have you covered with healthy and delicious meals delivered right to your doorstep. Sunbasket delivers organic and clean ingredients with 18 healthy options to choose from every week. They work with the best farms and suppliers to bring you fresh, organic produce and responsibly raised meats and seafood. And everything is premeasured and easy to prep.

You can get a healthy and delicious meal on the table in under 30 minutes. Everything is made with great ingredients. And everything I’ve tried has been so delicious, and has taken under 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, they offer paleo, gluten free, lean and clean, vegan, Mediterranean, family options, and more. So it can suite anyone’s lifestyle.

In my Sunbasket order this week, I received salmon ala puttanesca, with charred and green goddess steak salad with roasted carrots. I also had the roasted paprika chicken with parsnips pear salad. With any of their recipes, they never get bored. They are all so delicious. And seriously, every single one that I’ve tried has been so good. And clean up has been so freaking easy. I can’t say that enough. Clean up has been so easy.

So don’t let your busy lifestyle get in the way of your healthy goals. Just because it’s February doesn’t mean you should put your health aside. And Sunbasket is so convenient; they will make eating healthy in your household easier than ever. So if you want to learn more about Sunbasket, go to Sunbasket.com/PaleOMG to learn all about them and how amazing they are. And you can get $35 off your first order.

How’s it going? As soon as I started saying that, my stomach growled so loud. Which makes no sense, because I just ate so much food. I am PMSing like a mother effer. I know there’s no males that listen to this podcast, so it’s fine to talk about it. I’ve been grumpy for a week straight at this point. My poor husband. He’s so great. But, I’m not making it easy on him.

But that’s just what happens sometimes. So anyway. I’ve been trying to up my carbs to hopefully help with some of that spice going on. Whatever. I don’t even know what I’m trying to say.

Let’s rewind. Let’s go back to before. Well, I guess I was PMSing last week, too. But let’s go back to last week after my last podcast had come out. We had our annual holiday party at our gym. Of course, what more do you want out of late January than a holiday party?

By the way, speaking of the holidays. I’m recording this on February 2nd. And I took my dog for a walk today. And my next door neighbor had just put their Christmas tree out with the trash. It’s February 2nd. That is incredibly offensive. That’s coming from a person who had my husband take our Christmas tree out Christmas night. Christmas is over. It’s donezo. Get the Christmas tree out of here. But February 2nd?

I understand keeping it up until the New Year. January 1st. January 2nd because you’re being lazy as f*ck. I get it. But February 2nd? Number one that’s gross. Number two that’s gross. Number three that’s offensive.

So as I’m thinking of this; like, oh my gosh. That’s so gross. So annoying. I don’t know why I’m so offended. Just because I’m PMSing. It’s not my house. But whatever. I walk into the gym, and I notice that the gym; my CrossFit gym. Their Christmas tree is up. And there are no lights on it anymore. So they took the time to take the lights down, but didn’t throw the Christmas tree out.

Which makes no sense, because they have a dumpster! You don’t have to wait for a certain trash day to come. You can put your f*cking tree in the dumpster. So this sad, wilting, disgusting Christmas tree is sitting at the front to welcome any guests that are coming in.

And we always get a lot of drop-ins because we’re really close to downtown Denver. And you’re welcomed by a nasty-ass rotting Christmas tree. Oh my gosh. {laughs} I wonder if you can hear my stomach growl. That was so loud.

But are you kidding me? It’s February! If you’re not just pile driving your mouth with chocolate because it’s supposed to be Valentine’s Day soon, you’re not doing life right. {laughs} Pile driving. What does that even mean?

Ok, back to my story. So, last Saturday was the holiday party. When I first started at this gym almost 7 years ago, the first Christmas party I went to; I didn’t drink hardly ever back then. So it would be like one or two times a year I would go hard. And I’m a person who cannot handle alcohol very well. I just black out. So that’s what I did. I was training for competitions; CrossFit competitions back then. So I didn’t really drink. So when I did, I was f*cking going hard.

And I was really insecure, never dressed up. I’m like; “Ok, this is the time I get to dress up and feel pretty.” Whatever. And hopefully somebody will bring males. Because I was not married at this point 7 years ago. Hopefully somebody will bring males to this Christmas party and I’ll meet someone outside of the gym.

So the first Christmas party; I think all of this happened at the first one. A girl was trying to shove booze down this guy’s throat. And his wife, who was pregnant at the time, was not into that, and started yelling at her. And was like, “leave my husband alone. He’s f*cking wasted anyway.” And the girl tried to fight the pregnant woman.

So this fight breaks out, and then the guys are trying to break it up. And then the guys start fighting. And they’re trying to get this couple, who is starting the fight in the first place. Trying to get this couple out the door. And something happens. They grab onto the garage door. Because we had; this was at our old gym. We had these big garage doors. Somebody grabs onto it and slits their finger open and cuts part of their finger off.

So there’s blood everywhere. And then one of the guys who used to be a member there; these are all old members. They’re not members anymore at this point. But one of the guys was a nurse. So he is super wasted, and freaking sews this guy’s finger up, drunk. Then multiple people vomit on the gym floor. Multiple people sleep there. There’s booze everywhere, a sticky floor.

I ended up at a gay bar, which I got kicked out of because I was making out with a guy in front of the door, blocking the entry way. And they’re like, “Get the f*ck out, you straight chick. We don’t need you in here.” So I got kicked out of a gay bar. It was a great night. All in all, it was a great night.

And then we had a couple more Christmas parties that were awesome there. But the clean up after those parties; it’s awful. Because the gym smells like booze for weeks, and vomit, and mildew. So finally the owner of our gym decided that gym parties were no more, and he took it to a bar that one of our gym members owns really close to our gym.

And it’s like, it’s not a bar I would ever go into and hang out in. But that’s not saying much, because I hate going out in public places in general. My anxiety just keeps getting worse with age. But this is a bar that; it’s pretty sketchy.

When I say that, I mean as we were leaving this bar. I’m getting ahead of myself. But as we were leaving this bar that night, there was a woman in a body con dress. Like, hot pink, tight as can be. So those ones that I used to sport in f*cking college. Skin tight. And she was a good 7 months pregnant. At a bar. At least 11 p.m. f*cking owning it. Maybe I’m just judgey, whatever.

So anyway. Rewind. Before the holiday party at the sketch bar, I met up with a bunch of girls from my gym. I think there were 7 to 9 of us. We went to; it’s something different now. It used to be called Pinche Tacos. Which I think it means f*cking tacos. But I’m sure everyone complained because everyone in the world complains nowadays and is offended by everything. So I think they changed it to Tequila’s Whiskey Tacos or something stupid. No offense to them because their tacos are fantastic, if anyone is listening from Pinche Tacos. I miss your old name, and your tacos are the best.

But we went there beforehand, and we got a sh*t ton of tacos and guacamole and salsa. And then we also got margaritas. So my first margarita, I just got their regular margarita. And I’ve never liked tequila, and I’ve started to like tequila more. I don’t know what changed me. But I think it’s spicy margaritas.

So I got a serrano margarita there, and it was perfect. Perfect spice level, delicious, I had a good buzz going. My tacos tasted even better. And then I got a second serrano margarita, and it was truly one of the spiciest things I’ve ever had. You just never know what you’re going to get with jalapenos or serranos or f*cking whatever. But this serrano margarita was one of the spiciest thing I ever drank.

And I had just put on Chapstick. So they also line their margarita glass, I’m pretty sure, with cayenne pepper. So it’s like cayenne pepper, just a little bit, but then salt along with it. But then you put Chapstick on, you put salt and cayenne pepper on your lips with serrano pepper fire. My lips were on fire. My face was sweating. I felt like my sticky boobs were going to slide off. It was a mess. And then my friend Aaron, he showed up. And he was like; is that spicy? I’m like, no, not at all. So he takes a sip and then he’s in hell. And then my other girlfriend takes a sip.

Looking back, I’m really disappointed that I shared drinks because people are disgusting, and I could have gotten sick. This flu epidemic going on is so scary. So scary. Luckily I’m a healthy person. But you never know when you’re going to get it. Oh my god, I’m so scared all the time. More reason not to go out in public with other human beings.

So I get a good buzz going. And what I wanted to do was enjoy; the only way I’m going to actually drink alcohol is if it tastes really good. Don’t give me a vodka soda. Don’t give me a tequila soda. Don’t give me sh*t that tastes bad. I want a good tasting cocktail. And that’s the only way I’m going to drink my calories.

So I have good cocktails there. And then we go to the sketchy bar that serves sketchy drinks, and everyone is going to have the worst hangover ever. So luckily, I think I had half a drink there, but I spilled it all on the dance floor. So luckily, f*ck it. But I danced my face off. And it’s so fun getting to know people at your gym who you only see for an hour most of the time. Sometimes you hang out with them, but you don’t really get to know them and what they’re like until you see them in a setting where music comes out.

And you see the guys; I see these one guys, because I always go to EDM dance shows a lot of times in town. So I see them all the time, so I know they’re going to f*cking get down on the dance floor, and they’re up for anything. Which I dig. But then I had this one guy who doesn’t talk much. And he was breaking out in salsa dancing. I was like; what the f*ck? This little white guy. I’m like, who are you?

So it’s so fun dancing with everybody. Then the bar turned over. And I’m like; ok, I shouldn’t be here anymore. And I was doing some fun adult stuff. I can’t get into it, because people freak out. But I was enjoying Colorado to it’s fullest potential. And I was like; I need to get the f*ck out of this bar. Get me out of here. I don’t want to be here anymore. People are trying to suddenly talk business.

You’re trying to talk about business situations? You’re trying to pitch something? At 11 p.m. on a Saturday night in a bar that I’ve just lost my voice because I’ve been screaming for the past hour. I cannot function anymore. So I got the hell out of there.

You know what I did? I cam home with my husband and we watched New Girl. First of all, I had a good buzz going on. He was telling me very important things. And as soon as we got home, I go; “So what did you do before the party tonight?” And he had literally told me 20 minutes before. And it was very important. And he had told me what he had done, and who he had seen, and it was an important conversation, and I had already forgotten. He was not pumped about me right then. Not my best moment. Not my best shining time.

So that sucked. But we got home. And put on New Girl. And it’s the only show I want to watch right now. I go through these phases of just wanting to watch a show from the beginning. So I’ll do the Office. I’ll do Parks and Rec. Sometimes Friends even. Now I’m on New Girl. Because I gave up on New Girl when Megan Fox took Zooey Deschanel’s spot, as Zooey Deschanel was birthing humans. And I just wasn’t into her. Nothing against Megan Fox. She’s beautiful. She’s lovely. I just don’t watch New Girl for her.

So now I get to watch it from the beginning. And I heard it’s their last season coming up with only a few episodes. So I’m just redoing it all. And f*ck, that show was so hilarious. The first two seasons are gold. Straight up gold. Do yourself a favor; go on Netflix and watch New Girl if you haven’t already. Even if you have, it’s the best.

I’ve also started watching The Crown. Super into The Crown right now. Kind of get bored sometimes, because they’re making the British seem absolutely boring as f*ck. I mean, it’s dull, dull, dull. Even the colors are dull. But that’s how they like to keep it. But it’s so interesting learning all these facts about the royal family.

And then I’m like; why don’t we have a royal family here? Why are we so obsessed with the royal family that we have nothing to do with? Why don’t we have a royal family here? We just have Trump. And don’t worry, I’m not getting into politics. Keep my mouth shut. I don’t want to hear what other people have to say about politics, so I sure as f*ck don’t want to hear myself talk about politics.

But we just have Trump. Why can’t we have the royal family? Why? They’re much better looking than Trump, that’s for f*cking sure. I guess Trump does have a good looking family. But still. I’m sorry, Trump is hideous. Ugh! I’ve gotten too much into politics. Rewind.

So anyway. By getting home by 11 that night, and watching New Girl, I woke up sober as can be. No hangover. That’s what happens when you drink actually high quality drinks instead of; well, vodka sh*t drinks at a sketchy bar that smells like intense cologne. So I woke up the next day feeling like a million bucks.

And then on Monday, I went to the gym. And of course, everybody is talking about how they felt Sunday. And everybody had the Sunday scaries. And then Monday scaries, where you’re still feeling really terrible about yourself. And you’re like, “Why did I do that? Why did I cry to my cab driver? Why did I talk to that guy? Why did I sleep with that person? Why did I make up with that person? Why do I hate myself?” You know. The process of drinking. I am so glad that I’ve moved past that. I guess I still have my moments. Like my Cabo moment, if you listened to that podcast.

But, luckily I did not have that. And I felt great. And I just got to listen to all the stories. I can’t wait.

And then tonight, I get to at least say this because this podcast doesn’t come out until tomorrow. Tonight is the birthday surprise party for the owner of our gym. He’s turning, the old fart 40. And I only say that about him. Anybody else who is turning 40, they’re not an old fart. But him I will say that because it hurts his feelings, and it’s the best.

If you haven’t listened to my episode with the owner of CrossFit Broadway, you totally should. And then you understand our relationship more. But he’s turning 40. So his girlfriend? Fiancé? I don’t know. Is throwing a surprise birthday for him. So I’m guessing there will be even more stories on Saturday. I love listening to drunk people stories when it’s not your own. It’s just the best. Those stories are the best.

Anywho. I just love that gym. I’m going through this stage; maybe because I’m PMSing really bad. And I feel like you should do this every 2 years or so. Change up your scenery. And I mean that by redecorating and just sprucing up your living environment. So I’m kind of going through that right now. My office is a f*cking shitstorm because I plan all my outfits in that office. I take all my food photos. I have all the props for all my food photos in that room. So it’s just a f*cking shitstorm.

So I’m going to redecorate that this weekend. I’m also going to redecorate our bedroom and give that a little spruce up. We’ve been in our house for maybe three? Going on three years now. So it totally feels like it’s time to do something different in our room. Give it a new facelift. So I was going to document that on the blog.

And then I’m going to also do a revamp of our pantry. Get our pantry organized. So I’m going to talk about all of that on the blog and share that. But I’m just feeling; you know when your house feels like it’s coming in on you? Maybe some people don’t feel like that. But we just got a new house cleaner who does an amazing job. And it just feels like; Ok. Let’s do this. Clean everything out.

We’re getting new window well covers. It’s f*cking; maybe just because taxes have passed. Or dealing with my taxes have passed. So I’m like; ok, I know I have money. Paying taxes is a b*tch. So now I can buy window wells so people don’t fall in my window wells when they’re trying to walk to my front door. That hasn’t happened yet. But I don’t know; people are the worst. It will happen, and they’ll sue me. I think the worst in everyone {laughs}.

1. Bachelor recap [23:16]

Ok. Before we talk about favorite things on the podcast, I want to talk about a little Bachelor recap. And I’m going to talk about; I don’t know. I’m going to talk about last week because that’s what I did last time. My friend Paul; I was at his house with his wife the other night. And he was like; “I tried to listen to your podcast, and then you did a Bachelor recap, and I turned it off.” I’m like, what the f*ck, Paul? What the f*ck? But shout out to Paul, because he’s the best. Even though he doesn’t listen. That’s ok. It’s fair, Paul. I wouldn’t either. But hey, whatever.

So let’s talk about the Bachelor real quick. Because even though this season is so pointless, it’s still so interesting. I don’t know why. Arie is a sack of potatoes. He has nothing to offer. Or at least the producers are not showing anything that he has to offer. He’s just this bro who doesn’t work out. That was such a judgey thing. He just had a hot tub moment, and I’m like, “Ari, you need to get in the gym, pro. You need to pump a couple of weights.”

I know that’s b*tchy. I know it is. But, that’s also health. And you’re the Bachelor, bro. You have all these women fawning over you for no apparent reason. Because you seem incredibly boring. You don’t work out. You do live in Scottsdale, and I do like Scottsdale. Going there this month. Cannot wait. But he’s so boring.

So let’s start off. Chris Harrison comes in in an awful plaid. He doesn’t dress up anymore; he’s just in his plaid and jeans. Pretty much jean shorts. And he’s like, “Ladies. We’re about to go around the world to Lake Tahoe.” It’s like; what are you talking about? You’re in Lake Tahoe.

Which, I really want to go to Lake Tahoe. It’s on my to go list at some point. Kind of only want to go there when it’s warm. Because I hate everything that’s cold at this point, after almost dying on the road. That’s how I feel.

So anyway. They go to Lake Tahoe. Sienne gets the one on one date. Sienne is this chick who has; I don’t know. I think she’s a lawyer. She has her sh*t together. She’s incredible intelligent. Has traveled all over the world. Lived all over the place. And she’s so great. They have nothing to talk about together. He says nothing.

And it’s almost like the producers are trying to show how awkward the silence is, because they didn’t really play much music with it. So it’s just silence and the water. They’re in the sand by the beach. And the water is just coming up on shore. And Sienne is like; “I love the sound of waves.” And Arie says, “Waves are awesome.” Because that’s the only thing Arie likes to say, is awesome.

And if I’ve learned anything, it’s you should play a drinking game, and every time Arie says awesome, amazing, like, or he makes noises while he makes out with someone, you should drink. I won’t, because I blackout within four sips of alcohol. But everybody else should totes do it.

So their lake date ends at a super romantic spot; the Hard Rock Hotel. Always been a dream of mine. And he talks about how much he likes her. And gives her this little peck. Instead of kissing and making out like he does with every single person and his hand in private, he just pecks her. Just a little {smooch}. Just like you kiss your parent. Adorbs. Eww.

And then they have to go do what they do on every single f*cking date. Have to go dance in front of a singer that nobody knows. And have to dance on a platform with an audience and make out. How awfully incredibly embarrassing? Just an audience staring at you on your first date? Talk about awful.

So let’s see. I don’t know. Mikel is told that her grandpa dies. So she leaves; so sad. So she has to leave and go to his funeral. Then they have this group date. And they’re out in the Lake Tahoe wilderness; my hell hole. And they have this couple that comes up. And it’s this man and wife couple. And they’re like, “You think being out in the wilderness with your man is romantic, but you actually have to survive.” And I’m like, who has ever said that’s romantic? No.

I had friends, and they had to sleep in the snow. They had to stay overnight. Make a sh*tty little hut out of branches, and cover themselves in branches to sleep in the snow. They had sleeping bags and everything. But they had to sleep in the f*cking snow! One of my girlfriends was on that trip. Not romantic. Obviously, it wasn’t even for romance. But not f*cking romantic.

And then the next morning, they woke up and they had to hike four miles to get to this f*cking hut. This is my actual nightmare. To die in the snow. No thank you.

So anyway. They {laughs}. So this guy says, “So you think being in the mountains with your significant other is romantic? Well it’s not. It’s all about survival. So we’ve got to recycle.” I think he has an accent or something. And they’re like, “you have to drink your own piss.” So they’re all given a water bottle to go into the mountain and piss in a water bottle and have to drink it.

So they come back, and Ari’s like, “I’ll drink mine.” And then he drinks this water bottle, and then he spits it out. He’s like, “Huh-huh! It’s just apple juice! You thought I drank my own pee! Huh-huh.” He has a terrible laugh.

A couple of the girls were about to drink their own piss. One of the girls, I think it was Jenna, she’s like, “I’d do anything for Ari.” What are you talking about? You literally; it’s the toxins coming out of your body. Whatever. Piss is sterile, or something? People in the desert who need water, wouldn’t they just drink their own pee? I don’t know. I don’t know anything about survival skills. And I definitely don’t know anything about drinking my own piss, because it has never been on my agenda. But these girls are all the way down for it.

So, that, luckily doesn’t happen. Who knows if they even pissed in these water bottles. And then they have to eat bugs. They eat worms and maybe crickets or something. And I’ve seen crickets in Mexico, and you put hot sauce on them or something. Not interested. Definitely not f*cking worms. If there’s anything I learned, it’s, don’t do sh*t for a dude that you don’t want to do. I haven’t learned much in my life, but I’ve learned that. And I definitely ain’t eating bugs or drinking my own piss for a dude. But these girls are f*cking down.

So after they eat their bugs and don’t totally drink their own pee, they have to split up into groups and go off into the mountains. And, I don’t know. Make it back to this cabin. They’re given a one-mile map. One group gets to go with Ari, so they’re all happy as can be. And the other girls are fighting and don’t know where to go. And it starts to snow, and it’s wet, and some girl is just playing with pebbles instead of trying to figure out where they’re supposed to be going. It all just looks like such a sh*t show.

But they turn this corner, and it’s like the most beautiful serene cabin. And it has a lake. If I didn’t have to walk to get there, I would totes go. But it has this awesome hot tub outside. So they get to it. And this is when the show becomes all about Crystal.

Crystal has totally become the villain of the season. And the producers, you know are just egging her on to say all this sh*t. And be over the top confident in her own skin. And she has a lot to be confident about. She’s stunning. Arie took her home to his parent’s house, so she’s like, “Obviously, he really likes me.” Crystal just repeats the stuff that a therapist would have you repeat. She just is a therapy talker. Just full on says therapy stuff all the time.

But then she also says how flawless she is. When you say sh*t like that; the producers are like, oh f*ck yeah. We are going to ruin your life. And I feel bad even saying anything about her. Because I went to her Instagram page, and people are so f*cking mean to her. Because people take this show so seriously. Which is so weird. And they’re just being so f*cking mean. So I don’t have really anything to say about her other than she is the villain. Poor girl. Because you know she can’t last that much longer. Arie is so over her.

So let’s see. {laughs} So one of my favorite parts in this episode is some Lauren chick, some blonde chick, pulls Arie over to the side during the cocktail hour. And she’s like; “So what are you looking for in a woman? I know you said that you’re looking for someone with a flexible schedule.” {laughs} It’s like, isn’t everyone looking for someone with a flexible schedule? It’s like, “Hey, do you want to hang out?” And they can. Isn’t that what everybody wants?

But when I think about everything I need in my counterpart, I never think; “I need someone with a flexible schedule.” That’s just; that can’t be at the top of the list. Because f*cking people got sh*t to do. That’s such a weird, odd thing to say. She sounds so stupid.

And then she also says, “I want a relationship where we’re old and gross looking and still spank each other’s butts and tell dirty jokes.” I was like; how old are you, Lauren? You sound like you’re 14. Whatever.

So the episode ends with Arie and Bekah. She’s the 22-year-old going on a hot tub date. They go in a hot tub that overlooks Lake Powell. Which looks quite nice, honestly. It looks like a lovely hot tub. And then finally; they’re the only two that seem like Arie has a personality and a connection with. It’s the only time he ever talks and says more than awesome and amazing. So good on ya, Arie.

And then finally the topic comes up that she’s 22. They made such a big deal and build up to it. And what does Arie do? Nothing. He’s 36. When has a guy ever been like; “Uh, you’re too young for me.” That is not on Ari’s mind at this point. He doesn’t give a f*ck. No. Everybody thought he’d be like; oh, he’d dump her. She’s 22. No. He wants to bang her. He’s not going to dump her ass. 22; those boobs are quite perky. She hasn’t worn a bra the entire time. He doesn’t give a f*ck.

But she does wear giant hoop earrings, and when he kisses her, he sticks his two middle fingers between her earrings, and it makes me sick to my stomach. He fingered her hoop earrings. {cough, gag} Ew! So gross. She loves hoop earrings. Whatever.

So anyway. I don’t care about the rest. Caroline goes home and Brittany goes home, and it’s so sad. Brittany says that she’s hopeful for the future while she’s crying. Oh my god, Brittany. You deserve the best. So sad. And that’s all I have to say about that. So for all you skippers out there. Were done. Don’t you worry! {laughs}

I’m going to take a quick break from this episode to talk a little bit more about this weeks’ sponsor; Aaptiv. Since we’re into February, you may have lost that drive to get into the gym every day. I hope that’s not the case, but I have worked in gyms almost my entire life and I see that happen every single time February hits. So let’s stay motivated together. Even if it’s in the comfort of your own home. Aaptiv is here to make that happen.

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. This means you’ll get a wide array of personalities, voices, and styles. Plus, Aaptiv’s in-house music production team partners with every trainer to create music play lists that are perfectly timed to the intensity and pace of your workout, so you stay motivated throughout.

One of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts from anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling. Aaptiv is ready to go along with you. All you have to do is plug in your headphones, and it’s like you have a personal trainer in your pocket.

And they do different workouts for everyone. They offer running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, and even meditation. Aaptiv trainers give you the guidance you need to be better at the workouts you love the most. They also offer maternity programs and marathon trainings. And they have seasonal challenges to keep you motivated and excited through the year.

Aaptiv subscriptions usually start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now for a limited time, new members get 50% off an annual membership. Which is just $49.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. All you have to do is visit Aaptiv.com/PaleOMG.

Aaptiv wants you to set your goals this year and accomplish them, even as the months go on and on. There’s no need to forget about your New Years’ Resolutions. You can keep pushing through them and accomplishing your goals week after week. They have more than 2500 workouts available, and they’re adding 30 new classes each week. So there’s always a new workout to try.

So if you’re ready to continue with your goals this year, go try out adaptive. I promise you you’re going to love it. I have so many friends that use it, and always tell me about it, not even knowing I know what it is. They seriously love it. So go to Aaptiv.com/PaleOMG to get 50% off your annual membership. And thank you, Aaptiv, for being such an amazing sponsor.

2. February Favorite Things [40:17]

Ok, let’s talk about some favorites. Things I’m loving right now. Things I’m shoving in my face. What I’m doing. What I’m needing on a daily basis. Let’s talk about it all.

I want to start with a product that I’m using almost every day. And speaking of that; I ran out of it, and I really need it. So I need to purchase more of it, so thank you for the reminder. Thank you guys. You’re literally the best.

So, I wash my hair probably every five days. I’m not a huge fan of doing that, because not only is it time consuming, but I have naturally blonde hair and dye my hair brown. So hair dye can easily come out. The more you wash it, the more it comes out. So I just like to not wash it. And I’m f*cking lazy.

So to keep my hair looking less frightening, I always, as soon as I workout, I take it out from my ponytail to let it airdry so the grease and oils don’t build up. And then I use this Living Proof brand. I have to find the exact; because I’m going to call it something else than it is. I just always call it texture spray. But I have no idea what it’s actually called.

Ok, so it’s Living Proof Full Dry Volume Blast. So as soon as I take my hair down, I let it air dry, and then I’ll often recurl my hair in the morning just to give it a little bit more volume. And it gets really frizzy as I sleep.

A guy said my podcast was horrible last week because I yawn all the time, and I shouldn’t do it when I’m tired. I’m not tired at all. Just to this person. I just yawn because I talk nonstop for an hour. You try doing it, brah!

So anyway. This Living Proof Dry Volume Blast. I’ll use it after I curl my hair, and it gives your hair this body, and volume, and texture. And it’s so beautiful. And it makes your hair smell amazing. So sometimes I just kind of spray it on the roots, too, just to get some good smelling on the scalp. Because nobody likes a nasty smelling scalp.

There’s this guy at our gym, and he smells terrible. And he smells like BO. And I really want to tell him. Because I consider him a friend. But how do you tell someone that? How do you tell them? I told the owner that he should tell him, because his gym smells like ass.

Anyway. This Living Proof Dry Volume Blast is amazing. Highly recommend it. I think you can purchase it on Amazon. A lot of salons have it as well. I’m not totally sure. But you should totally check it out. It’s the best.

Something else that I’ve been adding back onto my skin that I hadn’t been doing for a while because I ran out of it is Retin-A. I had gone to the dermatologist for kind of normal checkup that I do. I’ve been on spironolactone for my acne for a while now. So I go get my blood checked and get my prescription renewed once a year. She was like; “Are you on Retin-A?” I’m like, no I’ve been really bad about it. I ran out of my prescription and then kind of forgot.

So she wrote me a prescription for Retin-A. Added that back to my skin, and it’s been a couple of weeks now. And I’m just doing it every other day. And it’s been hard. It’s always so hard to transition into Retin-A because your skin gets so dry. Especially here in Colorado. It’s so f*cking dry here. But your skin gets dry, and it gets flaky. Because it’s like rebuilding; I forget what it is exactly. But it’s rebuilding the collagen in your skin. Or getting rid of the first few layers of your skin. So it’s just like sloughing, like snake-style. Just getting rid of all that f*cking nasty skin.

So, I’ve been sketchy looking for a while now, and all around my mouth. But something that; I have a couple of estheticians. And one of my estheticians recommended, when you put on Retin-A mix it with your cream that you’re using overnight. So I use Tula multispectrum overnight cream. So she said mix it with your face cream, and then do dots around the outside of your face. So on the top of your forehead, by your jawline. And then work your way in.

Because so many people start right at the nose, pull down by the mouth and eyes. And so you get especially dry in the creases. So this way you blend from the outside in. And that really helps that you don’t get the overabundance of Retin-A right at your nose and creases where it’s more able to crack.

So anyway, I’ve been adding in Retin-A back to my routine. And even just a few weeks of using it every other day, my skin I feel like has never looked better. Its with the spironolactone and using all my products on a regular basis. Plus the Retin-A. My skin has looked smooth. It’s looks just one color instead of all the sunspots and normal things that I have and discoloration. It’s just really helped with that.

I have been loving Retin-A. I hate the process of it, and it sucks. But it is so worth it. It looks so much better than it used to. Love it.

Let’s see what other stuff I’m loving. I just went shopping today. I did a little shopping; we’re going to Scottsdale soon. My husband and I, for a trip. And I was getting some stuff for Scottsdale. And I did a little shopping for him. And I don’t normally shop for him. He does his own shopping. He has his own style. But he doesn’t ever really shop.

So, I’m trying to expand his style a little bit more and find him stuff that I know he will like, but it will be different than what he would choose for himself. So I’ve been shopping at Express for his clothes. And Express has a ton of professional clothing; nice shirts and nice dress pants and whatever. But I’ve been shopping for him for T-shirts and f*ck the yawns. I’m so sorry.

But I’ve been shopping for short sleeved shirts and long-sleeved sweater. I just bought him a bomber jacket. I love Express for myself. And I talk about it all the time. And if you follow me on Like To Know It, you see that a lot of my outfits are from Express. Because all their stuff just fits me so well. Their jeans are fantastic, especially if you have bigger legs, bigger butt, and a smaller waist. Their jeans are incredibly stretchy and amazing.

So I love them. But I’ve been shopping now for my husband. And anything I purchase for him clothing wise has been from Express. I’m obsessed. Love them.

And another place I’ve been doing shopping, but not for my husband. For the house is Overstock. And I know; everybody knows about Overstock. Its not like I’m telling you new stuff. And I still have everything in my basket, or my cart, that I need to check out with. But Overstock has all the best finds.

If you find one lamp that you like, they’re going to show you also 20 other lamps that are similar and different price points. So it just leads you down cool directions every time instead of just drowning in trying to find the perfect one thing.

So I’m redecorating our bedroom and pretty much everything I’m purchasing is going to be from Overstock. I found a new comforter, new sheets. I got new bedside tables. A plant that’s artificial plant, because I don’t trust myself at keeping anything alive other than myself and my dog. And I bought a couple of table lamps that are totally different table lamps. So I’ll do a whole post about that.

But I’m just loving how easy it is to find cool things on their website that are affordable. Not overdoing the budget. I just love it. They just make it so easy to find cool stuff. I’m just obsessed. So Overstock has been my new go-to. I bought all our kitchen chairs on Overstock and a couple of chairs for our bedroom. But now, I’m going to redo the full-on bedroom. I can’t wait to actually get it done and then share the photos from it. Because it’s just the best.

I’ve been listening to and obsessing over Rose Prick’s podcast. Just a little; I always like sharing other podcasts I’ve been listening to. Because I always write down when other people share their favorites. And I think I did that last time, so I don’t have a ton of new ones. But my favorite podcast every week to listen to is Rose Prick’s. They are f*cking hilarious. If you like Bachelor recaps that are funny, love it.

I feel like I tried to listen to the podcast Here to Make Friends, or Not Here to Make Friends. Something like that. And they were just a little bit too serious about the Bachelor. I like it to all be lighthearted and hilarious. And Rose Prick’s is so f*cking funny. I die laughing every single time.

And then I love Kaitlin Bristow’s Off the Vine. She just added Grape Therapy. So she has Off the Vine, and then on Thursday of her same Off the Vine podcast, she has another episode where she does Bachelor recaps and just talks with friends. It’s a little bit more laid back, and I kind of like that one more. I just like listening to people have a good time. You know? Just relax. It doesn’t have to be all serious interviews all the time.

I just started listening to the new podcast, Atlanta Monster. So if you like true crime podcasts, this one is really good so far. The fifth episode just came out, so they’re on weekly episodes. And I love it. Payne Lindsey, he is the creator of it and he was on Megan Kelly’s show the other day. On the Today show. Which I f*cking hate that show so much. I don’t feel that way about anything other than the View. Because it’s 10 women trying to yell over each other. But I do not like listening to Megan Kelly. I don’t know what it is. Not her, just the show in general. It’s so weird.

She’ll be like, “{serious} Next. We’re going to listen to a father telling us his story about how he lost his child to the flu. {upbeat} And then next, we’re going to say how you spice up your wardrobe.” It makes me feel so uncomfortable. I don’t know. She doesn’t transition well. That was a very off; I don’t know what I’m trying to say.

Anyway. Atlanta Monster is really good. But Rose Prick’s is what I look forward to every Tuesday, because they do it as soon as the episode ends. And they come out with it Tuesday morning, I think. Or Monday night. But they are the best. Rose Prick’s. Listen to it.

Next up; if you’ve been following me on social media, like on Instagram. Hopefully you’ve noticed I’ve been sharing a ton of butt workouts. So kind of my goal for 2018, total vain, vanity goal of 2018 was to get a perkier, bigger butt. Total vanity. I always want to stay fit, and I keep up with my regular workouts. But CrossFit just doesn’t always give you a little more plump butt. My butt will always grow, but it will usually grow with my thigh size. So it’s not an outwards tall butt. It’s like a wider butt, if that makes sense. And that is just kind of how my body plays out.

Not for everybody. I’m sure you’ve seen all those crossfitters out there, like Brooke Ence, or Miranda Oldroyd, or any of those top crossfitters who have beautiful bubble butts. But that is just not me. I have to actual butt workouts to actually grow my butt.

So I started following this amazing guy. I’ve talked about him on the podcast and on my Instagram. And I think I might ask him if he’ll come on the podcast, if he has time. But his name is Brett Contreras. He’s out of San Diego. He has a PhD. He’s a badass motherf*cker who trains all these people. But he created the hip thrust, and he has a hip thruster machine thing.

But he shares all these different workouts that he does with his own clients. So I’ve just kind of been copying them. I downloaded his eBook that he published a long time ago just to see some of the stuff in his eBook and read a little bit of background. But I listened to him recently on Barbell Shrugged, and he was just such a chill, humble, cool guy. And he just knows what he’s f*cking talking about.

So I started following a lot of his workouts, and just kind of making up my own with the equipment I had on hand at my own gym. And I got a gym membership outside of my CrossFit gym just so I could do butt workouts two to three times a week. I’m really trying to do three times a week, but sometimes it’s just not possible if I’m traveling or whatever is going on.

So two to three times a week I’m trying to add in these butt movements. Sometimes I do a CrossFit workout on top of it. Sometimes I just do the butt workout. And literally, I’m just firing away at those glutes and hamstrings. And something I’ve been loving doing, and I add in every single time I do a butt workout is hip thrusts.

Go to my Instagram if you don’t know what a hip thrust is. Or go to Brett Contreras1 Instagram. He has a million hip thrusts there. But it just fires your glutes unlike any other workout. So for me I can do all the f*cking squats in the world. I can do all the lunges in the world. But these hip thrusts actually build your butt, unlike any of those other movements do. So I still add in all the squats, and lunges. I did pistils the other day. But every single time I do a butt workout, I also do hip thrusts on top of it. And sometimes I’m increasing weight. Sometimes I’m going down. Sometimes I’m doing body weight. I’m trying to just mix it up all the time.

And I still feel like I don’t totally know what I’m doing in the fact I just don’t know what that scheme should look like every week. But I just keep playing around with stuff. That’s how I’ve learned best in the past. And we’ll kind of see how it goes.

But I think I’m going to reach out to him and ask him to be on the podcast. Because I loved listening to him on Barbell Shrugged. If you haven’t listened to that podcast, listen to it. They’re super cool. But I loved listening to him especially on it. He was just so interesting.

A few people have asked me if I’ve seen any differences or any improvements since I started doing these workouts. I don’t know physically if I’ve seen any differences. I’ve noticed that I’ve been almost able; I can feel differences from the outside. Physically I don’t know if I see any difference. But luckily I took a picture beforehand and I can compare it.

But it’s only been probably 7 weeks of doing these movements. And me and how I’ve experienced my own fitness goals, which some goals I didn’t attain for 7 years because my body went through so many changes. So I don’t expect results incredibly fast. And I get that out of my head. I just expect to see goals over time, and can’t wait for them.

But more than anything, doing these movements, which I think is crazy. My hip flexibility has gotten better. So my flexibility and mobility. Even in stretches, I wasn’t able to ever get into this one stretch, and now I can easily. And then my squat has improved. I’m not trying to go heavier, but my position has improved. And even my pistils have improved; my one-legged squats. Because I’m able to fire on my top glute, which I never was able to before. So my knee would always fall in.

So I’ve seen these improvements in even my CrossFit workouts from doing this stuff on the side. I really wish CrossFit would add in hip thrusts. I think it would be so helpful to so many people who have issues with squatting. I think it would be so helpful. It sucks that CrossFit won’t do that. My coach kind of talks sh*t about me doing it sometimes. But then he gets on the train later on.

So hopefully I can talk him into adding some of those into class. We will see. But dudes will be dudes. But for real, go follow Brett Contreras. He’s amazing.

Then I want to talk about four food things I’m loving right now. And three of them are chocolate. So obviously I’m on my period. Whatever. So Alter Eco. Now I need to look this up, because I want to get the product right. But you can always go to AlterEco.com and they have all their products there. But I think they just recently launched this product. Or I just recently came across it.

Oh my god. How does this keep happening? I keep going to different websites, and they’re all in Spanish. I think because I looked at them in Cabo or something. And yeah. I have no idea how this is happening. I don’t want Spanish! Now I have to find this product. Why did I not look it up ahead of time? What a dick.

They are these chocolate; coconut chips. So think about coconut chips. Little coconut chip clusters with chocolate on the bottom. And it has sea salt in it. It’s so delicious. They have other stuff like sea salt and what else? I forget. I found them on my Instagram page. Alter Eco Dark Chocolate Coconut Clusters.

So these coconut pieces are lightly toasted. And then they make little clusters. They put chocolate on them. One comes with pumpkin seeds. And it is the best little treat. I’m so obsessed with it. It’s not overly sweet. It has a good amount of salt to it. They’re just so freaking delicious .and I like to have that as a treat at night if I’m in the treat mood.

I also am obsessed with; I’m kind of obsessed with chocolate and mint right now. So Taza chocolate, one of my favorite chocolate brands. They have chocolate bark right now that is the best. They have a peppermint chocolate bark. And it has quinoa in it, so it’s not paleo specific. But it’s really satisfying. It’s not overly sweet. It doesn’t have a ton of sugar in it. It’s just delicious. It’s so good.

And then another product, which has more sugar in it. Much more sugar, because it’s dates. But Larabar; I just found they have a mint chocolate brownie Larabar. And it’s amazing. It is so freaking good. And it has a lot of sugar in it because; hello, dates. I heard two dates have more sugar than a Snickers bar or something, which is pretty bananas. The mint chocolate brownie is so, so good.

Another thing I’ve been loving, and I mentioned at the beginning of this podcast, is Sunbasket. I’m seriously obsessed with Sunbasket right now. And not just because they’re a sponsor, I swear. I’ve been getting my Sunbasket every two weeks, and it comes with three meals. And they are under 30 minutes. They’re super easy to make and they’re so flavorful.

So on the nights I just don’t feel like coming up with my own, or maybe I’m running out of groceries, I have one of these ready to go. And it’s so freaking good. And all the ingredients are measured to portion. I already told you guys all about that. But it’s just the coolest, amazing company. And their food is so, so good.

And I was talking to some friends at a party this weekend, and they’ve tried a lot of other different companies. And they said that they’re favorite is Sunbasket. And I heard that from multiple people. So I just love them, and not just because they’re sponsoring this podcast. But because I have loved every single thing that I’ve eaten from them.

Tonight I’m going to make a steak salad. I just love them. They make life easier when you’re just kind of sick of whatever you have in your house. Or the same thing you’ve been making all week. It just changes it up a bit. Makes it a little bit more fun, and more sexy. Because you have this nice, pretty meal. So I just love them. They’ve been great. And they give you a discount, which is cool. So can’t complain about that.

I have a shower to get to, because it’s been 6 days of not washing my hair. I’ve got to go to a surprise b-day party tonight. But thank you guys so much for listening. You’re the best. You’re the only reason I keep doing this podcast. Because sometimes, I’m like, “Why am I doing this? I feel like I’m talking to myself. And I don’t always know who to interview, or who I want to talk to. So sometimes I feel like I’m just talking by myself, not knowing who is listening. So I really appreciate you tuning in every week and talking. Not talking, but listening to me. Hopefully laughing with me. Yeah. I hope so.

If you haven’t gotten to the blog this week, there is a new cooking video up. I have a new recipe for Super Bowl dip, so if you’re watching the Super Bowl. That’s this Sunday. And you need a dip that’s dairy free dill pickle dip, it’s f*cking awesome. So delicious. You could always add more stuff to it if you want. I also shared a recipe for 15-minute honey sriracha shrimp rice bowls. Only takes 15 minutes, which is f*cking awesome, and it’s a delicious meal.

And then I did a whole post about hair products that I’m loving right now. How I’m keeping my hair from getting extra greasy, what I’m doing. I got to take these photos in this beautiful house; which I wish was mine. But is not. But I got to take photos in this awesome house, in this bathroom, which was really cool. And then I did an Instagram roundup of all my outfits I’ve been sharing recently on Instagram. So if you missed any of those, since Instagram kind of holds back at what you’re able to see anymore nowadays, I did a recap of everything on the blog. So make sure you check out that.

And then tomorrow, when you’re listening to this. So Sunday, Super Bowl Sunday, I will be sharing a new post. Which is a guest post with my friend Jess. And she’s amazing, so I’m pumped to share that with you guys. So check out the blog. Go see everything I have going on.

Don’t forget to rate, review, subscribe. Only say nice things in reviews. There’s enough angry people in this world that are just spreading their hate, and we get to see it everyday on the news. So let’s keep the positivity here. I guess I should be one to talk, because I’m a Negative Nancy, hating going out in public. But be nice. Be kind to people. Because that’s just the best thing to do.

Thank you for listening. Hopefully my PMS comes down a bit. And we’re good to go. I’ll talk to you later. It’s been lovely. Bye-bye for now.

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m talking about last weeks gym holiday party, reorganizing my life, a Bachelor recap then all the things I’m loving lately like retin-a, mint chocolate brownie larabar, Rose Pricks podcast, and glute workouts! Today on the podcast, I’m talking about last weeks gym holiday party, reorganizing my life, a Bachelor recap then all the things I’m loving lately like retin-a, mint chocolate brownie larabar, Rose Pricks podcast, and glute workouts! ____________ Big thank […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:05:43
Crested Butte, Dealing w/ Stress, and Stay Organized – Episode 69: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/crested-butte-dealing-w-stress-and-stay-organized-episode-69-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 27 Jan 2018 14:05:49 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=31086 http://paleomg.com/crested-butte-dealing-w-stress-and-stay-organized-episode-69-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/crested-butte-dealing-w-stress-and-stay-organized-episode-69-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 19 Today on the podcast, I’m all over the place. Bachelor recap, my trip to Crested Butte, cooking videos, how I finally crashed after 3 days of stress, what I did to recover, and tips on working from home and staying […] Today on the podcast, I’m all over the place. Bachelor recap, my trip to Crested Butte, cooking videos, how I finally crashed after 3 days of stress, what I did to recover, and tips on working from home and staying organized with your own work. Yeah, it’s all over the place.

____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

____________

Episode 69 Transcription!

This is Juli Bauer from PaleOMG and you are listening to PaleOMG Uncensored.

Juli Bauer: Well hello. Welcome to; let’s see. We are on episode 69. The exact temperature I like to keep my house. 70 is too hot at night. 68 is too f*cking cold. 69 is where it’s at. You can make all the sex jokes you want, but they’re not really that funny.

So how’s it going? Right now, I’m on the couch. I’m looking at the dog, who has completely made a next on the top of the couch cushion. So I’ll be sitting. So my left side is up against the couch cushions. Like my feet are laid out. We have an L-style couch. So my left arm is digging into this couch cushion. And every since Jackson, months ago, decided to make this his new favorite spot, I have shoulder issues, because the couch cushion presses into my shoulder, puts me in a weird position.

And I feel like everybody is always like; oh, CrossFit causes injuries. No, it’s my couch cushion that causes injuries. Which are enhanced by physical activity. That has nothing to do with this podcast. I feel like this podcast is going to be a hodgepodge of information. Which I guess it usually is. I feel like I’ve wanted to do more interviews, but number one I have not had time. Number two, I don’t know who I want to record. I want to record with my friend, Jennifer, from Predominantly Paleo. Because she’s adorable. But I want to go outside of paleo and into other places. But I just can’t think of who I want that to be.

I don’t know. I don’t know. Before we get talking about the important things, like Crested Butte. Which was a beaut. It really was a beaut. Obsessed. I want to talk about the Bachelor going on right now. And of course, you can skip this part. But you shouldn’t. Because the Bachelor is here, and it’s here to stay. I was listening to a podcast the other day. I was listening to Barbell Shrugged podcast. Because it had Brett Contreras. I think I said his name right. The glute guy on Instagram who I just started following, because a bunch of people recommended him for butt workouts.

So I started following this guy, and I listened to his podcast episode on Barbell Shrugged. They were kind of talking about CrossFit. And he said something along the lines of; he hates that when his clients talk sh*t about CrossFit. Because he’s like; where do you think it’s going to go? Do you think you’re just going to talk sh*t about it and it’s going to disappear? It is here to stay. And just so you know, Bachelor is here to stay. And you can hate it, because that’s 100% fair. And you’re right. But you might as well just accept it.

My husband tried to accept it this past week. He found out that my sister-in-law and I just make fun of it the whole time we watch it. He was like; oh, I didn’t know you made fun of it. I’ll watch it. I thought it was serious. I’m like, of course it’s not serious. Obviously, you haven’t read my blog in at least four years, you motherf*cker. But I do recaps every Tuesday on the blog. And it’s the best part of our week. We get to talk sh*t.

But I am a week behind on the blog, because I was in Mexico the first week it aired. Because they dropped it on New Years’ Day. Which is f*cking stupid. So I’m a week behind on the blog. Even though I’m caught up. And it’s just been so great. Because Ari is a boring mess. Not a mess, but he’s so boring. And they’re just trying to create drama in any way they can. Hold on, I need to drink water. I’m parched, ok. I’m parched.

So, Ari is so boring, he’s wearing far too much bronzer. It’s out of control. Honestly, I should probably wear more bronzer. So I could use some of his. But he’s not matching it to his neck. And rule number one with bronzer, if you’re going to put it on, you’ve got to fill in to your neck so you just don’t look these two separate colors. Because already your neck doesn’t get much sunlight. And then you make your face four shades darker, but not your neck? It’s incredibly obvious Ari. And he loves cardigans, which is fair. He’s 37. Or 36. My husband around that age, he doesn’t wear cardigans, but to each their own. He does it pretty well.

He does skinny jeans, so he’s trying to stay hip; and cardigans. Go you, Ari. But you’re very boring.

So the show has just become how can we make these girls look bad on television. And poor Krystal. I just feel really bad for Krystal. Because her voice is incredibly challenging to listen to. Because she does like a little baby voice, and it sounds like she’s been smoking cigarettes her entire life. But when Ari’s around, then she goes into ultra baby, high pitched, smoked 6 packs a day voice. And it’s very difficult to listen to.

And then her producers are just manipulating the sh*t out of her. So she’s being confident and happy with herself. She called herself flawless this week. And I’m sorry, she looks really f*cking good. She is a fitness coach, and she has a banging ass body. She has beautiful skin. I don’t know if it’s just great makeup, or what it is. But her skin looks fantastic. I’m not saying she’s gotten any work done. But if has, she’s done it well. If she gets Botox, she does it well. So, to say she’s flawless. She looks f*cking good. Go you, Krystal. You f*cking workout, you work hard, and you eat well, and it shows.

And I feel so bad for this girl. I went to this girl’s Instagram, because I obviously have no life. And people are so mean to her. Cruel, cruel things. So before I was like; oh, Krystal is so annoying. And now I just feel bad for her. People are being so mean to her. And I’ve had people be mean to me on the internet, and I can’t imagine at that scale. Millions of people.

Damn f*cking yawns. I’m sorry. It’s very cloudy here today. There is snow on the ground. It’s cold. I can’t go outside because it’s 40 degrees. Far too cold for me.

So poor Krystal. I feel very bad for her now. People are so mean to her, telling her to f*cking die. Like, ok. Whoever said go f*cking die, I want to take a dump in a bag and light it on fire on their doorstep. I guess I’m going down to their level. Except not, because I’ve never told anybody to die.

Whatever. So anyway. This past; not this week, but the week before, they had this date that was a spinoff of Glow. If you haven’t watched the Netflix original show Glow, go watch it. It’s a great show. You can watch all the first season episodes. I really love the actress, the main actress in it. She’s just great. She looks great. And she’s a great actress. It’s just great. What am I saying?

So anyways. On the Bachelor, they do a spinoff of Glow, and it’s called Glob. So annoying. Not cute. And they’re forced to wrestle each other. And it’s just really uncomfortable, and not fun to watch. And then Pretty Boy Pitbull from Rachel’s season comes in. And then Ari acts like he beats this big dude. And it’s like; Ari. Stop touching his balls, ok? We get what you’re putting out there. We see it.

Then, Lauren S. Who I totally feel for. Lauren S gets a date, and she gets this date card that said, “you had me at merlot.” She’s like; “I think it might have something to do with wine.” Well, Lauren S is right. They go to Napa. Never been to Napa. I have been to Santa Inez. I don’t even like f*cking wine, and I loved wine in Santa Inez. And I heard Santa Inez is better than Napa, and less pretentious. And I would agree with that. Even though I’ve never been. I’m saying a lot of dumb sh*t this episode, huh? Damn.

So Lauren S goes on this date, and she’s having complete word vomit. And I obviously get that constantly. Because I talk to myself 23 hours a day. So, you know when you’re just like talking to someone, and you just want to fill a void, and you want to spark interest in something, so you just start saying all this random sh*t. And the person wants nothing to do with you, so there’s really no point. That’s how this date was going down.

In the history of the show, I’ve never seen anyone eat, and I’ve been told, meaning I listen to gossip podcasts. {laughs} I’ve been told that they eat before they go on the date. Because the producers don’t want you eating on video and you’re all {smacking noises}. While you’re trying to talk about love and marriage on your first date. Fair.

So never on the show have I seen anybody eat until Ari. He’s eating while they’re drinking wine and having nuts and cheese. And nothing sounds better in a microphone than eating almonds. And then they go to dinner, and Lauren S is just dumping her word vomit everywhere and just talking about random stuff. And he’s eating this obvious, probably stale potato gratin. It’s like a square of old stale potatoes and cheese and cream that’s been curdled. And some filet mignon or something. Just f*cking chasing it down with wine. And he has never been more uninterested in his entire life. Never.

So, then he decided that he’s going to pick up the rose, and tell her that he’s not into her by saying, “You obviously love being with your family, and I don’t want to take you away from that.” {laughs} Then dumps her. That’s how he answers it. “You obviously hate being away from your family so I don’t want to take you away from that.” Instead of just saying; “I don’t want to make out with you, and I want to make out with everyone. So that’s my sign. Sorry, you’re gone.” Whatever.

So, then, let’s see. There’s another group date that’s terrible. And they’re just really nailing it down at terrible dates this season. They have to go, 15 f*cking women, have to go to the Grove in LA. Is that where it is? LA? I think I’ve been there, but I don’t care. And they have to train dogs and perform on stage for children.

So this, number one, is my living nightmare. Living nightmare. I; oh man. So, that’s so scary to me. I taught swim lessons for 8 years. 7 or 8 years. I don’t want to be around children ever because of that. Thanks. Thanks athletic club where I coached for so long. Ugh. I remember getting ringworm on my neck from one of the children. If you’re not scarred from teaching 8 years of swim lessons, you are a f*cking saint, and should just be, I don’t know what I’m trying to say. I don’t know religious stuff.

Ok, so they have this group date. It’s terrible. Annalise has another breakdown. She had a breakdown about the first bumper car date, and now she has a breakdown about dogs. And they just do these crazy reenactments that are hilarious of children and a dog; like a sketch ass looking dog, with its eyeballs popping out of it’s head and growling. And then a baby just crying. Like, whose child did they use to make these reenactments? Or did they pull this from, what are those places you can get stock photos? You get stock videos or something?

I don’t know. But Annalise is freaking out. She’s kind of having word vomit in the way of just like life vomit. She’s just having a hard time. Because she finds out everybody has made out with Ari, because Ari has also made out with his shoes at some point. He loves being called pillow lips, and he loves kissing anything that will slightly kiss him back. Except for Annalise. So Annalise is desperately trying to get a kiss from him. And asks if you can get a kiss from him. Which, if you have to ask, it’s not a great sign. It’s not great. Especially if he’s made out with 46 other women, that night.

So she takes him up like 45 fights of stairs to the corner of the mansion, and asks if she can make out with him. And he says; we’re just not there yet. I have to go make out with a sock instead. Me and my sock are closer than you and me, Annalise. I apologize.

And then the best part; and honestly the only part I should have even talked about, is this part where Jenna. Jenna seems like a crazy, crazy f*cking person. She doesn’t get much time. But she obviously likes to party, because she’s getting drunk. But they’re not showing that, because now they have to be PG because of Bachelor in Paradise drama. So, Jenna is drunk. And she’s hardcore making out with Ari. Like, dry humping him, on his lap. And then she tries to straddle him. But she’s in a white maxi dress. And it’s a tight dress. So you can’t spread your legs. So she’s trying to get on top of him. Her legs aren’t spreading.

And then, she has this point where she maybe has a small seizure, or she either throws up in her mouth, or she burps. She comes back and she’s talking {retch-gulp}. And then goes back and makes out with him. And Ari just seems total cool with it. It’s like; oh, you just threw up in your mouth? It’s cool. I just made out with my sock. Let’s do this. So f*cking weird. But the best part. Rewinded three times. It was wonderful.

Honestly, Jenna should have her own show. And I really hope she’s the next Bachelorette, because that would be a fun f*cking season. But I also; I listened to Reality Steve, and I found out the ending, and I found out more of the ending because there’s more past the ending. And it is drama for your mama! But I’m bummed I found out the ending. I accidentally did that. And then today, I found out even more. So I know what happens, plus some. I’m just in the know, guys.

Ok. I can’t believe I just talked for 20 minutes. Sorry for the skippers out there, where you’re like; f*ck you Juli, I just came to listen about Crested Butte. I apologize. That’s very wrong. But I love you. So here’s the thing.

First of all, I just want to say congratulations to one of my friends. If you don’t follow her, you should. I’ve had her on the podcast three times, maybe. Cassy from Fed and Fit. She just had a baby yesterday! No big deal. I just wrote her and said “Congratulations, and I’m so happy for you guys, and I hope you and your vagina get some rest.” I hope she found that funny. It’s hard to know with some people. But congratulations to Cassy, because she is the most adorable human being in the world. She’s the kindest person, has the kindest heart, and she’s going to be the best mom ever. So congratulations Cassy. I love you so much!

18.09

So many off topics. Lets first talk about Crested Butte. Because I love doing these little trip recaps. I had some work that needed to be done in the mountains. So I asked my sister-in-law if she wanted to go with me to the mountains. Because she is from Nebraska, and she moved to Colorado about three years ago. And so she’s explored lots of towns like Breckenridge and Vale. Those kind of easier to get to mountain towns. So I asked her if she wanted to go somewhere farther, which Crested Butte is about 4 hours from where I live. So it’s really not that bad of a drive. It’s pretty easy, especially on my side of town. So it’s kind of a straight shot.

And Crested Butte is the tiniest, most adorable; well not the tiniest. But most adorable little town. It’s so freaking cute. But what’s so cool about this tiny little main street town of different restaurants and bars is that the food is phenomenal. And they use a ton of local ingredients and farms and then they also have distilleries and amazing, amazing bars.

I always talk about that on the podcast. I don’t drink very much, because I’m not going to go to dinner and order a vodka soda. Because number one, that tastes like f*cking sh*t. Number two, why would I waste my calories on a vodka soda? No. I’m going to go home and I’m going to make myself some cake. I’m not going to waste it on a sh*tty ass drink.

So if I ever go out to have drinks, I’m going to have a highly caloric drink, because I want it to be enjoyable. But there’s just not that many places in Denver where I feel overly impressed with the drinks. And I don’t want to taste my alcohol. I don’t want it to taste like rubbing alcohol, because that tastes like f*cking sh*t. I want it to taste like simply sugary goodness. Sugary and spicy goodness. Like jalapeno, habanero. Give me a kick in the mouth, make my eyes water, make my nose run. That’s what I want. No gin and tonic. No tequila soda. Be f*cking paleo about. No thank you.

So, in Crested Butte, I had so many cocktails. I probably gained 10 pounds of just liquid weight. But it was so worth it, because all the cocktails were so good. So we drove up there, when we drove to Crested Butte, clear skies. Beautiful. Super easy drive. Stopped; I think once. Once to pee; no, maybe twice. Which is very impressive for me, because I pee at least four times an hour. So that was very impressive. Gold star for me.

And then we drove in, checked in the hotel. We stayed at the Elevation; why is that so hard. Hotel and spa. And it’s right at the mountain. And I really wish I would have done a bed and breakfast. And I was so close to doing a bed and breakfast. And I don’t know why I chose differently. I was like; oh, maybe I’ll go to the spa! There was no f*cking time to go to the spa. I feel like all spa treatments include a body scrub. And I didn’t put on fake tanner. But if I did, then you just rub it off? Nah.

So there was no spa involved. But we drive there. We go straight to this place called Dogwood, and it’s a cocktail bar. And they have probably per liquor; say vodka. They probably have 10 drinks for vodka, 10 drinks for tequila, 10 drinks for gin. They have a ton of drinks on their list. And every drink was so good. We had two there. And we’re working off an empty stomach, so we’re pretty buzzed.

So then we walk across the street and get dinner there so I can sober up and drive us back up the mountain and then hang out at this cute bar called Public House, where we had dinner. They had grass-fed, grass-finished burgers that were awesome, and lots of fries. Which, fries are the best when you have a buzz. Just the best.

Anyway. The next morning we drive up this pass, because there’s a pass you can drive up to. Which I think most people drive up there and then take their snowmobiles up there. Because it ends in a parking lot, and you’re like; what the f*ck?! But it had beautiful spots to take photos, and we took some photos up there. And then we went to breakfast at Reveled In. Adorable. All these places in Crested Butte are just adorable. Because they just have that cottage-y, cabin feel to them. Like the kitchens are always visible. They’re just so freaking cute. So we went there.

We had to work more, because this trip was totally a work trip, honestly. So worked more. And then we ended up going to drinks at Montanya distillery. And I was a little hesitant to go here, because it’s a rum distillery, and I’m not a huge rum person unless I’m drunk as f*ck in Jamaica on pina coladas and dirty bananas. Which, you have seen. That was really bad.

So, I was a little hesitant to go there but we did it anyways, and the drinks were f*cking awesome. All their rum drinks were so good. And their food was even better. And everything was specified; gluten free, vegan, dairy free, whatever. All the sh*t I look for when I’m going to restaurants. And they had animal fries, which were fantastic.

I sound annoying. I keep saying like, and that’s what Ari does. I’m going to start playing a drinking game. Every time Ari says “like”, I’m going to drink. And I will be dead, honestly. Per episode, dead. Especially if I’m drinking these fun drinks that I got at Crested Butte.

So we have lunch there, then work some more. We end up going back to Dogwood, getting more cocktails because they’re so good. I had this beet cocktail that was like beet infused vodka. It was like this bright fuchsia pink color. My sister-in-law thought it tasted like dirt, but she’s dumb.

So then we go to dinner at Django’s. Delicious. Not so great cocktails. Apologies, because I think the owner, he was making the cocktails. And I apologize, but I think it tasted like sh*t. Just compared to everything else. But you have great food.

So we had food there, and then we went to Bones for another cocktail. Can you see a theme here? It was like; I guess that’s what you do in mountain towns. You just drink. And I’ve heard multiple bartenders say that. And the bartenders I was seeing were drinking at like 1 in the afternoon. Like, taking shots. So I think that’s just what you do there. And that’s what we did. We really took to the mountain life.

There are multiple people who worked at these bars, and they’d say, “Do you live here in Crested Butte?” I’m like; the population is less than 1500. Don’t you guys all know each other? Because that’s a small f*cking town. Wouldn’t you have seen me before? That seems like the dumbest question. Whatever. Maybe I’m just being a b*tch. And maybe the people who live there live in Gunnison, or work in Crested Butte live in Gunnison. I’m guessing Crested Butte is expensive. I have zero idea. But I know there were a sh*t-ton of vacation homes there. And I think a lot of people go back in the summer.

Which brings me to my next point. It starts dumping snow on Sunday morning. We have to take some photos for some blog posts. And get breakfast. We head out on the road by 9:30. That was not a yawn. It was. Ok, by 10 o’clock, 30 minutes into our drive, we’re about to get on Monarch pass. There’s this little bridge. I hit the edge of ice, because the whole street is ice. But I hit an edge of ice. Tire catches. I start sliding. My car is going perpendicular to the road, if that makes sense. So if a car would have been there, we would have been T-boned. So, ok, whatever. We’re not T-boned yet but we’re about to go off the bridge. Finally get the car to turn back around. We almost hit the guardrail.

All of that, we straighten back out. We’re ok. But this is 30 minutes into a now 5.5-hour drive. I just sh*t my pants. So I have to sit in my own feces. That’s a joke, for all you people who don’t get jokes. But sweating, profusely. My hands are clammy. My armpits are soaked. I’m so scared. And I’m so hot at this point but I can’t take any of my jackets off because I will go off the road. We are at a full white out. Full white out, can barely see the car in front of us.

And the thing about monarch pass is it’s first of all terrible to drive in the snow. But it’s like, they don’t have guardrails the whole way. Sometimes they won’t have guardrails. How did that ever become ok in the mountains? Because if you slide, you go off the f*cking mountain! I don’t get it. Get your f*cking guardrails up everywhere. There’s not point in not having a guardrail. If there is, and I’m unaware of it, I don’t care. It was pointless.

So I’m almost crying, just trying to get down this mountain. Because first of all, if it would have been just me, I would have been more feeling ok. But to have my sister-in-law’s life in my hands; no, no, no. I was freaking the f*ck out. And my sister-in-law kept saying; I’ll drive. It’s ok. I’m like; no. First of all, you’re not going to drive my car. If we get into a car accident, that’s so much insurance sh*t. And second of all, that’s not any better. That you have to drive in miserable conditions. I’ll do this. At least I’ve lived here my whole live and driving these mountains a million times. But this was the worst it’s ever been.

So my cortisol is spiked for 5.5 hours. Even when we get off to one of our main streets, like 5 miles away from our house, I almost go off the road there. So I can’t put my guard down until I get into the garage. Sh*t my pants again. Cry. And then I worked out because I needed to work off some steam and actually work off some of the blood clots I got in my legs from sitting for so long.

But it makes me never want to drive to the mountains. And this is why I don’t ever go to the mountains. First of all, if you don’t hit terrible road conditions, you’re going to hit traffic. So you’re f*cked either way in the winter. So I just want to go up in the summer. I want to go back to Crested Butte in the summer. I want to go to Steamboat Springs in the summer. I want to go to beautiful places in the summertime where I can wear a tank top. I don’t have to wear 47 layers that I have to take off immediately when I get inside because I’m about to have a heat stroke. I just, man. I just can’t get behind snowy conditions.

And someone said; I was just mentioning how I can’t wait to be in Phoenix in warmth. And someone was like; oh, you always want what you can’t have. Or what you don’t have. So when it’s summer, you want it to be winter. I’m like; no. I don’t feel that way whatsoever. I want to be in Cabo 24/7 all the time. Maybe not when it’s like 120 degrees. But I always want it to be warm. I’m never like; oh, I cannot wait for my toes to feel freezing, and for me not to be able to walk my dog because I’m miserable. I’m never saying that. That’s not on my agenda.

Oh, I can’t wait to slide and almost go off the road and kill my sister-in-law. No. That’s not what I’m wishing for. I’m simply wishing to live in Cabo. Is that too much to ask? God damn it.

So in the end. Crested Butte was fantastic. The drive back ruined it. But I still love Crested Butte and I cannot wait to go back. Highly recommend it. And now I need to get more mountain trips in in the summer, and get away from the heat here, I guess.

Anyway. That was Sunday. That was super stressful coming back. And then Monday I had to cook all day long and work all day long, because I had cooking videos on Tuesday. And the thing about cooking videos, especially right now in the winter when we have sunlight for a shorter amount of time. It’s just you have a little bit more of a time-cramp. Is that the word I’m looking for? So, you have to cook everything ahead of time.

So, the other day, when I did this cooking video, I have this egg casserole that takes; you have to roast the vegetables before and then you have to cook it for 30 minutes afterwards. So I had to have raw vegetables. I had to have the vegetables that were already roasted. And then I had to have the cooked, final product. So I had to have three steps already done to film one cooking video. So it’s just a lot of prep beforehand. So I had all day prepping and just getting these cooking videos prepped. Getting all my outfits ready. Getting the house cleaned up.

And then Tuesday, I did all the cooking videos. Which you have to be on. You have to be excited. You have to be happy to be there and just kind of performing for the camera and getting 7 cooking videos done. And then I went and worked out. Which was probably not a great idea, because Wednesday I woke up and I was exhausted. Kind of depressed. My mood was off. I didn’t have any energy. I didn’t want to get off the couch. So I just kind of spent the day doing nothing. Which I’m going to start doing that always.

But it was just a reality check. Because I just have to check myself sometimes of; ok, I did not need to workout Tuesday night, because I had been in high cortisol zone for three days straight. Sunday, Monday, Tuesday. And then to put my body through more stress was not a great idea.

So I just have to change that up. I think it was such a good reminder of taking care of your body. Because so many of us; if you work out on a regular basis, and you have almost that dependency on physical activity to bring you happiness. To bring you endorphins, to make you feel good. It’s easy to go to that to feel good when you’re feeling a little off. But sometimes your body does not need that.

So Wednesday I took off. Thursday, I did just lifting. I didn’t put my body through a CrossFit met con or anything strenuous. I just lifted. Just got some movement in and that was it. But it was a good reminder of; hey. If you push your body too far, that’s when you’re going to get the flu. That’s an epidemic at this point. And I’m not into that. Because that’s gross.

And I go to a gym regularly where there’s probably people infested with the flu. And they wipe their nose, and they grab the barbell, and they don’t wipe the barbell down. And I think it’s so f*cking gross. I look at some of these people when they’re putting their barbells away. I wipe mine down every time. And I’m like; what the f*ck?! You’re a grown ass adult, and you don’t think about wiping down your barbell when there are wipes right here. You dick. Gross. Go wash your hands immediately afterwards.

So, I’m so glad I took rest, listened to my body. Didn’t put it through more stress. And probably inevitably get sick because of it. I took two days, pretty much did nothing. Felt like a piece of sh*t because of it, but I let my body rest and now I’m feeling back to normal. Which is fantastic. It’s just the best.

And I think of those past two days. Every day, I get up pretty much at 6:30. I start working immediately. I work throughout the day, and even when my husband is home. I’m usually working until 10 o’clock at night. So we’re just not spending as much quality time together. And that was a great reminder of; hey. Spend some time. Cuddle with the person you love. We have a hot tub, so going in the hot tub. Talking to each other. Seeing what’s going on. Instead of me being glued to my phone or computer. It was just a great reminder that love is important. Stop being such a b*tch, Juli. A crazy, crazy B.

35.27

So, I had a reader write in. Reader, listener. Whatever. She just wrote in the other day and she wanted me to talk about how I balance working at home with life in general. And stay on top of everything. So I kind of wanted to talk about that. She wrote in and said; “Could you possibly talk about how you stay organized, how you plan your workload. How you get work done while working from home. Scheduling tips, organization tips. I work from home and find myself often stir-crazy and lethargic. I would love your input.”

And I’ve touched on this in other podcasts, so I’m sorry if I repeat myself at all. But I know not everybody listens to every podcast. They just go to ones that sound good. So I have worked from home for probably 4 years now. And I found it very challenging at the beginning. Because I just felt very stir crazy. I would find myself going to a lot of coffee shops, and working from coffee shops to make sure I got my actual work done. And then once I got my dog, Jackson, I found myself wanting to stay at home. Because I just want to cuddle with him. So I got better at working at home and staying on task.

But that being said, I do a lot of different things. I write my blog posts. I do emails. I comment back on comments. I make recipes. I film cooking videos. I shoot fashion photos. So my days are usually all over the place of things I need to do. And that kind of helps me not get super bored. So I’m not sitting on my computer 24/7 just doing the same thing over and over. And that really helps me of having different things and different stuff and content that gets me excited actually work on it. That’s what really helps.

So I think if you’re loving your job, and feeling excited about it, that helps. But that being said, just this week I was feeling off. I was feeling overworked. And last night, I knew I was not going to get any work done. And I had work that was due this morning. So I woke up early, and I went to one of my favorite restaurants and coffee shops in town. Because they have amazing collagen or butter coffees. I knew I could get work done there, instead of sitting on the couch and turning on the Today Show, and getting distracted by f*cking horrible stories in the news.

So, going somewhere else and putting myself in a different situation was helpful. So if you can break up your day in those ways, of going to a coffee shop for a couple of hours, or maybe when you work at an office. Usually they have a lunch break, and you go somewhere for lunch. Or you just take time off. And you don’t usually do that at home. Because you’re at home, so you might as well make a meal. But planning maybe a lunch with a friend, or just grabbing lunch somewhere else that gets you out of the house. I think that is great and helpful.

And then sometimes I’ll schedule my workouts in the middle of the day just to get me away from the house halfway through the day. Get a break. Get up and walking. Doing stuff that’s a little bit different. Getting my mind off what I’ve been doing. And that really helps. So coffee shops, getting a workout in, lunch with a friend, or lunch by yourself just away from home, I think is helpful.

And then in the summer, when I have lots of light. So I have more time to work during the day because food photos and all that. And it’s nice outside, I take my dog on a couple of walks a day. So getting outside to walk your dog or go on a walk just by yourself. And just letting your body breathe, letting your mind breathe for a second. I think that’s really helpful.

And staying organized is so different for everybody. I think everybody has to find ways that work for them. And I’ve talked about this a lot, but this is my favorite way to stay organized, is a to-do list. And I write out everything I need to do in the week. So I look first at my calendar. Do I have any appointments? Do I have an appointment to meet with someone? Do I have a phone call? Do I have even a hair appointment or nail appointment. Things I need to make sure I get in my list already. My Monday through Friday list. And then I also have a list of all my upcoming posts that I need to get done.

So I start scheduling in everything need to do. So I need to cook this. I need to clean up after I’m done. I need to organize my office. I need to write back to this email. I need to contact this person. And I start just delegating that, and I put time stamps on it.

And if it’s going to be a crazy day, and I really need to make sure I feel like I have everything organize, I even schedule in; ok, you’re going to have breakfast here. You’re going to shower here. What time that is. Say you have breakfast at 7; you’re going to shower at 9. You have this phone call at 10. At noon you’re going to workout. At 1 you’re going to cook this recipe, clean the house. And I delegate the time that it’s going to go down and what that task is. As much as showering and get ready. I don’t have to remind myself to shower. It’s not fully true, but kind of true. But I write that in so I know how long that’s going to take and what I can fit in in between.

So for me, I love having a to-do list that I can cross off and see things get smaller and smaller as the day goes on. And then I know when I’m freed up for time, and can get other things done. Or I can just say; hey, you’ve done enough today. You can sit and watch New Girl with your husband, and just chill. And that’s how I do it.

I write out my posts. I just use the Notes app on your phone. I don’t know if you have to download that or it just came on the phone. But I use the Notes app. And I really just write out all my posts for the next couple of months. And then any recipe ideas, or blog content ideas. I write them down. And then I fit things in as I need to. And then I can go to that and figure out what I need to do with my day and what is coming up and what trips I have planned. So if I needed to move anything around to get my post done ahead of time, that’s how I do it.

So, I hope that kind of answers your questions and helps you out. Because I know working from home can be challenging, and feel weird at first. But once you find your rhythm and just know how to break it up a little bit better, I think that helps.

And I think that’s why people work at coffee shops so much. Because a lot of people work remotely or work from home. And it’s just being around other people. You don’t even have to be talking to other people, but to be around social interactions, as long as you’re washing your hands, because people are f*cking gross. Door handles are disgusting; eww. I think that’s the best way to deal with it. So you feel like you’re still in a community, even though you’re not in your community at work.

I’m also a person; I’m an only child, and I’m a person who likes to stay away from the public. So I don’t mind being alone at home all the time. But I know it’s very nice for my husband when I do talk to people on the outside, so he isn’t bombarded with nonstop conversation for 5 hours once he gets home. This poor guy. After he’s been talking for 12 hours straight.

So, that’s how I do it. That’s what’s up. Anyways. That’s all I got this week. Just; I always try to talk about kind of new podcasts as I listen to them and actually remember them. So I wanted to tell you about this one, if you like true crime. Atlanta Monster is a great one. It just started. It’s with Payne Lindsey, who had the podcast Someone Knows Something. I think that was the podcast he did. And that crime was solved. Or no; was it Up and Vanished? Sh*t. I forget. Either way, Payne Lindsey did this podcast. And it was a really good one that solved while he was doing this podcast. So now I’m listening to Atlanta Monster.

I just started listening to Barbell Shrugged. I haven’t listened to many episodes, but I’m liking them. Just if you like the kind of fitness industry stuff. I think that’s a fun one. And then still one of my favorites, My Favorite Murder, done. And Wine and Crime. So obviously a lot of murder. Love it. Love it man. Just love those murder podcasts. They’re just so addicting. Isn’t that weird? It’s so weird. But I feel like it’s the whole, people doing such terrible things. And if you’re a normal person you just can’t fathom why someone would actually do that.

Like, this family. This is about to go dark. But this family who has been taken into custody. The parents who had their 2 to 29-year-olds or something locked up in their house. I think they were 29. 27 to 29. He was like 82 pounds. And they didn’t know their actual ages because they were so malnourished.

But the true crime; the worst ever. God these parents are f*cking awful. And the dad’s haircut; what did this dad do? What did he do for a living? Because who would hire him? Who would be like; yeah, your haircut looks like you have it together. What? So sketch. So sad. Anyway, true crime is so addicting to listen to.

Ok, I have to go. Because I am working on a new little project, and I need to hop on a call. And I’m very excited to announce this to you guys. Because it’s even bigger and better than the last time. So I’ll be talking about that soon on the blog, and on the podcast. And yeah, I’ve got to go get my fitness on, because I’m feeling back to normal. The sun is starting to shine. I’m getting some endorphins. I’m liking it. But thanks for listening this week.

If you guys have anyone you think it would be fun to have on the podcast, or you like to listen to, I’d love to hear it. Give me your feedback. Come to www.PaleOMG.com. This week on the blog I have; what do I have on there? A new cooking video and recipe for my orange creamsicle collagen smoothie. Which is the best. And I’ve been adding collagen to my diet. Never once in my life has anyone complimented my hair. And I have received so many compliments because it’s grown so much, and it’s gotten so much healthier than before. And I swear, the only thing that changed was collagen. So, highly recommend it.

I have cold weather activewear on the blog. I share some of my cold weather activewear favorites, so you can actually stay fit during winter instead of going into hibernation mode like I have the past two days.

I do a whole breakdown of all the places I went to in Crested Butte, and the places I missed that other people recommended, as well. And then I also talk about an amazing company called Thread Venture. And they are an outdoor rental apparel company. So say you want to go hiking or skiing or camping. And you’re not from Colorado, so your garage isn’t filled with all this outdoor activity shenanigan stuff and apparel. If you’re coming into Colorado, this company lets you rent apparel and they meet you at the airport so you can grab it and go straight to the mountains and not have to deal with anything. They make it so much easier. It’s kind of like Rent the Runway for gowns, but for outdoor apparel. It’s so cool. So, I’m talking about this new startup company that’s just real rad. And I loved working with them.

So those are the new posts on the blog. Head to www.PaleOMG.com. Let me know what you want to hear on the podcast. That’s all I got. Thanks so much for listening today. I hope you have a wonderful little weekend, you little darling face. I’ll talk to you later. Bye-bye!

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m all over the place. Bachelor recap, my trip to Crested Butte, cooking videos, how I finally crashed after 3 days of stress, what I did to recover, and tips on working from home and staying […] Today on the podcast, I’m all over the place. Bachelor recap, my trip to Crested Butte, cooking videos, how I finally crashed after 3 days of stress, what I did to recover, and tips on working from home and staying […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 48:24
Listener Questions – Episode 68: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-68-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 20 Jan 2018 14:15:09 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=30640 http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-68-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/listener-questions-episode-68-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 2 Answering your fun questions on the podcast today!! Thank you to everyone who wrote in on instagram and left a question to answer! If I missed yours, feel free to come over to paleomg.com and I’ll be sure to answer […] Answering your fun questions on the podcast today!! Thank you to everyone who wrote in on instagram and left a question to answer! If I missed yours, feel free to come over to paleomg.com and I’ll be sure to answer it there!

And don’t forget to snag the free bacon for all of 2018 in the ButcherBox campaign (that ends Jan 31st!)

____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

____________

Episode 68 Transcription!

This is Juli Bauer from PaleOMG and you are listening to PaleOMG Uncensored.

1. Listener questions: Food [5:54]
2. Listener questions: Fitness [21:23]
3. Listener questions: Beauty [47:42]
4. Listener questions: Random [54.51]

Juli Bauer: Well howdy. Welcome to another episode of PaleOMG Uncensored. I think we’re at episode 68. Going strong. I’m only saying this because I just now thought of it, because I was just recently listening to another podcast who talked about it; and I just never talk about this. And I should ask more often. I’m going to simply ask you if you like this podcast, to rate and review and make sure to subscribe. And if you don’t like this podcast, please still leave a 5-star review.

Is that rude? Is that needy? I don’t know. I hear it’s important. And who knows how podcasts will change over time. But if you like this podcast and you listen to it weekly, or you’re just coming into it and you like it, just leave a nice review. Don’t put negativity out in the world, because negative people suck big balls! But if you feel like being positive. I’m going to stop. It’s so annoying. I shouldn’t have even started with that. Erase. Go back. No thanks.

Let’s just talk about life instead. I am gearing up to go to Crested Butte tomorrow. Which is like 4.5 hours from Denver, or so, depending on the weather. I really should check the weather. Since I’m leaving tomorrow and still haven’t packed.

But I needed to shoot some photos in the mountains, and so I just decided to make a whole trip of it, and take my sister-in-law, who helps me with photos a lot. Take her. And make a whole weekend. And then do a blog post about Crested Butte. So go do something fun in town. Go to a bunch of restaurants. Because what else do you do when you travel?

People are like; what did you do while you were in town? I ate, you dummy. What else do you do when you’re traveling? I don’t care about anything else. I care about a craft cocktail and food. Period. But we’re staying at a hotel up there. It should be fun.

So my husband and I are supposed to have a date night tonight before I leave. I leave him back at home. But I still haven’t even packed. I’ve got sh*t to do, man! Damn. Right now I have a dog on my lap. Who is on a diet.

We went to the vet just the other day, and he should be around 38 pounds, and he is 41. And the vet said she wanted him at 38. So it’s pretty devastating. Because I’m very much a one for me, one for you kind of person. I like sharing food. I like how excited he gets about food, because I feel the exact same way. But, he’s been snoring a little bit more, and that could have to do with him being slightly overweight. So he’s on a diet. It’s so sad. We cut his food down by half. And it is not a one for me one for you situation right now. That’s sad. But it’s ok, we’ll get through it together.

So anyway. Thanks so much for listening. Oh my god, I just noticed my couch cushions are upside down. How humiliating! What a mess. Anywhoo. I wanted to do another listener question episode. And if I ever talk too much at the beginning, then this podcast runs like four hours. Because I just talk so damn much. It will be like three questions, and it will be four hours long. So let’s get to it. I’ve done this how I usually do these podcasts; I’ve broken it into groups. So I have a food section, fitness, beauty, and then kind of random questions throughout.

Can we also talk about how much I love Beat Bobby Flay? It’s just playing in the background on mute right now, and I just love this show. It’s making me hungry for no reason, since I just ate crackers with prosciutto on top. Sorry, got to drink water. Sorry if you hate hearing people eat or drink. That’s what happens on this podcast. It’s just what happens.

And of course, before I get into questions, I want to talk about the Bachelor, but there’s a few questions about the Bachelor in here. So we’re going to talk about it later. And I’m sure most of you will skip through that. But it has to be talked about. If you don’t watch the Bachelor yet, dude. You’ve got to get with it. I told my husband the other night, he’s like; how was your show. He’s like, I honestly don’t care. And I’m like; why do you hate on this show so much? Literally, my sister-in-law and I sit in the basement while you sit upstairs, and we watch this show and we make fun of it. The best part is just making fun of these people!

And these are great people. It’s mostly the editing. Ok, I’m not being mean to these people and calling them ugly or something like that. But just making fun of some of the things they say. Or making fun of some of the things the production people make them say. Or edit them into saying. Sometimes, if you listen closely, and they’re not actually talking to the camera, you can totally tell where the editors have edited things together for what they want it to say. If that makes sense. So they edit multiple words together that the person has said to create a sentence. I’m not joking. You can totally tell.

1. Listener questions: Food [5:54]

But, whatever. Let’s just get into food questions to start, ok? Let’s do this. You guys have so many awesome questions this time around. I asked on Instagram, and people left questions there. There were 150 questions, so if I miss anybody’s. If I miss yours and you really want an answer, and you’re like; you’re such a b*tch, Juli. Please, come to my blog. Come to www.PaleOMG.com. You can leave the question there and I’d be happy to answer it. I’m not a b*tch. Kind of I am. Ok, I’m a b*tch. But, we can get past it together.

Ok, so food. This question is from the Paleo Runner. “Can you talk about maintaining a paleo lifestyle with additional non-paleo foods that work for you? Like white rice, peanut butter, etc. Sometimes I get obsessed with staying strictly paleo. Also, what are some of your favorite things at the moment food wise? Thanks in advance. Love your podcast!”

Thank you so much for listening. I have just found, when I’ve obsessed in the past, that’s when I’ve been most unhappy. So when I was obsessing about what I was eating, that’s when my weight. When I was not able to maintain a weight. I was going up and down, because I was stressing out so much about it. And I found that I felt better when I had some of those foods. When I had white rice in my diet. Not on a daily basis, but just sometimes when I needed it. I found that I felt better when I ate white potatoes versus sweet potatoes, and my stomach felt better when I had those.

So it’s just kind of trial and error. Same; I feel better with peanut butter versus any other nut butter. Even though it’s a legume, but whatever. I feel so much better with that. So I just listen to my body. And I think it’s so easy to get obsessed with being strictly something. Or following a certain diet within those square parameters or whatever. But I find life very boring in comparison.

So I just don’t obsess. Because I want to live a happier life, and I want to listen to my body. So that’s how I do it. And I don’t care when people are like; “That’s not paleo.” And they think that joke is sups funny. But you’re like; hey, you’re 100% not original. So that’s sups funny.

And then my favorite things food-wise right now; I’m obsessed with Kite Hill cream cheese. I’ve been using it in a ton of recipes. They have like a jalapeno chive cream cheese or something that’s out of control good. Loving Simple Mills nut-free crackers. Just because I don’t do well with almond flour. So I try not to overdo it. Let’s see, what else am I obsessed with? Butcher Box. I literally just got it in the mail so that made me think of it. I’m looking at the box at the moment. I can’t wait to unwrap it, but I’ve got to record this podcast first. Obsessed with Butcher Box.

And right now, just so you know, if you want to get a Butcher Box, if you want to get free bacon in every single one of your Butcher Box packages for the next year, just go to my blog. Go to www.PaleOMG.com. I’ll try to remember to put it in the show notes, but 100% probably won’t. But if you go to www.PaleOMG.com I have a link there, and that’s valid until the end of January. And then you’ll get free bacon. It’s nitrate free, it’s Whole30, so it’s better for you bacon, actually from pigs that should be eaten instead of whatever. I’m not going into those details. You can listen to the Butcher Box podcast about that. So those are my favorite things right now. Go to www.PaleOMG.com if you want that sweet deal.

Ok, the Glow File. I like that name. “Did doing the 21-Day Sugar Detox help you get better control of your sugar demon? You seem to be able to eat chocolate or whatever in moderation without having a “I ate one, I might as well eat 10” mentality. If it wasn’t the sugar detox, then what tips do you have for controlling sugar intake? I eat really well, dairy, grain, and gluten free, but have a really hard time not eating all the dessert.”

I just know; the sugar detox definitely helped me work on that sugar demon of; ok, I don’t have to have an entire bag of chocolate almonds. I can have just a couple. Or knowing that I cannot; actually that was a bad example, because I have to stay away from chocolate covered nuts. Almonds, walnuts, cashews, whatever that crack is. I have to stay away from it because I cannot stop. So I think it taught me what things I could have in moderation, and what things I needed to stay away from.

And I kind of know certain things I need to stay away from, like that. And I know certain chocolates are going to make me not want to crave more. So I love Hu Kitchen, Eating Evolved. And I’ve just gotten better at having those things in moderation.

What really helped me with moderation, honestly though, was me stopping obsessing. And saying I can’t have something. I can’t have it, I can’t have it, I can’t have it. Because when I did finally have it, it was f*cking on for a few days and I would just overdo everything.

So once I cut that mentality out; saying I can’t have something, I just didn’t crave it as much. And the more with sugar, for me, the more I cut it out the less I crave it. So when I start eating chocolate more often, and notice that I’m craving it when I’m not even hungry, then I know I need to cut it out. And that’s what helps me.

I just know what things I need to stay away from that I can’t stop. And that really helps me with that moderation. Because people always do that. I feel like when they’re in these yo-yo dieting of saying; I had one, I might as well have 10. And I’ve said this before on the podcast. But it’s like; oh, I just got in a car accident. I might as well get in another. It’s like; nobody f*cking thinks that way. Why would you think that way with food? You’re doing this destructive behavior and you’re making it more destructive. Having chocolate is not destructive, but eating 14 chocolate bars is destructive long-term, especially what it’s doing to your psyche. So that’s how I’ve done it, and how I’ve been able to kind of maintain it. But cutting out the sugar is the biggest thing for me. Because then I just don’t crave it as much.

Juliana. “How do you feel about things like kombucha, apple cider vinegar drinks, gut shots, and how they aid in digestion? Do you use them? If so, how often? I have also read about turmeric and tart cherry juice, among other things that aid in combating inflammation. I guess I’m just curious how factual it is that these products help.”

I’m sure they help. I don’t see as really needing these things if you are drinking adequate amounts of water and you’re eating the foods that work for your body and not creating inflammation in your body. So if you’re eating grass-fed, grass-finished, organic, humanely raised protein and you’re eating organic vegetables and the healthy fats, all those things, and drinking a lot of water. All those things aid in digestion and help reduce inflammation when you’re not eating sh*tty foods. So I feel like we need things that aid in digestion when we’re eating sh*tty foods.

So they’re great with that. I’ll have a kombucha if I maybe ate something that kind of upset my stomach. Or if I’m just super sick of drinking water. But I just see reducing information coming from food and really aiding in digestion from eating the right foods that work for your body. That’s what I believe in at the end of the day.

Lizzie Byer, “What’s your take on fasting or having certain eating hours?”

So I’ve talked about this on the podcast before. And I do not do any sort of fasting. For me, that just became a way to be more obsessed with food and to starve myself. And since I come from a background of doing that, it’s just not something that’s great for me.

So I don’t have a lot of information on that. But I know the guys from Mind Pump, if you look up their podcast. I forget how long they went; maybe a 90-hour fast or something like that. No thank you! But I bet they have great information on there. So it might be worth checking them out and seeing if they did a podcast about that.

But as for eating in certain hours, I am not big into that either. I eat when I’m hungry, I stop when I’m satisfied, and that’s that. And yeah. I’m not workout-fasted, or have to have food. I don’t do any of that. I literally just eat when I’m hungry. I like to eat three times a day, and I know when I like to eat. Which is usually 8 a.m. for breakfast, noon or 1 for lunch, and 6 or 7 for dinner. And that seems to work with my body. And sometimes I’ll have snacks, and sometimes I won’t. And that’s about it. But I don’t do certain times of the day at all.

I just had to move my computer to an awkward position to read off these questions because Jackson is pretty much sitting at my bellybutton down to my legs as much as he can. As close as he can be. He’s such a panda!

Ok. Emrilundilquist. Hmm. “Protein powder; thoughts on pea powder, egg white protein, etc. for shakes? There are so many different options that I’m avoiding dairy. Wondering what you’ve tried.”

So, I don’t really do protein powders. I do not like pea protein. I don’t really like egg white protein. I’ve seen both of those upset many people’s stomachs. So if you’re trying to go with a dairy free option, and want to get protein in, I’d just recommend collagen. You can get collagen. It’s dairy free. That’s that. I add collagen to my coffee every single morning, and not only do you get protein in there, but you also get the benefits of hair growth and nail growth. Which is the best. My favorite part, and the only reason that I stick with it every morning.

So this is C. Lee. “I follow renaissance periodization, counting macros, and have had amazing results for CrossFit. Some people have done the lurong challenge at the gym, and felt their performance was hindered due to it. Do you feel eating paleo allows you to be your strongest self?”

No. So I think if you are doing CrossFit, you should not be doing strict paleo. Especially if you’re trying to gain weight or put on muscle. I just don’t think it gives you enough energy. And I think when you’re doing CrossFit workouts, having white rice, having some of those gluten free grains is incredibly helpful. So I think it’s great in general. Paleo is awesome for someone who is even sedentary or has inflammation issues. But for CrossFit; f*cking get your extra carbohydrates in, for sure.

Rach Kenny. “You’re always whipping up quick and easy delicious looking weeknight meals using Butcher Box;” which I just talked about. “I’m curious how you defrost your meat. Do you leave it out in the friedge or on the counter to defrost it. Do you ever defrost it in the microwave in those situations where you’re short on time?”

So I just plan ahead. I just defrost usually on the countertop, because I’m in and out of the house all day. Or in the fridge if I have a few days. But the countertop is usually my go-to for defrosting stuff for dinner that night.

Allison. “I know you’ve mentioned that you don’t eat much fruit or nuts. Do you have suggestions for snacks? I’m definitely a snacker and get tired of eating raw veggies or hardboiled eggs.”

I always was a snacker until I increased my meal sizes. And now I find myself not snacking very often. And the only times I’m snacking are either if I’m bored or if I skipped a meal. So today I just didn’t have enough time for lunch. I had two appointments back to back. Couldn’t make anything. I had some jerky and half of a Larabar. And got home and still was starving, obviously, so I had some Simple Meals crackers with some Kite Hill dairy free cream cheese and some prosciutto on top. So I like kind of those types of snacks. Or I just eat a small meal. So I have chili cornbread. It’s not corn, so don’t freak the f*ck out. Chili cornbread casserole that I made and I’ve had for meals, but I could have that as a small snack. So I just think of snacks as smaller meals. So if I have leftovers that was just a small amount but I couldn’t finish it, I could have that as a snack. But those are kind of my main snacking things.

But I truly think that you don’t need a ton of snacks if you are eating large enough meals. That’s what happened for me, and I’ve noticed over time, for sure.

This last question is Kelsey Sutherland. “Why don’t you eat brown rice? I’ve always been curious. I exclusively eat white rice, but was wondering your reason?”

So brown rice upsets my stomach. Brown rice, from what I understand, still has the husk, or hull. Something like that on it. So it can just be irritating to the gut. So that’s the only reason. I just don’t eat it because it hurts my stomach. It doesn’t make me feel as good as white rice does. White rice feels like I just ate a meal. Brown rice makes me feel bloated. And personally, I’m not into the bloat. But that’s just me.

2. Listener questions: Fitness [21:23]

Ok, let’s move on to some fitness stuff. Are you ready for the fitness stuff, Jackson? Cute little man. Ok, Mel in the City. “What would you recommend for someone who is working out like a beast but losing no fat or weight whatsoever. I’m eating a lot and not over-exercising, but I’m getting bigger.”

So you just said you’re eating a lot. I don’t know what your diet looks like, so I can’t give you any sort of advice. I would work with maybe a trainer or a coach who can maybe work with you one on one. And you can keep a food diary and look at exactly what you’re eating. But you’re saying you’re eating a lot; and maybe you’re not eating the right foods. That could be it. Maybe you’re working out, but maybe not doing weight lifting, which burns more calories and ups your metabolism more than cardio.

So it could be a number of things. But working with someone who knows you and who specializes in that stuff near you I think would be a smart way to go. Because I have no idea who you are, you know? I can’t help you because I’m not there.

Monica Dull. “Can you talk a little bit about coming back from injury and how to move past being nervous about performing certain movements? Also mindset of taking it slow until you fully heal.”

So I haven’t had a ton of injuries. I hurt my shoulder while competing in CrossFit. And during that time, I took time; not much time off but I wasn’t going as many days, and I was doing a few more things like running and spinning. And then I did that because just certain workouts; I’m like, I don’t want to have to modify this.

But I just did a lot of modifications. So if there was a push jerk, and I knew I shouldn’t be doing that, I’d do other things, like a deadlift. Something different. So I didn’t have to go; my injuries weren’t bad enough that had to end up seeing a specialist or doing PT. So just keep that in mind. For me, I just took it really slow and I modified all those movements that upset my shoulder and didn’t make it feel good. I didn’t do pushups for a long time. Until those feelings went away, and it kind of was able to heal itself. And then I was able to try moves again.

I just took it really slow. At the end of the day, there’s no way to do it other than don’t be f*cking dumb. People in CrossFit all the time are so f*cking dumb and push themselves way too hard, and don’t listen to their body. And that’s why all these injuries come. And people blame it on CrossFit. No; it’s the dumb person who hurt themselves. It’s not CrossFit’s fault, it’s your own responsibility as an adult who is walking into that gym to listen to your body.

So at the end of the day, the only mindset you can create is your own mindset. Say; ok, I’m going to take time off of letting it rest. Letting it heal. Coming back into it slow. Not pushing it too much. Just being smart about it. That’s it.

Sam Marshal. “Do you miss Orange Theory? You were loving it, and I know you mentioned you had a couple of crappy coaches in a row so you left. Just wondering if you miss it, or just look at it as an opportunity to try something new.”

I haven’t missed it, at all. Orange Theory is an awesome workout, and I really loved the manager at this Orange Theory that I went to. She was amazing, I just didn’t get to go to many of her classes. And I just had too many boring coaches in a row. And the main reason I have gone to my CrossFit gym, for going on 7 years, is because of the coaching. And every time I walk into that gym, I’m reminded, every single time, how much I love that gym. That people there, the coaches, the energy. I’m always so excited, and it doesn’t even feel like I’m working out because I’m hanging out with a group of friends. And Orange Theory, I just didn’t feel like that.

So it’s given me the opportunity; I’ve joined kind of a Globo Gym. And I’ve just been doing extra butt workouts. I’m trying to lift my butt a little bit more. Which, CrossFit has not done for me. So I’m trying to shape my butt and lift it a little bit more. So it’s just given me the opportunity to try different stuff, and go outside my comfort zone and try different movements that I haven’t done before. And feel sore in places I’m never sore. So that has been fun. But I don’t miss Orange Theory so far. I just didn’t have a close group of friends or anything. I love the manager there, but other than that, it’s just kind of a class I went to and left. So I had no big ties there.

And this is Monica B. “I know you don’t do Orange Theory anymore, but I was wondering what your take is on Orange Theory. I used to do CrossFit and loved how it transformed my body, but now I’m doing Orange Theory. Would you recommend going super heavy on weights like CrossFit to obtain/maintain muscle tone?”

So what I found from Orange Theory, especially if you’re a CrossFit person. And this is just my perspective from being a competitive athlete back in the day. I f*cking went all out. So when I was in these Orange Theory classes, I was going all out. But the difference with Orange Theory and CrossFit, is CrossFit you’ll have, say 5 minutes of all out work. Or 12 minutes. And sometimes on the treadmill at Orange Theory, it’d be like 30 minutes. And I’d be pushing myself hard for 30 minutes, and I’d get to the floor and do the same thing. And to me, it was a little bit too much for the body. I don’t need to push myself that hard for that long.

And I could find myself definitely, if I did that; I was only doing it twice a week so my body could take it and recover from it. But I saw, if I was doing that multiple days a week, I think that would f*ck up my body. Not only I think it’s hard on the joints, because the treadmills. But I think you can just push it a little too far if you’re in that mindset. If you’re in that CrossFit mindset of going all out all the time.

So, that’s kind of what I saw with Orange Theory. I went too hard for too long, and it was not great for my body long-term. And definitely; if you want to maintain a CrossFit type of physique, where you have larger muscles than normal workouts that you’re getting out there, if that makes sense. And that’s kind of bigger shoulders, bigger traps. You’ll see more ab definition. I think sometimes when I see CrossFit compared to whatever other workout out there, and that’s not everybody, I’m just saying in general. Definitely going heavier in weights. And that’s why you saw that progression with CrossFit, because you were going heavier in weights.

So you have to push it in those Orange Theory classes for your weights section. And it’s just a little bit harder, too, because you’re using dumbbells instead of barbells where you’re adding on weight and you’re not doing actual strength portions in Orange Theory like we do in CrossFit. Of doing like a 3×5 back squat where you’re going, say 200 pounds on a back squat. You’re not going to do that in Orange Theory. So you’d definitely have to push those weights a little bit more and step outside what most people are doing at Orange Theory. That’s just my opinion, ok. I’m not right. It’s just my opinion.

Lisa Schoefield. “First of all, I think you’re hilarious, and I look forward to your podcast every week.” Lisa, I love you. “So you’re obviously very athletic.” You’re the best! You’re just the nicest person ever, Lisa! “And workout most days a week. But you don’t seem to talk about ab workouts. Do you ever do them, or is eating healthy and staying active what gives you the stomach I’d love to have.”

Oh my god! This is like the nicest way to butter my bread. Or fluff; I don’t know. I don’t know what I’m saying. So, ok. Here’s what I think about abs. I’ve always had a smaller waist and bigger legs. Whenever I lose weight, I lose in my waist right away. So I’ve just always had a smaller waist that shows more definition versus my legs or my butt. Those are the harder things for me to mold and shape.

But with ab workouts, I believe everything is an ab workout. Everything you do. Especially say you’re doing CrossFit. For me, in our workout yesterday, we did toes to bar, which is very ab-dominant workout. But then we did pistols, so one-legged squats. And then we did double kettlebell swings, and then burpee box jumps.

So toes to bar, obviously ab specific. You’re using your abs to get your feet to the bar. And then pistols are so incredible important for your abs. You have to keep them tight to be able to stabilize yourself and stay upright. Then double kettlebell swings, all abs. If you want to keep your back nice and tight, you have to keep your core tight. And then burpee box jumps. You don’t even think about burpees as an ab workout, but if you’re doing them correctly and you’re keeping your body active and keeping your core active throughout, your abs should burn. And my abs were burning during my burpee box jumps.

So I think everything you do starts from the core. And it’s true. Everything you do should start from your core. So everything you do is an ab movement. When you’re doing a deadlift, you tighten up your abs. When you’re doing a kipping swing into a kipping pullup or whatever, you’re tightening up your abs. If you’re just flopping around like a noodle everywhere, then you’re not activating your abs and you’re not getting that core stability.

But, to me, I think everything in CrossFit is an ab movement. So I don’t ever do ab specific workouts. I just find them worthless. Because you’re doing them the entire time. That’s just me. I think Olympic lifting; all core, all abs. So I just don’t see the point when you’re doing them all the time. But that’s coming from a person, also, who has a smaller waist. So who gives a f*ck, don’t listen to me.

But like my sister-in-law; we were in Mexico, and she’s like; can we do a workout that’s all abs. I’m like; not into it. Do your own workout. Bye. I’m doing all butt. Because I want a better butt! So that’s just my take on it. Everything in your workout should start with your abs. Start with your core.

H. Leann. “How long did it take you to start seeing results once you changed up your workouts, started scaling, modifying in CrossFit? I recently started to do the same. I no longer RX any workouts, using lighter weights. It just feels better and I enjoy moving faster.”

So, honestly, to lose the 30 pounds that I needed to lose, it took me 3 years. And that was working out less, resting more, doing less weights. It took me really 3 years to come down to the weight that my body wanted to be at and just continues to stay at at this point. So it took me 3 years to lose that 30 pounds. That’s about how long it took me to seeing results. So 10 pounds a year. Divide that by months. I don’t know; can’t do that math. Don’t care!

Bailey Carl. You just judged me for that, didn’t you? “Before CrossFit, did you workout at a regular gym by just lifting? If so, did you see different results from weight lifting versus CrossFit? Also, how do you eat intuitively when you’re wanting to put on some more muscle?”

So I did workout in a Globo Gym, and I worked out at our rec center, and lifted weights. I can see weight lifting; and I was young, too. That was college years. A little bit of high school and college years. So I just didn’t have a great program to follow or the knowledge. But I saw, when I started CrossFit, I was almost immediately hooked because of how quickly I saw results with CrossFit versus just weight training. It was like; insane how quickly I saw results compared to the years of weight lifting and waiting to see muscle tone. And CrossFit it was within months. So CrossFit I just f*cking love.

“How do you eat intuitively when you’re wanting to put on some more muscle?” That’s hard for me to say. I don’t do anything specific to put on more muscle. I just eat good sources of protein, healthy fats, some carbohydrates in there. But you can always up your fat and up your protein in there. But I don’t do anything and I’ve been able to put muscle on by just eating those round meals for me.

Meeker Wifey. “Do you do any cardio outside of your CrossFit workouts to stay more lean?”

No. I don’t do anything other than; and I’ve been posting them on Instagram so I’m guessing you’ve probably seen this, since you commented on this Instagram post. So I just do my CrossFit workouts 5 days a week, usually, unless I’m traveling. And then I’ve been doing butt workouts, like accessory workout on top of that. But that’s weight lifting or doing some sort of body weight movement. But I don’t do any other cardio.

You burn more weight lifting weights than cardio. You get a better metabolism, and you burn more calories. So no thanks! Nope. Not me.

Jen JSR. “I have two questions for you. Since listening to you, I’ve shifted my focus from 90% cardio and 10% lifting to 20% cardio and 80% lifting. AKA, sh*t ton more lifting. I can’t seem to do deadlifts without getting soreness in my back. I have my boyfriend watch my form, and he says it’s great. Am I putting too much weight on, or are my back muscles just building and getting sore from it?”

So let’s first answer this first question. If you’re getting soreness in your lower back, where the small of your back. If you’re getting pain there, cut down the weight. Go lighter in the weight until you’re able to really focus on your core and get your core to engage before you pick up the barbell. If you’re not able to engage your core first, and you’re lifting that barbell off the ground, and your butt isn’t engaging and ready to go, and your hamstrings aren’t firing, you’re going to get that in your lower back, that soreness.

I have gotten some upper back soreness from deadlifts of just holding onto the weight. Especially when you’re doing high repetitions, and your back is just really; it’s tightening up and holding tight to keep that barbell. But the small of the back, that’s when you need to cut back in weight, you need to dial in your form, and you need to do thousands of reps before you can really learn what your body is doing.

I feel like I didn’t figure out the deadlift until I was like 4 years into CrossFit. And that’s when I was able to understand; ok, this is how my core should feel. This is how my butt should feel. And that’s how I’m able to keep my form. And I don’t go any heavier where I know that form changes at all and I’m going to get that lower back soreness. If that makes sense. So hopefully that answers your question. Because I’ll get the same thing, where a coach says your form looks great. But I can feel the body breaking down just a tad. I can feel my body not firing where it’s supposed to. So that kind of just comes with time, too.

And then she says; Jen asks, “I’m coming to Denver twice in the next couple of months for work. What restaurants do you recommend for a first timer?”

Well, Jen. If you go to www.PaleOMG.com, under the travel section I have all my favorite restaurants in Denver. Boom. Go check that out.

Ok. Wellness with Alys. “CrossFit is so interesting to me, but what the hell do all those terms mean? 15-cal airdyne bike? That kind of stuff. Do they explain these things when you’re a newbie in class?” Yes. {laughs}

Ok, so there’s a million acronyms for CrossFit. And those acronyms will be on the board. And the coach always talks you through that. So first of all, if you’re starting CrossFit. And say you go to a CrossFit gym, they should have an elements program. If they don’t have an elements program, f*cking peace out of that gym. Because if you’re not learning barbell work and understanding all the movements and feeling comfortable before you go into a class that’s a sh*tty f*cking CrossFit gym. So they should have an elements program.

They’ll tell you all the acronyms, and you’ll hear all these new words, and you’ll forget them all. And you’ll keep doing them, and you’ll keep learning them. If you’re trying to just figure out what they mean online, you could just search CrossFit acronyms, and there’s a list. Many websites have all the lists and explanations for all the acronyms. So that’s an easy way to figure it out, for sure. But in class, you’re never confused because the CrossFit coach will walk you through it all. If they don’t, find a new gym.

Sav Smith. “Your CrossFit Broadway workouts are awesome, but I feel like there are so many repetitions! I workout a lot and feel like I’m in good shape, but how did you adjust in the beginning of CrossFit workouts? Also, have you noticed a difference from your glute isolated exercises?”

So, I honestly didn’t do anything different. Change any repetitions when I first started. Which I don’t recommend. I killed myself with all these movements and repetitions. But a lot of times, if we know an athlete is a beginner, and needs to change the repetitions, we change the repetitions for them. But a lot of times; say it’s an AMRAP. As many rounds as possible in a certain amount of time. And you’re just going to get through those repetitions. So maybe it’s 30 repetitions; and for one person they’ll be able to do all 30 reps in a row, and for someone else they’re going to have to split those into three sets of 10 reps. And it’s going to take them longer. And they are just not going to get as many rounds.

So that’s just kind of how it is at the beginning. But we know for certain people, when I was coaching, we would cut them down depending on their athletic level. But I didn’t do anything different in the beginning when I first started CrossFit. I did all the same repetitions as everybody else who had been doing it for a while.

And then, I have not… She asked if I have noticed anything from glute isolated movements. So I recently started creating kind of my own program of glute workouts, doing them two to three times a week. Just depending how much time I have. And I’ve just been finding fun people on the internet and finding new moves to try myself. Failing at some.

Oh my god, I tried this one girl’s movement the other day. And I was like; how is this f*cking physically possible. I don’t f*cking understand it. It was bananas. But I’ve been trying stuff. It’s only been four weeks. So physically, I don’t see any difference. On the outside. Physically on the inside, I’m able to lift more weights in certain movements.

And just the other day; meaning yesterday. I was doing pistols, one legged squats, in a workout at CrossFit. And it was much easier on one of my knees that’s a little f*cked. I’m a little bowlegged, and my knee turns in. So I have a harder time keeping my knee out on that side. I noticed that I had a much easier time because the top of my glute was able to fire and keep my knee out. Keep my hip in line. So things like that I’m able to see more. Physically outside; no. Physically inside, I’m able to see a little bit of progression. Which is cool. But I’ll keep you updated as it goes.

I am Laura Lou. “Working out while you’re sore? I typically wait 48 hours after a workout due to soreness, but sometimes I’m still a little sore after 48 hours. Is it ok to workout when you’re still sore?”

I workout when I’m sore all the time. I honestly find it nice to workout when I’m sore because it kind of gets some of that lactic acid out, and just is able to flush it out of your system. Speaking of flush, I need a drink of water.

So I don’t believe in not working out when you’re sore. I stick with a certain working out; I workout three days a week, I take a rest day. I workout two days a week, take a rest day. So I’m always working out five days a week, taking two rest days a week. And that schedule really works for me.

Like today, it’s my rest day. I’m incredibly sore. And then I’ll feel better by tomorrow, workout again. So I think it’s 100% ok to workout when you’re sore. There’s a difference between being sore and being dead to the world sore that maybe you just need to hop on the rower and get some lactic acid out that way. But I’m a big believer in working out when you’re sore. And just going lighter in your movements, taking it slow. And just not pushing it to the max like you would on other days.

Ok, C. Marita. I don’t know. “How long have you been doing the booty program.” Sorry, just talked about that. “Any changes? Please keep the videos coming. I’ve been incorporating them into my weekly workouts after CrossFit.” So I guess I just talked about that. Sorry to incorporate that question. But yeah, physically on the outside I don’t see many changes. But just seeing that progress definitely that. And my butt has been sore a lot, for sure.

Two more questions in the fitness section. Ellie Lee Kelly. “Why did you stop coaching CrossFit?”

So number one, my certification ran up. I didn’t want to recertify. It was kind of at that point of; I don’t need this as my actual job. I’m not enjoying it as much as I used to in the past. Some things changed at the gym and I just wasn’t feeling like; I didn’t want to hear some of the drama that was happening, so I had to kind of take myself out of it. I wanted to just enjoy the gym instead of see some issues behind the scenes, if that makes sense. And I think that’s anything.

Like, we want to imagine this great. I don’t know, that sounds like I’m talking sh*t about my gym and I’m not because I love my gym. But my certification was up, and it was just kind of time for me to move on. At the end of the day. And now I have more time. Even though I was only coaching one day a week, I was coaching two classes. But that would cut into my entire evening on Wednesdays. And now I have that time free to get more work done with my own job. So it was a nice transition. And I still go to my gym 5 days a week and see all the people I love the most.

Jill Ross. “Do you follow any kind of limit and/or timing on carb intake to stay lean? I workout first thing in the morning fasted. My goal is to lose some body fat while being able to get through strength training during Orange Theory workouts. Any advice?”

I do not pay attention to carbohydrate intake. Limiting it or adding it in at certain times. I don’t pay attention to that at all. I was listening to this one podcast where she was like a trainer to a ton of famous people, and she said that she gets her people to not eat heavier carbohydrates, starchy carbohydrates, at night. And so I thought about that before and just kind of started playing around with that and having my carbohydrates earlier in the day. But I don’t swear by that at all. Sometimes I want white potatoes. Or sometimes that’s all we have at the house, and we ran out of other vegetables. But yeah, I don’t do any sort of looking at that. I just eat round meals of good protein. Lots of green vegetables. Sometimes a starchy carbohydrate and healthy fats. And that’s it. That’s it!

3. Listener questions: Beauty [47:42]

OK, let’s go into beauty. I’ve only got a few beauty questions. Tandra. “I’ve noticed your hair looks better than ever! What have you been doing differently to increase hair growth and make your hair healthier, and what products are you loving lately?”

So I actually saw a few questions for this. And I’m going to do a blog post I think in like 2 weeks about hair products, what I’ve been loving lately and what I’ve been doing different with my hair. So number one, first and foremost, drink collagen. F*cking get collagen into your diet. I either use Vital Proteins or Great Lakes collagen in my coffee every single morning. You can’t taste it. My hair has grown faster than ever. And I have kind of thin, fine hair. I swear to god, I’m losing hair up top. I’m kind of freaked out. Scared.

But yeah, adding collagen. My hair has never grown, and even though it’s still fine, it’s so much thicker than it used to be. So I’ve been doing that. After I work out, I take my hair immediately down and let it air dry. So before, I’d leave it in a ponytail or a bun and it would really just damage my hair from keeping it in a bun or in a ponytail all day long. So I take it down, let it air dry. And then I only wash my hair like every 5 days, because I’m lazy as f*ck and I don’t want to wash the hair dye out, because I’m naturally blonde, and I dye my hair every 3 weeks. So the least I can wash my hair, the better and the longer my hair dye will stay in.

So I don’t use dry shampoo that much, but I use this; sh*t, what is it called? Dammit, I forgot. Living Proof hair texturizing spray. I just purchased their dry shampoo, but I haven’t used it yet. But I got the texturizing spray, and kind of use that like dry shampoo, and it almost works like that. But it gives my hair so much body, and it makes my hair smell better and be less greasy. So I’ve been using that. And those are the main two things that I’ve been kind of doing different.

And then I just recurl it sometimes in the morning. Even if I don’t wash it, I just recurl the ends just to give it a little body and make it look a little bit nicer than when I slept on it and it gets a little frizzy. So that’s what I’ve been doing. I’ve just been actually taking care of myself. Just not leaving it in a stupid bun that gives me the worst cowlick. So that’s what I’ve been doing. But I’m going to share all the products I’ve been loving lately in a blog post super soon.

Lindsey Lifts Fast. “What products, other than lasers, have you found are the best for acne scars? I live in a pretty rural area, and laser treatments you do aren’t super available to me. As I’m getting older, I know I need to deal with these scars before it gets too late.”

So, I recommend; I have a post about microneedling. So you can use a little microneedle at home. And I have a video about it as well, so you can try that out. And that’s great for acne scarring. I think; I forget what it’s called, but it might be called a Dermapen. And that’s for those icepick scars. So you can use microneedling, and it’s like these little tiny needles all over your face, and it creates collagen and helps rebuild.

But then say you have deep acne icepick scars, like I do, on maybe your cheeks or something. You can buy this Dermapen, and then it’s a little circle. And you put it on your face, and it digs the needle down and just rebuilds that collagen. So you kind of; you don’t draw blood, but a little bit more than you would with the microneedle. So those two things you can do at home by yourself. Just be careful, you don’t want to damage the skin.

But yeah, there’s tons of videos online. I believe it’s called the Dermapen, and then microneedle. But you can go to my blog, www.PaleOMG.com, about the needle I use. The microneedle I use and how I use it.

Ok, Sehochiman. {laughs} Ok. “What kind of razor do you use to shave your face? Does the hair come back dark and stubbly? How often do you do it?”

I get questions about this one all the time. I get messages constantly about these face razors. And they’re the cheapest, ghetto, but awesome razors. So they’re called tinkle. I know the name is stupid as hell but I swear these are the best razors I’ve found so far. They’re called Tinkle face razors. Or they’re like eyebrow razors or whatever. But I use them all over my face.

So I get my face dermaplaned every four weeks. And that takes off the top layer of dead skin, and then it also shaves your face and gets rid of all the hair. So in between those sessions when my hair starts to grow out, I use these face razors. Your hair does not grow back dark or stubbly.

Somebody told me once that was not the case for her. Her hair grew back darker, but I have not had that issue. I’ve done dermaplane for like three years now. I’ve never had that issue. It grows back exactly the same. And I do it; I get dermaplane every four weeks, and the face razor I probably use twice in between. And I use it all over my face.

I don’t use shaving cream or anything like that. I literally use this razor. It’s not like a regular razor. But all over my face, dry. I wash my face, get everything off. Rehydrate it, because it kind of dries out your skin a little bit because it’s just taking off the dead skin. So that’s how I use it.

Kelsey Perty. “Do you use a natural deodorant?”

Yes, and I f*cking love my natural deodorant. I actually have a new natural deodorant obsession. And I’ve used this for a couple of years now. Maybe not a couple of years; like a year. But Primally Pure. I buy it online. Love their products. Bethany, who has this company, is amazing. So it’s even more fun to support such a cool company.

But she has a new charcoal deodorant that I f*cking love. And don’t worry, it doesn’t turn your armpits black. Not to worry about that. It’s kind of this greyish color. But when you put it on your armpits it’s not. So I love that, and I haven’t smelled at all. And it’s been amazing. Check that out. Primally Pure.

Elle Belle Beauty. “Who does your makeup? How is it always so perfect?” Oh my god, you are giving me far too much credit. I only do my own makeup. So whenever I do cooking videos, or whatever, outfit photos where I’m actually wearing makeup, I just do my own makeup. I think fake lashes make you look like you have your sh*t together. But yeah, I just do my own makeup. I love it.

4. Listener questions: Random [54.51]

Ok, random questions! We’re onto random ones. Sierra Brooke. “Are you still in touch or close with George from your second cookbook? Are you thinking about another cookbook?”

So I’m not in contact with George. After we did book tour together, we just kind of went our different ways. Our separate ways. And I have not talked to him in years, so I have no idea what he’s even up to. And no, I’m definitely not thinking about doing another cookbook at all. Cookbooks are just; they’re very challenging, coming up with that many recipes for a cookbook, to me is hard. For some people it’s not so hard. But I personally love; I love posting on my blog 6 to 7 times a week. And that is close to impossible when you write a book.

You not only have to put your recipes and thoughts into a cookbook, but you have to edit, and you have to photograph, and you have to do a lot of sh*t. And I personally want to keep up with my blog, because that’s what I love the most. I get to work with amazing brands. I get to come up with any content I want, whether it’s beauty related, or fitness. And it just gives me more freedom than a contract with a cookbook, you know? So no fourth cookbook in the works. Or in the future at this point. But never say never.

Beautiful Gut. “When you decided to start a blog, how did the first few months go, and what do you think was the best thing you did to become successful at it?”

So I have no idea what the first few months of starting a blog was like, because this blog was made for my friends and family who were just looking for recipes. Or people that I worked out with. And that’s what I made it for. So I don’t remember what the first few months were like. I didn’t start the blog for it to become successful. It was just to share with my friends. So I don’t know.

I think the best thing that I did for it to become “successful”; and I think that’s very in the eye of the beholder, for sure. Because there are people who have so many more followers and so many more views on their websites compared to mine. So I think it’s totally in the eye of the beholder. But I think to gain any sort of following, I think being completely myself and sharing the good and the bad.

And at the end of the day, just having my own voice and not letting people push me down for that voice I wanted to share. So just being the person I am. I think that’s what made it successful. I want to follow people because they’re unique and they’re interesting, and hopefully people have found that with me and that’s why it’s been able to grow over time.

Shelby Rebecca. “How come you never show your husband’s face? Is that his preference? Not judging. I get wanting to be private. But just wondered if there was a specific reason.”

So I’ve actually talked about this on the podcast quite a few times, probably, because it comes up on a regular basis. I just decided years ago, when I first started dating my husband, that I wanted to keep that part of my life separate. I had so many people say such mean things about me over the years, I can’t imagine if anybody ever said anything about my husband how much I would f*cking lose it inside. And I can’t attack that person. I can’t say anything that will make it better. I can’t go attack them in person.

So I just decided to keep that part of my life private. And let my husband have his own life. He didn’t marry into this relationship wanting his face to be all over social media. And doesn’t even post on social media. I think he literally posted a year ago on his Instagram. And people add him on Instagram all the time. I’m like; you creeps. It will be a paleo person’s name, so they obviously found him through who I follow, because I don’t tag him in anything. I’m like; you’re being a creep.

But yeah, I just want to keep my life private. Some people decide to share that part of their life, and I just don’t want to. I don’t think I would want to share my child’s face, either. If I ever had a child. Because they don’t get to decide what is put online, and then you’re literally deciding for them. Their face is out there for the rest of their lives. It’s like, everything is documented from their birth, and then they’re going for a job interview, and you can find a picture of them on the toilet that their mom shared on Facebook. It’s like; no thanks. I’m cool. So I just like my privacy in some ways. I share everything else, might as well keep something private.

“What kind of kitchen items, gadgets, can you not live without?” Oh, she has a few questions. So let’s start with this first one. This is BKS. “What is your favorite kitchen gadgets that you can’t live without?”

So, let’s see. Cast iron skillet. I use a cast iron skillet every single day. A nonstick skillet; I use it every single day. And what else? Those are the main things. I feel like I use those two things. Oh, and sharp knives. And I say that very lightly because I’m f*cking terrible at sharpening my knives. But an amazing company sent me a knife yesterday, and I’ve been using it ever since multiple times a day. I’m like; oh my god, this is what a sharp knife should feel like. This is how it should cut. This is f*cking awesome! So sharp knives. The best.

Then her next question; “Who is your favorite food blogger?” I have a few because they are some of my favorite people in life. And that includes Cassy from Fed and Fit, who I’ve had on the podcast multiple times. Lexi from Lexi’s Clean Kitchen, who I’ve also had on the podcast a couple of times. Vanessa from Clean Eating with a Dirty Mind. She’s been on the podcast a couple of times. Those are my top three favorite food bloggers.

Vanessa’s been posting more often. She has a full time job, so she doesn’t post all the time because she has an actual fulltime job. But Cassy and Lexi post constantly, and I just love them. Because they’re just magical little creatures. And they come up with amazing recipes.

Let’s see, this is from Ellen ID. “How has becoming so popular and recognizable influence your life in a not so stellar way? Are you usually stopped by fans while out and about? Is it obnoxious? And last but not least, when you first started PaleOMG, did you ever anticipate your brand reaching the point of popularity that it’s at?” You’re giving me far too much credit, I’m no that popular. By any means.

But when I started my blog, I had no idea. Brands; like “being a brand” was never a thing when I first started my blog. Making money off a blog, I didn’t know about when I started a blog and it wasn’t a huge thing, especially in the paleo community. So yeah, never anticipated that.

And I don’t get recognized all the time. I feel like the place I get recognized the most at and often at is at the paleo restaurant in town. Which makes sense. And I go there far too often {laughs} and spend all my money there. So yeah, not that often. But it’s been really cool. When a reader saw me in Mexico, and then a girl recognized me when I was in Costa Rica. And I’ll get it at the airport sometimes.

So it’s just crazy how big the world is, and how small the internet makes it feel. Because you see these people that you follow, and you’re like; oh my god, I know that person, but I don’t know that person. It’s just so crazy. I haven’t had any not so stellar ways whatsoever. Everyone is always super nice and cool.

Rayna Perry. “Jackson is just the cutest!” I’m poking his butt right now. “When you travel, do you leave him with friends and family, or at daycare? He seems like he would go with the flow, even though you said he is an asshole with food and other dogs. Are there any special items you leave with him while you are away?”

So usually if I’m out of town, he stays with my sister-in-law, if she’s not with us. If she’s with us on a trip, I have a friend who house sits and dog sits. So he’s either stayed with friends with my sister-in-law or this friend who house sits. And she’s awesome.

But I wouldn’t board Jackson. I think he would have a f*cking panic attack. Just because we didn’t put him in a ton of doggie daycare when he was little. It was only a couple of times. And now he just gets bad anxiety when he’s in big group dog situations. And I think he would freak out. So I always just leave him with friends or family, for sure.

And I always buy him new treats and a new toy for him to play with when I’m gone. And that’s about it.

Let’s see; Airhounsel. “How do you decide which products to sponsor, versus which ones to recommend just because you love them?”

I mean, if a company comes to me and says; like today’s blog post was with Whole Foods. And they literally gave me the easiest way to work with them. They said, “Use these paleo products and create a recipe.” And that’s exactly what I did. And I promote Whole Foods already to begin with, regularly, and I promote these products regularly. So it was a really easy fit.

And then I just like to share products with people. So if I find something that I want to talk about, I’ll share that. And if a company ever comes to me and wants to work together, and it lines up with what I believe in and what I use regularly, I’ll share that too.

So I don’t only work with companies if they’re going to pay me. That’s not how I work. I want to share what I’m using. And hopefully that builds a relationship too. There’s been many times where I’ve shared something because I love it, and then a relationship has built out of that, as well. So I just do both. And if company wants to work together, that’s even cooler, because I use them anyway. So I hope that answers the question.

Ander Beth. “How have you dealt with social anxiety? Have you ever gone to therapy?”

I’ve never gone to therapy for my social anxiety. And I feel like it comes and goes. I don’t like big crowds. I have a hard time with letting go of things. So, say we go to a baseball game in the summer. All I’m thinking about the whole time during the game is how busy it’s going to be when we leave, and how finding a cab is going to be close to impossible, and it’s going to be really expensive, and there’s going to be all these people, like drunk people pushing me, and I just get such anxiety about going to the game just because of the end of the game.

I think what helps for me is I have a husband who is so f*cking chill. He is just go with the flow, why do you worry about everything. Everything works itself out, so what’s the point in stressing out about it. So I think we balance each other out. I don’t put myself into a lot of those situations that are going to cause me stress. And I’m a home body anyways, and I’m happy to be by myself. So that helps. But, I do somethings that I know are going to make him happy and are going to give him joy and happiness to his life, knowing that I’m just not going to enjoy it as much.

But I haven’t gone to any therapy. I haven’t had any crippling social anxiety. I’m still an outgoing, social person. There are just some situations that I don’t like to be in, so I just don’t put myself in those situations. I haven’t gone to therapy for anything.

I’m thinking about going to therapy for something else. But I’ll keep you updated if I go to therapy for that situation. It’s just kind of a personal situation, so. Not like marriage stuff or anything like that. But it’s just a personal situation that I don’t fully want to talk about here. But if I do end up going to therapy about it, I’m definitely going to share that experience. So I’ll keep you updated.

Columbus to the Coast. “Whatever happened to Sergio?”

So, if you’ve been following me for a long time, I had one of my best guy friends. He was in my wedding, and he’s been written about on my blog and I talk about him a million times. Everybody thought we were dating for a long time. Nothing; he was literally just one of my best friends. And Sergio is still kicking it. He is living with his girlfriend. I bet they’re close to engagement. He is working for himself. He is a realtor now and he’s just crushing it. He’s still in Denver. We don’t see each other near as often as we used to, because we’ve just gotten older and just have f*cking priorities and we have to hang out with our spouses and we have to work all the f*cking time because we work for ourselves.

And then he texted me while I was in Cabo, and said can we hang out when you’re back. And I was too f*cking wasted to write him back, and then I forgot to write him back. Thank you for the reminder, Columbus to the Coast.

But Sergio is crushing it. Just loving life. So that’s pretty rad. He’s great.

Sandy Holder. “How long did it take you to recover from adrenal fatigue? Did you take supplements, and if so, for how long?”

So I had adrenal fatigue from overdoing it in CrossFit, undereating, over training. And it took me probably about 3 years. Like I kind of mentioned of that weight gain, of coming back down and my body really able to regulate itself. Sleep better. And feel better in general. So it took me about three years. And I did not take any supplements for that. I didn’t know enough about supplements. And I still don’t f*cking know.

If you listen to that podcast with Emily Schromm, she talks about supplements. And I feel so lost when I talk about supplements.

Treasured Tablespoons. Cute. “How did you find out you were allergic to eggs? Did you do a food allergy test? Also, do you track macros and calories, and how do you avoid eating all new recipes as you try them out? It’s so hard to not overeat while creating new recipes often.”

So, my skin was flaring back up and I was kind of talking about that, sharing it on Instagram, and someone mentioned removing eggs. I removed eggs, my skin cleared up. Whenever I eat eggs, my skin breaks out. So, that’s how I figured it out. I didn’t do any sort of test.

I do not track calories or macros. And for recipes, I feel like I don’t bake or make a ton of treats anymore, so that really helps me kind of stay on track. When I make desserts, then I find myself overeating. But when I’m just making; like I made a casserole. I made a soup the other day. I made fish today. I just find myself not overeating because I’m either going to have it for another meal later, or I just ate a meal. Or it’s just food that I don’t feel like overeating, because it’s not triggering happy endorphins, as chocolate does. So that’s kind of how I’ve done it.

Jackson’s whining now for no reason.

Lindsey Bruno. “For people getting on track or back on track, would you say to prioritize diet or exercise? Obviously, you get the best results with both, but sometimes life gets in the way.”

I first and foremost prioritize your diet. Keep your diet in check all the time. Exercise, I think, is so important. Obviously I’m very in love with exercise. But I think diet is so incredibly important first. If you’re working out and you eat sh*t, then what’s it matter? Diet is so important. So I would prioritize diet first of anything.

Jackson, come over here! Don’t whine. That’s so unattractive.

Hannah Cabba. “What is a good way to approach how important health and nutrition is to you to your significant other? I’m newly married, and I’ve been dealing with a ton of GI and stress issues from the past year. I’m focusing on nutrition right now. It’s expensive, and my husband doesn’t understand why it’s important to me. He wants me to be happy and healthy, of course, but he’s pretty stubborn and is having a hard time with that it’s so important and not just BS. I don’t want to police his diet either, but it’s so helpful to have nice support at home.”

That’s a tough one. And I’ve had questions or comments like this before, and I just don’t understand that. Because when you’re telling someone you want to eat better, and you’re telling them why certain foods are better for you, and you just want them to be healthier with you, that’s so f*cking weird to me that someone wouldn’t support that. I just don’t get that.

Because you’re not asking them to be like; hey, will you smoke cigarettes with me? Will you literally put cancer into your body for me? Please? You’re not asking them to do that. You’re not asking them to be an alcoholic. You’re literally asking them to try new foods with you and to just eat a little bit better. So you can, whatever it is; lose weight, feel better internally. Whatever it is. I don’t understand why a person wouldn’t support you and why they’d be stubborn in anyway.

And I don’t know what your certain situation is. But sitting them down and explaining that to them. This is why this is important to me. This is why I need your support. And this is kind of what’s upsetting me that you’re not giving me the support I need, or you’re being a little bit stubborn. Whatever it is, you need to explain that to the person. And if they are a good person, number one, and they want this relationship to work, they should listen to that.

I just don’t get that. When people are like; how do I get my husband to eat paleo when he always just complains. I’m like; your person complains when you put food on the table? And I’m not talking to you, Hannah Cappa. I’m just saying other comments I’ve had before. I can’t imagine if my husband ever complained about the food that I just made him and put on the table for him. If he ever f*cking complained, I’d be like; you cook dinner. Good for you; you don’t want to eat this? Don’t worry. I’ll take it back. You figure out your own dinner, you motherf*cker. No way. No way would that fly in my household, ever.

So I just don’t understand that. Cooking is such a loving thing to do for someone, and it’s such hard work, and such a time suck. And for someone to not appreciate that, I don’t understand. Especially good, clean food. For you to make delicious, clean food, and for someone to complain, I don’t get it.

Tangent. Motherf*cking tangent. But, just sitting down and explaining in a rational way. Not attacking them, but telling them why it’s important. And the issues you’re having, and why you need their help. If they love you, they will do that for you. You’re not asking them to f*cking do drugs with you. You’re asking them to eat some chicken and broccoli, for f*ck’s sake. That’s what I think. I literally don’t know your situation, so I hope that helped in some way. {laughs}

That’s so Raven Holt. Stop, I love that f*cking name so much. “As often as you workout, does your body always feel sore afterwards? Or do you reach a point where there’s no longer soreness, but you still know you had a good workout? Or is that a sign you’ve plateaued and need to up your workouts to where you feel sore again? Not sure if that sounds crazy, but I often gauge how hard a workout is on how sore I am afterwards. And I wonder how good it is for my body to be sore in the long run.”

So, I feel sore on a regular basis from CrossFit for sure, somewhere. I don’t feel as sore as I used to in the beginning, just because I’ve built muscles over time, and I don’t go as heavy as I used to. So I feel soreness. But yes, I will still have a good workout. And if I don’t feel crazy sore, I know I still worked certain muscle groups and still had a good workout. But yeah, if I’m doing butt specific workouts, and lifting heavier than I used with that, say, barbell hip thrust. And I don’t feel sore; I’m like, ok maybe I need to do something a little bit different. Because I should feel soreness from there.

So yeah, I think it’s a balance. But I think having soreness over time, I think it’s definitely good for the body. You’re creating stress in the body, and then it’s rebuilding those tissues, and that’s where you see those changes. If you’re never getting sore ever, I definitely think it’s kind of plateauing. You should be getting sore on a regular basis. And then going through this ups and downs of soreness if that makes sense.

Sarah T. Malcom. “Would love to hear your stretching routine, if you haven’t’ shared it already. I just found your blog, and you’re so effing hilarious.” You’re hilarious, Sarah!

So I am terrible at stretching. 100% awful at it. I will not act like I do it often, because I do not. I only do it if I don’t know what else to do. But usually I’m getting to the gym, I’m working out, I’m leaving the gym, I’m going to do more sh*t.

So what I have been doing. I talked about Aaptiv on the podcast before. They’ve been a previous sponsor of the podcast. So; sorry, I’m yawning. You know how it goes when I talk to myself for an hour and a half.

So Aaptiv has stretching workouts on their app. So I’ll use that to stretch sometimes, but other than that, I’m f*cking awful. Don’t listen to me, ok. Stretch, be a good person. I just don’t.

Ok, the Nourished Actor. “How do you wind down and relax? I’m a freelancer and actor and find myself constantly working. When I do relax, I tend to get bored and anxious. Any advice? What do you do to recharge and unwind?”

For me, I usually go on a trip. I know that’s not possible always, but that’s what I do to unwind. Because me, I f*cking just love my work. And I feel like if I’m sitting on the couch, I could be getting more work done. So I might as well do that. So I go on little trips here and there. Like I’m going to Crested Butte. I’m still getting work done, but I’m getting time away to just recheck. I like to watch movies. I like to go to restaurants. But I don’t do anything specific.

My time to unwind and relax is going to the gym, getting a workout in, and seeing some of the people I love to see. Going to lunch with a friend, going to coffee. Those are kind of my recharging moments. But nothing really else.

I am Grateful. That’s the name. “Super important paleo nutrition question here. When can we expect more drunk Juli on Instagram stories? That sh*t was hilarious.”

So hopefully if you listened to my Cabo podcast, you heard about my obscene Instagram stories of being f*cking hammered drunk. And the thing is I don’t drink very often. I will have one or two drinks once in a while going out, but then when I go hard, I go f*cking hard. So that kind of drunk only happens a couple of times a year. And usually I don’t understand how to use my phone, so I don’t know how I did in Mexico. But you probably won’t see her for another six or so months.

I am going to Cabo, most likely, again in April. And it is my 30th birthday in April. So maybe she’ll arrive. That messy old drunk Juli. Who knows. Man, I cannot hold my liquor.

Jen being Jen. “Most and least favorite Bachelor contestants?”

Oh my god, the Bachelor. Arie is literally a f*cking sack of potatoes. He is so boring. He’s so boring! Raw potatoes. Nobody wants a raw f*cking potato. He is so boring! It’s just so funny. You think about; say there are 10 women left on this earth, and there’s one guy. You’re going to be like; this guy is hot. Because he’s the only guy you’ve got to choose from. And that’s what all these women go through when they’re on the Bachelor. You’re like; god, this f*cking guy is magical! He’s wonderful! He’s just the greatest since apple pie. And he’s literally not. He’s a sack of potatoes.

I’ve been doing breakdowns; if you watch the Bachelor, or you just like to read recaps or whatever, I’ve been doing it every Tuesday on the blog. I’ve only recapped two; I haven’t recapped this weeks’, because I’m a week behind because I was in Cabo. So I’ve been doing recaps there.

Crystal; I can’t stand her voice. And I don’t want to hate somebody because of their voice. You can’t help your voice. But when she see’s Ari, her voice becomes an octave higher, and so much whinier. {high-pitched} She talks like this. Hi, Ari! I just feel like… {normal} And you’re like, ok. Literally, fingernails on the chalkboard. I can’t f*cking listen to you. I want to mute it. It’s that bad.

And I guess she went on Instagram stories; I listened to another podcaster who said she went on Instagram stories and said she was really sick. It’s like; girl. Holding the last letter of a word out for 10 seconds is not being sick. That’s you being annoying. Stop that voice. And she smiles constantly, and acts like everything is just perfect and great. She’s like {high-pitched} Yeah, that’s great. {normal} Ok, you are a murderer. People who act like things are great constantly are usually the people who kill their husbands.

Ok, that’s kind of taking it too far. I listen to too many true crime podcasts. But for real, I just have a couple of those people I’ve known in my life who just; they seem happy all the time, and they’re off their rocker. I know a couple of people who are literally like that, and that’s f*cking awesome. But they’re like that 24/7. This girl; nuh-huh. She is about to snap at some point, and then she’s going to snap a b*tch’s arm, because she is fit as f*ck. She has a banging bod, though. Banging bod.

Oh, and then Chelsea, not so fun. Chelsea has so much filler in her cheeks that when she smiles, she can’t actually smile, and nothing moves. It’s just too much. Too much! You’re beautiful. You don’t need that much filler. And this is coming from a person who f*cking loves Botox and f*cking doing sh*t to my face. Too much filler, though.

But, I think they’re just making her out to seem meaner than she is, and she’s not actually that mean. But ok, Beka; her name is spelled B-E-K-A. Beka. Beka! Beka! That is like how Jessie says it to Becca in Pitch Perfect. That’s how I call her; Beka every time now. And Beka is 22 years old. Arie is 36. And I’m not age hating here, because believe me; my husband and I are 7 years apart and it works great. That’s a pretty big age difference when you’re just out of college, if she went to college. Just out of college, and your brain is so squishy. Even if you’re more mature for your age, you still have so much to learn and live through. That’s just my opinion. Obviously everybody is so different.

But Beka, it’s funny because Crystal’s voice goes up an octave higher; Beka’s goes down an octave lower. So every time she talks it’s like {deep voice} “Hello, Ari. How are you doing?” {normal} And it reminds me of Forgetting Sarah Marshall, when he gets super drunk in the bar and he’s drinking all these funny drinks with all these different things in it. And he gets a cosmopolitan, and he’s like, {deep voice}, “I’m Samantha.” {normal} That’s how Beka sounds all the time. It’s f*cking hilarious. Watch that scene. Go back to her.

So those are my least favorite. Favorite; is there a favorite yet? Nobody has been super cool. Caroline; she looks like Vanessa from Nick’s season. She has huge boobs. She’s the other realtor. She seems pretty normal, I think. I want her to go far. I want her to win, honestly. I don’t know why, because I don’t know her personality.

And then; ok I literally don’t have any favorites. Oh, Seinne. Seinne has her sh*t together, because she’s an upstanding citizen who is incredibly intelligent and very worldly. Has traveled a lot of places. But I don’t want her to end up with Arie. So I’d like her to get second and then become the next Bachelorette. Because Arie is a sack of potatoes.

Anywho. Let’s see. Mayve Begal. “Dating as a social introvert; how did you manage it before, or even when you met Brian?”

So for me, I’m pretty good at faking that; I feel like. Sergio said it once. He was like; you are the most outgoing introvert I’ve ever met. So, I do not like social situations, but I like being the center of attention. It’s so weird. So I didn’t find it too hard dating. I was just like; I don’t know. I didn’t find dating too hard. It was awful and miserable, and guys sucked and everything.

But with Brian, it was pretty easy. Other than Brian is incredibly quiet, especially when we first started dating and he didn’t talk at all. That made it kind of hard to get to f*cking know him. But he’s just a quiet dude anyways. And shy. Not shy, but when it comes to dating someone. So that made it a little bit hard. But yeah, I didn’t find it too tough. I don’t know if that answers your questions. Sorry, that was a bad answer.

Evelyn. “Your engagement ring is unbelievably beautiful!” Oh my god, that’s so nice. Thank you. “Did you ever drop hints to your now husband about what style, shape, cut you preferred, or did he just wing it? I know your dad designed it. But did they wing it? I’m torn between dropping hints or letting him take the reins.”

I think; I don’t know. Everybody is going to go different. But of course, it was a little different because I had my dad. So I sent my dad a couple of pictures. And I said; dad. If this comes up. If this situation comes up, here are some ring ideas of what I like. So I was able to give him some ideas.

I think it’s cool if you can give your input of different things you like, and then they can kind of go from there and decide from there. And then you won’t know exactly what you want. But I know other women who are like; I want my ring to look like this, period. So you just have to find what works for you. But they kind of built a ring around a couple of different examples I got. So it was an original one, but based off things that I liked. Like the diamond shape and how the ring was shaped and things like that. But I think it’s fun when you can have some input into what your ring looks like in the end. But not all of it.

Cal Berkley Girl. “What rain boots do you recommend for walking in rainy weather?”

Hunter boots. I love my hunter boots for rain. The best.

Tall Like a Post. “Any tips on how to tell if your body is inflamed from overtraining and stress? I know this is probably person specific, but not sure if you remember any signs.”

So, change in appetite. Change in sleep patterns. Gaining or losing weight. Loss in sex drive. Loss in period. Losing hair or getting hair in different places; like if you never had any dark facial hair, and getting those. And believe me, those come with age, for sure. But those are the main kind of changes I saw when I was going through overtraining and that sort of thing.

Fit Forty-something. “Wondering if you ever considered a PaleOMG app. It could include workouts in details, paleo friendly restaurants, cities, cooking videos, all that.”

So, I have considered doing an app multiple different times, and even talked to someone abut doing an app. Based on talking to Michelle Tam of Nom Nom Paleo and her app, it doesn’t sound like the most fun experience. And I think it costs a lot of money to do, and to upkeep, and to get it into the app stores, and then changing with different versions. I think it’s just a lot of work. It’s almost a job in itself. And I do all of this by myself. So I can’t imagine keeping up with that, too. And as much as I would love to, it just hasn’t sounded good enough to do. So I haven’t done it.

B. Lewis. “How do you wear cute strap tees without bra straps showing?” So I wear a sticky bra. I wear this new bra with all my shirts, and it just sticks to your boobs. That being said, I have fake boobs, so they kind of stay in place. It’s not like over time, or I’ve had children and they’ve lost their plumpness or fullness or their heavy or whatever. They just do the same thing all the time. So I just wear sticky bra.

This one is from Sandra Ballaster. “Can you talk about a day in the life of Jackson?” His little butt. “Such as, does he sleep in a kennel, or when does he go to bed. What does he eat, how big is he, does he jump on the couch, you get it. What does he do all day?”

So, Jackson eats this food called Pura Vida. And I’ve changed different foods over the years. But Pura Vida has seemed the best for him with the salmon flavor kind. So he has a half cup in the morning, he has a half cup at night. Jackson sleeps in his own bed next to our bed, where he snores recently. He sleeps in that little bed. We always go on one or two walks a day. And they’ll be like 15 to an hour long. And he literally sleeps all day. So he just sleeps, or he’ll play a little bit. Or he’ll chew on a bone. I open my front door, because we have a glass door, and he can watch outside or sit in the sunlight.

Yes, he jumps on the couch. He lies between my legs. Every morning we wake up, he wakes up with me when I get up. Usually I wake up before him, or if he wakes up, I’ll say go back to bed, and he’ll go back to sleep. And then we come out to the couch. I make my coffee. I lie on the couch. He lies between my legs. And then we sit here for like an hour as I finish my blog and get work done. And yeah, he’s the best. I f*cking love this dog so much. He’s such a little pudge.

E. Hem While. “I was recently prescribed spironolactone, and was told I needed to watch my blood potassium levels. I know that a lot of food I eat are good sources of potassium. Did you have your blood potassium levels monitored?” Yes. I get them monitored every; I get a blood test every six months to a year. And I’ve never had any issues. So whenever I have a blood test, it all is good. I’ve never had any issues.

Janelle Norman. “I asked before, but I think I missed it. I’m a fellow Frenchie mama. Was Jackson ever a wild guy? If he was, when did you notice him slow down? My Milo is a little over a year and he still gets pretty crazy, especially when people are over.”

He calmed down after two years old. Definitely saw a shift in his personality. He’s not nearly as hyper. He gets hyper when this other Frenchie is around, who is; oh my god. He just farted in my face. Rad, Jackson. Rad.

So, he will get a little hyper with this dog and a little crazy, but that Frenchie is half his size, so he doesn’t get tired when Jackson does. So yeah, at two years old he definitely tired out. So some Frenchies are just more hyper. And Jackson’s just not one of those dogs.

It’s been an hour and 34 minutes. I still have not packed. It looks like it’s midnight, but it’s probably like 6 p.m. So I’ve got to get packing. Thank you guys so much for writing in all your questions. They’re so much fun to answer. I love doing these episodes of this podcast. And based on statistics, they seem to do the best. I get the most downloads on these episodes versus actually interviewing people. But I hope you guys are liking different sometimes interviews, sometimes by myself.

I don’t have anybody lined up for interviews, I still need to kind of figure that out. Who I want to talk to, and have on, but still figuring it out. But I hope you guys love these episodes as much as I do. They’re so fun. If you want some Bachelor recaps, go to www.PaleOMG.com. Since I haven’t been able to do them here. And check out my last two Tuesday posts. Because I talk about the Bachelor there. I think in my barbacoa tacos, and then my jalapeno popper chicken salad. So f*cking good.

On the blog this week, I did jalapeno popper chicken salad. I did buffalo chicken pizza. I did a post about Fab, Fit, Fun. I got my first box recently and I tell you my honest opinion about it. Loved it. Everything in it was freaking awesome. I shared a bunch of workouts on the blog. When this goes live, I’ll have a new workout outfit. Talking about kind of staying motivated. And what keeps me motivated. Yeah. I think that’s all I have for you this week.

So I’ve got to feed this little doggie. I’ve got to pack. And I hope you guys have a wonderful weekend. And I can’t wait for another episode. Don’t forget to rate, review, and subscribe to this podcast. Only if you like it. If you don’t like it; you know, I get it. Come tell me you hate me. I get those emails constantly. It’s fine. I’m pretty good at dealing with it at this point. So hope you have a wonderful weekend. I’ll see you next time. Bye-bye for now.

]]>
Answering your fun questions on the podcast today!! Thank you to everyone who wrote in on instagram and left a question to answer! If I missed yours, feel free to come over to paleomg.com and I’ll be sure to answer […] Answering your fun questions on the podcast today!! Thank you to everyone who wrote in on instagram and left a question to answer! If I missed yours, feel free to come over to paleomg.com and I’ll be sure to answer […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:37:08
Interview w/ Emily Schromm – Episode 67: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/interview-w-emily-schromm-episode-67-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 13 Jan 2018 14:17:13 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=30126 http://paleomg.com/interview-w-emily-schromm-episode-67-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#respond http://paleomg.com/interview-w-emily-schromm-episode-67-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 0 Today on the podcast, I’m talking to the incredibly sweet and intelligent Emily Schromm! We are talking all the things including her experience on the Real World, The Challenge, creating her own business, sitting on Mark Cuban’s lap, her love […] Today on the podcast, I’m talking to the incredibly sweet and intelligent Emily Schromm! We are talking all the things including her experience on the Real World, The Challenge, creating her own business, sitting on Mark Cuban’s lap, her love and obsession with supplements, and some very large words she had to break down for me. She’s the best. Check out all her greatness here!

____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsors!

Sun Basket delivers organic, sustainable ingredients and delicious recipes weekly to your doorstep! They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic, pasture-raised eggs in all of their recipes. And you can pick from Paleo, Lean & Clean, Gluten-Free, Vegan and more! And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week! Best of all, the delicious easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes. With Sunbasket, you have complete flexibility. You can cancel anytime, skip anytime and you can choose any meal plan you want! If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week and really stick with your resolutions this year, you can now try Sun Basket for $35 off your first order! Click here to grab this offer before it’s gone!

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling—Aaptiv is ready to go along with you! All you have to do is plug in your headphones! It’s like having a personal trainer in your pocket. And they have different workouts for everyone! Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, or even meditation, Aaptiv has a workout for you. And with more than 2,500 workouts available on the platform and 30+ new classes added each week, there’s always a new workout to try! Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now a limited time, new members get 50% off an annual membership, which is just $49.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. Click here to get this amazing discount!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

____________

Episode 67 Transcription!

This is Juli Bauer from PaleOMG and you are listening to PaleOMG Uncensored.

Before we get started with this amazing episode with Emily Schromm, who is seriously so fun to talk to and so intelligent, I gotta tell you about this week’s sponsors. We’re coming into mid-January, and it’s time to make sure you are actually sticking with those resolutions you just made. And Sun Basket is ready to make sure those resolutions are easier than ever.

Today, you can get $35 off your first order when you go to Sunbasket.com/PaleOMG. You know I’m all about cooking at home. It’s one of my favorite things to do. But I understand everyone is insanely busy nowadays. So get to the store, cook a meal, cleaning the dishes; it’s just not realistic for every night for most people. But, when you have healthy meals regularly delivered to your doorstep with Sun Basket, it’s easy to stay on track with your healthy goals and resolutions, and keep the whole family happy and satisfied.

And Sun Basket has the best ingredients. They use organic produce, responsibly raised meats, sustainably sourced fish, and organic pasture raised eggs. And you can totally personalize your box, mix and match from their paleo recipes to lean and clean, vegan, vegetarian, Mediterranean, and more. And they have about 18 different recipes to choose from each week. Best of all, the delicious, easy recipes are ready in about 30 minutes or less. I just made one last night with my sister-in-law and we tried it out, and it was so, so easy. I had the steak with chimichurri, harissa sweet potatoes and swiss chard on the side. It was done easily in 30 minutes, and it was made in one pan. It was so freaking good!

And with Sun Basket, you have flexibility. You can cancel any time. Skip any time. And you can choose any meal plan you want. If you’re ready to stick with healthy meals throughout the week, and really stick with resolutions this year, you can try Sun Basket out for $35 off your first order. Just go to www.Sunbasket.com/paleomg to learn more. That’s sunbasket.com/PaleOMG.

And a big thank you to Aaptiv for their support on this podcast this week. Aaptiv shares audio-based workouts, created by certified personal trainers, available through a mobile app. So all you have to do to get your workout is simply listen on your phone, and you can do these workouts anywhere. And new members get 50% off an annual membership. All you have to do is go visit Aaptiv.com/PaleOMG.

Juli Bauer: Hey guys! Welcome to another episode of PaleOMG Uncensored. I think we are at episode 67. I never remember to look beforehand. But today is so exciting, because I have the wonderful Emily Schromm on today. Who, it’s hilarious, because she lives in Denver, and we’re doing this over Skype still. We live probably 10 miles apart. Not even that far. And we’re still online recording this.

Emily Schromm: We’re so ridiculous. I love it. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: I know. We’re stupid. But, it’s so much easier to schedule whenever. So thank you so much for being on, and coming on to chat with me. Emily and I ran into each other just a few; like a month ago, probably, at the Whole Foods grand opening. And we see each other kind of randomly at CrossFit events and everything like that. But the last time I had talked to you was in 2012 at the CrossFit regional. I was competing. And I think you were just kind of getting into CrossFit at that point. And you were watching at that CrossFit Regional. And Emily came up to me and introduced herself. And was so friendly. And then we just never really chatted after that until this Whole Foods grand opening. Which, that Whole Foods is beautiful.

Emily Schromm: I’ve been like 5 times a week. It’s ridiculous.

Juli Bauer: I know! And now they have Nom Nom Paleo stuff.

Emily Schromm: And it’s so good!

Juli Bauer: Did you try it? I haven’t been at one that had it yet.

Emily Schromm: I tried it three different days, all amazing. I’ve never had carrots this good. These carrots are sesame roasted, honey glazed, paleo; no canola oil on the whole hot bar. It’s incredible.

Juli Bauer: That’s so badass. And that’s crazy, because they went from using canola oil in everything to straight up Nom Nom Paleo. And I had no idea it was nationwide until I saw your Instagram story.

Emily Schromm: I didn’t either. I saw her post in the blog post on WholeFoods.com and I was just kind of like; oh, that’s really cool. I love her stuff. And then I walked in, and it was so funny. I was in the hot bar line, and this guy was right next to me. And I was like; this is Michelle! This is Michelle! He’s like, you know her? I was like, kind of. I mean, because I feel like I know everybody that’s in the paleo world. And he’s like; this is really good. I was like, do you eat paleo? We had this whole conversation. He’s like; I don’t really eat that much paleo, but I like this. I’m like; yes! This is good.

Juli Bauer: That’s so cool. I went to a different Whole Foods in Wash Park today, and they didn’t have; like, it was breakfast time still, and they had the Nom Nom Paleo sign, but it was regular breakfast burritos out. So I can’t wait to finally hit it when her food is there and actually try some of her stuff. Other than the stuff I’ve made out of her cookbook.

Emily Schromm: Yeah. It’s great.

Juli Bauer: She’s so great.

Emily Schromm: She really is. I hope it lasts. I really hope Whole Foods; they also had a vegan section {laughs}. Which made me a little bit like; {gasp}. Because they’re equally; they’re competing. It’s great that they’re doing these.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Emily Schromm: I just want them to keep hers so badly. I hope they do.

Juli Bauer: I know. I hope so. She is so badass.

Emily Schromm: She is.

Juli Bauer: But anyway. We saw each other at this Whole Foods grand opening, and decided we needed to be on each other’s podcasts, and actually start talking. And then I just came on your skin stuff recently. So I’m so glad you’re here today. And so excited to hear your story. Because I feel like I’ve known you through the years, but I really don’t know you. And even when I was at Regional, and you introduced yourself, and my friend was like; do you know who that is? I was like, she looks super familiar but I can’t nail it down. She was like; she was on Real World. I’m like; oh! But I never watched it on a regular basis, and then I never watched any of the challenges. So I don’t know a ton about it.

So will you kind of just recap. I know, Real World is so far past that. But I’d love to hear your story, and how you got on the Real World, and what that experience was like, and what happened after that.

Emily Schromm: Yeah, absolutely. Because it kind of ties in with CrossFit. Because for me, for a while, I did CrossFit. I found CrossFit when I was doing the challenges. So I really loved this same aspect of; it sounds so silly. But the challenges in MTV, it’s very similar to Survivor. So they take people that have done Real World, but now that take kind of anybody that’s game. And they just throw them in a foreign country for 4 to 6 weeks, and you compete to win money.

For me, competing has always been something I’ve loved. And I’ve always been somewhat of an athlete. I played soccer. I say somewhat because I never really understood what that meant until maybe, probably after CrossFit. Like, wow I actually am athletic. I actually can do weird things. And CrossFit really opened that door for me.

But I loved CrossFit, because when it would the timer; 3, 2, 1, go! All I could think about was TJ, who was our host, blowing the horn for any sort of match, or wrestling, or competing that we did in the challenge. So a CrossFit for me became the way I got in shape for the challenges. And then it reversed, where I got good enough at CrossFit that I was like; I think I want to compete in CrossFit, and not do the challenges. {laughs}

So it was kind of an accident that I found CrossFit. Actually my whole life is an accident. I think that’s the theme. It’s all this giant exciting accident. An accident in a way that I would never change it, but it’s all giant oopses.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Emily Schromm: So I’m from Missouri. And I went to Mizzou, if you’re familiar with Mizzou. I worked at Starbucks on campus, and I was working at Starbucks when the casting director came in. I didn’t know it at the time, but auditions were happening across the street. Basically across the hallway. For Real World. So I was serving all these people with resumes in their hand, and the most beautiful faces, and outfits. I’m like, why is this happening on Saturday morning on campus? Everyone should be hungover. So I knew there was something going on.

The casting director and I just really hit it off. I remember kind of making fun of the Real World, because I honestly had never watched it. I grew up really religious, and my dad actually blocked MTV. So when the casting director told me he was the casting director, I actually had to apologize. Because I think I had made fun of it so much.

Juli Bauer: {laughs}

Emily Schromm: He was fine with it, but to me I was like; I can’t believe I just dissed your whole job. So it was just a really fun accident of getting to know this guy. Then it turned into an audition. Which turned into me being picked for a DC cast member. Which is crazy, because I never thought that would happen. But I was so willing to do anything to experience life at that point. I was on the right path to be a veterinarian. I thought that’s what I wanted to be since I was 2 or 3 years old. I love animals. I think they’re just; I’ve always connected with them. And it was just so hard for me to be in college and start to accept to the fact that I didn’t like what I was doing. And I was going to be stuck with it for the rest of my life.

So I was in some really low spots throughout college, with this giant question mark of, what do I do? I’m supposed to be doing this, but everything in me hates it. I’m just going through the motions. So at that point, I was just so willing to say yes to everything. I was saying yes to random trips, and road trips, and camping. And then this guy; he was just another yes. It was like; I need to experience life. I’m 19. When am I ever going to get another chance to get a free trip somewhere. So I just took advantage of it.

It turned into just; in my opinion, when I was there, I remember being there, filming, the whole time thinking; “I am just here for entertainment.” And that bothered me. It was hard for me to accept. I was very guarded, because I felt like it’s MTV. There’s only so open I can be. Because it’s hard for me to; I don’t know. I didn’t know how to explain it. I’m just kind of a tool in this weird chess game.

And then afterwards, I was always really surprised by how much it helped me grow. It was this beautiful experience of learning about myself, learning about how I interacted with people that I never would be around. It made me grow. It made me also learn to never settle. So as soon as I moved back to Missouri, I tried to finish my semester, and then I moved to Colorado to the Starbucks in Keystone, Colorado.

And that’s kind of how my journey to Colorado began. To fitness began. I hated the way I looked on TV, which is why I got into the gym, and got into a structure. And then also found, with my skin issues that we talked about in the body awareness project, that I’m so glad you’re a part of. I really, really wanted to fix my skin. That was my biggest issue. I had a lot of dark moments watching my skin be pretty terrible on TV, and then have to hear about it on Twitter with people that did not like me. So skin issues have always been something a part of my life, which is how I turned into a nutritionist, ultimately, with paleo. With cutting dairy, with cutting sugar, and gluten, and finding out what worked for my body so I could really heal it from the inside out. So that’s kind of the long version.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. Well, it’s not the long version, because obviously you’ve had a million different places in between. But what was that experience like, being on Real World, and then watching it back? You experiencing yourself, and then watching it back of however producers cut it. And how people envisioned you, when you’re like; that’s not who I am. Maybe. I’m just saying whatever your experience was like. What was that like, going through that, as a young person. Still coming into your own, straight out of college. You’re still so mushy. You’re still trying to find your own confidence and your own true personality. What was that like?

Emily Schromm: Ugh. It was hard. I honestly didn’t do it. I watched one episode, and the self-hate that I felt; it was too much.

Juli Bauer: That was about your skin and your body, or how you were portrayed?

Emily Schromm: Never about how I was portrayed. That’s what I was always; everyone asks me that. Do they create drama, did they edit you to be different than you are? And they never did. I was always so impressed with the editing, how realistic it was.

Juli Bauer: That’s cool.

Emily Schromm: They might have shown the worst moments of somebody, and that balanced it out with some of their positivity. But if those moments; they were still you. They were still and expression of yourself. Whether you were really frustrated or angry. Everything about the edit was accurate. And I know that some people will argue with that. But it’s probably because they did things. They didn’t feel like they were represented well because the other side wasn’t represented. So from my opinion, nothing was edited in a way that made me uncomfortable or frustrated.

The only thing that bothered me was that in my head, myself and who I was didn’t match with what I saw. In my head, whether I have to put on this coat of confidence because I’m doing this, and I’m scared sh*tless. It was not an easy thing for me to do. But I’m going to go into this big city, DC, and learn things and meet people and just do it. So I almost have this shield of I have to be brave and make this happen. So in my head, that’s who I was.

But then when I saw it on TV, and I just; we’re all our own worst critics. It was just feeling like what I felt, this proud person, wasn’t the person that I watched. And that was hard. And I know now, looking back, I suffer. If I do not eat the way I eat, I have chronic IBS. I have horrible stomach issues. Even in DC, I remember being in such pain with my stomach; whether that was stress or food induced. And then my skin, because gut and skin are so connected. My skin was always bed, even since I was 6 or 7. I started getting breakouts; and then on birth control when I was 13. So the acne was always a big one, and I didn’t know what to do with it. Because I didn’t know the root cause.

So that was a huge issue. And then I also just physically; being an athlete, and then seeing how I was, and not looking what I looked like in my head really bothered me. I never was obese or overweight. And I never want to say that I looked horrible. Because I didn’t. Everyone would be like; Em, you looked great. My mom would be like; you look beautiful. But to me, I knew that it wasn’t the best I could be. So really changing that perspective had to happen; not from changing physically how I looked, but changing the chemistry and the internal piece. The gut health, the adrenals, and ultimately my brain health, to feel like I matched what I saw on TV. If that makes sense.

Juli Bauer: Totally. I’ve been through that. And I’m sure a ton of people have connected with that at some point. Even a person who is pregnant. You know, they’re like, not connected what you’re maybe seeing in the mirror with how you’re feeling inside. It’s like having that kind of out of body experience where you’re looking and it’s just not matching up to how you’re feeling. I think so many people have been through that.

So what brought you to Keystone? How did you end up there?

Emily Schromm: {laughs} This is so random. So, I’m on this yes pathway. Like, yes, yes, yes, I’ll go skydiving. I’m going to go see the ocean for the first time. I mean, Juli, I had never even been on a plane before I was 20. So seeing the ocean. Going to another country. All of it was like this whole new world. So I went to DC. One of the roommates, Mikey, he was from Colorado. And he was like; you’ve never been to Colorado? I’m like, well I did on this road trip with my mom when I was little. He was like, no, have you snowboarded? I was like, no, I want to so bad. So I came to visit as soon as the episodes were done filming.

I remember being on the mountain with a little too much tequila, just like; this is amazing! I knew at that moment. I told him; I said, I’m going to find a job here next year. I have to get better at this. Because I was terrible. I broke a wrist. I was really bad. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Oh my god! {laughs}

Emily Schromm: And so from that moment, I went and did the semester, the spring semester at Mizzou, and it just kind of solidified that this is not for you, Em. It was hard, going back to college. Missouri; I love Missouri. I love the people there. But people would come to Starbucks and just kind of watch me, like expect me to do tricks or something, you know? I had just been on the show. And I am processing the show, but people are expecting some amazingness out of me. And I’m just like; I’m just myself. I don’t have tricks. I make coffee. I really just, I couldn’t handle it. So it was really good for me.

I googled jobs on the mountain, and Starbucks was hiring at Keystone. And they hired me the next day. So I was like; ok, mom. I’m doing this. I’m packing my car and I’m moving to Keystone. So I lived there for a year. And it was just the best decision of my life. I’m really grateful. It’s not the lifestyle for me to live as a ski bum. I love it, but it’s the same thing as small towns. It’s hard to find things to do. It’s hard to get in a groove of a healthy lifestyle. Because people drink, people smoke. It’s just more of a party thing.

So it wasn’t much different than my college town. But that’s where I ultimately; I was so desperate to search for this happy place. I thought I could find it by moving to Colorado and being on the mountain. Which seemed so glamourous, and it was incredible. But the happiness really didn’t happen until I connected to myself, when I got into the gym. And that’s when I really was like; wow. This is what I love to do. I love who I am. I love what I’m capable of. And I need to share this with other people.

After that winter in Keystone, I moved to Denver to become a personal trainer. And that’s kind of when I knew that this is what I want to do for the rest of my life.

Juli Bauer: And so, when did you start CrossFit again?

Emily Schromm: So, I had been in Denver as a personal trainer. Well, it took a while for me to be a personal trainer. Some people who might know this; I don’t tell this to a lot of people, but in Stapleton, there’s a place called U-Shampooch. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Emily Schromm: To wash your dogs. So in order to be a trainer, I had to work at the front desk at U-Shampooch for a long time.

Juli Bauer: {laughs}

Emily Schromm: In order to get my certification. And then I became a trainer for about 6 months of fully training clients when I found CrossFit. So there was some dabbling. I remember washing dogs, and hearing about CrossFit. And being like; I have to do this, but I had to be a personal trainer at the Global Gym, and they don’t want me to coach at a CrossFit gym. So I would sneak in in-between hours, and come to work all bloody with my callouses bleeding. They’re like; where have you been? I’m like, nowhere! {laughs}

So I found CrossFit probably about a year and a half after being in Denver. And it’s right when I met you. So that’s when I first saw that; I think that’s when; you said 2013 right?

Juli Bauer: That was 2012.

Emily Schromm: 2012. So yeah, that makes sense. So around then, your competition was the first one I ever watched.

Juli Bauer: Wow.

Emily Schromm: I remember just being like; I have to make regionals. This is what I’m supposed to do. This is what I’m going to train for. So watching you guys was just such a huge piece of me getting into CrossFit a little bit more seriously. And also, it was just good because I didn’t have really a life plan. And it just kept me; it was structure. It was a class. It was people that supported me being strong and ridiculously jacked. Where as in the Global Gym, everyone just cared about being in a bikini. And I couldn’t match that up with my beliefs. So it was so cool to compete at this; just a daily level with friends that supported you. It was so good for me to find when I found it.

Juli Bauer: That’s 100% my story. I was the exact same way. I went to a sectionals competition, so before it had turned into regionals, they had sectionals. Then regionals, or something like that. And I saw all these women. And all these women just competing for the same goal. And they’re all shapes and sizes. And it wasn’t this bikini contest. And I’m like; this is where I want to be. This is where I should be. And that was my changing moment, too. And it’s amazing, this community of people you find that support you and your goals and pushing harder. And trying more. And doing more. It’s the best community to be in. So hearing that exact same story, I totally get it.

So how many years did you compete for?

Emily Schromm: You know, I just stopped last year. So the last competition I did was August 2017. And I did the Wyoming open. And that was kind of my last pro competition. And I did well. I enjoyed it. There’s this girl, April, who owns CrossFit 720 who is like my best friend. She’s so strong; she’s so ridiculous. And I remember being like; if I can beat her, I’m happy. And I did; and she was like, what are you doing? And I was like, ok I think I’m good. I don’t want to compete anymore. {laughs}

So I think, for me, it’s just; and this is the question that I really did want to address. I saw it on your Instagram. There is such a big thing for me, where I have to be successful in everything I do. In my mind, I am so crazy wired. I can’t be content with average. And I think a lot of us who have crossfitted, or have businesses, we all feel that way. We strive for perfection.

But what I was doing is trying to compete, trying to be; never at an elite level, but at least be able to kind of hang with the girls in our region and do well in some pro competitions. I was trying to hang onto that, but also launch my businesses, and be a good girlfriend, and be a good human. And I could not balance it all.

All of that juggling, I tried for many, many years. I just crashed and burned. And there was one very specific crash and burn, but then it would be like; ok, I feel better. I feel good. I’m conquering my emails. I’m crushing my workouts. I might be sucking at one piece of my job, but at least I’ve got this. I just felt like I was constantly exhausted. I was always juggling. And I just couldn’t do it anymore. And it was just, to the point of; why am I competing in CrossFit? I couldn’t answer that question.

So I was like; you know, I wonder what it would feel like for my body to not have that much of a stress. Because CrossFit is amazing, but it is such a stress. There is no in between. Unless you have really great coaches, which definitely do exist.

Juli Bauer: But they’re hard to come by.

Emily Schromm: They really are. And I get frustrated, because it’s this paradigm of a trainer. Where you want to push your client to be the best version of themselves possible. So you want to show them that they can do more. They can push it. They can pass that barrier that they think they have. And reach their full potential. But then there’s the opposite side of it; if you’re doing that, but this person is maybe struggling in this workout because of their job, financial stress.

Maybe they have some internal; I get really nerdy with this nutritional therapy stuff. But maybe they have some blood sugar issues. Or maybe they have some macro imbalances. They’re not eating appropriately for the workout today. It’s going to drive them through the wall in a way that’s really hard to come out of unless you have that conversation with your coach. You have to know that there’s times where you have to push, and the times you have to pull back.

I guess my big takeaway, because I know this is important for people. It’s like, when you are high stress and you have a ton on your plate. You know, the whole listening to your body thing; it’s not a fad. It’s legit what you have to do. And the way that I listen to my body; I know I can’t do a CrossFit workout if I have SI pain really terribly, or some hip issues that start to flare up only when my adrenals are in stress.

Also, I talked about it a little bit in my Instagram, but my glutes don’t fire. So you know how you can do all the glute bridges in the world but when you squat, all you feel is your quads? Sometimes that’s an adrenal issue. And those are a little bit more of abstract ways to tell. But some other ways to tell are if you have a headache after you workout, or if you take a long time to recover. Whether it’s 4 hours or 2 days. Some people just take two days to feel like they’re recovering. And that’s not normal.

So really looking at your energy when you wake up. Do you have to have caffeine? Do you fall asleep easily, or do you have your mind racing at night? All of those are signs of where our cortisol is. And I know that where my stress is with my job and what I’m doing, I cannot right now combine CrossFit. Or at least high intense CrossFit, with what’s on my plate.

So I do Olympic lifting. I do strength training. And I do Metcons that I try really hard to never get in that dark place in your head. You know, the competing place. Which is so hard.

Juli Bauer: Where we strive to be all the time in CrossFit.

Emily Schromm: Right! {laughs}

Juli Bauer: You feel like; I think when you’re competing at that level, you get to that point where you felt like you didn’t have a good workout if you didn’t get to that place on a daily basis or multiple times per week. And changing that viewpoint of; I don’t have to feel like I’m physically going to melt into the floor after a workout. I can feel heavy breathing, take a couple of minutes, breathe it out, drink some water, and I can go on my way. That’s a totally ok place to be. And it’s hard for crossfitters, especially competitive crossfitters, or people who want to be at the CrossFit competitive level, to get to that point of understanding that your body is not supposed to go through that all the time.

Emily Schromm: It’s like, literally sprinting all the time. You know? And I think that’s so; caffeine and kilos, as much as I think they’re a fun brand, there’s a reason that there’s so much caffeine in the CrossFit world. We’re so depleted and exhausted. And if we don’t have coffee, how do we get through our day? So I do think the first step is, if you don’t have any coffee or any preworkout, how does your energy feel? Not the caffeine piece. But literally, do you feel like you can be who you are? That was the eye opener for me. When I did some cortisol testing, and DHEA testing. I was like; oh my god, I want to die. I thought I was fine, and now you take out caffeine. And I feel like I’m just; you know. I literally wanted to sleep all day. It was a pretty dark place.

Juli Bauer: Whoa. Yeah.

Emily Schromm: So that’s a good test, I think. Just an initial test of where somebody. Their adrenals might be. Where they feel they can be without coffee.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. I feel like a lot of times I want to take out coffee. I’m not even a person who drinks a full cup of coffee. I just like the routine in the morning, because I’m a big routine person and I like having my coffee as I sit and type up the rest of my blog post for the day. But I’ve been noticing more and more. And seriously, I don’t even finish a full cup of coffee. But I get extremely sweaty, and I get high anxiety, and my heart rate starts to flutter. And I’m like; ok, I don’t like feeling like this. Because I just don’t eat first thing in the morning. I get my work done, and then I eat a little bit later.

So I’ve been thinking lately; I’m like, ok. I think I need to change it up a little bit. Because I’ve never had that before. And it’s time to listen to my body, and what it’s telling me. It’s just not fun to listen to always. Because we love our morning routine.

Emily Schromm: I agree. Because coffee is good. It’s interesting; Alex Swanson, he created nutrition genome. So I did a podcast with him. Basically it’s like 23andMe. Genetic testing. But the way they change their genetic testing; they don’t test for the cool stuff anymore. So this guy started doing it on his own. And different people, genetically, metabolize caffeine differently. Which is so cool. Because it’s like; of course coffee makes you anxious. And you can see it with your actual genes.

Juli Bauer: Interesting.

Emily Schromm: There’s just some really fun stuff you can get into. And also; I don’t know. I just have to; my biggest thing is if I cut coffee completely, I was going to be just; I mean, I worked at Starbucks for four years. {laughs} So I have to have espresso, I have to have some sort of coffee. So I do love for people, I always think; if you are cutting back, cordyceps, whether it’s Four Sigmatic or some sort of cordyceps blends, mushroom coffees are great. I created this herbal coffee; which if you want to try it, I would love to send it to you. Because I think it’s very rooty. Do you take your coffee black?

Juli Bauer: No. I’m a heavy cream and sugar person. I like to enjoy my coffee. {laughs}

Emily Schromm: Good. Well I’m going to give this to you. Let me know what you think. I would like to know how you prepare it. But there are alternatives. Because if I didn’t have these alternatives; it’s how I got so into teas. Which I thought teas were a joke; I was an espresso girl. Black 6-shot expresso Americanos.

Juli Bauer: Oh my god. {laughs}

Emily Schromm: I’m crazy.

Juli Bauer: I would sh*t my brains out. {laughing} There’s no way. There’s no way I could handle that. That is insane.

Emily Schromm: That was just the morning routine.

Juli Bauer: I’m sweating thinking about that. That’s insane. Oh my god.

Emily Schromm: Yeah. For me to not have coffee, it just wasn’t. It was miserable. It was death, I swear. I cried for the first week of no coffee. So I said, f*ck this. My life is about; you can put yourself through all of these protocols and be miserable. How is that going to make you any better. Ultimately, it’s what helps you bring down stress. And it was stressing me out cutting coffee. So, that’s how I got into teas and herbal coffees and mushrooms.

And I do want to say for anybody that’s like “F-this. I love coffee.” If I can do it, at least try to be open minded about it. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Yeah. Damn. That is a sh*t ton of coffee.

Emily Schromm: I’m not kidding. Not good.

Juli Bauer: {laughs} Well, let’s talk a little bit about your businesses. Because you’re working all the time. So what do you do for a living now? Because you did, how many challenges did you do? I know that’s not your career. But how many challenges did you do, other than just being on the Real World?

Emily Schromm: So I did the Real World in 2009. And then I did three challenges pretty back to back. My last one was in 2013. So, it was after I had kind of gotten into CrossFit. Which is super fun because the last one I did, I won. So it was so fun to be like; I could feel the difference. The confidence, the ability level. I knew I was like; I’m going to go and win, and then I’ll be done.

So, I finished the last one in 2013. But then I did a charity spin off with MTV recently, so that just ended airing. Which was amazing, because I got to pick a charity. So I picked Girls Incorporated, and I ended up winning $50,000 for their charity here in Denver.

Juli Bauer: That’s awesome.

Emily Schromm: It was just so incredible to be able to do something that was bigger than I. I needed to do it.

Juli Bauer: When you’re on the Real World, or on these challenges. I know challenges, you win money if you win, correct?

Emily Schromm: Mm-hmm.

Juli Bauer: Do you get paid for being on the Real World? Or was it like, you’re in college, you don’t’ give a sh*t. You get to live somewhere for free.

Emily Schromm: Yeah. They basically give you; for Real World, it’s like $100 a week for groceries.

Juli Bauer: Damn!

Emily Schromm: I know! We lived in DC. Which is not a cheap city.

Juli Bauer: No.

Emily Schromm: And it was just; all of us were like, seriously? This is all we get? So for me, the challenges are a little bit more; if you make the final, or if you get first, second, or third place you usually win some sort of compensation. So that was amazing for me, because I had gotten. It was small amounts, but I got third place twice, and then got a win on the final one.

Juli Bauer: That’s awesome.

Emily Schromm: So I was able to pay off all my school debt. I was able to just kind of start from scratch. Move to Colorado. I mean, it was just really incredible to be able to have that clean slate, which I know I got really lucky with. And then when I won, I just really put everything I could into the business. Because I created my main business has always been, and that’s changing a little bit. But this 21-day EmFit Challenge. Which was originally the Superhero challenge. And it’s just this program that I actually created when I was filming for the final challenge that I did. Because I had just built my business.

When you’re a trainer, all you want is to make your calendar full because that means you’re getting paid. I had built this whole clientele base, and had gym space, and finally was on my own, building my business. And it was just such a good feeling. And I knew that I had to do this challenge. I didn’t have to, but my gut was like, you need to do this.

So I disappeared for 6 weeks, and I didn’t’ have any connection with them. You know, you go to Thailand, and you can’t have email or phone.

Juli Bauer: Oh wow.

Emily Schromm: No contact with anybody. I mean, you get one phone call a week, but you’re calling your mom, just like, what am I doing? {laughs} You know. So for me, I created this online $500 website where I had my clients log points, so that when I came back they had some sort of accountability system. And then that’s what turned into the 21-day challenge. Because it was really successful. They liked the idea of checking points, and just getting a daily piece of information added to it. Because I think that’s so important for people to learn about their body.

So I put basically most of what I earned back into the business and just started growing Unleash Fitness, which was my first company at that time through that channel. Which was incredible. The timing was perfect, and I feel really blessed to have that platform to be able to launch that initial training program that I do.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. So you have your training program. And then you have your EmPack? Can you talk a little bit about that?

Emily Schromm: I would love to. I started it kind of accidentally. Again, I was watching the CrossFit games. I want to say 2015. Yeah, I think it was 2015, which is crazy how long ago it was. When I realized that there’s nothing for travel and working out that works well. Because sandbags, I love sandbags, but they aren’t portable. And I was at a hotel with no dumbbells. So I just took a suitcase, and I stuffed it with everything I could, and I started doing a bear complex. I remember ripping my hands. It was uncomfortable, but it was the lightbulb moment where I was like; what could I do that would be portable but also comfortable. Sandbag, but with water.

So I created the EmPack. And I had no idea what I was doing. But it was really wonderful to be able to launch. Kickstarter is such a great platform for people that have this idea but have no funds and don’t want to get investors. That was wonderful to be able to launch on Kickstarter in January of 2016. And then it’s just fun. It’s so cool to be able to have a product. I’m so used to selling myself, and my strength programs, and my training. It’s too much. Sometimes it’s exhausting to have to; it feels like you’re selling your soul sometimes, you know?

Juli Bauer: Yeah. Yeah.

Emily Schromm: You’re constantly comparing. Especially as this industry gets more saturated. It’s like; oh that person posted this. Maybe I should post this. And I hate it. I try to get out of that cycle as much as I can. And just, I know I have a great product and a great program. But to have an actual physical tangible product is a really great way for me to just express the things I love. Strength training and travel and adventure. But without having to talk about it. You know what I mean? It’s been really cool. So I’ve really loved that piece of the companies that I’ve run. To be able to see it from this different side. And hopefully be on Shark Tank soon. And all that fun jazz.

Juli Bauer: Are you serious? Oh my god, I love Shark Tank. I feel like I watch Shark Tank every single day. It’s always on.

Emily Schromm: It’s always on. And do you have a favorite shark?

Juli Bauer: Probably Barbara. Did you ever listen to her on How I Built This?

Emily Schromm: No.

Juli Bauer: Have you ever listened to that podcast?

Emily Schromm: Yes, I have! She was on that?

Juli Bauer: Yes. And she’s just like; she’s just such a f*cking badass. And she’s hilarious, and so easy to listen to. And doesn’t give a sh*t. She is doing her. She is so cool.

Emily Schromm: {laughs} I love; I’m going to listen to that today.

Juli Bauer: Listen to that one. I think it’s pretty early on in that podcast. But who is your favorite? I mean, Mark Cuban is always great too. Because he just doesn’t give a sh*t either. He was on How I Built This, too.

Emily Schromm: Yes. And I love Mark Cuban. I mean, I had this quick claim to fame. I can’t believe I’m going to say this.

Juli Bauer: {laughs}

Emily Schromm: But we were at this New York bar, and I ran into him. It was 2013. And I think Shark Tank had just came out. And I was like; I just want to let you know that I’m going to be on Shark Tank. And he’s like; ok. Cool. Don’t tell me the idea. I’ll see you there. And then I ended up getting in a cab with him, and sitting on his lap because there was no room.

Juli Bauer: What?! {laughs}

Emily Schromm: It was such a; and he was such a gentleman. Just really respectful. I literally was like, this is not happening. This is my life right now. So Mark Cuban is awesome.

Juli Bauer: What?

Emily Schromm: I know! Isn’t that the craziest, weird thing? I couldn’t even believe it happened. I love Mark Cuban. He came to Denver recently, did you see that?

Juli Bauer: No.

Emily Schromm: For Denver Startup Week. Hopefully he comes again this year. He did this huge talk at the Bellco Theater. He’s just the best. So he’s definitely my favorite.

Juli Bauer: Oh. Well I hope I get to see you on Shark Tank. That would be so freaking rad!

Emily Schromm: I know.

Juli Bauer: Did you see what’s his face; the Paleo Nick guy on it?

Emily Schromm: No. I’ve seen a couple of great paleo brands. But I don’t know Paleo Nick. Which one is he?

Juli Bauer: Oh, I forget. He has like a meal delivery service. He’s like, out of California.

Emily Schromm: Yep. I did see that that, then. But he didn’t get a deal.

Juli Bauer: No. They didn’t seem to vibe with him.

Emily Schromm: No, I think he came in a little too hot, you know.

Juli Bauer: Too hot. Too CrossFit-y.

Emily Schromm: Yes!

Juli Bauer: Too CrossFit-y there. Just like going full speed, blowing his full wad at the beginning. Come on man.

Emily Schromm: {laughs} There was another; there’s a bar company. Wasn’t there a bar company that made it there?

Juli Bauer: I don’t know.

Emily Schromm: Some sort of paleo bar. But I don’t think that went very well. And then there was the hands. Do you remember those hand grips that people have?

Juli Bauer: Oh yes. Yeah.

Emily Schromm: Natural grips or something. I saw them on there, as well.

Juli Bauer: Well sweet. I hope I get to watch you!

I’m going to take a quick break form this episode to talk a little bit more about this weeks’ sponsor; Aaptiv. It’s the New Year, and it’s the perfect time to get motivated and concentrate on your own health. I’ve been talking about that all week on the blog. And Aaptiv is making it easier than ever.

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. This means you’re going to get a wide array of personalities, voices, and styles. Plus, Aaptiv’s in-house music production team partners with every trainer to create music play lists that are perfectly timed to the intensity and pace of your workout. So you stay motivated throughout.

There’s nothing worse than terrible music in a workout. Am I right? Right.

And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts from anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling, Aaptiv is ready to go with you. All you have to do is plug in your headphones, then you have a personal trainer in your pocket. It’s the best.

And they have different workouts for everyone. Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, climbing, yoga, even meditation. And Aaptiv trainers give you the guidance you need to be better at these types of workouts you love. Since I’m into doing group exercise classes mostly, I love Aaptiv for their stretching so I can actually get a cooldown in once I get home. I’m always too chatty when I’m at the gym, or I’m just racing out to do something different. So whenever I get home, I turn on the stretching section and I get a cooldown in. And so I can actually work on my mobility because I’m really bad at that.

And guess what? Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now, for a limited time, new members get 50% off an annual membership. Which is just $49.99 for the entire year of unlimited workouts. Unlimited!

All you have to do is visit Aaptiv.com/PaleOMG. Aaptiv wants you to set your goals this year, and accomplish them. And they have a supportive community full of Aaptiv members of all levels reaching their own fitness goals just like you. With more than 2500 workouts available on the platform, and they’re adding 30 new classes each week, there are always new workouts to try.

So if you’re ready to kickstart your own 2018 goals, if you’re ready to get in better shape, or stretch more, or just meditate more and become one with your body, Aaptiv is here for you. They’ve got your back. So big thank you to Aaptiv for supporting this podcast, and supporting PaleOMG Uncensored. Don’t forget, if you want to try out Aaptiv, this is the perfect time. Because you can get 50% off your annual membership. All you have to do is just go to Aaptiv.com/PaleOMG. And if you don’t see this, or you don’t remember that, don’t worry. I got it all in the show notes for you. Now back to the show.

Juli Bauer: So what does your day to day schedule look like? I know it’s obviously totally different and then you get to create your own schedule when you work for yourself, which is always fabulous. But what does an average day look like? What are you working on? What are you; are you making sure you fit your workout in at a certain time? What’s it look like?

Emily Schromm: I’m glad you; so my day to day is very random. So workouts are always best if I try to actually schedule them in as a client, or as a meeting. I do best working out around 11 to 2. I am kind of getting a little bit into Ayurvedic medicine and doshas, and I’m a total Pitta.

Juli Bauer: {laughs} You just said; you literally said three words in a row that I have no idea what they are. {laughs}

Emily Schromm: {laughing} Ok.

Juli Bauer: A dosha, a Pitta. Can we rewind?

Emily Schromm: Yes. Eastern Ayurvedic medication, which is similar; Chinese medicine actually branched from Ayurvedic. So it’s just ancient medicinal practice.

Juli Bauer: Ok.

Emily Schromm: It’s kind of fascinating. And this is fun, because I actually talk about it in the Body Awareness Project.

Juli Bauer: Oh, cool.

Emily Schromm: With the person before you. So the Doshas are three different characters of people. It’s kind of like your zodiac, but not quite as concrete. Because some days might be different, and some people have a mix of two. But there’s Vada, Pitta, and Kafa. And Pitta is just; I think you’re also Pitta. We’re just kind of fiery. We’re just more athletic build. Because it’s actually your shape, too, that ties into it. Athletic builds, and we tend to be a little bit hot, but clammy. {laughs} Just …

Juli Bauer: Oh yeah. So clammy, all the time.

Emily Schromm: So clammy. So we’re kind of moist, but also…

Juli Bauer: {laughs} Kind of moist.

Emily Schromm: It’s a gross word. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Always moist. That’s me over here.

Emily Schromm: You can find out your dosha. You can Google free dosha test and take these little quick tests that say what your mix is. Anyway, Pitta is just a way that says; this is somewhat of your tendency and this is what you should avoid and this is what you should do.

And I don’t follow it to a T. Because I would be so miserable. Because they’re really peaceful practices, and I would never get anything done. So it’s like; take two hours to wake up. Oil pull in the morning. Which I know we talked about {laughs}.

Juli Bauer: Yes.

Emily Schromm: And it’s not realistic. So what I do is kind of take some of it, and what they say is my biggest meal should be around 11 to 2. Because if I eat too soon, or too much after. And I really do feel this. I feel so full. And it’s not a stomach acid thing. I just do better when I work out and when I eat from 11 to 2. That’s kind of my prime time. So I always make sure that happens.

A lot of times; like tonight, that’s not going to happen. I’ll get a late night workout. Which I actually love. I really love really late, 8-9, 9-10 p.m. workouts at the gym. Which isn’t always best for sleep. But it’s quieter and it’s total meathead sessions. Those are my favorites.

But anyway. The other things that I have going on. I do have a tea company that I just launched. So the herbal coffee that I’ll send you. That, plus the podcast. And this Body Awareness Project that I’m launching on skin makes my schedule a little bit all over. So what I try to do is I have a ton of lists. I list out everything that I need to be done and cross of what I need. And there’s times where I’m like; yep, that’s not priority. We’re going to do that tomorrow. And then it becomes two days and three days. But for the most part, it’s really just interviews with people. It’s organizing my life and promotion for EmPack. Newsletters for Emily Schromm. Sometimes videos for filming if I need more workouts for the challenges.

I work with 9 news, which has been really fun. Like, this morning I got to do my first interview with Girl Inc., and be the interviewer. Which was really cool. So just trying; I say yes to probably too much. And I make sure I get a workout in. Then I just make sure I eat. That’s my biggest issue. I forget to eat sometimes.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. It’s hard. It’s hard fitting it in. I recorded a podcast right before yours for someone else’s, and then I’m like; what the f*ck am I going to eat? I didn’t plan ahead and I’m trying to make something in the pan super fast, and chowing down on it as quick as I can. Which I know is not good for my body, either. But it’s hard fitting meals in. And you have to plan ahead. Do you do much meal prep? I’ve seen you meal prep before on your Instagram stories.

Emily Schromm: Yeah, I go through phases. Because honestly, I just get sick of the meals that I’m prepping. {laughs} So I always do have some sort of ground turkey or ground beef that’s always the backup plan. Because it’s so easy to just throw in a skillet and make a ton of salad and veggies and roast them. Or do whatever I want with them.

The meal prep, it really depends. I’m leaving town, so I’m not meal prepping this week, but when I come back, I’ll try to make at least; boiled eggs are kind of my go-to always. I think the hardest thing is veggies. I really just; I like those. They’re not good for the environment. But those tubs. I have to have those tubs. I don’t eat veggies unless they’re precut or premade. It’s like; I just don’t do it. I wish I could, but if I’m busy, it’s either green powders or juice or just those precut prewashed veggies that I’ve got in my fridge. Which is not great. But I need your help with some veggie prep.

Juli Bauer: I’m always a; I have almost every meal arugula because it’s just a green I like. And it’s so easy to eat. It tastes good by itself. It tastes good with dressing. It tastes good with other things. So I eat arugula with everything just to get an extra green in. Like today I just had some chicken with bacon and peppers. And then I threw in arugula just to call it a meal and have a green vegetable in there. That’s my go-to.

Emily Schromm: Arugula also stays fresh longer than any of the other vegetables, I feel like.

Juli Bauer: Yes!

Emily Schromm: So that’s so great. I’m with you. Arugula is my go-to. I tried to grow it in Denver, but it’s way too sunny. It’s so spicy; I couldn’t even believe how spicy arugula can get. It’s almost like a hot pepper.

Juli Bauer: Yes! It’s crazy! I had actually fresh arugula. I was in Scottsdale, and I went to one of those farms where they grow all the food in those tubes. I forget what kind of farms they are. But they grow the most fresh, amazing vegetables in these crazy tube things. I should know what it’s called because I wrote about this amazing company. {laughs} But I tasted the arugula, and my mouth was burning.

Emily Schromm: Yes!

Juli Bauer: I was like, what is this? It doesn’t taste anything like the arugula you get in the store. It’s insane.

Emily Schromm: Isn’t it crazy? And it’s just a little too much sun. So shaded spots are awesome. But for me, I was so excited about arugula, because I really love arugula, and it was just inedible.

Juli Bauer: Too much. Damn.

Emily Schromm: Way too much Denver sun. Yeah.

Juli Bauer: Weird. So crazy. It’s so weird how it can taste different depending on the area. Every bag tastes different. So before we get into some reader questions, the last question I wanted to ask you about. Because I talk about this a lot on my podcast. And really, just accepting who you are and improving yourself. And I feel like social media makes that incredibly challenging.

So you being in the public eye, and posting photos. You in workout clothes, and your tight clothing. Do you find yourself looking on social media, or dissecting yourself ever on social media? And how have you dealt with that body image since you’ve been in the public eye since you were 19 and dealing with people’s feedback and talking about you in different ways and trolling in other ways? How have you really come to your own to become a confident woman who doesn’t compare yourself? Which I’m sure you do, at times, because we all do. It’s human nature. But how have you done that to kind of tell that to other women who maybe dealing with that more right now?

Emily Schromm: That’s a good question. I’m burning some Palo Santo, by the way. It’s not a joint. I just wanted to let you know {laughs} just in case you saw some smoke come up.

Juli Bauer: You can get high on this podcast. You can do whatever you want.

Emily Schromm: {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Just smoking cigarettes over there.

Emily Schromm: It’s so; that’s a heavy question. I’m going to go on just a rant that just popped in my head. Because I think this is helpful for me. Because obviously we all are a work in progress. We’re all finding our body. Getting comfortable with our body. There’s going to be days we love our body. And then the next day you’re going to hate your body.

It’s just like workouts. I feel like with CrossFit, especially. You crush a workout, and you feel so good. And then the next day it’s like; I couldn’t be worse at this sport. What am I doing. So it’s so true, it’s just accepting that that’s going to happen. You’re going to have days where you feel on fire. And social media is on point, and it’s just coming out of you, and people are responding to you. And then there’s days where it’s just not quite there.

So I think the biggest takeaway that I’ve learned is not to look at social media as a way to pull me out of the darkness. And it’s kind of tough to say, or it’s tough to explain except the work that needs to be done in our own journey has to be done inside. So a lot of times when we’re looking for external validation, or maybe we don’t love the way we look but we need that little upper. We tend to just post something that might give us that upper. We need somebody to tell us that we’re actually on track and we’re doing well. When we shouldn’t need somebody else. We can do that ourselves. And then I think posting outside of that place, anything goes.

Because what tends to happen is we’ll post when we’re just not in a happy spot ourselves. So I try to tell people; as much as I do think it’s important to post, and engage, when you start to see social media become a stress for you or you just become exhausted. Maybe you turn off your phone. I catch myself doing this a lot. My thumb has its own little brain.

Juli Bauer: Yes.

Emily Schromm: It’s like; how did I do that.

Juli Bauer: It just automatically goes to something.

Emily Schromm: How did I do this? I was just talking to somebody and now I’m looking on Instagram. It’s like, not even natural. But it has become natural. So I think when I find myself feeling down about myself, and I tend to look for posts for inspiration or I tend to post something to get me out of that place, it never works. So I just encourage people; go through what you need to go through. And when you feel amazing, post your nude selfie or whatever you want.

Juli Bauer: {laughs}

Emily Schromm: Do your thing, girl. If it’s coming from a place of; I feel amazing and I feel rock solid and I know I’m worth anything, then post it. More power to you. But if we’re starting to post out of a place of needing something, then it turns into this bad, vicious cycle. And you’re going to always battle that. You’re going to always look for something to make you happier. Whether that’s a new workout program ,or a different macro plan to try to get you the body you want.

Everyone knows the quote, comparison is the thief of joy. Right? So when we compare our journey versus somebody else’s, you’re automatically setting yourself up for failure. And it’s so easy to do with social media. So I think the best thing to do is, if you’re in a darker place and you’re not feeling so great about yourself, don’t go for social media. Maybe take a day off of it. Don’t try to fill that hole and dig into those questions of why do I feel this way?

I always call it the ick. I feel the ick a lot. What is this ick that I feel? This uncomfortableness. I just feel unsettled. And it’s usually an issue with my business. Or an issue with something; maybe I don’t know how to launch this project or this product correctly. Maybe I’m just not quite comfortable with the new challenge videos and I feel like I should redo them because they’re not good enough. It’s always something of me feeling; this is just deeper issues. It’s never just, I look a certain way or I don’t look a certain way. It’s always something else going on.

And I don’t know if that answers your question, but that’s really what I try to do with social media and with comparison. I just try to find the root cause of why I might be feeling icky. And if I’m feeling icky and then get on social media and start comparing, and just picking apart everything on my body that’s imperfect, it’s just a really bad cycle. And I try really hard to not let people get into that. And when I do get into that, I acknowledge it. I don’t beat myself up about it. And I just try to move or do something that makes me feel like me again.

Usually that’s not social media. It’s usually snowboarding. It’s usually going and getting coffee with people. It’s disconnecting and realizing why I’m even doing this in the first place.

Juli Bauer: And I think that’s the biggest thing that I tell people. If I find myself feeling jealous, or angry, or thinking negative thoughts about someone else, it’s my own issue. So I have to remove myself from that situation and go entertain myself some other way. Whether it’s cooking or going to the gym or going out to coffee with a friend. A real person, not just an internet person. You have to take yourself out of that. And I think that’s just a lot of women struggle with that in general. And especially with social media. It’s hard to really distinguish why you’re feeling those feelings and break it down. So I love that. I think that’s wonderful.

Emily Schromm: Yay. Yeah. It’s tough.

Juli Bauer: Let’s get to some listener, or reader questions. Listener. Whatever. Whoever they are, these amazing people on the internet.

Emily Schromm: I hope they’re listening, because we’re going to answer their questions! {laughs}

Juli Bauer: I know, I hope they’re listening, for sure. Well I love this one from Kaitlyn Ballinger. She says, “Emily recently mentioned she is fat adapted but isn’t keto. Can she explain this further? What are both of your opinions on keto versus paleo?” So you can take this one away.

Emily Schromm: For sure. So this is something I address a lot with the EmFit Challenge. For a while I dabbled with keto, but I CrossFit. And I just want to say, if you CrossFit, don’t do keto.

Juli Bauer: Totally.

Emily Schromm: If you’re a woman especially.

Juli Bauer: Oh my god, it f*cked me up, trying to do that.

Emily Schromm: It’s so bad. And there’s a lot of men saying that keto is for everybody, and I just get really pissed off about it. Because it might initially be great. And I think there are women that do do well with really high fat. And I’m talking like 70% of your caloric intake coming from fat. Meaning 10% or less of your caloric intake coming from carbs. So it’s like 30 grams of carbs, at the most, a day. Including vegetables. {laughs}

So for me, it’s really hard to see hormone profile and adrenal profile and say that keto is right for women. It exists, but I have yet to see it exist long-term. So I just think that for me, I know that being fat adapted, it doesn’t mean my body is producing a ton of ketones. Meaning I’m in this fat burning state that everyone knows about, because it’s this ketogenic state. I could test my blood glucose and see the level of ketones on that ketone tester. I could take exogenous ketones, which is a drink. A supplement that is a little bit more trendy and coming out. There’s lots of different brands. You can take those to increase your natural ketones without actually cutting carbs. Which is a kind of fascinating process.

For me, I know I’m fat adapted because all of the issues that happened with a high-carb, low-fat diet no longer happens. I think there’s a misconception that keto is the only way to use fat as fuel. Your body is meant to use fat and carbs as fuel. Especially if you’re a crossfitter. You’re using that glucose in anaerobic exercise. If you do a sprint. If you’re doing FRAN, god forbid. If you’re doing Grace. If you’re doing any of those, your body is pulling from that glucose. So it’s good that your body knows how to use it. Which means you should have some of it there.

And I’ve done keto and CrossFit. And like you said, it just can really mess your body up, because there’s always going to be a backup plan, and that’s adrenals. That’s your cortisol. And then it turns into a hormone issue. And it’s just a big mess.

So for me, with being fat adapted, it means. This is kind of my tell-tell symptoms that I talk to with my clients. Do you have hangriness? Are you basically dying until you eat? A lot of people, they eat food and they feel relieved. You shouldn’t have that reaction. And it’s hard because most people, we live that way. We’re like; ah. Ok, I’m settled. I’m less anxious. That’s usually your body craving something. Craving sugar, craving glucose in order to get it to regulate blood sugar. So that’s a sign of dysglycemia, or blood sugar issues. So we’re not access fat as fuel.

I also see a lot of, if you have this shakiness or headaches if you don’t eat as a really big indicator that you maybe have a little bit too much sugar or carbohydrates, and we can become more fat adapted by making our meals higher fat.

Some other issues really are just; I think the biggest thing with intermittent fasting. It’s great for people. You can eat a high fat coffee, or no food at all in the morning. But if you are starting to feel stressed about it, or you try to work out and you feel like you can’t recover or you’re shaky. Or those adrenal issues that I talked about that tie in with sleep and energy throughout the day. I just don’t think it’s the best for everybody. It’s really about knowing your energy levels. Do I have sustained energy? Could I skip a meal and not really notice a different? Do I have this kind of brain fuel? My brain is on fire all the time?

Which is why I love this high fat diet. Because I need to work a lot, and I also don’t have time to eat a lot. So I eat a fat bomb, and I’m good to go. But it doesn’t mean that I cut carbs to the point of being in ketosis.

Juli Bauer: Ok. I love the answer. I get a lot of questions recently about keto. And I don’t know enough about keto. I know I used to eat super low carb when I was competing, and high fat. And I threw myself into complete adrenal fatigue at some point. And that’s why I had to stop competing, finally. But I love that answer. I think that will give a lot of clarity to a lot of people.

Emily Schromm: Good.

Juli Bauer: Ok let’s do Laura Claire. She asks, “How does she balance reducing/cutting drinking while still maintaining a social life? Any go-to alcohol free cocktails she enjoys while out?” Do you talk about drinking much on anything? I talked a lot about drinking on my podcast. And number one, how people should cut it out and not be drinking on a nightly basis. Even a weekly basis.

People forget, when they’re trying to lose weight or trying to see results, whether it’s the gym or physically or mentally. They’re always forgetting about alcohol. They’ll change their diet and exercise and whatever else, but people always have that glass of wine at night. And it becomes a regular routine.

Have you ever talked about on any of your platforms?

Emily Schromm: Yeah. I love talking about it. So many ways it could go. I think the first thing is it is the biggest road block for people when it comes to weight loss. Especially if they’ve kind of cut a lot of other things. And it’s the one thing they’re holding on to. Which is what happened for me. I was just obsessed with wine. I hate chardonnay now, but I used to drink a lot of chardonnay. When I first moved to Denver, I didn’t know anybody. It was just me and my cat, Gryffindor, hanging out. Drinking bottles of wine every night. And I thought I was healthy because I still cut grains, I cut dairy. But chardonnay was kind of my thing.

So when I cut chardonnay; alcohol changes your protein synthesis. So you could be working out really hard, and then when you drink it could basically postpone protein synthesis. Or delay it. Or actually omit it by a third. So it’s really impressive what it can do for your body. But from a nutrition therapy standpoint, what it does to your liver is even worse. Because your liver is what recycles hormones. It’s what detoxifies you. It’s what regulates blood sugar. And I see so many people with liver issues.

It’s like, we put enough on our skin, and around our body, and in our system. And around our environment, in our air, that our liver is kind of trying to get through. So a lot of people that get hung over really easily. Or they feel really drunk really quickly after a couple of glasses of wine. All of this is sign that your liver is just not optimal, and you’re just making it worse by piling alcohol on it.

There are people that wake up really hot; that’s actually a liver. Your liver can get really hot throughout the night, like 105 degrees. And that’s a sign that it’s working and trying to detox and detox and you’re not giving any help by making alcohol part of the equation.

So for me personally, I really do think I’ll one day start a Mescal company, because I love Mescal. I think it’s so much fun because it’s less; it’s not as much impact as I’ve seen different alcohols. But there is such a balance between; I think it’s maybe one to two nights at the most, if I’m not on some sort of challenge, or some sort of regime. And that’s tough. Because I’m dating Bradford, he’s my boyfriend. And when we first started dating, I was like; how do you date and socialize and not drink? It doesn’t exist. What is this?

So another reason I got into teas. I think teas are fun. People talk about tea. You can converse over it. You can create it. It was hands on for me. It was a good alternative to just pouring a glass of wine and people didn’t look at me like I was crazy. I even do it at restaurants. Three’s a couple of restaurants. Have you been to Urban Farmer yet in Denver?

Juli Bauer: No, I haven’t.

Emily Schromm: It’s amazing, Juli. It’s the best restaurant.

Juli Bauer: Aww, that’s cool. Ok.

Emily Schromm: So even there. It’s hard because I want to get my typical drink, whether it’s red wine or some Mescal. But I know that my sleep is impacted; everything. So right now I’m pretty strict. I just get a cup of tea. And people don’t think you’re crazy. I think if I get soda water, they think I’m more crazy than if I don’t get tea. So that’s my trick. Just get tea. Know the impact of it.

You can get really nerdy about your liver. And I do talk a lot about this in the Body Awareness Project, especially with skin. People with skin issues and their liver, it’s really connected. So I think that’s kind of my take. I don’t know if that’s helpful.

But LaCroix, Mescal, and lime juice are my favorites.

Juli Bauer: OK. Well this kind of ties into that question. This is from; let’s see. Run, Eat, Repeat. I think that’s what it says. “Everyone on the challenge seemed to party hard. Was it really like that, and how does she work in alcohol and dessert in her diet?”

So you’ve kind of talked about that a little bit. But with the challenge, and since I haven’t seen the challenge, I don’t know what it looks like on MTV. But is there a lot of drinking, partying involved. What is your diet like when you’re housed with all these other people, I’m guessing, and your food is totally different than what it is at home.

Emily Schromm: Yeah. So, these people. I don’t know how their bodies function. I mean, they don’t function. It’s hard for me, now, from this standpoint. Because it’s been about four years since we did the full challenge. The last challenge I did, it was nice. We had our own hotel room. We didn’t have to; we weren’t forced to be around each other and roommates with each other. So I didn’t have to be around it as much. If I didn’t want to be around it, I just could walk away.

But the other challenges; these people put their body through a lot. And then they wake up, and they compete. And it’s just crazy to me. I don’t understand it. But I know it’s their choice and I think it’s actually easy to not drink when you see what it does to somebody’s body. For certain people, everything is falling apart. You can see it in their eyes, and their smell. I just want to supplement them so much. {laughs}

So yeah. As far as sugar, I don’t crave sugar. I’m not saying that to be like I am so high and mighty. It’s just, I used to crave sugar all the time. But when you give your body what it needs, you stop craving sugar. So that’s another sign of being fat adapted. Or making sure your insulin levels are stable. If you have insulin resistance, you’re going to crave sugar all the time. If you have a higher carb diet, you’re going to crave sugar all the time.

So finding out the nutritional deficiencies you might have. The vitamins you might need. All of those things can really help with cutting sugar cravings. Because I’m lucky to say that the only time I crave sugar is right before the day of my period or the day before, all I want is a giant chocolate bar. And that’s when I’m like; oh, I’m going to start my period. And it’s like my sign. And that’s it. Throughout the month.

Juli Bauer: What are your favorite sources of fat?

Emily Schromm: The ones I use consistently. And they’re probably not; I guess it’s a little harder when I travel. But tahini is actually a really easy one that I like to add to everything. Whether it’s salad dressings or on eggs and sauerkraut. I love MCT powder. So the one I use is nice to travel with because it is a powder. Although the _______ some sort of explosive. I always get pulled over in the TSA line for that. So blending MCT powder in my coffee is really great.

I don’t do well with even Kerrygold or grass-fed butter, but I do ok with ghee. So brown butter ghee is my favorite.

Juli Bauer: That is so good. Love that stuff.

Emily Schromm: Me too. Especially if I’m craving sugar. Not craving sugar, but like I’m not full. Like, I just, there’s something. I don’t want a meal, but I definitely don’t want. It’s just nice to have a spoonful of brown butter.

Juli Bauer: Have you tried Fourth and Heart ghee?

Emily Schromm: No.

Juli Bauer: I get it at Whole Foods. They have a Himalayan sea salt, but they have other ones. Like vanilla bean. They have truffle. And I use the Himalayan sea salt. And I’ll lick the spoon. And I haven’t really felt that way with other ghees. I really love Tin Star, too. But that Himalayan sea salt, it’s like, I’ll just lick the spoon after I’m putting it in with kale or whatever else. It is so good. You’ll have to try that brand.

Emily Schromm: OK. I will.

Juli Bauer: That kind of leeway’s into this next question. Because you were talking about supplementing for these people who were mucho drunko.

Emily Schromm: {laughs}

Juli Bauer: This one. Gingasnap. Aw, that’s a cute name. “What is Emily’s daily supplement routine?” And I know you’ve been talking about some supplements, haven’t you?

Emily Schromm: Oh god. Juli, I’m a supplement psycho.

Juli Bauer: {laughs}

Emily Schromm: I don’t have a supplement cabinet. I have a supplement closet.

Juli Bauer: Oh my gosh. It’s so funny because I don’t take any supplements. I take collagen in my coffee every morning. And that’s it. Sometimes I’ll take a probiotic. But I’m just really bad about being on top of it. But I don’t take any supplements. And I don’t even know where I would start. Because I don’t even know what to look for. So can you kind of talk about what your routine is, and what people should be looking for when they’re even in the store. Because it’s so overwhelming.

Emily Schromm: It is so overwhelming. I did that Whole Food story, and I was like; wow. I love supplements. I love herbs, and supplements, and flower essences. And I use them all the time. But I know that for; I’m just going to start basic level.

So for you, what I would think would be great for you. D3 is one of my go-to’s. I think everyone could use it. It’s very rare for us to be in the sun from 11 to 2, at the perfect time, at the perfect angle, with less clothes on than we should have to get the right amount of D3. So D3 as far as energy, even lower back pain, depression, bone density, and serotonin production. It’s incredible. So I just think D3 is kind of my baseline, everyone should have it.

If you’re cutting a lot of grains, and a lot of sugar. And this was the first time I experienced nutritional therapy in my own way, and got fascinated by it, is when I first went paleo. Probably soon after or right before meeting you in 2012. I cut all grains, all sugar, everything. And I started craving chocolate for the first time in my life. Not just slight chocolate. {laughs} Not just period chocolate. It was like; I have to have chocolate all the time.

Juli Bauer: My husband went through that too, and he never craved chocolate before.

Emily Schromm: Yeah, it was crazy. And I was like; ok, what is this connection. So this is when I started trying to figure out, if I crave something what does it mean. So magnesium and chromium are in cacao. So of course in my mind I’m thinking just milk chocolate. But if I could create a cacao drink with just almond milk, cacao, some honey and cinnamon, my chocolate craving would be gone for a week.

So I started saying; ok, what’s in cacao that I’m missing? And it was magnesium and chromium. I do think magnesium is something that many, many people need. So I take it at night. I think it’s a relaxer. You shouldn’t take it in the morning. Some people need more than others. If you have loose stools after you take it then you took too much or a wrong kind. Because there’s a lot of kinds that are more laxative. And that’s not the kind we want.

Juli Bauer: Do you do Nature’s Calm magnesium? Or do you do just a normal pill?

Emily Schromm: I like the capsules because they tend to glycinate or taurine. They tend to not be just the laxatives. Because Nature Calm tends to be a little bit more of; it’s great occasionally but a lot of times I find clients rely on it for them to be able to poop. So that’s when I’m like; ok, there’s something else going on. If we’re not doing it without this kind of magnesium, we need to look a little deeper into the picture of digestion.

But those are kind of the standards. Then I go to fish oil or some sort of omega-3. Unless you do a lot of grass-fed beef or wild caught fish, then you might be ok. But I do think adding that in occasionally throughout the week. Not necessarily every single day. But I notice if I have dryer skin, I’m like; oh I haven’t taken my fish oil in a few days. So I take the fish oil, and that’s an instant cure. For people that get sunburned really easily, even if they feel like it’s just the way they’re supposed to be, take a fish oil and see if your sunburn goes away. because 9 times out of 10 it’s actually an omega-3 fatty acid issue, not necessarily a sun protection issue. So that’s kind of fun.

Then I get into; ok for me personally, what do I need to make my body happy. I know I have methylation issues. Which just means that my genetics don’t create the right tools for detoxification that goes into liver. And a lot of us have this issue. It’s about 40 to 50% of the population. Maybe more, but right now that’s what they say. So for me, to make sure my body is really healthy, I take glutathione support. Glutathione is just a really good way to kind of clear the system and give antioxidants to brain and healing.

I love turmeric, anti-inflammatory. So people that, similar to collagen. People with chronic pain. But with turmeric specifically, for the brain. I do it more for brain than anything. Not necessarily aches and pains, but for any sort of anxiety or dark lows that I might have. Turmeric is just incredible.

And then I’m obsessed with mushrooms. So I play around with cordyceps and reishi. Lion’s mane is my favorite right now. And then I try to just; based on what my body needs. Which I’ve learned over the last couple of years. Sometimes I need digestive support, because I don’t know what I’m about to eat. I’m at a restaurant, and I need to make sure I have the tools I need to break it down. Sometimes I need a little extra zinc, because my skin is going to break out, or I feel like my immune system is kind of off.

I guess it’s kind of the big over picture. I do love supplements. I love me some supplements. 10 pounds of my bag when I travel is supplements, because I like to…

Juli Bauer: Oh my god.

Emily Schromm: {laughs} I know. It’s ridiculous. But I feel like if I don’t; it’s so not necessarily for the average person. But for me, when I travel as much as I do. If I don’t; it’s kind of like your beauty care routine.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Emily Schromm: It’s the same consistency. If those are in line, I don’t come home feeling wrecked or my skin is breaking out or just depleted. So I’m a little bit crazy, but also do know there are some baseline supplements that I think everyone should have.

And the last one, I think especially women, B vitamins. Some sort of really good B vitamin complex. Preferably from food, because that’s the best that our body knows. We can eat tons of vegetables and fruit, but the way that fruits and vegetables are raised and the way that our soil is depleted, it’ really hard to get the nutrients we need from them. So most of us are B12 deficient. In general, overall B deficient. So I think that would be a good one for most clients.

Juli Bauer: Oh my gosh.

Emily Schromm: Was that a lot?

Juli Bauer: You’re like; oh that was only like 10, of the 400 I’m taking daily. {laughs}

Emily Schromm: I’m going to send you a picture. {laughing}

Juli Bauer: That’s insane. I have this; I got really sick in high school. I remember taking ibuprofen, my throat was so swollen I couldn’t even swallow. So taking a little ibuprofen was the scariest thing, and I would cry leading up to it because it was so painful. So now I hate taking pills. And I think that’s why I think I don’t really want to take anything. And I’m just fine swallowing a pill. It’s no problem at all. But I think I have this fear of how much pain I was in. And you know when they kind of get stuck and you’re like trying to swallow it down. F*cking. That’s why I think I don’t really take pills.

Emily Schromm: Yeah.

Juli Bauer: And not know where to start. But I love that basics.

Emily Schromm: That an ok overview? I don’t want to overwhelm it.

Juli Bauer: I think it’s amazing. No, I think that’s amazing.

Emily Schromm: Ok.

Juli Bauer: And one more. {laughs}

Emily Schromm: Yeah. Well, just a side note. If you hate pills. It’s incredible what is absorbed through your skin. So transdermal supplementation can be really great for clients. Especially my adrenal clients. I have a lot of phosphatidyl serine’s that are absorbed through the skin that you don’t have to swallow. So a lot of mine; that’s why I love my tea company. They’re for a purpose. It’s different than taking a supplement. But they have all these qualities. So drinking tea. Flower essence tinctures. And also creams can all be ways to get similar nutrients that I talked about.

Juli Bauer: Damn. You have taught me so many new words today. {laughs}

Emily Schromm: {laughing}

Juli Bauer: I have a full new vocabulary. I will be saying words. I won’t know what they mean, but I’ll be saying new words.

Emily Schromm: That is Pitta. You’re a Pitta. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: I’m a Pitta. It’s just me. I’m going to put it in my Instagram profile now.

Emily Schromm: {laughing}

Juli Bauer: OK, let’s get just a couple of more questions, and then I will let you get on with your day so you can crush the rest of this Tuesday. I had a couple of different challenge questions. Number one, “what’s the hardest challenge that she’s ever done on MTV?” And number two, and sorry I’m not naming these people. You guys are great. “Will Emily ever be back for a full season, a non-charity version of the challenge? I miss watching her dominate. Loved having her back for champs versus stars.” So hardest challenge, and if you’ll ever be back. {laughs}

Emily Schromm: Never.

Juli Bauer: {laughing}

Emily Schromm: Oh god, I wish I could explain. I wish I could explain what it’s like. I mean, I love these people. I really do. There are some people I don’t love, but for the most part. As messed up as they are, I really do love everyone.

Juli Bauer: {laughs}

Emily Schromm: I got along with everyone great. I appreciate the people that are putting themselves out there. This is their full-time job, for most of these challengers. And what’s hard for me is to see what I’ve built and what I love and what I’m passionate about, which is herbs and supplements and doshas and try to put all of that on hold to disappear for two months to be around energy that is total sh*t. They’re great people, but when you put all of us in one spot, and we’re all competing for a lot of money. This money is pivotal for these people’s lives. This is their livelihood. It’s a horrible energy to be in. And that in itself is probably why I won’t ever do it again.

Which is hard, because I love competing. When I watch sh*t on TV, if I’m watching it, I’m like; gah that is so cool that they’re doing that. I would love to do that. But then you think about the other stuff. The environment you’re around. Long story short, I know it sounds ridiculous, and everyone thinks I’m crazy. But I don’t think I could put myself in that situation.

The charity ones are great, because I have my laptop, my phone. It’s like my own hotel room. It’s like, small spin offs instead of two months of being in a foreign country.

The craziest challenge I ever did. I don’t know why I’m thinking about. There were some weird ones. {laughs} I’m not that great.

Juli Bauer: Aren’t’ they all physical challenges?

Emily Schromm: Yeah, there’s a couple. The ones that I’m the worst at are the trivia ones, because then they’ll drop pop star knowledge on me and I just don’t know anything about anybody. And I think one of the questions was; who is the baseball and golf player that made it professional. Would you know that answer?

Juli Bauer: No. No.

Emily Schromm: It was Michael Jordan. And everyone thought I was crazy that I didn’t know that. I’m like; how am I supposed to know that? I don’t watch sports.

Juli Bauer: No.

Emily Schromm: I watch CrossFit. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Yeah, I’m surprised I even know Michael Jordan’s name in the first place. {laughs}

Emily Schromm: I wish I knew more about it, but I just don’t have time for it.

Juli Bauer: No.

Emily Schromm: So, those questions I’m horrible at. So those are actually the hardest ones, because if they’re physical then I freaking love them. Just some of my favorites we were suspended 40 feet above water and we had to jump from platform to platform, and the platforms got smaller and wider. There was one where one partner is suspended 10 feet away from you and you had to run and jump and latch onto them.

Juli Bauer: Oh my god. {laughs}

Emily Schromm: There was ones where you have to hold; in America Ninja Warrior, they did this log where you kind of straddle the log and it spins really fast. And it drops in water. And you have to sprint. So I think it’s inverse for me. The harder ones are the better ones, because I’m more likely to succeed in them. Because I just love heights over water. I love all of that. But the trivia ones I’m horrible at. I can’t do trivia. So those are always probably the toughest ones.

Juli Bauer: I love that video you posted on video on Instagram the other day of having to jump onto that pole; like suspended pole where you’re like flying. And it flops right down into the water.

Emily Schromm: Yeah, it did nothing.

Juli Bauer: Nothing.

Emily Schromm: Nothing! And it sucks. It’s kind of like CrossFit. You have one chance when you compete to do it. And you might see the workouts in advance and be able to try them, but it’s truly nobody has done this, touched it, tried it before except for the stunt man. And even the stunt man is like; well, we’ll see how this goes. And so afterwards, I was like; how did you get up that? He was like, oh it took us about 20 times, but you have to do…

Juli Bauer: Oh my god!

Emily Schromm: But we have one time! You have one shot to make it count. So that’s the frustrating piece. You want to do so well, but you always do better the second time. But you never have a chance for that second time. So it’s fun. And I do miss them.

Juli Bauer: Now I want to watch the Real World and watch you on the challenges, just knowing you as a person and just seeing you on TV. I think that would be so fun. Because I just never watched; I watched kind of pieces of Real World, but I never watched any of the challenges. And that would be so fun now. Knowing what you’re like in person.

Emily Schromm: This is coming out, I guess Saturday. So this week was the final episode. So Tuesday night was the final episode of Champs versus Stars. So I’m about to do the final, because it’s Tuesday today.

Juli Bauer: Are you watching them on these ones?

Emily Schromm: These are easier to watch. Because my mom also watches them, and her commentary that she texts me throughout the show is hilarious. So it’s almost like it’s worth it. And there’s no drama. They don’t show any of the drama, actually. I actually got in fights with people on this one. Because I’m not a fighter. And there are people that I really didn’t like. I don’t know if you watch the Bachelorette.

Juli Bauer: Oh, f*ck yeah I do. That’s the only reality show I watch.

Emily Schromm: You know who Josh is?

Juli Bauer: Yes. The worst.

Emily Schromm: So he was on the show. The worst.

Juli Bauer: Eww! Oh my god, he’s the worst. He is the worst. He’s so gross!

Emily Schromm: I know.

Juli Bauer: He seems like such a woman hater. And just misogynist. Oh, he’s gross.

Emily Schromm: Yes. And I sensed it as soon as I met him. I’m never somebody that judges people quickly, but I pick up energy fast. And I just was like; what is this energy? It was just repelling. He just kept trying to push my buttons. And it was so bizarre. He’s just not a; there’s something f-ed up in his head. For sure.

Juli Bauer: He’s been on so many shows.

Emily Schromm: I know!

Juli Bauer: It’s crazy.

Emily Schromm: He’s trying to redeem himself because of what happened in the book.

Juli Bauer: But he just can’t because he’s just gross.

Emily Schromm: He just needs to stop. So there were definitely some issues with him and I. But they didn’t even show, which was great. Because it was all about the charity, and I was so happy about it. Which makes it less entertaining, I’m sure, for the population. But for me, I was like; I’m down with that. Because it really was about the reason we were there for the charities that we picked.

Juli Bauer: Have you had anything that was shown on TV that you regret? You’re like, f*ck I wish I wasn’t drunk. Or I wish I wouldn’t have said that. Or anything that you’ve regretted?

Emily Schromm: Oh god, of course. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: I just did Instagram stories while incredibly intoxicated in Mexico, and I had to deleted many of them. I was like; ok, Juli. You’re a 30-year-old woman. Get your f*cking sh*t together! So that made me think of it. I’m like; I wonder if she’s done anything. Like, 19 and growing up through that.

Emily Schromm: Oh yeah. I definitely did. Especially Real World DC because I really gave zero shits. And I went into the show knowing I would be always myself. I would live my life as I would live. And I think it’s just always hard because you do it, you live it, then three months later you live it again. So there are definitely moments where I was like; oh, god. Mom, just don’t watch this episode, please.

Juli Bauer: Seriously! OH my gosh, I can’t imagine my parents watching anything. Or listening to my podcast at times.

Emily Schromm: I know, my mom listens to mine, too. And I’m like; sh*t. Mom, ok. Right. I need to keep snowboarding. I’m always censored by my mom. Not like she cares. She’s a great mom. Cause she’s just do whatever.

Juli Bauer: Yeah but she’s still your mom.

Emily Schromm: Yeah. We want to make her proud. I’m with you.

Juli Bauer: Yes! Ok. Let’s do one last question. And I just like this because I think the whole world could be more positive. And this one is from KTNU2. “Ask Emily how she stays so positive? I see mean posts from internet trolls at times on social media, and she seems so graceful and professional despite all of that. How does she do it? #Shakethemhatersoff.” {laughs}

Emily Schromm: {laughs} You know, I think. I mean, it’s been a process. I’m a fighter. I’m so nice. I love everybody, but if someone confronts me, I instantly want to go. I will throw down. Especially in defense of other people that I love and care about. I just went through it enough where I learned that I would never win. Especially when I was 20, and seeing the episodes air, and Twitter trolls kind of come through. I mean, Twitter was brand new, I feel like, at that point.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Emily Schromm: And I was like, what is happening? How does this person feel like they can say that about me? So I would try to respond, and then get defensive. And then ultimately all I was doing was hurting myself. Because I was trying to change their perspective of me, and it wasn’t going to be changed. I mean, they either want attention, or they are looking to bring themselves up by putting others down. So, me partaking in that always made it worse. So went through a phase of blocking everybody. If anybody was negative, I just didn’t want anything to do with them. I’m such a sensitive soul. I really do take everything to heart. So it was hard for me.

I think it’s so easy to get into this; brush it off, nothing matters. When everything does matter. Or, I’m so sensitive I’m taking everything in. So I’ve tried to find that balance. Because if I brush it off and pretend it doesn’t matter then I’m just putting walls up in myself and not being who I should be. Because I’m not allowing myself to feel things. And I think Brene Brown talks about that a lot. The more you don’t allow yourself to feel the hurt, the less you allow yourself to be who you are.

So what I do now is I just try to make it where they can’t win. So if they argue about keto, or high fat diets, or CrossFit. Which, kipping pullups are the worst, if you ever see a video of kipping pullups. People go crazy.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Emily Schromm: I just try to prove them wrong in a very diplomatic way. You know. I appreciate you saying that, but I haven’t ever seen studies. Or actually here’s another video of me doing strict pullups with 70 pounds. So you have no way to argue. And that usually; that’s just the best way to keep your head above water, not stoop to their level. And if it’s getting into this place of; you just have to combat and beat them, then just walk away from it. Because you’re never going to win. Because they love it. They feed off of that.

Juli Bauer: Totally. Totally. People love to fight. People love to have opinions and love to fight.

Emily Schromm: And just being noticed. A lot of times these people that are saying those things, they’re just lost puppies. And in their own f*cked up way are looking for connection. And for whatever reason, this is the way they’re doing it. So I try to just see it from that perspective, and not take it to heart as much as I used to.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. I’m the same way. Well, you’re amazing Emily. Thank you so much for taking the time out of your day to be on this. I know you have such a busy schedule. So I’m so glad we got to hop on Skype.

Emily Schromm: This is priority. I feel so honored.

Juli Bauer: Aww! We have to actually get together and have lunch. We should go to Urban Farmer together.

Emily Schromm: Oh my gosh, you’re going to love it. I mean, I love this bartender, Noah, so much that I even brought him wine for Christmas with a Christmas card. They’re great. It’s great food. Great steaks. I mean, I’m sure you eat steak. I’m assuming so, but yes.

Juli Bauer: Yes.

Emily Schromm: Ok good. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Oh my gosh. Ok, we’ll have to go there. Well, tell everybody where they can find you. Where they can find EmPack. Where they can listen to your podcast. Tell them everything.

Emily Schromm: I will. Ok so my podcast is Meathead Hippie. Which, Juli will be on soon. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Yes! I can’t wait.

Emily Schromm: So I’ll make sure you get on soon. {laughs} I am on Emily Schromm for my Instagram. My challenge is EmFit Challenge. If you just want to follow a food account, it’s more of my food and kind of my fitness stuff. But you can find all of that on EmilySchromm.com. My EmPack is linked through EmilySchromm.com. but it’s theEmPack.com. and then my tea company is HerbalElement.com. if you want to try some herbal coffee or some medicinal teas. It’s a fun place to kind of dig around and learn some stuff in.

Juli Bauer: Sweet. I’ll link those all in the show notes so people can easily find that and click to it. Thank you so much for being on! You’re just the cutest. And your voice is very soothing, and I love listening to you. And seriously, I have learned so much from this podcast already, and I may be writing you to ask about supplements. But I’ll have to listen to this podcast again and write them down. But I may have questions for you. Because you have all the answers, obviously.

Emily Schromm: I do. I am full of random information. So let me know what you need help with.

Juli Bauer: Not pop culture trivia, but supplement trivia.

Emily Schromm: {laughs} Only Pitta relevant.

Juli Bauer: Only Pitta. What do you think Josh is on the; what is he. If we’re Pitta’s. What is he?

Emily Schromm: He’s a sociopath.

Juli Bauer: {laughing}

Emily Schromm: {laughs}

Juli Bauer: He’s a socio-pitta.

Emily Schromm: {laughing} Yes. That’s it.

Juli Bauer: Oh, I’m so glad you tied in the Bachelor with this podcast. Because I love the Bachelor. And it’s the only reality show that I watch. {laughs} So that’s amazing. That’s absolutely amazing.

Emily Schromm: Well we’re on the same page about Josh.

Juli Bauer: Yes, 100%.

Emily Schromm: That’s great.

Juli Bauer: Well thank you so much for being on the podcast. You’re amazing. I can’t wait to see what your next adventure is. Because it is so fun to follow.

Emily Schromm: Thanks Juli.

Juli Bauer: And I will talk to you soon. Everybody, don’t forget to rate, review, subscribe. I’m going to stop the podcast, you stay on the line here Emily. I will talk to you guys next week. Bye.

]]>
Today on the podcast, I’m talking to the incredibly sweet and intelligent Emily Schromm! We are talking all the things including her experience on the Real World, The Challenge, creating her own business, sitting on Mark Cuban’s lap, her love […] Today on the podcast, I’m talking to the incredibly sweet and intelligent Emily Schromm! We are talking all the things including her experience on the Real World, The Challenge, creating her own business, sitting on Mark Cuban’s lap, her love […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 1:35:44
Cabo & Sticking w/ NYE Resolutions in 2018 – Episode 66: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/cabo-sticking-w-nye-resolutions-in-2018-episode-66-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 06 Jan 2018 13:10:54 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=29576 http://paleomg.com/cabo-sticking-w-nye-resolutions-in-2018-episode-66-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/cabo-sticking-w-nye-resolutions-in-2018-episode-66-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 6 Today on the podcast I’m recapping my recent trip to Cabo and ways to actually stick with your New Year’s Resolutions this year! And I’ll be doing a full recap of Cabo later on the blog this upcoming week! ____________ […] Today on the podcast I’m recapping my recent trip to Cabo and ways to actually stick with your New Year’s Resolutions this year! And I’ll be doing a full recap of Cabo later on the blog this upcoming week!

____________

Big thank you to this week’s sponsor – Aaptiv. Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling—Aaptiv is ready to go along with you! All you have to do is plug in your headphones! It’s like having a personal trainer in your pocket. And they have different workouts for everyone! Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, stair climbing, yoga, or even meditation, Aaptiv has a workout for you. And with more than 2,500 workouts available on the platform and 30+ new classes added each week, there’s always a new workout to try!

Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now a limited time, new members get 50% off an annual membership, which is just $49.99 for the whole year of unlimited workouts. Click here to get this amazing discount!

 ____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

____________

Episode 66 Transcription!

This is Juli Bauer from PaleOMG and you are listening to PaleOMG Uncensored.

Juli Bauer: Today’s episode of PaleOMG Uncensored is brought to you by Aaptiv. It’s like active, but with a P! Aaptiv shares audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available for through a mobile app. So all you have to do to get your workout is simply listen on your phone. It’s that easy. And new members get 50% off the annual membership. All you have to do is go to Aaptiv.com/PaleOMG.

Hello! How’s it going? What are you up to? Here’s what I’m up to. I’m on the couch in a position that’s going to put my back into pain later on, with a dog who is sitting between my legs near my calves. Dead asleep snoring at times, so you’ll hear that, per usual. Just getting back to the gist. Getting back to normal here in Colorado.

I just landed. I need to take a sip of water. I just landed in Colorado from Cabo yesterday. So, that’s my first time in Cabo, and I have to say, it is amazing. Cabo is freaking awesome. I get why people travel there all the time. Because it’s freaking awesome. And I always hear people say; oh, Cabo is so Americanized. It’s so touristy now. But number one; I did not get sick in Cabo. And number two, I found f*cking awesome brands, like Eating Evolved, and Artisana, and some of my favorite paleo brands, I was able to find in Cabo. So I think that was great.

So just backtrack for a second, in case you didn’t listen to one of my recent podcasts. I went to Tulum three weeks ago. I was in Tulum for my best friend’s 30th birthday, and I got incredibly bad food poisoning. The worst pain I’ve ever been in. And this is coming from a person who is allergic to gluten and grew up in a hospital because I was in so much physical in. This was the worst pain. It was f*cking awful. It was so awful. So I was very nervous about going to Cabo back to back, after I had just gotten better from that terrible experience. Turns out, Cabo was a totally different experience.

So here’s a little info about our trip. We wanted to do Christmas in Cabo. That was our goal this year. This was like 6 months ago we decided; how about we do a trip? My husband and I had just traveled to La Jolla, and one of our friends at the same time was in La Jolla with his whole family. They rented a house and they had so much fun just hanging out at the house together, bonding. Loved it.

And my husband really wanted to do that. He’s incredibly close with his family. With his mom, his brother, and sister. They just get along so well. They do everything together. They’re just the cutest little thing. So he wanted to do that. And I love my parents. They’re great parents. But they’re not people I just want to party with. And so I was a little bit nervous about that. Because, you go to Cabo, you’re going to party and have fun and let loose. So I was definitely a little bit nervous for that.

So, we tell our parents we want to go to Cabo and they’re totally down. We’re about to book our house. We find this amazing house in Cabo, and we’re about to book it. And then both my husband’s mom and my parents start shitting the bed about Cabo. About Mexico in general. That it’s unsafe. That we’re going to die. We’re going to get taken for ransom. Someone is going to spike our drinks, and we’re going to drugged, and money taken. Whatever.

They’re going off. And so we’re like; ok, if you don’t feel comfortable with that, we’ll find a house somewhere else for Christmas. So we start looking everywhere. And the thing is, Mexico is crazy easy for us to get to from Colorado. Because we have an international airport, so we can just fly direct to most places in Mexico. So it’s super easy and cheap. And then if you’ve been to Mexico you know everything is so much cheaper than a lot of places that you can travel to with that kind of same experience.

So we start looking at other places. From the Dominican Republic, to the Bahamas, to key west. And we can’t find the same size house for the same price. Everything’s so expensive, or they’re just nothing available like that. And my husband really wanted to do the house. So we go back to them, and we tell them. Unless you want to pay way more money, this just isn’t going to work. So they say, ok fine, we’ll do Cabo.

So we go back to book the house; guess what? It’s f*cking booked. And this is a day difference. Literally, it was a day later. And the house is booked through Christmas. First of all, we hate our parents. We’re super pissed. So next best thing we’ll go for New Years. We’ll spend Christmas at home, not with our families. And then we’ll go to Cabo for New Years. So we booked Cabo through New Year’s.

So Christmas was kind of different. We spent Christmas eve with my parents, because they’re in Colorado. But we didn’t see Brian’s mom or brother, who were both in Nebraska. We just stayed at home. My sister-in-law, husband, and I we all stayed at home Christmas day. We watched Christmas movies. We made drinks. I made a big brunch. And at the end of the day, my husband was really sad that we weren’t with is family. And wanted to make sure that didn’t happen. He just said it didn’t feel like Christmas.

And it really didn’t feel like Christmas in Colorado. We had a snowy day that day, but we’ve had such weird weather that it just didn’t feel like winter in general. So whatever, it wasn’t his favorite Christmas. And then his birthday was the day before we left for Cabo. So then his birthday was kind of; not forgotten about, because we got him a gift, and he was able to go do stuff that day. But we were packing and getting ready, so we couldn’t go to dinner or anything like that.

So it was just kind of a weird week. So we go to Cabo. We rented this amazing house. And I’m going to do a blog post next week, so the podcast comes out on Saturday. I think I’m doing a blog post maybe on Wednesday. And I’m going to link the house. Because the house was amazing. The pictures online didn’t do it justice. It was such a cool place. It was beautiful. It overlooked the ocean. It had the best sunrises and sunsets every day. And they had a rooftop patio that we could go to.

It was in a gated community, so you feel safe. And there’s a community beach that you can walk to. It’s just like less than a 10-minute walk or run. And it’s on a cliff side, and this little beach. You can f*cking go workout there. Nobody was really there hardly ever. There were just always a few people.

And the house was huge. It had two bedrooms upstairs with three bathrooms upstairs. Huge kitchen, living room, dining room. And then downstairs; it’s weird, you have to go outside to go downstairs. There’s not a staircase inside. So you go outside, and on the outside there’s a pool with a jacuzzi. There’s a volleyball court. There’s like a little palapa where we made drinks. I’ll get to that in a second. Where we made drinks and just hung out on the patio, played cards, whatever.

And then there’s three bedrooms downstairs. And in two of the bedrooms, there’s one kind of master bedroom that has a living room and a kitchen and a huge bathroom. And we stayed in that one. And there were two other bedrooms, and they have a kitchen in the middle of them. And still great sized bedrooms. They share a bathroom with two sinks, and then there’s this little kitchen. So there are three kitchens in this f*cking house.

The only thing; upstairs had an electric stovetop and inside, or below, has the gas. I’m like; run the gas upstairs! Everybody wants gas in the main kitchen, bruh! So that was my only complaint. And that’s a pretty pitiful complaint. It was huge. You had so much space. You had a rooftop patio. It was beautiful. I can’t say enough good things about this house.

And this was such a great change after Tulum. Our house was in the ghetto. It smelled like sh*t every day. And this house in Cabo, it had a filtration system. So you didn’t have to worry about brushing your teeth. I didn’t drink the water from the sink because they give you water like out of those huge jugs, whatever’ they’re called. And we bought water bottles. So it’s just so nice to have a filtration system. And then a lot of the rooms; there was only one room that you couldn’t flush toilet paper down, but you could flush it down the other toilets. And that’s always nice.

Having food poisoning when you can’t flush toilet paper down the toilet kind of sucks ass. No pun intended. Eww that sounds kind of gross.

So, yeah. The house was fantastic. And we were probably, from downtown Cabo, we were probably a 20-minute drive. So the house has a little sheet of how to order a taxi, so we just ordered a taxi through that. And actually found a great taxi guy who we would request every time. And his name was Alfredo. He was a gem. So we would get a big van taxi. He took us down to Cabo.

The first day that we went down to Cabo. Because we spent a lot of time at the house. And not everybody loved that. I personally love doing nothing. My days are full of doing something all day every day. Which I think most people are, maybe unless you kind of sit at a desk. But I’m always doing something. So to be able to disconnect from my phone, disconnect from my computer. Sit in the pool. Drink a drink. Eat a lot of food. That’s the main concern on vacation for me, is how much food can I consume. I don’t really care about doing stuff.

But we were with a group of people who wants to do stuff. My husband, you can tell. He gets antsy the second we get there. I’m like; ok, we haven’t even unpacked our things. Just stop being antsy.

So, the first main day we went down to Cabo. And my mother-in-law wanted to go to Cabo Wabo, she wanted to have that experience. So we went to Cabo Wabo to have lunch. Which, I was very surprised that the food was decent. It wasn’t sh*tty food that you would think that you’d get at Cabo Wabo. It wasn’t anything crazy fancy, but it was still decent food. So we got the Cabo Wabo experience.

What else did we do? We ended up just walking around town. Walking around the Cabo area. And it was so; well, I guess I’m jumping ahead. I won’t jump ahead yet. So what else did we do? We went to Cabo Wabo. We made a ton; oh. When we got to Cabo. Sorry, I’m jumping around. When we got to Cabo, we ordered a shuttle service. And when you order that shuttle service, you can order an hour in between, so we had them take us to Costco, because our house was really close to Costco, anyway. I would not recommend this. Maybe because it was the New Year’s weekend, or the day before New Year’s, pretty much. So it was f*cking crazy in there.

But also, you want to buy meat in bulk, but everything else you don’t want to buy in bulk. I don’t want to buy two things of butter. Like two huge packages of butter. I don’t want to buy two things of olive oil. Two things of mayo. Two things of ketchup. And that’s what we ended up having to do. So we left behind a lot of stuff for the next people who go into the house. Or like the cleaning lady who comes through. I felt like it was a lot of wasted food, of condiments and stuff. We ended up eating all the meat and vegetables and fruit and everything. The only thing we left behind was some drinks and those condiments. But I know they have a Walmart nearby. But I just wanted to do Costco, because you can get better quality meat.

But it was funny because most things are in Spanish. Obviously, because you’re in Cabo. And we didn’t have anybody. My husband and I were the only ones who went into Costco. So I had no idea what I was buying sometimes. I could tell one was margarine, but I wasn’t sure what butter was called. So I was just guessing it was butter. And one thing, I was like; I think that’s turkey and not chicken. But I don’t know the word for turkey, or chicken, in Spanish. So it was a lot of guessing. And then you know Costco. The carts are the size of cars. And everybody is just wanting samples and stopping. And it was just mayhem. It was awful. So that wasn’t our favorite part of going into Cabo.

But we were able to make so many meals at home. And that probably helped with not getting food poisoning. But I love that about rending a house. And I was worried, because I cook for a living, and I make all of our meals in the house. So I was kind of worried that I would end up having to do all of that and it just wouldn’t feel like a vacation. Luckily, my dad made dinner one night, and my husband really helped me the other nights and made sure we were able to cook meals, and it was fine.

But it was so nice being able to cook your own meals and get healthy stuff that you didn’t feel weighed down after eating. And, one of the best parts. Seriously, my favorite part. My husband was like; I can’t believe how obsessed you are with this. In walking distance from our house; probably half a mile away, you do have to run across a four-lane high, so that’s totes sketchy. But there’s this awesome little market.

They have smoothies there, homemade smoothies that they’re making. They just have amazing products. I found Eating Evolved and Malk, my favorite almond milk brand. And they had Califia Farms. They had so many cool things. We were able to get any of our ingredients that we kind of forgot. We were able to grab it at that market.

And then when we ran out of alcohol, of course, because that goes quickly, we were able to grab drinks and beer and sometimes ice. They were very low on ice in Mexico. We were able to grab those. And take it home with us. So that made it super easy. But I was able to find such cool brands. Which made me fall in love with Cabo.

So, anywho. We went to town, and kind of got the Cabo experience. And then we decided that the next day we wanted to go whale watching. Because a ton of friends had recommended whale watching, and said it was amazing. And they were completely right. I have never gone whale watching. I’ve only seen dolphins. Like we saw dolphins when we were in Costa Rica for our one-year anniversary. And I thought dolphins were so cool. But whales are bananas! Like, I can’t believe.

Seeing whales in person is just so cool. And it’s mating; I guess it’s mating season right now? So that’s when the whales jump out, like Free Willy style that you imagine. So we just watched this one whale go all around. And he would flip his fins up, and do his little whale tail in the air. And then he’d jump out. And I got some cool photos that I’ll share on the blog in my post. But it was an amazing experience.

And I’ll share the company that we used in my post, because it was so much cheaper than anything else that we looked at. I think it was $50 a person. And they take you out, and you can go to a beach. We didn’t go to the beach because it was crazy crowded. But you can go to the beach. You go whale watching. He tells you all about Cabo and what you’re looking at and all that jazz. And then he took us into town, where we ate at The Office.

And everyone recommended The Office. And I didn’t think it was anything special. My drink sucked ass. My husband; we both got the same drink, so I think mine was just an off batch. But Office is right on the beach. You’re eating with your feet in the sand. It’s crazy busy. It’s totally a tourist attraction place. So if you’re cool with that. And whenever I went somewhere; whenever I eat Mexican food I pretty much just eat fajitas, so I think I just got fajitas there. Nothing crazy exciting.

But what I love about Mexico; and I feel like you don’t always get this in other countries. People in Mexico work f*cking hard. At least all the places that I’ve been to. These guys at The Office, they run around like a crazy person the whole time. And food takes a while because there are so many tables. But these guys are busting their ass back and forth.

And I feel like when you’re in Jamaica, you’re on island time. And when we were in Jamaica for our wedding, getting dinner would take two hours and no one would be doing really anything. Getting a drink would take like one hour. So it’s always nice to be somewhere where people are working their ass off, because I respect that so much. And I really want to tip the sh*t out of people when we’re there.

So anyways. We went to The Office, and then we just walked back to the main downtown Cabo area. And you can get a water taxi to make it easier, but it’s definitely a walkable place. I think. And my mother-in-law had knee surgery last year, and she walked most placed, too. So it’s definitely a walkable place for a lot of different spots.

So, what’s so crazy. This is such a small world. The world is such a small world. When I was at The Office, I ran into a member from the gym. And so weird, just ran into her. And then as we were walking, we were in front of the Cabo sign. So my mother-in-law asked this woman; she’s like, hey can you take our picture? And we’re getting in this picture, and I’m like; I know that woman.

And we take this picture, and I walked up to her, and I was like, can I ask you your name? And she goes, “Juli Bauer?” I’m like, how do you remember that? She’s like, how could I forget you! She was one of my professors in college. She was my speech teacher. And she was one of the coolest teachers. She’s one of those teachers who she was a fitness instructor, incredibly hyper all the time, had so much energy. Beautiful woman. Tall, fit, tattoos everywhere woman. And she would bring her whole class over for group dinners. I think I was a freshman. So, my freshman year I’m incredibly insecure at that point in my life. Like, really lost. Really sad. Homesick. Just feel like it was that hard time in college that some people go through.

And so, she was one of those people who I felt like gave me purpose. She gave us a bunch of free gym memberships because she taught classes at this gym. She was this mentor. And I never even considered people a mentor, I’ve looked up to people. And she was definitely one of those people, when I look back, that she really made a difference in my life. I can’t believe I ran into her Cabo! Like, such a small world. And she was taking our picture. She was like; wait, were you just in that photo? I’m like, yeah, you just took my picture! So crazy. So bananas.

And then a girl on Instagram said she saw me in Cabo Wabo. How crazy small world is it? Like, so weird.

So anyways. After we went whale watching, we kind of just wanted around. And then we went back for the night. For New Years. I think it was maybe that day. We literally just stayed at home. We played Cards of Humanity. Is that what it is? Cards of Humanity with our whole family. Which is so awkward.

Ok, first of all, it’s not as awkward with my mother-in-law because, you know, she wasn’t my mother from birth. And my mother-in-law likes to party. She loves; what’s it called, entertainment. She always is up to date. She was like; oh, Justin Bieber and Selena Gomez are in Cabo right now, do you think we can find them? She’s up to date with all the hot gossip in the entertainment world. She’s just hilarious. And she likes to get down one some drinks, have a good diet and rum. So she’s a fun time.

So I don’t feel as awkward in front of her. But my parents, they birthed me. I went through awkward adolescence with them. And my mom doesn’t say many things. She doesn’t like dirty stuff. That’s just not her jam, and she gets offended. And even my dad said that. My dad said, I don’t know if she’ll like this game. So we’re all very worried about it. Because if you’ve never played, oh, Cards Against Humanity. Did I say that right the first time?

Cards Against Humanity, they have the grossest sounding things. Like cum-guzzler. Smegma, which I had to Google. I had to Google a lot of words while I was playing this game. There are a lot of disgusting things on there. And there are super offensive things that if you don’t have a sense of humor or you can’t laugh about things; like beating a child. Which is completely fair. But if you can’t get light in the situation, it’s not as fun. So it was very awkward at times, or I was just grossed out in general. But we got through it. We played Cards Against Humanity.

And then we just celebrated on the rooftop. And what was so cool about our views; there were fireworks; 360 fireworks all the way around in downtown Cabo. And we just got to watch all the fireworks. It was freaking rad. It was just the perfect way to ring in the new year. And I didn’t drink that night, so waking up sober in 2018 in paradise in 80-degree weather, looking out at the ocean as the sun rises. I mean, does it get any f*cking better than that? I want to spend every single New Year that way.

Because I feel like; you know. When you’re trying to plan a New Years’ night out. It’s like; oh, let’s go to this bar that’s a $50 fee to get in. And then it’s super drunk people running into you, and guys being assholes. And you’re wearing a stupid f*cking short ass dress in 15-degree weather. Then you have to find a cab home. And when you get a cab home, it’s like a 50% increase. It’s probably even more than that. It’s an upcharge to get home. And then you’re hung over, and 2018 starts off f*cking sh*tty. It’s the worst.

So this was the best. I loved it. I absolutely loved it.

Then, I think we ended up; what did we do? My parents and my mother-in-law wanted to go to San Jose and just look at galleries and walk around the town. And I had zero interest in doing that. That does not sound like a vacation to me. That doesn’t sound fun to me. So we passed. And we decided to play games at the house.

So you wake up super early in Cabo, because you want to watch the sun rise. So you’re up by 6:30 on vacation. And I would work out every morning. And my workouts were done by 9 at the latest, and I’d have breakfast. And then it’s like 10 a.m. and the whole day is completely yours. So, you have this long day ahead of you. And my brother-in-law, sister-in-law, and husband had drank the whole time they were there. I didn’t really drink. I’d have one or two drinks. And then I’d be over it. Just because I didn’t have all the ingredients that I wanted. We bought these jalapenos to make spicy jalapenos, and the jalapenos were not spicy at all. So it was like; eh, I’d rather drink water and stay hydrated.

So the last day, when our parents went to San Jose, we decided to make fun drinks. So we went to that little market down the street, and we got all the ingredients for a similar drink that we had in Jamaica called the dirty banana.

And this is totally our own version; I’m not sure what the actual ingredients are in one in Jamaica. But it was like banana, almond milk. I used cacao powder because I couldn’t find cocoa powder. Agave or honey, whatever you have on hand. What else? Vodka. Peanut butter. We put peanut butter in it.

So pretty much we made a f*cking milkshake and put vodka in it. So we make one. And I’m like; this is delicious. I drink it in 14 seconds. I’m really good at drinking milkshakes. So I drink that. Feel good. Let’s make another batch. We make that. And then we had champagne, and we needed to drink the champagne. Because we bought a sh*t ton of champagne for mimosas and for New Years eve, and then we didn’t drink any champagne on New Years eve, and we forgot orange juice. So we had all these bottles of champagne that needed to be drank.

So then we decided to take dirty bananas and champagne down to the beach. At this point, I’m just drinking and not drinking any water. And we’re in 80-degree heat and sun. And things get fuzzy at this point. So, if you follow me on Instagram, you saw my Instagram stories. And I was a drunk f*cking mess. And my friend was like; you really didn’t seem like a mess from an outside perspective at home. She was like; you really didn’t seem like a mess. Honestly. She’s like; it was just really funny.

So I was a hot mess. And I’m just putting up all these Instagram stories. Never again having my phone when I’m that drunk. Not allowed. But the main thing that sucked was I was PMSing at the same time. So I’m PMSing, and I’m wasted as f*ck. Blacked out. So that’s why I don’t really drink. Not only can I not handle my liquor pretty much, but I black out very easily. I’m just like a zero or 100%, and that’s how I am in life. I either go all in, balls deep. Or I don’t get in at all. That’s a weird way to say it. But zero or 100. And I was 100 that day.

So totally blacked out. And got in a fight with my husband. Refused to go to dinner. The dinner I had planned. Refused to go to dinner. Cried. Fell asleep. Cried more. Fought with my husband more. And I feel like I’m a fairly easy person to deal with. But then I get on these PMS days, just one day. Not even every month. Every few months where I just f*cking lose it. And I was stressed out about this trip in general. I was a little worried about being with the family for a week straight. And I was nervous in general. So that didn’t help the situation. I just f*cking lost it. I broke down and lost it.

So then, I wake up by 9. And we go to dinner. I’m sober at this point. Probably not sober, but I’m functioning like a normal person. So we ended up going to this restaurant called Toro. We see Nick Lachey and Vanessa Minnillo. And then go home, still fighting with my husband. He hates me and I’m so sad about it, and then I’m very embarrassed by my actions. And I’m never embarrassed about anything. But now I’m very embarrassed and upset with myself.

So I ended up erasing most of those Instagram stories. I didn’t even watch them. I was just like; oh my god. I could see my face melting into goo, drunk good, and I just had to erase them. I got so many messages from people, and I’m just like; oh man. I just suck. But just because I fought with my husband for no reason.

PMS and wasted do not go well together. Dirty bananas can be extremely dangerous. Highly recommend, but keep your sh*t together. Man. They were so good. And champagne on top of it. I just can’t.

So, that was not the best last night in Cabo. I really f*cked that sh*t up and made everybody fairly uncomfortable. It was not my best moment. Man. Sucks to be a dumb b*tch. But I guess we all have to be that sometimes. So that part sucked. Everything else, amazing.

So my husband and I always talk about if we can ever afford to have a vacation home, doing something that was like an AirBNB. Like an investment property where we go there a couple of times a year and then rent it out the rest of the time. And I thought this place would be the best place. Because not only is Cabo; it’s 2 hours and 45 minutes from Denver there. So easy to get to, it’s insane. And we were looking at houses, and some of the houses were like, 1500 square feet was like $150,000. 1500 square feet in Denver is like $300,000 or more. So, that seems like such a steal. Especially when you’re in f*cking Cabo! The best.

So I think I tainted his viewpoint on Cabo, because I sucked. So I’m hoping I can kind of come out of that at some point. Because I think that would be so cool to get somewhere. We’d love to have, if we were ever able to afford it, a vacation home in Costa Rica. But Costa Rica is just so much harder to get to. You know, you have to fly to Houston and then to Costa Rica. So it’s like a 7-hour day. And then you have to fly, where we like, you have to get a smaller flight and that’s a 20-minute flight. So it’s just a long f*cking day, instead of a quick 2-hour.

I wish Hawaii was closer. Because then you don’t have to go through customs. But 7 hours is a bit of a stretch. No thanks. And I’ve never been to Hawaii. {laughs} So I’m just saying that based on anyone and everyone saying Hawaii is the best. I can’t wait to go there at some point.

But anywho. The Cabo trip was a success, other than my awful self. And now I kind of want to spend every New Year like that. Because it was the best way to ring in the New Year. If you can make that happen, highly recommend it. It was so cool.

And it kind of made me put into perspective of what I want to improve in the New Year. Number one; being less of a b*tch when I’m feeling extra bitchy. Because I have the best husband who tries so hard to be a better husband all the time. He’s f*cking so awesome. I’m so crazy lucky to know him, and to be married to him. So I want to improve being a wife, for those moments that I suck. I know I could get better. And I want to be a better friend a better daughter. Because, I’m not great on the daughter front.

So yeah, I feel like that trip put some things in perspective. Instead of; oh, I want to get in better shape. And I want to be better at my job. It put some real-life perspective in there that you don’t always get when you’re getting drunk at a bar in town and paying triple the price for a cab home. That makes sense.

So it was great. It was a great trip. I loved it. It was a blasty blast.

I’m going to take a quick break form this episode to talk a little bit more about this weeks’ sponsor; Aaptiv. It’s the New Year, and it’s the perfect time to get motivated and concentrate on your own health. I’ve been talking about that all week on the blog. And Aaptiv is making it easier than ever.

Aaptiv produces audio-based workouts created by certified personal trainers available through a mobile app. They carefully select a group of certified personal trainers that guide you through every workout. This means you’re going to get a wide array of personalities, voices, and styles. Plus, Aaptiv’s in-house music production team partners with every trainer to create music play lists that are perfectly timed to the intensity and pace of your workout. So you stay motivated throughout.

There’s nothing worse than terrible music in a workout. Am I right? Right.

And one of the coolest parts about Aaptiv is that you can do the workouts from anywhere. Whether you like to workout at the gym, at home, outside, or when you’re traveling, Aaptiv is ready to go with you. All you have to do is plug in your headphones, then you have a personal trainer in your pocket. It’s the best.

And they have different workouts for everyone. Whether you’re interested in running, strength training, cycling, climbing, yoga, even meditation. And Aaptiv trainers give you the guidance you need to be better at these types of workouts you love. Since I’m into doing group exercise classes mostly, I love Aaptiv for their stretching so I can actually get a cooldown in once I get home. I’m always too chatty when I’m at the gym, or I’m just racing out to do something different. So whenever I get home, I turn on the stretching section and I get a cooldown in. And so I can actually work on my mobility because I’m really bad at that.

And guess what? Aaptiv subscriptions start at $14.99 billed monthly, or $99.99 for an annual membership. But right now, for a limited time, new members get 50% off an annual membership. Which is just $49.99 for the entire year of unlimited workouts. Unlimited!

All you have to do is visit Aaptiv.com/PaleOMG. Aaptiv wants you to set your goals this year, and accomplish them. And they have a supportive community full of Aaptiv members of all levels reaching their own fitness goals just like you. With more than 2500 workouts available on the platform, and they’re adding 30 new classes each week, there are always new workouts to try.

So if you’re ready to kickstart your own 2018 goals, if you’re ready to get in better shape, or stretch more, or just meditate more and become one with your body, Aaptiv is here for you. They’ve got your back. So big thank you to Aaptiv for supporting this podcast, and supporting PaleOMG Uncensored. Don’t forget, if you want to try out Aaptiv, this is the perfect time. Because you can get 50% off your annual membership. All you have to do is just go to Aaptiv.com/PaleOMG. And if you don’t see this, or you don’t remember that, don’t worry. I got it all in the show notes for you. Now back to the show.

So since I’m kind of talking about New Years’ resolutions and all that jazz. It’s the New Year; a lot of people are thinking about weight. I think the whole trigger word right now, paleo for sure. Primal. Keto. And Whole30. I think people have been Googling the sh*t out of those. Because those are all three amazing things.

For me, I don’t do any sort of plan. Like a Whole30. And I’ve talked about this on the podcast before. Because that template does not work for me. That doesn’t work well. It makes me very psycho about my foods. And I can’t stick with it. So after 30 days is up, I go back to my normal poor habits. So I don’t do any of those things. I just try to eat better.

So I just got back from this vacation. I ate more of what I wanted. I had a piece of cake that had gluten in it. I was like; you know what? I’m going to do this. I know I’m going to probably have a stomach ache. And I actually didn’t. Maybe it was a small enough amount. Or my stomach is just kind of healed that I can get past that kind of thing on a small basis. It doesn’t happen too often.

So yeah. I’m back here, and I’m back to wanting to feel not as vacationy. It’s time to get back to normal business. So I do that by no game plan. No 21-Day Sugar Detox, no Whole30, no keto. No nothing. I just say; ok. I’m going to eat well rounded meals. I’m going to have my protein. And that means I’m going to have Butcher Box beef chicken or pork. I buy my fish or seafood at Whole Foods. And I always buy fresh and wild caught. I don’t buy any farm raised. And then I get green vegetables.

I try to buy organic as possible. And I try to get as many green vegetables as possible, or very colorful vegetables. So today I went to the grocery store and I bought kale, asparagus, beets, zucchini, arugula, peppers. I bought as many vegetables that sounded good. And I bought some frozen ones so when time is just a little short, I don’t turn to heavier carbohydrates as a vegetable. I always have vegetables in the freezer. Like cauliflower or peppers or cauliflower rice so I can quick grab those and make stuff.

So that’s what kind of works for me getting back on track. Just having options available and having a ton of things available in the fridge at all times.

So I kind of want to talk about sticking to resolutions. Because I see it, and I grew up with it, and I used to be that person too. That made a resolution that stuck with it for a few weeks, and then totally f*cking gave up on it. And it’s like; what is the point in making a goal or a resolution? What’s the point?

You’ve set other goals in your life. Whether you’re like; ok, I want to get pregnant. Me and my husband want to get pregnant. We’re going to do what we need to do to get pregnant. Whether that is just get pregnant by having sex and being lucky, or changing your diet. Or IVF. Or adopting. Or whatever it is, you make it happen.

And I think health is one of those things that’s easily forgotten. If you want to get a new job, and you’re ready to do it, you f*cking do it. But health is one of those things that’s forgotten about. And that is such a shame, because if you don’t have your health, what does your family have from you? Because if you’re not taking care of yourself, not only are you probably sh*tty to be around, but how long are you going to be able to live that life? And how long are you going to be able to spend time with your family if your health is going away farther and farther as time goes on.

So we all set goals and resolutions for a reason. And we set those when it comes to our weight and our fitness for a reason. So why the f*ck would you give up on them? I just hate it. And I’ve been that person. Believe me. I’ve been there, I’ve done that. Finally I was fed up with it. I couldn’t take myself anymore. I could take this repeated process of saying, I’m going to do this. And not sticking with it.

Not only was it unattractive to myself, that I was like; I can’t believe I didn’t stick with this. But telling someone I’m going to do something and not doing it, I think that’s very unattractive for that person as well. They’re like; ok, cool. You’re a person who just says stuff and doesn’t do it. And that’s what kind of keeps me on track. I say I’m going to do something, and I do it. And I get it done. And fitness became, thankfully, a routine.

And it’s hard to create a new routine at first, but then once you get into it, it becomes this great feeling. And fitness can really; it doesn’t have to feel like a job or it doesn’t have to feel like a nuisance or frustration. It can just be something that’s a highlight of your day. For me, it’s the one hour a day that I’m away from my phone. I’m not checking my emails. I’m not checking social media. I’m not getting a post done, a podcast done. I’m not doing anything. It’s the one hour I get to spend by myself to myself. Concentrating on myself.

So I think that that fitness; maybe it’s not even an hour. Maybe it’s 20 minutes. But to have 20 minutes to yourself. I have a friend who is a mom of 3; twins and a 3-year-old. And that fitness has become her time to get away. To be able to be a grown up for a second, because she’s a stay at home mom. And she gets to be herself, and concentrate on herself. And that has become a really big highlight of her day. Even though it’s time consuming to pack up all the kids. To get them into daycare. To go to the gym and get that workout done. At the end of the day, that’s her time. And she’s really taken advantage of it.

So, you have to remember, if you see something as negative, then you’re never going to want to stick with it. You really have to change your mind. You have to change your viewpoint. You have to move past that. If you say; “Ugh, I have to go to the f*cking gym again.” How much are you going to do that? You say, “Ugh. I can never, ever have sugar again.” Are you going to stick with that? How are you going to make these new resolutions; these new goals long-term lifestyle just normal procedures in your day?

Every single day I wake up and I have a schedule written out, and my workout is in that schedule because it is part of something I want to do. And I’ve changed my viewpoint. I’ve said; I’m not going to do these workouts I f*cking hate. I’ve found a workout I love to do that I enjoy that I’m around people who are just as excited as I am. So then it’s never a nuisance. It’s never a pain in the ass. It’s never a, “I don’t want to go to f*cking go to the gym!” feeling. It’s so nice to find that.

So you have to find new ways to look at things and to create these goals so they can become long term lifestyle changes to make you feel better.

So. Here’s the thing. Let’s start figuring out how you’re going to do this. This is how I do things. You can figure out however you want to. I write out my schedule a week ahead of time. I already have a week written out. In that week I write down every time I’m going to get my workout in. Because I have days that start early and they end late.

Where am I going to fit that workout in? Does that mean I need to go to the gym earlier? Does that mean I need to sleep in and go to a workout later? Do I need to ask my husband to make dinner, because I really need to get this workout in? How do I need to change my set up so I can actually make it happen? I really have to figure that out. And I move my schedule around as needed to make it work.

I also do not let myself get complacent. So, just recently I decided, well I was doing Orange Theory a couple of times a week. Loving it. It was so nice because the gym was really close. And I could make different classes. And I was just kind of not feeling CrossFit for a little bit, so it was so great. Then, I got a few sh*tty coaches in a row. Like, five or six classes, and I was f*cking over it. I was not feeling exciting. Not feeling enthusiastic, motivated.

So what did I do? I quit that gym and I moved on. I bought a normal gym membership so I could go in on my own, because I do CrossFit already. But I can go in on my own and do stuff on the side that I wanted to do in case maybe I can’t make it to a CrossFit workout or schedule changes or I want to add in some complementary stuff. I can make it happen.

So I don’t let myself get complacent. Because as soon as you do that; maybe you’re not getting sore anymore. You’re not feeling challenged. You’re not feeling motivated, excited. That’s when you’re going to stop working out and it’s going to become a routine. So planning ahead and then changing whatever I need to do. Change my surroundings. Change it up. Mix it up. That’s how.

Now, food. Food is one of those things. Food is a hard one for people. Because, I mean, think about all the times you’ve had food related parties. You have a birthday party and there’s cake. You have a dinner party and there’s all different foods that you’re trying to avoid. This is where you have to start planning ahead.

First of all, I don’t put myself in situations where I know I can’t eat some of those things. So I either eat something ahead of time, and bring my own drinks. So if I know there’s going to be alcohol at the party and I don’t want to drink, because I become a f*cking hot mess when I drink. Well, I bring la Croix, like little cans. Or; I don’t know. Any soda water, so I can drink some of those and I feel like I’m part of the group. And I’ll eat ahead of time.

If it’s like a dinner part where your friends are making dinner, it’s a sit down dinner, I think that’s a little different situation and I just kind of eat around it. I eat the protein, I eat vegetables. I know I can have some rice. And then I usually stay away from the dessert or whatever else. And I just explain that. If you have friends who don’t understand that; well go f*ck them and find new friends because that’s stupid.

But I plan ahead. I make sure I feel satisfied and feel full so I’m not finding myself digging into food that I don’t need. And at the end of the day, sometimes I’ve not gone to events because I don’t want to eat certain things. And I know I just kind of can’t handle it sometimes, and can’t say no, and I will eat it. I just don’t have the best self-control when it comes to some things. So I literally have not gone to certain places and parties because I know I’m not going to be able to handle some of the food.

And no, that’s not the best option. But that’s the best option for me, and I don’t mind that because I have some social anxiety anyways, so I don’t mind being by myself and kind of missing some social events. But that’s really worked for me. Planning ahead, and changing my situation. Sometimes that might mean staying away from a certain situation.

But at the end of the day, you set your goals. So why the f*ck would you not accomplish them? That’s what I always say. And there’s always some things we kind of said along the way, and maybe our priorities change. But your health should always e a priority. Health, when it comes to food, it comes to exercise, it comes to stress management, comes to sleep. All of those things should be looked at and dealt with every single day.

If you are missing one of those components, it’s time to look at those and it’s time to look at your situations and improve them. Because your health is all you’ve got. If you don’t have your health, what do you have? Cool, you have a family around you that you can’t spend time with? Cool, you have grandkids that you can’t chase around because you can’t walk up a hill without being winded? Remember that your health is all you have. I think it should be put first and foremost. We all have situations that kind of change that. But if we can get back on track throughout the year, instead of waiting for an entire New Year, and resetting your priorities and changing as they need to be changed, you will find your own overall health and it will continue to improve over the years.

So that’s my little 2018 tidbit. And if you can get a vacation in, or a staycation in, get it. Because it will reset your mind, reset your priorities. You’ll be able to find what’s important to you. And then you’ll be able to kiss your husband, who hopefully still loves you after you were being a b*tch, ok? Hopefully.

So. Now it’s off to planning for 2018. I’m trying to pick some guests that I want on; some people that I want to hang with. So if you have any recommendations of people you’d like to hear on this podcast; give me a shout out! I’d love to hear them. I’m going to go finish some stuff up for the blog, get it all ready. If you haven’t been to the blog this week on www.PaleOMG.com, I’m sharing all kinds of fun stuff. I shared dairy free Greek yogurt pancakes. And yes, it is dairy free. Don’t ask me; you just have to look at the recipe. You’ll see.

I shared a Mexican chorizo frittata, which is a great New Years’ resolution recipe. It’s super easy and delicious and awesome to eat throughout the week. I did a weekly workouts post. I’m adding in new, complementary stuff to my CrossFit. I’ve been adding in some butt workouts that I’ve been doing at this gym by me. And then I’ve been sharing those online. I shared a bunch of travel workouts on my Instagram this week if you need a little bit of inspiration.

Then, my amazing friend, Bree, who works out at my gym. She just recently started this company called the School of Betty, and it’s all about improving the things you want to improve in your life. So, she did this year of no shopping just to prove she could do. Literally no shopping for clothes. I think she saved like $30,000. It was f*cking crazy. And she has all these different ways of prioritizing your health, your budget, all these different things.

And she’s sharing a little freebie on the blog about 5 simple steps to creating a budget. She’s just freaking awesome. I love her so much. She’s such a good person. She beat cancer. Whenever she puts her mind to something, she does it, and she goes all out in this new business that she started, while she already has a couple of jobs. She’s a CrossFit coach and then has a real bigtime management job.

But she is so cool and she created this company and I wanted to share it with you guys. Because I think budgeting should be kind of high on the priority list. It’s not something we’re taught. I mean, what were you taught to do? Sign checks. That’s what we were taught in elementary school. We were never taught about taxes. About saving. Nobody taught you that unless your parents taught you that. So this is a really great tool to help you figure out your own budget. And she creates these crazy excel sheets and shares those with people. She’s the best.

So I’m sharing that on the blog as a little guest post. And then on another budgeting gist, because we’re in 2018. I don’t know why I keep saying gist. I’m not even using it in the correct term, I’m so annoying. But whatever. So on the blog yesterday, because this is coming out Saturday. On the blog on Friday, I teamed up with Stitch Fix to talk about staying within your budget. Stitch Fix is this amazing styling service. They send you a box every month, or whenever you want it. Every three months. Every season change. Whatever you want.

And I’m talking about how you can stay within your budget of setting price points on certain items, or setting a price point on your entire box. Super cool way to budget in the New Year while still being able to find some new clothes and feel your best. Whether you’re at work or happy hour or out with friends. Whatever.

And then tomorrow; so Sunday on the blog, if you’re listening to this on Saturday, I’m sharing my recent experience with Profractional. My face is healed up. And I wanted to talk about the full experience. Because it is such an amazing laser, and I highly recommend it to anybody. And I wanted to share my experience, and kind of before and after, and the whole process. So I’ll be sharing that on the blog. So you’ll have that to look forward to. A new beauty post.

So that’s that. And now I have to pee, ok? So thanks for listening this week. Sorry it’s kind of a shorter episode. Just got back into town and getting back to life. So I will be working on new episodes and planning for the future. And thank you guys for listening. You’re the best. I will talk to you next week. Bye bye!

]]>
Today on the podcast I’m recapping my recent trip to Cabo and ways to actually stick with your New Year’s Resolutions this year! And I’ll be doing a full recap of Cabo later on the blog this upcoming week! ____________ […] Today on the podcast I’m recapping my recent trip to Cabo and ways to actually stick with your New Year’s Resolutions this year! And I’ll be doing a full recap of Cabo later on the blog this upcoming week! ____________ […] PaleOMG Uncensored yes 57:57
Interview w/ Diane Sanfilippo – Episode 65: PaleOMG Uncensored Podcast http://paleomg.com/interview-w-diane-sanfilippo-episode-65-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/ Sat, 30 Dec 2017 12:12:06 +0000 http://paleomg.com/?p=29127 http://paleomg.com/interview-w-diane-sanfilippo-episode-65-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/#comments http://paleomg.com/interview-w-diane-sanfilippo-episode-65-paleomg-uncensored-podcast/feed/ 5 Today on the podcast, I’m talking to New York Times Best Selling Author Diane Sanfilippo. Diane was one of the first people I started following when I first started eating paleo and she really helped change my life when I […] Today on the podcast, I’m talking to New York Times Best Selling Author Diane Sanfilippo. Diane was one of the first people I started following when I first started eating paleo and she really helped change my life when I tried her 21 Day Sugar Detox almost 6 years ago. And her newest book 21 Day Sugar Detox Daily Guide releases on January 2nd 2018! This book is beautiful and it’s prepped and ready to help change life for the better! Hope you enjoy this interview!!

____________

Support the podcast by clicking the Subscribe button on iTunes and please a review only if you love the podcast! There is enough negativity in this world, don’t spread more. I love hearing about what YOU want me to talk about so feel free to leave on comment here or on social media with topics you’d like me to cover! And don’t forget, some posts have affiliate links which I may be compensated from. This compensation helps with keeping this blog and up and running! Thank you so much for your support, you guys are amazing!

____________

Episode 64 Transcription!

This is Juli Bauer from PaleOMG and you are listening to PaleOMG Uncensored.

Juli Bauer: Hey guys! It’s Juli from PaleOMG Uncensored. This is the podcast. Welcome to another episode. Today I will not be talking by myself and yawning 400 times, because I’m not getting any oxygen in. Because today, I will be talking to the lovely Diane Sanfilippo. The author extraordinaire. Blogger, podcaster. She really does it all. So welcome, Diane. Thank you so much for coming on today.

Diane Sanfilippo: Thanks for having me. I’m excited to chat with you. I feel like you’ve been on our podcast a few times, but for whatever reason, Liz always gets to chat with you. And I’m like; wait, what about me? {laughs}

Juli Bauer: I know. I know. Actually I was just talking to Liz. Because; I forget, last time I was on there. But I was talking to Liz just a couple of weeks ago, and she’s like; we need to have you back on the podcast.

Diane Sanfilippo: Yeah.

Juli Bauer: So we need to make it a threesome.

Diane Sanfilippo: I know. We just; our technology has not been amazing lately. We’ll figure it out and we’ll make sure that we all get on that show. That will be fun.

Juli Bauer: Yes. Well, today I’m having you on to talk about your new book, the 21-Day Sugar Detox Daily Guide. But before we get into that, I just want, for people who maybe have never heard of you or don’t really know your backstory. Will you kind of tell people how you came into paleo, how you got it started? Because you were one of the first people I found when I started paleo about 7 years ago. And I found www.BalancedBites.com, and I remember trying a couple of your recipes. And you had really great photos compared to everyone on the internet.

Diane Sanfilippo: {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Who was taking photos with their phone. Which, you may have been doing that too, but you were doing it well.

Diane Sanfilippo: Yeah.

Juli Bauer: So it was so nice to find such an easy, beautiful blog to search back in the day. So can you just tell a little bit about your story. When you started paleo; the whole gist of it. In a shortened version, obviously.

Diane Sanfilippo: Yeah. {laughs} I’ll try and be as brief as I can. For those who heard us just chatting about my podcast, Balanced Bites podcast is the show. So if you’re like; I want to hear more about this, whatever I’m talking about, go over there. Because I’m going to try and keep it brief.

So I started learning about holistic nutrition from my own personal trainer, probably back in 2007, 2006. A really, really long time ago. That was the whole gluten free, dairy free, soy free, what is gluten back then. And eventually got into studying nutrition. Because I was super interested in it. I remember learning that we could prevent disease and just be healthier overall. It was basically like, before that all I knew was that you could not smoke, and kind of exercise and “eat well”. But I didn’t really know what that meant. So I went back to school for holistic nutrition. And kind of in that process I started crossfitting.

So that was probably back in 2009, 2008. I can’t even really remember the exact timing. But about the same time. So I was studying holistic nutrition at Bauman College, which is here in the Bay area. And Berkley, there are a couple of others. I think there’s one in the Boulder area, too. So somewhat near you. Anyway, I started studying holistic nutrition. And I went to a seminar that Robb Wolf was teaching. And literally, it was like; my worlds were colliding. It was somebody who came from a fitness background teaching about nutrition, and everything he was saying made sense. It went along with what I was learning from my holistic nutrition studies. And it just kind of jived with this feeling that I had that we should eat like our ancestors. But I wasn’t really thinking all of our ancestors. {laughs} I was just kind of thinking; my Italian ancestors, or my German ancestors.

So that’s where the whole paleo thing kind of gelled for me. And I always credit Robb Wolf, because he was the one who kind of took it from what Loren Cordain had been teaching. And that was the classroom I sat in. So that sparked me. As I was in school, I was like; this was really fun learning in a classroom setting. And I’m a total classroom learner; I love to learn through pictures and sound. So I like to hear people talk, and I like to see pictures on the board or the white board or whatever it’s going to be. So that inspired me to start teaching seminars.

I started teaching, literally around the country, within about 6 months of when I decided to do it. Somebody invited me to Arizona, and was like; “Hey, can you come teach a seminar?” I was like, ok. I guess I can. And I did that for many, many years. So some people may be listening who met me at a seminar. But that was kind of the very background with how I got started with all of this. There’s more to the story, but nobody has time for all of that. {laughs} But that’s kind of the quick background.

And that’s really where Practical Paleo came from. Between working with clients one on one, and then teaching seminars, I just kind of figured out what kinds of questions and answers would really help people the most. So I put it together in that book. So there might be people listening who have the book, and never put it together that I’m the one that wrote it. I feel like there’s so many more people who have the book than I’ve ever been in contact with. But that’s really cool to me. So that was kind of the beginning.

Juli Bauer: And Practical Paleo. So you have done a revamp of the book; that’s what people get when they purchase it online now, correct?

Diane Sanfilippo: Mm-hmm. Yeah, if you go to Amazon or anywhere, you’re getting the updated second edition.

Juli Bauer: And that book is huge. It is; I mean, it is filled with so much information. How long did it take you to not only create all the recipes in that book, but then create all the science and content? And so many crazy facts in there. How long did it take you to do that? And then do it a second time when you revamped it?

Diane Sanfilippo: {laughs} Well, to initially write it was probably about a year. But if you think about the fact that I was studying nutrition, then working with clients, and teaching seminars, all of that time really feeds into the writing of the book in a sense. And Liz and I actually taught seminars together for part of that time. But it’s the curriculum I was teaching in a full day seminar in the front of the book. But expanded in the book. Because at some point, you have to stop talking {laughs} when you’re in front of people all day. But you can keep putting it in a book.

So, it took a long time. I had definitely never done anything; I’d never worked on a project. I’d never done anything in school; all of college. I’m sure you can remember back to papers and exams, whatever. I literally never worked so hard in my life as I did to write that book the very first time. I mean, I felt like I was going to die, I was just so stressed out. And I just care about it so much. I cared about it so much then, and I care about it so much now.

And the second time, when I rewrote it, it was about a 6 to 8-month process to rewrite it. I mean, I did really rewrite the entire book. So now it’s kind of like; I don’t know. It was four years later, and you know how things have changed over four years in the questions that people have and things about white rice and potatoes and all that. Am I eating too many carbs? Should I eat more carbs?

All of those questions I wanted to kind of get it to a place where, if people are buying the book. Because they still are. People call it the paleo bible. If you’re new to paleo or just curious about it, whatever. Or even just holistic nutrition in general. Like you said; I talk about blood sugar regulation, and digestion, and all these things that really anyone can learn about how their body works with food in that book. But I wanted it to be sort of like; I don’t know. I wanted it to be updated and the best of the best of what I had to offer. So that’s why I updated it. And I’m super proud of that second edition. Now I feel closure with the book.

Juli Bauer: Oh, that’s awesome.

Diane Sanfilippo: You know what it’s like when you finish a cookbook, and you’re kind of like; oh, I could have put this in there, or I should have done that differently. I don’t feel that way anymore. Now I’m like; ok. It’s good now.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. So after you did Practical Paleo, you came out with other smaller books, right?

Diane Sanfilippo: Yeah. So the 21-Day Sugar Detox actually, which is the book that I’m mostly talking about today is a third in that series. I actually wrote the 21-Day Sugar Detox program before I wrote Practical Paleo. So back in 2010. A lot of people have that eBook from back in the day. Early blogging days.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. I did.

Diane Sanfilippo: Yeah! And I’m like; oh my gosh, you found my blog and there was something impressive about it back then? {laughs} I’m just laughing because we all know what our photos looked like about 10 years ago.

Juli Bauer: Totally.

Diane Sanfilippo: It’s crazy.

Juli Bauer: So how did you come up with the 21-Day Sugar Detox? What inspired that? What made you decide what was on this list? Can you kind of explain to people who haven’t heard about the 21-Day Sugar Detox what that is and how you came up with it?

Diane Sanfilippo: So, back in 2010, I had gone through a similar program that a nutritionist; someone on the internet was just like; let’s do this for 21 days. And just kind of threw it out there. Just like we’ve all seen a million paleo challenges, or whatever its going to be for X number of days or weeks. And I realized that for me, I had tried to go paleo before that. And I personally didn’t find that that was the end-all be-all for me. Just eating; as crazy as it sounds, just eating meats, vegetables, nuts, and seeds, fruit, whatever, was not quite the answer for me.

Because the thing that I struggled with the most was sugar. I could not figure out how to get my blood sugar regulated. How to feel like every 2 hours I wasn’t just shaky and starving and reaching for a granola bar or whatever it was going to be. For me, that was something that kind of plagued me forever. I mean, I was that girl. I don’t know if this ever happened to you; but you’re in the middle of Target and you’re like; oh my gosh, if I don’t eat something right now, I am going to pass out. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Diane Sanfilippo: That’s how I used to be. And I say Target, because who’s is in there for less than 20-30 minutes? We’re all in there for at least an hour {laughs}. Or waiting for a reservation at a restaurant; my friends would be like, “Oh my gosh, she’s not going to make it.” I think I had reactive hypoglycemia really badly. Just because I was eating such a high-carb diet in the past.

I’m not anti-carb at all. It’s just; it’s kind of a long story but I talk about it in the book. Certain carbs are not going to do that to you, and certain carbs are. So for me it was this experience of figuring out that I needed to eat more protein and more fat and get this junk processed food out of my diet so that I wouldn’t have those spikes and crashes. So I wouldn’t get shaky.

I went through kind of figuring out; this is a combination of going through a super loose program that someone had put out. But also I had been studying nutrition for a while. And I was like; here’s what I think will work the best for people in terms of meeting them where they are. So there are three levels to the 21-Day Sugar Detox. And level 3 is sort of; it’s the paleo way to do it. But it’s definitely not something that I say everyone has to do level 3 of the program. Through my holistic nutrition studies. Sorry, I just had some coffee so I’m like, brbrbrb. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: {laughs}

Diane Sanfilippo: I definitely know that there are a lot of people who don’t need to eat strictly paleo. We know that now. That not everybody needs to eat that way to be healthy. I also knew that if I introduced everyone to the most strict form of eating that I could, that they might just say no. And rather than saying no, I’d like to meet people where they are. And that’s part of having worked with people over the years to see that people don’t need to eat strict paleo to get healthier. And I’m just trying to get people healthier. And also, break some of their norms of what they had been eating.

So, when we get people to just switch to something gluten free; that’s a win. Because we just shake them out of their old pattern. So for me it’s important to shake people out of old patterns, whether that’s about food or anything else. I think you probably know that about my personality. I just want people to start thinking differently than they have in the past.

So if I can get people on board, then level one of the program is great for them. So that includes stuff like full-fat dairy and some limited gluten free grains or legumes. Same thing with level 2 of the program. It doesn’t have any grains or legumes, but it does have full-fat dairy. And then level 3, like I said, is grain free, dairy free, and it’s sort of a mostly paleo way of eating.

But everyone is limited on the types of fruit they can eat. Because I did want people to get away from a lot of sweet fruits, just for a few weeks. I have no problem with people eating things like strawberries, and mango, and pineapple in your regular life. I don’t think those are unhealthy foods whatsoever. However, I do think when we get rid of them for a period of time, we notice how sweet a lot of foods can be. And there’s an upside to that. To training your palate. And even not eating things like dates; which are a healthy way to sweeten food. They are very, very, very sweet.

I know you’ve had a lot of ups and downs with getting rid of sugar, and finding that you do so much better when you just avoid it most of the time. And people sweetening things too much with dates, or even protein type bars that have tons of dates in them. I just think it’s worth getting rid of that stuff for a few weeks.

Juli Bauer: My experience with the 21-Day Sugar Detox; this was probably 5 years ago. Maybe 6 years ago even. I was kind of newer into my paleo life, and finding what worked for me and what didn’t work for me. And I was very much in the limiting stage of my life. Where I was like; I’m just gaining weight. I’m going to make sure I don’t eat as much. Limit my calories, workout more. I was in the kind of psycho stage, and not really understanding what foods I needed.

But what I loved about the 21-Day Sugar Detox was I was so addicted to sugar. And I think so many of us have gone through this stage where we don’t understand the sugar we’re putting into our body. And we won’t come to terms with it. Like maybe you’re eating chocolate every single night. And then when somebody is asking you; what are you eating? We don’t even really understand that that’s what we’re putting in our body regularly. And I don’t know if that makes sense, but I think we just go into this denial stage.

Diane Sanfilippo: Or you’re just not paying attention to it.

Juli Bauer: Yeah.

Diane Sanfilippo: You know? There’s an awareness that happens when you do make that rule of; ok, this is what I’m not eating for 3 weeks. You know?

Juli Bauer: Yeah. And you start paying attention to things. Because maybe if you ate packaged, processed foods on a regular basis, then you start looking at the ingredients and you see how much sugar is in that. Or you pay attention to how much sugar is in the coffee you just got at Starbucks.

And so I think we’re not always aware of the sugar. And then once I did this 21-Day Sugar Detox, and cut out the sugar, I was having; by day 5 I was having a really hard time.

Diane Sanfilippo: Yeah. {laughs}

Juli Bauer: Where I had no energy, I was feeling completely drained. And I was like; oh my god! I am f*cking straight up addicted to sugar. And then I was able to add in some more starches into my diet, because I was working out. You know, I was crossfitting competitively at that point. But it was really such an eye opening experience that first 5 days I was like a f*cking addict coming down off these drugs. And then, by day 21, I’m just not even thinking about it anymore. It is truly life changing how much we’re addicted to something and we don’t even understand it until we can push past that point.

So, I wish more people understood that and could try it out. Because sugar is bad! It is crazy how much it takes a hold of you, just like drugs.

Diane Sanfilippo: I mean, your experience is literally textbook. {laughs} Where you say by day 5. I tell people; basically days 3 through 7 are super hard. And some people don’t have that experience. If you were to do it now, you wouldn’t have that experience. Because your nutrition is totally different than it was before. But a lot of people; that’s their really hard time.

And I go over that in the book, in a lot more detail in this one than I ever have before. Because I want people to know this is the hard part, and it will get easier. You know? If you know that’s going to be hard, then I feel like knowing what to expect is sort of half the battle of getting through it in a sense. Because you know that there is something better on the other side.

But your point, too, about getting rid of the sugar and sweeteners and processed foods. Or maybe you were just doing tons of paleo treats at the time.

Juli Bauer: 100%.

Diane Sanfilippo: Because if you were eating paleo; yeah. When you realize that adding healthy forms of starchy carbs will improve your athletic performance, but it actually does not make you crave sweets. Like, that was your exact experience. And I talk about that even more in this book, again, than I have before. Because it’s been 4 years since I wrote the first.

So, 7 years since I wrote the original program, but 4 since I released the other 2 books. And there are tons of recipes that are amazing in those books. I think anyone who has them; keep them. Don’t give them to your friends. Because if you want to do the program again, there’s tons of recipes in there.

But that’s one of the things I experienced, as well. Where I was like; wait a minute, if I eat the sweet potato with some butter and cinnamon, or ghee and cinnamon, or whatever. I hit that part where my body was craving the carbs, because I was training. But it doesn’t have this frantic, sugar, hangry monster feeling. Right? It’s like; oh, my cells actually wanted that. But I’m not crazy. My mind’s not kind of messed up about it. But it feels totally different, and it feels, once you eat those good healthy carbs, your body sort of relaxes a little and realizes; ok I got what I needed and now I don’t need to keep bugging her to eat sugar. {laughs} You know? It’s like this whole thing that happens internally, and it’s real. It’s a really effect.

And I don’t want people to think that carbs are the devil. I’m fine if people want to eat low carb or keto. I’m indifferent to it. Do it if it works for you. But if it doesn’t work for you, don’t. And we’ve had tons of podcast episodes over on the Balanced Bites podcast about that. But we always; in the name of balance, always talk about it from both sides. And I don’t think that that’s the answer for everyone. And one of the things I really tried to address in this new book is that carbs are fine. And there are ways to eat them that are totally healthy. And I want people not to be scared of them, because as you found, there’s a way to have a good balance with them that optimizes how you’re feeling all around.

Juli Bauer: And I want to come back to kind of talking about sugars and different kind of sugars. But can you talk about your own experience? Because you’ve talked about this, I’m sure on your podcast. And then on your Instagram and on your blog, about changing the way you eat. So I know you’ve tried macros, you’ve done keto. You’re constantly trying new things. And I’m sure you’re trying that so you can talk about it and share your own experience with the people who are following you and wanting to know your experience with it.

So can you talk about the different variations of paleo, and gluten free. Just different diets that you’ve tried over the years, and what you’ve found works best for you. Because I talk about that on my podcast a lot; finding a diet that works for you, and how I’ve done that, and how that continually changes. What have you done, and what has worked best for your body?

Diane Sanfilippo: So, over the years. I probably; I actually was like, I’m trying to think. I’ve been doing this whole blogging/teaching nutrition thing now for, probably almost 10 years. {laughs} I’m 39, and I think it’s also interesting because how all of this affects us definitely changes over time. I think my body was more resilient to different inputs 10 years ago than it is now. It’s a little more sensitive. Or; it doesn’t respond as quickly, but I also feel negative effects more easily now, if that makes sense.

So, back in the day, I basically went gluten free as the first step. I didn’t really notice much of a change, but I did notice that when I went paleo, a lot of things changed for the better. And at this point, I attribute that mostly to just eating more real whole foods and ditching the processed stuff. Because now I don’t fully eat paleo.

But some of the things that kind of got better for me were just my vision and my dental health were two things that year after year I would go back to the doctor and get a slightly stronger prescription for my eyes, or have another cavity or almost one. And some of that is genetic. Some of that we can’t tell what’s going to happen. But we know that we impact that. And sugar absolutely, obviously impacts your dental health. But your sugar intake impacts your vision. Almost directly. We know that people who are diabetic lose their vision or it gets impaired. So just something to keep in mind if you’re like; oh my gosh, that’s me. I keep getting these stronger prescriptions. Maybe I should cut the sugar.

So those were a couple of things for me. And then obviously, like I said, my blood sugar regulation got so much better when I realized that just the processed foods and how many sweeteners and sugars I was eating all the time. So that was first step.

After that, at one point I went keto, low carb. And this was probably a couple of years later into the whole thing. I think when I was writing Practical Paleo, the first time, was sort of when I stopped eating keto at a certain point. Because I remember doing a CrossFit workout at a gym that had a grand opening party, during writing Practical Paleo. So this must have been the winter of 2011. And I was trying to do this high intensity workout; and my head started pounding, and I was so tired and kind of out of breath. And after I finished it, I was so nauseous and light headed, and had a massive headache.

And I was like; that didn’t really feel good. {laughs} Maybe I shouldn’t have been eating so low carb, right? That’s not a normal feeling. Like yeah, CrossFit workouts can make a lot of people feel that way, but I was in really good shape. So I had just pushed too hard, and I literally did not have glycogen stores. Which is the stored form of carbohydrates that you need to get through that high intensity exercise.

So, I kind of stopped doing that. But I will say, I think if I were to say what feel the best for me, blood sugar wise and all of that, I would say relatively lower carb does feel good for me in general. And my body physically seems to respond well to that in terms of my shape, and how my body stores body fat, and all of that.

But I did also do, a couple of years ago now, a macros meal plan for about 12 weeks. And like everyone else, I go through periods of high stress, and where I have an injury or something happens. I feel like; I don’t know, I go through maybe 3 to 6 months or even up to a year where I just wasn’t training as much. And whatever; my body responds to that too, and I might put on a few pounds. So, I was like; what can I try this time, and just see.

Like you said; I like to just see how does my body respond to it. I don’t like to assume that something that may have worked for me in the past will always work for me again. So I tried it. And it did work. And I think anything can work for anymore, it just is a matter of how you approach it and what the mindset you have is. And also what the real goal is. At this stage in my life; like I said, I’m almost 40. I have been going through a lot of stress. And I have not been able to train that I would like to train. I consider myself an athlete. But stress has just been so high and the last several months I’ve been like; you know what, I need to focus on my sleep. {laughs}

So for me, nutrition; I don’t also then pile onto that. Like, oh let me do some diet, or be super strict about my eating. I’m more about getting in lots of real, whole foods. And if that means there are treats here and there. And I’m happy to talk about that mindset as well. I don’t see that as a problem. I think it’s a matter of finding; just finding how you will feel best. And I think that means physically and mentally emotionally. And I know some people start to feel really anxious if they feel overly restricted, and some people feel anxious if they don’t have some kind of hard line to draw on things.

For me, I’m at a stage where not focusing on the food. Although it remains, at least 80% clean, healthy, normal food. Not focusing on that as my priority to nitpick my food has actually been really helpful for my sleep and energy levels. And I’m at a place where I really want to encourage people to focus on those things as well. I think a lot of times; I don’t know. I don’t think it’s just when we’re younger. I don’t mean to collect people up that way.

I know that for me, when I was younger, I was so concerned with how what I ate affected how I looked. Which is fine. There’s nothing wrong with that. I’m just in a place now where I want to pay more attention to how I feel, and how I can show up in the world. And that is something that; you know, that’s what I pay attention to with what I’m eating. That makes sense? I don’t know.

Juli Bauer: And that’s, I think, the stage that I feel at. I would love to be able to do macros and really dial it in and see what my body can do, and the changes it can make. But I feel the same way. It’s like; do I want to add that stress of having to measure and figure out all the portions ahead of time and whatever else when there are so many other stressors in life. Whether it’s life, it’s work, it’s your relationship, it’s your friendship. It’s getting enough sleep in, taking care of your child. Do I want to add that type of stress to my daily routine? And in term, maybe hurt myself. F*ck up my cortisol.

Diane Sanfilippo: Yeah.

Juli Bauer: So I think a lot of people go through this feeling like they need to create this template for themselves. But they may hurt themselves long term because of this strict template they’ve put themselves on.

Diane Sanfilippo: Yeah. It makes it so that you then think that that’s the only way to be healthy. Or that that’s the only thing that works for you. And I really; I just don’t believe that even something that worked for you in the past. And what does that even mean; working for you? It made you lose weight or body fat? That might be fine.

But I think most people who are looking to control food, to control their body shape or body fat level, get a place. I say this all the time on the Balanced Bites podcast. And I even tell it to myself. When you have 5 or 10 pounds that you want to lose, that’s when you’re in diet-land. It’s just about dieting, and to me, that’s not; I don’t know. It’s fine. It’s a worthy pursuit if you feel like doing it. It’s just not the most important thing to me. If someone comes up to me and that’s where they’re at; that’s fine. I’m just not going to be a diet coach.

I really have been struggling with the idea that, here I am, putting out a book that is basically a diet book, so to speak. I’ve come to a place where not only do I realize that there are people out there who are struggling with type 2 diabetes, or issues with their health on a much greater scale. I have people writing to me, and they’re like, “I finally got my dad to change what he was eating, and his liver enzymes got better.”

Things that we don’t really think about on a daily basis when we’re exposed to people just talking about eating healthy. We forget about how many people who are out there who are not listening to podcasts like this all the time. And I am going somewhere with this. {laughs}

I’m happy to keep teaching this stuff, because I want people to know that this does matter. That eating real, whole food does matter. And, that it’s also not the only thing in the world that’s worthy of doing for ourselves, if that makes sense at all. This is important, and if somebody finds me and my work, I’m psyched because then they’re going to hear about so many other things that I think they need to hear about. {laughs} Like living a life that they really want to live.

Which is, I know, something that you’re passionate about, too. Obviously, as entrepreneurs, we don’t clock in and take a paycheck. We work really hard for what we do. And those are all things that if changing the way someone eats is a path to help them find me, and whatever else I’m going to teach about, I’m actually really happy about that. And I’m happy to be a person who’s on the other side of a “diet book.”

Because I am forcing people to pay attention and to think and to do what’s best for them, rather than being someone who’s standing in front of you saying, “This is the end-all, be-all, right thing to do. It’s the healthiest and the best way to live for forever.” I want people to actually just wake up and realize that we are all responsible for finding what works for us. And I think this is an amazing springboard into learning more.

That’s one of the things I did in this new book. I have a whole week of what to do after the detox, and I talk about finding your own new normal, and finding what that looks like for you. Which is exactly what we were just talking about. What is our new normal? And when does that even change? You know. It’s not like; ok, here’s how I eat forever and ever, you know?

Juli Bauer: And going off that; I’m sure when people look to you and what you do and the work you put out there, they think that you probably have your sh*t together all the time.

Diane Sanfilippo: {laughing}

Juli Bauer: When it comes to your eating habits. And for me, I feel like I have my sh*t together, and but then maybe something is kind of off in my life and I’ll find myself just turning to some chocolate, when I’m not even craving it. And it’s just, maybe I’m lacking something emotionally and so I’m turning to that. Or I’m stressed, and so I’m turning to that. And I have to reset myself and say; you don’t actually want that. You need to stop eating chocolate every night. We’ll detox yourself from it, and then we can get back to when you’re craving it, you have it.

So people see you as having your sh*t together. Because you create such amazing content. Do you go through these times of; oh my god, I’ve been having a treat every day. Or I’m just craving something I shouldn’t. Do you go through that on a regular basis and kind of have to reset, or detox, or whatever you want to call it?

Diane Sanfilippo: {laughs} So I guess, yes and no. I definitely eat treats. And I try and share about that when I feel like it’s appropriate. I don’t post 100% of the food I’m eating on social media, so I also don’t then post 100% of the treats I might be eating. I think it’s a mindset thing. I am not in a place where I feel the need to punish myself for making a conscious decision to eat the lemon bars that my husband made. And continue to eat them, each day, because I actually don’t feel a craving for them. And I don’t know if everybody kind of understands the difference between just choosing to eat it and moving on with your life, or feeling like it’s pulling you and you can’t say no to it.

I definitely am in a place where those are two very different things. And I really don’t feel like I physically crave sugar. And a lot of that has to do with lifestyle changes, and getting more sleep, and not feeling shameful at all around the decision to eat those treats. You know what I mean? I think a lot of people beat themselves up. And it’s like; just eat the damn cookie. It’s just a cookie! People put so much. They attach so many things to the cookie.

And I get it. If you’re in a place where you haven’t gone through all of those emotions, and I don’t know. Whatever else. You haven’t figured out that if you’re eating the cookie all the time. I’m just using that as an example. There is other stuff going on, that it’s not about the cookie. I’m not a psychotherapist, or a therapist. I just know that for all of us, like you said exactly. If you’re really stressed or something is going on in your life, we all have different ways of coping. And maybe we haven’t figured out the alternative means by which we can cope with something, or deal with it. Most of the time, when we turn to food, it’s not about the food.

So I think it just depends. If someone has a physical addiction, and sugar is like; you cannot not eat it, or you really are craving it and craving carbs and all of that, of course not eating it is going to be such a useful tool to just relearning what to eat instead. And having that awareness in those moments of exactly what you said; actually, the chocolate is not what I want. The cookie is not what I want. Most of the time, people are lonely, or they’re bored, or they’re stressed. Those are the three things that come up the most.

I think over time we learn what’s going on, and we learn if we’re going to handle it and deal with it in the moment or not. And {laughs} for me it’s almost always stress. Anxiety and stress. I’m just like; I don’t know. There’s just stuff. We all have stuff going on in our lives. But I definitely am not in a place where I want to beat myself up for it. It’s like; I’m an adult. I made that decision. Deal with the consequences and move on.

I want people to get away from guilt and shame around eating things. Because also then, when do you get to enjoy it? I know you make plenty of treats for PaleOMG. And I’m like; great. Have the treat everyone. But let’s not then feel bad about it after. Enjoy the treat. I wrote the 21-Day Sugar Detox and I’m telling you to enjoy the treats. {laughs} That’s part of what I put in the new book. It’s a lot of mindset stuff and a lot of ways to just look at this stuff differently without the guilt and the shame that everyone wants to attach to their food choices.

Juli Bauer: Yeah. The shame part is a huge piece that I think so many people need to come to terms with. But I want to jump into questions. And before I do, I just want to do a quick kind of; what are sugars. There are so many different kinds of sugars out there. From sugars that are in dates, or fruit, or whatever else. To the super sketchy sugars that we shouldn’t be consuming. So can you just do a kind of a quick rundown of what are “healthy sugars” versus sugars that people should be keeping an eye out for when they’re eating processed foods and they should understand that; other than not eating processed foods, those sugars should not be in their body. Can you kind of tell the difference between good versus bad sugars?

Diane Sanfilippo: Sure. So as a first step, I’ll just kind of clarify. For the 21-Day Sugar Detox, no added sweeteners of any kind are allowed, with the exception of something that comes from the three types of fruit that they’re allowed to have on the program. Which are green apples, very specifically because they’re tart. Green-tipped bananas, because they’re not sweet, they’re just more starchy. Or grapefruit, because it’s obviously very sour and tart. So those things, unlike other types of fruit, are just not that sweet. So people on the 21-Day Sugar Detox, those are the only ways that you can kind of get a little bit of sweetness. Or something like coconut butter.

But in general, there are, I would kind of categorize all sweeteners or hidden sugars in sort of three different categories. We have first and foremost artificial sweeteners. Which are things like aspartame, and saccharine, and sucralose. So this is like Sweet n’ Low, a